Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 18, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS AG

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

 

Republic of Austria 2834 Not applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Colin Broom, Chief Executive Officer

Leberstrasse 20

1110 Vienna, Austria; Tel: +43 (0)1 740 930

(Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

CT Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10011

Tel: (212) 894 8440

(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

Brian A. Johnson, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10007

(212) 230 8800

  Eric W. Blanchard, Esq.
Brian K. Rosenzweig, Esq.
Covington & Burling LLP
The New York Times Building
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10018
(212) 841 1100

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

  PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE(3)
  AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION FEE(4)

Common shares, nominal value €1.00 per share(1)(2)

  $92,000,000   $10,691

 

 

(1) These common shares are represented by American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each of which represents              common shares of the Registrant. Includes common shares underlying ADSs that the underwriters may purchase solely to cover overallotments, if any.
(2) ADSs issuable on deposit of the common shares registered hereby have been registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-            ).
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(4) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 18, 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

            American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Representing              Common Shares

 

 

This is an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, representing common shares of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. We are offering              ADSs. Each ADS will represent              common shares, nominal value €1.00 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $             and $             per ADS.

We have applied to list our ADSs on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NBRV.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.

 

 

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14.

 

     Per
ADS
     Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Us, Before Expenses

   $         $     

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional              ADSs to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise their option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $            , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $            .

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the ADSs is expected to be made on or about             , 2015.

 

 

 

Leerink Partners   RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

Needham & Company   Wedbush PacGrow

Prospectus dated                     , 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

  1   

Risk Factors

  14   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

  50   

Use of Proceeds

  52   

Dividend Policy

  53   

Capitalization

  54   

Dilution

  56   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  59   

Exchange Rate Information

  61   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  62   

Business

  83   

Management

  130   

Related-Party Transactions

  145   

Principal Shareholders

  148   

Description of Share Capital

  152   

Description of American Depositary Shares

  172   

Shares and ADSs Eligible for Future Sale

  179   

Taxation

  181   

Underwriting

  192   

Expenses of the Offering

  199   

Legal Matters

  200   

Experts

  200   

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

  201   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  202   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell our shares. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer is not permitted.

Through and including                     , 2015 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this public offering of the ADSs outside the United States, or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

 

Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Nabriva Therapeutics AG,” “Nabriva,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us,” “our company” or similar terms refer to Nabriva Therapeutics AG together with its subsidiaries. The trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Exchange Rate

We present our consolidated financial statements in euros. All references in this prospectus to “$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “€” are to euros. Solely for convenience and unless otherwise indicated, certain euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of €1.00 to $1.0741, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on March 31, 2015. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other date. See “Exchange Rate Information” elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in the ADSs. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. We are developing our lead product candidate, lefamulin, to be the first pleuromutilin antibiotic available for systemic administration in humans. We are developing both intravenous, or IV, and oral formulations of lefamulin for the treatment of community-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or CABP, and intend to develop lefamulin for additional indications other than pneumonia. We have completed a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin for acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI. Based on the clinical results of lefamulin for ABSSSI, as well as its rapid tissue distribution, including substantial penetration into lung tissue and fluids, we are preparing to initiate two international, pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. These will be the first clinical trials we have conducted with lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. Based on our expectations regarding initiation of these trials and our estimates regarding patient enrollment, we expect to have top-line data available for both trials in late 2017. If the results of these trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has designated the IV formulation of lefamulin as a qualified infectious disease product, or QIDP, which provides for the extension of statutory exclusivity periods in the United States for an additional five years upon FDA approval of the product for the treatment of CABP, and granted fast track designation to this formulation of lefamulin. Fast track designation is granted by the FDA to facilitate the development and expedite the review of drugs that treat serious conditions and fill an unmet medical need. The fast track designation for the IV formulation of lefamulin will allow for more frequent interactions with the FDA, the opportunity for a rolling review of any new drug application, or NDA, we submit and eligibility for priority review and a shortening of the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

We believe that lefamulin is well suited for use as a first-line empiric monotherapy for the treatment of CABP because of its:

 

    novel mechanism of action, with potential for slow development of bacterial resistance over time;

 

    spectrum of activity against CABP pathogens, including against multi-drug resistant strains;

 

    achievement of substantial drug concentrations in lung tissue and fluids;

 

    availability as both an IV and oral formulation; and

 

    favorable safety and tolerability profile.

We plan to pursue the continued development of lefamulin for indications in addition to CABP. We intend to further pursue the development of lefamulin for the treatment of ABSSSI and develop a formulation of lefamulin appropriate for pediatric use. In preclinical studies, lefamulin showed activity against a variety of Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria and atypical bacteria, including multi-drug resistant strains.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Therefore, in addition to CABP, we plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with ventilator-associated bacterial pneumonia, or VABP. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or HABP. We plan to conduct these trials for VABP and HABP to obtain additional safety and pharmacokinetic data, in particular regarding the activity of lefamulin against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus , or MRSA. We also plan to explore development of lefamulin in other indications, including sexually transmitted infections, or STIs, osteomyelitis and prosthetic joint infections. Through our research and development efforts, we have identified a topical pleuromutilin product candidate, BC-7013, which has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial. We also have an ongoing research program focused on evaluating pleuromutilin compounds with enhanced activity against Gram-negative bacteria, which we call extended-spectrum pleuromutilins, or ESPs.

We own exclusive, worldwide rights to lefamulin. Lefamulin is protected by issued patents in the United States, Europe and Japan covering composition of matter, which are scheduled to expire no earlier than 2028. We also have pending patent applications for lefamulin relating to process and pharmaceutical crystalline salt forms, which if issued would be scheduled to expire no earlier than 2031.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the indications for which we are developing our product candidates and the status of development.

 

LOGO

* We are preparing to initiate two international Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. However, we have not conducted any clinical trials of lefamulin specifically for CABP. We have evaluated lefamulin in more than 400 patients and subjects in 16 Phase 1 clinical trials and a Phase 2 clinical trial in ABSSSI. We have obtained input from the FDA and select European authorities and have submitted a request for Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, to the FDA regarding the study design of our first Phase 3 clinical trial in anticipation of submitting applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018.

Community-Acquired Bacterial Pneumonia (CABP)

CABP refers to bacterial pneumonia that is acquired outside of a hospital setting. Signs and symptoms of CABP include cough, fever, sputum production and chest pain. The World Health Organization, or WHO, estimated in 2002 that there were approximately 450 million pneumonia cases reported per year worldwide,

 

 

3


Table of Contents

causing approximately 4.0 million deaths in 2002. According to an article published in 2011 in the peer-reviewed medical journal Therapeutic Advances in Respiratory Disease , the annual incidence of community-acquired pneumonia is between five and 11 cases per 1,000 people, with the incidence rate rising in elderly patients. The U.S. National Center for Health Statistics estimated that between 1988 and 1994 there were approximately 5.6 million cases of pneumonia per year in the United States. According to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, approximately 1.1 million pneumonia patients in the United States required hospitalization in 2010 and approximately 53,000 patients died from pneumonia in 2013.

Based on the most likely bacteria to cause CABP, the Infectious Diseases Society of America, or IDSA, and the American Thoracic Society, or ATS, recommend empiric treatment of hospitalized patients with CABP who do not require treatment in an intensive care unit. To address all likely bacterial pathogens in a patient with a more serious illness, IDSA guidelines recommend using a combination of antibiotics. However, currently available antibiotic therapies for first-line empiric treatment of CABP suffer from limitations related to:

 

    limited spectrum of activity and bacterial resistance;

 

    difficult, inconvenient and costly regimens; and

 

    adverse effects.

Our Approach

We believe that pleuromutilin antibiotics can help address the major public health threat posed by bacterial resistance, which the WHO characterized in 2010 as one of the three greatest threats to human health. Increasing resistance to antibiotics used to treat CABP is a growing concern and has become an issue in selecting the appropriate initial antibiotic treatment prior to determining the specific microbiological cause of the infection, referred to as empiric treatment. Pleuromutilins are semi-synthetic compounds derived from a naturally occurring antibiotic, originally identified from a fungus called Pleurotus mutilis . Pleuromutilins inhibit bacterial growth by binding to a specific site on the bacterial ribosome that is responsible for bacterial protein synthesis. We have developed an understanding of how to optimize characteristics of the pleuromutilin class, such as antimicrobial spectrum, potency, absorption following oral administration and tolerability, which in turn led to our selection and development of lefamulin, our lead product candidate.

Lefamulin

We are developing lefamulin to be the first pleuromutilin antibiotic available for systemic administration in humans. Lefamulin is a semi-synthetic compound that inhibits the synthesis of bacterial protein, which is required for bacteria to grow. Lefamulin acts by binding to the peptidyl transferase center, or PTC, on the bacterial ribosome in such a way that it interferes with the interaction of protein production at two key sites known as the “A” site and the “P” site, resulting in the inhibition of bacterial proteins and the cessation of bacterial growth. Lefamulin’s binding occurs with high affinity, high specificity and at molecular sites that are different than other antibiotic classes.

We have completed a Phase 2 clinical trial for ABSSSI in which IV lefamulin achieved a high cure rate against multi-drug resistant Gram-positive bacteria, including MRSA. In addition, in preclinical studies, lefamulin showed activity against a variety of Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria and atypical bacteria, including multi-drug resistant strains. We believe the preclinical studies and clinical trials we have conducted to date suggest that lefamulin’s novel mechanism of action is responsible for the lack of cross resistance observed with other antibiotic classes and may result in slow development of bacterial resistance to lefamulin over time. As a result of the favorable safety and tolerability profile we have observed in our clinical trials to date, we believe lefamulin will present fewer potential complications relative to the use of current

 

 

4


Table of Contents

therapies. Based on our research, we also believe that the availability of both IV and oral formulations of lefamulin, and an option to switch to oral treatment, could reduce the length of a patient’s hospital stay and the overall cost of care.

Based on the clinical results of lefamulin for ABSSSI, as well as its rapid tissue distribution, including substantial penetration into lung tissue and fluids, we are preparing to evaluate lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP in two international Phase 3 clinical trials. We are initially pursuing the development of lefamulin for CABP because of the limited development of new antibiotic classes for this indication over the past 15 years, our belief that there exists a significant unmet medical need for a first-line empiric monotherapy that addresses the growing development and spread of bacterial resistance, as well as recently clarified FDA guidance regarding the approval pathway. We are designing our planned Phase 3 clinical trials to comply with the guidelines of The International Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, which are currently used as guidance by the FDA, and good clinical practices. We are proceeding with the regulatory steps necessary to initiate and conduct these trials, including submission of the trial protocol and relevant information about lefamulin to local regulatory authorities and ethics review committees. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. In addition, we plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with VABP in late 2015. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with HABP. We plan to conduct these trials for VABP and HABP to obtain additional safety and pharmacokinetic data, in particular regarding the activity of lefamulin against MRSA. We submitted to the FDA an investigational new drug application, or IND, for the IV formulation of lefamulin in September 2009 and an IND for the oral formulation of lefamulin in January 2015.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company focused on the research, development and commercialization of novel anti-infective products. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

    Complete Phase 3 clinical development of lefamulin for CABP . We are devoting a significant portion of our financial resources and business efforts to completing the clinical development of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. We are preparing to initiate two international Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. If the results of these trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018.

 

    Maximize the commercial potential of lefamulin for CABP. We own exclusive, worldwide rights to lefamulin. If lefamulin receives marketing approval from the FDA for the treatment of CABP, we plan to commercialize it in the United States with our own targeted hospital sales and marketing organization that we plan to establish. If lefamulin receives marketing approval outside the United States for the treatment of CABP, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize lefamulin in such markets.

 

    Pursue the continued development of lefamulin in additional indications. We plan to pursue the continued development of lefamulin for indications in addition to CABP. For example, we plan to further pursue the development of lefamulin for the treatment of ABSSSI. In addition, we plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with VABP and, depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with HABP. We believe that lefamulin’s product profile also provides the opportunity to expand to other indications beyond pneumonia. For example, investigation of the tolerability of higher single doses of lefamulin could also support use of lefamulin for the treatment of STIs. In addition, we plan to explore longer duration of treatment with lefamulin to support development of a treatment for osteomyelitis and prosthetic joint infections.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
    Advance the development of other pleuromutilin product candidates and possibly compounds in other classes. Our product candidate BC-7013 has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial. We believe that this pleuromutilin compound is well suited for the topical treatment of a variety of Gram-positive infections, including uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections, or uSSSIs. We also are actively pursuing an in-house discovery program to sustain and expand our pipeline with additional product candidates. We believe that ESPs with broadened Gram-negative coverage, representing a new generation of pleuromutilin antibiotics, can help overcome important mechanisms of Gram-negative resistance.

 

    Evaluate business development opportunities and potential collaborations . We plan to evaluate the merits of entering into collaboration agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies that may contribute to our ability to efficiently advance our product candidates, build our product pipeline and concurrently advance a range of research and development programs.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in October 2005 in Austria under the name Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs GmbH, a limited liability company organized under Austrian law, as a spin-off from Sandoz GmbH and commenced operations in February 2006. In 2007, we transformed into a stock corporation under the name Nabriva Therapeutics AG. We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Austria and registered at the Commercial Register of the Commercial Court of Vienna. Our executive offices are located at Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna, Austria, and our telephone number is +43 (0)1 740 930. Our website address is www.nabriva.com. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System.

Risks Associated with our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. These risks include the following:

 

    We depend heavily on the success of lefamulin. Our ability to generate product revenues, which may not occur for several years, if ever, will depend heavily on our obtaining marketing approval for and commercializing lefamulin.

 

    Our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP, and other clinical trials we conduct, may not be successful. We have not yet conducted any clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP. Our completed Phase 2 clinical trial evaluated lefamulin in ABSSSI. The results of our completed clinical trials may not predict success in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP.

 

    We have a limited operating history. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete development of any product candidates, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization.

 

    If we are unable to obtain required marketing approvals for, commercialize, obtain and maintain patent protection for or gain market acceptance by physicians, patients and third-party payors of lefamulin or any of our other product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

 

   

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts. As of March 31, 2015, we had

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

accumulated losses of €105.7 million. We expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years.

 

    If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company in any taxable year, it may result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of the ADSs.

 

    As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ Stock Market corporate governance rules and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 on the design and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earlier to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with more than $700 million in market value of our share capital held by non-affiliates; or the issuance by us of more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Since we currently report and expect to continue to report under International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

Our status as a foreign private issuer also exempts us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management and supervisory board members are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.

In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either a majority of our shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States, or a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and our business must be administered principally outside the United States.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

ADSs offered by us:

            ADSs

 

ADSs to be outstanding immediately following this offering:


            ADSs

 

Common shares to be outstanding immediately following this offering:


            common shares

 

Option to purchase additional ADSs

We have granted to the underwriters an option, which is exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase an aggregate of up to              additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents              common shares, nominal value €1.00 per share.

 

  The depositary will hold the common shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement. You may surrender your ADSs and withdraw the underlying common shares. The depositary will charge you fees for, among other acts, any surrender of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal. We and the depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the terms of the deposit agreement then in effect.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read “Description of American Depositary Shares” in this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Depositary

The Bank of New York Mellon

 

Use of proceeds

We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to complete the clinical development of lefamulin for CABP, to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for CABP in both the United States and Europe, to pursue the clinical development of lefamulin for additional indications, for earlier stage research and development activities and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Listing

We have applied to list the ADSs on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NBRV.”

The total number of common shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 84,102 common shares outstanding as of June 15, 2015 and includes 985,108 additional common shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share.

The number of common shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

    24,133 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 15, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of €6.72 per share; and

 

    95,174 additional common shares reserved for future issuance as of June 15, 2015 under our equity incentive plans, which we refer to as our Stock Option Plan 2015 and our Stock Option Plan 2007.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an aggregate of up to an additional              ADSs to cover over-allotments, if any; and

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares upon the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our financial position as of March 31, 2015 and our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. We present our consolidated financial statements in euros and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The summary consolidated financial data below should be read together with those consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus as well as the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2013     2014     2014     2015  

Other income

   26,182      1,805      453      538   

Research and development expenses

     (7,324     (7,065     (1,808     (2,513

General and administrative expenses

     (2,869     (2,876     (539     (816

Other gains (losses), net

     171        105        18        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating result

  16,160      (8,031   (1,876   (2,792
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

  4,026      1,086      422      6,154   

Financial expenses

  (8,200   (6,363   (1,044   (12,124
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial result

  (4,174   (5,277   (622   (5,970

Profit (loss) before taxes

  11,986      (13,308   (2,498   (8,762
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income

  (776   (72   (1   (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the period

  11,210      (13,380   (2,499   (8,773
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the period

  —        (21   —        20   

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period

11,210    (13,401 (2,499 (8,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share(1)

Basic

34.53    (41.21 (7.69 (27.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

27.89    (41.21 (7.69 (27.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

Basic

  324,703      324,703      324,703      324,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  369,993      324,703      324,703      324,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

(8.55 (2.87
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma earnings (loss) per share,
basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

  1,066,391      1,066,391   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
(1) Basic and diluted loss per share are the same in 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 because the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed exercise of the conversion feature in our convertible loans would be anti-dilutive due to our net loss in these periods.
(2) The unaudited pro forma earnings (loss) per share data gives effect to (i) the issuance of 730,162 preferred B shares, which includes (a) the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares for cash consideration, (b) the exchange of the amounts outstanding under convertible loans into 203,750 preferred B shares and (c) the exchange of silent partnership interests into 15,224 preferred B shares, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding preferred shares and preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares, and (iii) the repayment in full of approximately €1.7 million in principal and interest under a loan from the Austrian Research Promotion Agency, as if each had occurred on January 1, 2014.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:

The following table summarizes our consolidated statement of financial position data as of March 31, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

    our issuance and sale in April 2015 of an aggregate of 730,162 preferred B shares, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42.1 million in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for the contributions in-kind described below, which we refer to as our preferred B financing;

 

    the exercise by the lenders under our convertible loan agreements of their right to convert or exchange their claims for repayment under the convertible loan agreements into 203,750 preferred B shares, in connection with the preferred B financing;

 

    the transfer of claims for repayment of the silent partnership interests of certain of our shareholders in exchange for 15,224 preferred B shares, in connection with the preferred B financing;

 

    our issuance in June 2015 of 9,107 preferred B shares to Kreos Capital at a price of €1.00 per share pursuant to the exercise of a warrant;

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, including the preferred B shares that we issued in April 2015 and June 2015 and the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares upon the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share; and

 

    the repayment in full of approximately €1.7 million in principal and interest under a loan from the Austrian Research Promotion Agency; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to:

 

    the sale of              ADSs by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    the one-time payment of a profit share fee of €0.3 million to the Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH, which is payable upon the completion of this offering.

 

     As of March 31, 2015  
(in thousands)    Actual          Pro Forma          Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,136       43,572                      

Total assets

     5,571         46,007      

Total debt(2)

     24,464         3,745      

Total liabilities

     45,122         10,802      

Accumulated losses

     (105,678      (105,680   

Total equity (deficit)

     (39,551      35,205      

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total equity by $             million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. An increase or decrease of              in the number of ADSs we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total equity by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ADS remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(2) Comprised of Borrowings, Investment from silent partnership and Convertible loans.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in the ADSs. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially. In such event, the trading price of the ADSs could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never generate profits from operations or maintain profitability.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was €8.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and €13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. We generated a net profit of €11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily from the recognition of non-recurring income of €20.9 million as a result of the repurchase of a $25.0 million loan for €1.00 in connection with the termination by Forest Laboratories Inc., or Forest, of a stock purchase agreement and a decision by Forest not to exercise a related right to acquire us. As of March 31, 2015, we had accumulated losses of €105.7 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, convertible loans and research and development support from governmental grants and loans. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical trials. We have not completed development of any drugs. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year.

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with initiating and completing the planned international Phase 3 clinical trials of our lead product candidate, lefamulin, for the treatment of community-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or CABP. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. If the results of these two trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018. In addition, we plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with ventilator-associated bacterial pneumonia, or VABP. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or HABP. We plan to conduct these trials for VABP and HABP to obtain additional safety and pharmacokinetic data, in particular regarding the activity of lefamulin against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus , or MRSA. We also plan to further characterize the clinical pharmacology of lefamulin. If we obtain marketing approval of lefamulin for CABP or another indication, we also expect to incur significant sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing expenses.

In addition, our expenses will increase if and as we:

 

    initiate or continue the research and development of lefamulin for additional indications and of our other product candidates;

 

    seek to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

    seek marketing approval for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

 

    ultimately establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale up manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    in-license or acquire other products, product candidates or technologies;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    expand our physical presence in the United States; and

 

14


Table of Contents
    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development, our operations as a public company and our planned future commercialization efforts.

Our ability to generate profits from operations and remain profitable depends on our ability to successfully develop and commercialize drugs that generate significant revenue. Based on our current plans, we do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we obtain marketing approval for, and commercialize, lefamulin. We do not expect to obtain marketing approval before 2018, if at all. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including:

 

    initiating and obtaining favorable results from our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP;

 

    subject to obtaining favorable results from our Phase 3 clinical trials, applying for and obtaining marketing approval for lefamulin;

 

    establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to effectively market and sell lefamulin in the United States;

 

    establishing collaboration, distribution or other marketing arrangements with third parties to commercialize lefamulin in markets outside the United States;

 

    protecting our rights to our intellectual property portfolio related to lefamulin;

 

    contracting for the manufacture of commercial quantities of lefamulin; and

 

    negotiating and securing adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for lefamulin.

We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to generate profits from operations. Even if we do generate profits from operations, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to generate profits from operations and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We expect our research and development and other expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the development of and potentially seek marketing approval for lefamulin and, possibly, other product candidates and continue our research activities. Our expenses will increase if we suffer any delays in our Phase 3 clinical program for lefamulin for CABP, including delays in receipt of regulatory clearance to begin our Phase 3 clinical trials or delays in enrollment of patients. If we obtain marketing approval for lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                     . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. This estimate assumes, among other things, that we do not obtain any additional funding through grants and clinical trial support or through collaboration agreements.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the progress, costs and results of our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin;

 

    the costs and timing of process development and manufacturing scale-up activities associated with lefamulin;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of lefamulin;

 

    the costs of commercialization activities for lefamulin if we receive, or expect to receive, marketing approval, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and outsourced manufacturing capabilities;

 

    subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue received from commercial sales of lefamulin;

 

    the costs of developing lefamulin for the treatment of additional indications;

 

    our ability to establish collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

 

    the scope, progress, results and costs of product development of BC-7013 and any other product candidates that we may develop;

 

    the extent to which we in-license or acquire rights to other products, product candidates or technologies;

 

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property-related claims;

 

    the rate of the expansion of our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    the costs of operating as a public company in the United States.

Conducting clinical trials is a time consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of lefamulin or any other products that we successfully develop, none of which we expect to be commercially available for several years, if at all. In addition, if approved, lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, in-license or acquire may not achieve commercial success. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our securityholders, including purchasers of ADSs in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, and funding from local and international government entities and non-government organizations in the disease areas addressed by our product candidates and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a securityholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to

 

16


Table of Contents

delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability .

Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, developing and securing our technology, raising capital and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete development of any product candidates, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

In addition, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a research and development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

Risks Related to Product Development and Commercialization

We depend heavily on the success of our lead product candidate, lefamulin, which we are developing for CABP and other indications. If we are unable to complete our Phase 3 clinical program for lefamulin for CABP and obtain marketing approvals for lefamulin, or if thereafter we fail to commercialize lefamulin or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We have invested a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of lefamulin. There remains a significant risk that we will fail to successfully develop lefamulin for CABP or any other indication. We do not expect to have top-line data from our Phase 3 clinical program for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP available until late 2017. The timing of the availability of such top-line data and the completion of our Phase 3 clinical program is dependent, in part, on our ability to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients in our Phase 3 clinical program on a timely basis. If we ultimately obtain favorable results from our Phase 3 clinical program for lefamulin for CABP, we do not expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for this indication until 2018.

Our ability to generate product revenues, which may not occur for several years, if ever, will depend heavily on our obtaining marketing approval for and commercializing lefamulin. The success of lefamulin will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

    obtaining favorable results from clinical trials;

 

    making arrangements with third-party manufacturers for commercial supply and receiving regulatory approval of our manufacturing processes and our third-party manufacturers’ facilities from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

    receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP;

 

    launching commercial sales of lefamulin, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with third parties;

 

    acceptance of lefamulin, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

    effectively competing with other therapies;

 

17


Table of Contents
    maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of lefamulin following approval;

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity; and

 

    protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio.

Successful development of lefamulin for the treatment of additional indications, if any, or for use in other patient populations and our ability, if it is approved, to broaden the label for lefamulin will depend on similar factors.

If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize lefamulin for CABP or for any additional indications, which would materially harm our business.

If clinical trials of lefamulin or any of our other product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, regulatory authorities in the European Union, or other regulatory authorities or do not otherwise produce favorable results, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of lefamulin or any other product candidate.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. The design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced or completed. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products.

We have not conducted any clinical trials of lefamulin specifically for CABP. Our completed Phase 2 clinical trial evaluated lefamulin in patients with acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI. Our Phase 1 clinical trials evaluated lefamulin in healthy subjects to obtain tolerance data and to understand the absorption and distribution of lefamulin in the blood and target tissues, evaluate the metabolism and elimination route of lefamulin and obtain safety and tolerability data to help predict safe and effective doses of lefamulin for the treatment of patients. In addition, we plan to use a different intravenous, or IV, formulation of lefamulin for our Phase 3 clinical trials for CABP than we used in our Phase 2 clinical trial for ABSSSI. We have only evaluated this new IV formulation of lefamulin, a sterile saline solution buffered by a citrate salt, in Phase 1 clinical trials. Because of these and other factors, the results of our completed clinical trials may not predict success in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP. Although we believe that the collective data from prior trials and our preclinical studies provide support for concluding that lefamulin is well suited for treatment of CABP, we may fail to obtain favorable results in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP. If the results of our Phase 3 clinical trials are not favorable, including failure to achieve the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials at significant cost or altogether abandon development of lefamulin for CABP and potentially other indications.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop beyond those that we contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

 

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

    not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

18


Table of Contents
    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

    be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements or restrictions; or

 

    have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

The occurrence of any of the developments listed above could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we experience any of a number of possible unforeseen events in connection with our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP or other clinical trials, the potential marketing approval or commercialization of lefamulin or other product candidates could be delayed or prevented.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP or other clinical trials we conduct that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize lefamulin or our other product candidates, including:

 

    clinical trials of lefamulin or our other product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

    the number of patients required for clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP, lefamulin for other indications or our other product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

    we may be unable to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP or other clinical trials we conduct to ensure adequate statistical power to detect any statistically significant treatment effects;

 

    our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

    regulators, institutional review boards or independent ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site or may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

    we may experience delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

    we may have to suspend or terminate our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP or other clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

    the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

    the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate; and

 

    our product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators, institutional review boards or independent ethics committees to suspend or terminate the trials.

 

19


Table of Contents

For example, we may need to enroll more patients in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP than we currently anticipate if, among other reasons, an interim analysis indicates that a larger number of patients is required to generate additional data. We expect that we will need to conduct an interim analysis of 60% of the blinded enrolled patients for each of our two Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP to determine if an increase in the number of patients in either trial is required based on whether the observed clinical response is consistent with the point estimate used in determining the trial sample size. An increase in the number of patients in either of these trials could delay our expected development and approval timelines for lefamulin for CABP.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any preclinical tests or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, our receipt of necessary marketing approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials of lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these clinical trials. In particular, we may experience enrollment challenges at trial sites in the United States, where it is a common practice to place patients with potential moderate to severe CABP on antibiotics very shortly after examination. This practice could prevent potential U.S. trial patients from being enrolled in our clinical trials based on our eligibility criteria. In addition, some of our competitors have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that could be competitive with lefamulin, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates.

Patient enrollment is affected by other factors including:

 

    severity of the disease under investigation;

 

    eligibility criteria for the clinical trial in question;

 

    perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

    approval of other therapies to treat the disease under investigation;

 

    efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

    patient referral practices of physicians;

 

    the time of year in which the trial is initiated or conducted, geographic distribution of trial sites given the timing of pneumonia season globally and seasonal variability in the number of patients affected by the disease under investigation, including a general decline in the number of patients with CABP during the summer months;

 

    the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment; and

 

    proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients.

Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which would cause the value of the company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP or any of our other clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether.

 

20


Table of Contents

If serious adverse or undesirable side effects are identified during the development of lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, we may need to abandon or limit our development of that product candidate.

All of our product candidates are in clinical or preclinical development and their risk of failure is high. It is impossible to predict when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective or safe in humans or will receive marketing approval. If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Many compounds that initially showed promise in clinical or earlier stage testing have later been found to cause side effects or other safety issues that prevented further development of the compound.

Lefamulin was well tolerated in our Phase 2 trial. No patient in the trial suffered any serious adverse events that were found to be related to lefamulin, and no patient in the trial died. Some patients experienced adverse events that were assessed by the investigator as possibly or probably related to study medication. The majority of their symptoms were mild in severity. Four patients discontinued study medication following a drug-related event, three of whom were in a lefamulin treatment group: one patient experienced events of hyperhidrosis, vomiting and headache; one patient experienced infusion site pain; and one patient experienced dyspnea.

Because the potential for mild effect on electrocardiogram, or ECG, measurements was observed in preclinical studies, we have continued to assess this potential in all human clinical trials we have conducted. In the Phase 2 clinical trial, no change in ECG measurements was considered to be of clinical significance, and no drug-related cardiovascular adverse event was reported. Both lefamulin and vancomycin treatment were associated with a small increase in the QT interval. The QT interval is a measure of the heart’s electrical cycle, with a lengthened QT interval representing a marker for potential ventricular arrhythmia. We plan to continue to evaluate the effect of lefamulin on the QT interval in future clinical trials, including our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP.

There were no systemic adverse events of clinical concern and no drug-related serious adverse events observed in any of our Phase 1 clinical trials of lefamulin. In these trials, the most commonly observed adverse effects with oral administration of lefamulin were related to the gastrointestinal tract, including nausea and abdominal discomfort, while the most commonly observed adverse effects related to IV administration were related to irritation at the infusion site. In addition, lefamulin produced a transient, predictable and reproducible prolongation of the QT interval based on the maximum concentration of the drug in the blood plasma. At therapeutic doses, we expect that the drug will not produce large effects on the QT interval that would be of clinical relevance. We did not observe any drug-related cardiac adverse events, such as increase in ectopic ventricular activity or other cardiac arrhythmia, or clinically relevant ECG findings during the conduct of any of our Phase 1 clinical trials. None of the ECG stopping criteria defined in the trial protocols was reached in any clinical trial. However, if we observe clinically relevant effects on the QT interval in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP or in any other clinical trial of lefamulin, our ability to successfully develop lefamulin for CABP or any other indication may be significantly delayed or prevented.

If we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate any clinical trial of lefamulin or any other product candidates that we are developing, the commercial prospects of lefamulin or such other product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues, if at all, from lefamulin or any of these other product candidates will be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Even if lefamulin or any other product candidate receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success and the market opportunity for lefamulin may be smaller than we estimate.

If lefamulin or any of our other product candidates receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical

 

21


Table of Contents

community. For example, current treatments for pneumonia, including generic options, are well established in the medical community, and doctors may continue to rely on these treatments without lefamulin. In addition, our efforts to effectively communicate lefamulin’s differentiating characteristics and key attributes to clinicians and hospital pharmacies with the goal of establishing favorable formulary status for lefamulin may fail or may be less successful than we expect. If lefamulin does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues or any profits from operations. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

    lefamulin’s ability to limit the development of bacterial resistance in the pathogens it targets;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

    the ability to offer our product candidates for sale at competitive prices, including in comparison to generic competition;

 

    convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

    the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies, physicians to prescribe these therapies and hospitals to approve the cost and use by its physicians of these therapies;

 

    the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

    the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement; and

 

    the timing of any marketing approval in relation to other product approvals.

Although we believe that the mechanism of action for pleuromutilin antibiotics may result in slow development of bacterial resistance to lefamulin or our other pleuromutilin product candidates over time, bacteria might nevertheless develop resistance to lefamulin or our other pleuromutilin product candidates more rapidly or to a greater degree than we anticipate. If bacteria develop such resistance, or if lefamulin is not effective against drug-resistant bacteria, the efficacy of these product candidates would decline, which would negatively affect our potential to generate revenues from these product candidates.

Our ability to negotiate, secure and maintain third-party coverage and reimbursement may be affected by political, economic and regulatory developments in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions. Governments continue to impose cost containment measures, and third-party payors are increasingly challenging prices charged for medicines and examining their cost effectiveness, in addition to their safety and efficacy. If the level of reimbursement is below our expectations, our revenue and gross margins would be adversely affected. Obtaining formulary approval from third-party payors can be an expensive and time-consuming process. We cannot be certain if and when we will obtain formulary approval to allow us to sell lefamulin or any future product candidates into our target markets. Even if we do obtain formulary approval, third-party payors, such as government or private health care insurers, carefully review and increasingly question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for, drugs. These and other similar developments could significantly limit the degree of market acceptance of lefamulin or any of our other product candidates that receive marketing approval.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into sales, marketing and distribution agreements with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing lefamulin or any other product candidate if and when they are approved .

We do not have a sales, marketing or distribution infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales, marketing and distribution organization or outsource these functions to third parties. If lefamulin receives marketing approval, we plan to commercialize it in the United States with our own targeted hospital sales and marketing organization that we plan to establish. In addition, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize lefamulin in markets outside the United States.

 

22


Table of Contents

There are risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing and distribution capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products on our own include:

 

    our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

    the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any future products;

 

    the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put our sales representatives at a competitive disadvantage relative to sales representatives from companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

    unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales, marketing and distribution organization.

If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services, our product revenues or the profitability of these product revenues to us are likely to be lower than if we were to market, sell and distribute ourselves any products that we develop. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to lefamulin and any other products we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

There are a variety of available therapies marketed for the treatment of CABP. Currently the treatment of CABP is dominated by generic products. For hospitalized patients, combination therapy is frequently used. Many currently approved drugs are well established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients and third-party payors. We also are aware of various drugs under development for the treatment of CABP, including solithromycin, (under Phase 3 clinical development by Cempra Inc.), dalbavancin (under Phase 3 clinical development by Actavis plc.), omadacycline (under Phase 3 clinical development by Paratek Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and delafloxacin (under Phase 3 clinical development by Melinta Therapeutics).

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are approved for broader indications or patient populations, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors may also obtain marketing approvals for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we

 

23


Table of Contents

are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected because in some cases insurers or other third-party payors seek to encourage the use of generic products. This may have the effect of making branded products less attractive, from a cost perspective, to buyers. We expect that if lefamulin is approved for CABP, it will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products. This may make it difficult for us to replace existing therapies with lefamulin. The key competitive factors affecting the success of our product candidates are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Many of our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining approvals from regulatory authorities and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to or necessary for our programs.

Even if we are able to commercialize lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, the product may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which would harm our business.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.

Our ability to commercialize lefamulin or any other product candidate successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and other third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A major trend in the E.U. and U.S. healthcare industries and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for lefamulin or any other product that we commercialize and, if coverage and reimbursement are available, the level of reimbursement. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement for lefamulin may be particularly difficult because of the number of generic drugs, which are typically available at lower prices, that are available to treat CABP. In addition, third-party payors are likely to impose strict requirements for reimbursement of a higher priced drug, such as lefamulin. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize lefamulin or other product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

 

24


Table of Contents

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the applicable regulatory authority. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs, and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. In the United States, third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. In the European Union, reference pricing systems and other measures may lead to cost containment and reduced prices. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

Product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources, cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop or in-license.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of lefamulin and any other product candidate that we develop in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop or in-license. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy;

 

    decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

    injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

    significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

    loss of revenue; and

 

    the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

Prior to the commencement of the first of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials, we plan to obtain product liability insurance that covers our clinical trials up to at least a $10 million annual aggregate limit and subject to a per claim deductible. This amount of insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We will need to increase our insurance coverage when and if we begin commercializing lefamulin or any other product candidate that receives marketing approval. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations currently, and may in the future, involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and medical and biological materials, and produce hazardous waste products.

 

25


Table of Contents

Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes, we cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials or disposal of hazardous wastes, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We also maintain liability insurance for some of these risks, but our policy excludes pollution and has a coverage limit of $1.0 million.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

Use of third parties to manufacture our product candidates may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial supplies of lefamulin, or any other compound that we are developing or evaluating in our research program. We have limited personnel with experience in drug manufacturing and lack the resources and the capabilities to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We currently rely on third parties for supply of lefamulin, and our strategy is to outsource all manufacturing of our product candidates and products to third parties.

We do not currently have any agreements with third-party manufacturers for the long-term commercial supply of any of our product candidates. We obtain the pleuromutilin starting material for lefamulin from a single-third party manufacturer. Sandoz GmbH, or Sandoz, a division of Novartis AG, or Novartis, currently manufacturers our supply of pleuromutilin, which Sandoz uses internally to manufacture veterinary products. Another third-party manufacturer synthesizes lefamulin from the pleuromutilin starting material and provides our supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredient. We engage separate manufacturers to provide fill and finish services for the finished product that we are using in our clinical trials of lefamulin. We may be unable to conclude agreements for commercial supply with third-party manufacturers, or may be unable to do so on acceptable terms.

Even if we are able to establish and maintain arrangements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks, including:

 

    reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

 

    the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

    the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

    the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

If the third parties that we engage to supply any materials or manufacture product for our preclinical tests and clinical trials should cease to continue to do so for any reason, we likely would experience delays in advancing these trials while we identify and qualify replacement suppliers and we may be unable to obtain replacement supplies on terms that are favorable to us. For example, there are only a limited number of known manufacturers that produce pleuromutilin. In early 2015, Novartis announced the sale of its animal health division, including its veterinary products, to a third party. As a result, it is possible that we will need to arrange for a new third-party supplier of pleuromutilin. In addition, if we are not able to obtain adequate supplies of our product candidates or the drug substances used to manufacture them, it will be more difficult for us to develop our product candidates and compete effectively.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to develop product candidates and commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials.

We do not independently conduct clinical trials for our product candidates. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to perform this function. We expect to continue to rely on such third parties in conducting our clinical trials of lefamulin, and expect to rely on these third parties to conduct clinical trials of any other product candidate that we develop. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us at any time. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it would delay our product development activities.

Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions. Similar GCP and transparency requirements apply in the European Union. Failure to comply with such requirements, including with respect to clinical trials conducted outside the European Union, can also lead regulatory authorities to refuse to take into account clinical trial data submitted as part of a marketing authorization application, or MAA.

Furthermore, third parties that we rely on for our clinical development activities may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates. Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in testing or obtaining marketing approvals.

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may enter into collaborations with third parties for the development or commercialization of lefamulin and our other product candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these product candidates.

If lefamulin receives marketing approval, we plan to commercialize it in the United States with our own targeted hospital sales and marketing organization. Outside the United States, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize lefamulin. We also may seek third-party collaborators for development and commercialization of other product candidates or for lefamulin for indications other than CABP. Our likely collaborators for any sales, marketing, distribution, development, licensing or broader collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. We are not currently party to any such arrangement. However, if we do enter into any such arrangements with any third parties in the future, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.

Collaborations involving our product candidates would pose numerous risks to us, including the following:

 

    collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations and may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

    collaborators may deemphasize or not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus, product and product candidate priorities, available funding, or external factors such as an acquisition that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

    collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

    collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

    a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

    collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

    collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

    disputes may arise between the collaborator and us as to the ownership of intellectual property arising during the collaboration;

 

    we may grant exclusive rights to our collaborators, which would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

    disputes may arise between the collaborators and us that result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our products or product candidates or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources; and

 

    collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

 

28


Table of Contents

For example, in 2012, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Forest pursuant to which Forest reimbursed us for certain external research and development costs and provided us with a $25.0 million loan in exchange for an exclusive right to acquire 100% of our outstanding shares for a one-year period. However, in 2013, Forest decided not to exercise its right to acquire us and terminated the stock purchase agreement. In connection with this termination, we repurchased the $25.0 million loan for €1.00. We no longer have a commercial relationship with Forest, and no rights or obligations remain outstanding under the stock purchase agreement.

Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all. If a collaborator of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our product development or commercialization program could be delayed, diminished or terminated.

If we are not able to establish collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

The potential commercialization of lefamulin and the development and potential commercialization of other product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates. For example, we intend to seek to commercialize lefamulin through a variety of types of collaboration arrangements outside the United States.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge, and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We may also be restricted under future license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to fund and undertake development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States, Europe and in certain additional foreign jurisdictions related to our novel technologies and product candidates that are important to our business. This process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, if we license technology or product candidates from third parties in the future, these license agreements may not permit us to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain or enforce the patents, covering this intellectual property. These agreements could also give our licensors the right to enforce the licensed patents without our involvement, or to decide not to enforce the patents at all. Therefore, in these circumstances, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection.

The laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than U.S. law does. In addition, we may not pursue or obtain patent protection in all major markets or may not obtain protection that enables us to prevent the entry of third parties onto the market. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our U.S. patents or pending U.S. patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post grant review, interference proceedings or other patent office proceedings or litigation, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any

 

30


Table of Contents

competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our owned or licensed patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. In addition, other companies may attempt to circumvent any regulatory data protection or market exclusivity that we obtain under applicable legislation, which may require us to allocate significant resources to preventing such circumvention. Legal and regulatory developments in the European Union and elsewhere may also result in clinical trial data submitted as part of an MAA becoming publicly available. Such developments could enable other companies to circumvent our intellectual property rights and use our clinical trial data to obtain marketing authorizations in the European Union and in other jurisdictions. Such developments may also require us to allocate significant resources to prevent other companies from circumventing or violating our intellectual property rights. Our attempts to prevent third parties from circumventing our intellectual property and other rights may ultimately be unsuccessful. We may also fail to take the required actions or pay the necessary fees to maintain our patents.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

In addition, we have pledged all of our intellectual property as collateral under our loan agreement with Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file claims, which can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including interference, derivation, inter partes review or post-grant review proceedings before the USPTO. The risks of being involved in such litigation and proceedings may also increase as our product candidates approach commercialization, and as we gain greater visibility as a public company. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights. We may not be aware of all such intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates. Any freedom-to-operate search or analysis previously conducted may not have uncovered all relevant patents and patent applications, and there may be pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing lefamulin. Thus, we do not know with certainty whether lefamulin, any other product candidate, or our commercialization thereof, does not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property.

 

31


Table of Contents

If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, or in order to avoid or settle litigation, we could be required to obtain a license to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us, and could require us to make substantial payments. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In addition, while we typically require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our business was founded as a spin-off from Sandoz. Although, all patent applications are fully owned by us and were either filed by Sandoz with all rights fully transferred to us, or filed in our sole name, because we acquired certain of our patents from Sandoz, we must rely on their prior practices, with regard to the assignment of such intellectual property. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development, sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

 

32


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and products, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. However, we cannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or that the agreements we have executed will provide adequate protection. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be obtained or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

We have not yet registered our trademarks in all of our potential markets, and failure to secure those registrations could adversely affect our business.

Our trademark applications may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval and Marketing of Our Product Candidates and Legal Compliance

If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, in particular in the United States or the European Union, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates, including lefamulin, and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and by comparable authorities in other countries. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate. We have not received approval to market lefamulin or any of our other product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction.

We have no experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to obtain marketing approvals for product candidates and expect to rely on third-party contract research organizations to assist us in this process. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. Regulatory authorities may determine that lefamulin or any of our other product candidates are not effective or only moderately effective, or have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities, safety profiles or other characteristics that preclude us from obtaining marketing approval or that prevent or limit commercial use.

 

33


Table of Contents

The process of obtaining marketing approvals is expensive, may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

Our failure to obtain marketing approval in jurisdictions other than the United States and Europe would prevent our product candidates from being marketed in these other jurisdictions, and any approval we are granted for our product candidates in the United States and Europe would not assure approval of product candidates in other jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell lefamulin and our other product candidates in jurisdictions other than the United States and Europe, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval or approvals from regulatory authorities in the European Union. The regulatory approval process outside the United States and Europe generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval or approvals from regulatory authorities in the European Union. In addition, some countries outside the United States and Europe require approval of the sales price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, separate procedures must be followed to obtain reimbursement. We may not obtain marketing, pricing or reimbursement approvals outside the United States and Europe on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA or regulatory authorities in the European Union does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States and Europe does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA or regulatory authorities in the European Union. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. Marketing approvals in countries outside the United States and Europe do not ensure pricing approvals in those countries or in any other countries, and marketing approvals and pricing approvals do not ensure that reimbursement will be obtained.

Even if we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products and compliance with such requirements may involve substantial resources, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation, including the requirement to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy or to conduct costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. We must also comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved. In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to ensure that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We and our contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMP.

 

34


Table of Contents

Accordingly, assuming we receive marketing approval for one or more of our product candidates, we and our contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control. If we are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we could have the marketing approvals for our products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Thus, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to strict enforcement of post-marketing requirements and we could be subject to substantial penalties, including withdrawal of our product from the market, if we fail to comply with all regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include, but are not limited to, restrictions governing promotion of an approved product, submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, and requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping.

The FDA and other federal and state agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate compliance with all requirements governing prescription drug products, including requirements pertaining to marketing and promotion of drugs in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling and manufacturing of products in accordance with cGMP requirements. Violations of such requirements may lead to investigations alleging violations of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other statutes, including the False Claims Act and other federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws as well as state consumer protection laws. Our failure to comply with all regulatory requirements, and later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, may yield various results, including:

 

    litigation involving patients taking our products;

 

    restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

    restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

    restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

    requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

    warning or untitled letters;

 

    withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

    refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

    recall of products;

 

    fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

    suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

    damage to relationships with any potential collaborators;

 

    unfavorable press coverage and damage to our reputation;

 

    refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

 

    product seizure; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

35


Table of Contents

Non-compliance by us or any future collaborator with regulatory requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with regulatory requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

Non-compliance with E.U. requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with the European Union’s requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, particularly the member states of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various E.U. member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be adversely affected.

Fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical need for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. The FDA has designated the IV formulation of lefamulin as a qualified infectious disease product, or QIDP, and granted fast track designation to this formulation of lefamulin. However, neither the QIDP nor the fast track designation ensures that lefamulin will receive marketing approval or that approval will be granted within any particular timeframe. We may also seek fast track designation for our other product candidates. We may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. In addition, the FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Fast track designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

Priority review designation by the FDA may not lead to a faster regulatory review or approval process and, in any event, does not assure FDA approval.

If the FDA determines that a product candidate offers major advances in treatment or provides a treatment where no adequate therapy exists, the FDA may designate the product candidate for priority review. A priority review designation means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review period of ten months. Because the FDA designated the IV formulation of lefamulin as a QIDP, lefamulin also will receive priority review. We may also request priority review for other product candidates. The FDA has broad discretion with respect to whether or not to grant priority review status to a product candidate, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for such designation or status, the FDA may decide not to grant it. Moreover, a priority review designation does not necessarily mean a faster regulatory review

 

36


Table of Contents

process or necessarily confer any advantage with respect to approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Receiving priority review from the FDA does not guarantee approval within the six-month review cycle or thereafter.

Our relationships with customers, healthcare providers and professionals and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates, including lefamulin, for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with customers, healthcare providers and professionals and third-party payors may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include, and are not limited to, the following:

 

    The federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federally funded healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. This statute has been broadly interpreted to apply to manufacturer arrangements with prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, among others. Several other countries, including the United Kingdom, have enacted similar anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, and healthcare laws and regulations.

 

    The federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The government and qui tam relators have brought False Claims Act actions against pharmaceutical companies on the theory that their practices have caused false claims to be submitted to the government. There is also a separate false claims provision imposing criminal penalties.

 

    The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

 

    HIPAA also imposes criminal liability for knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

    The federal Physician Sunshine Act requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, referred to together as the Affordable Care Act, require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value made to or at the request of covered recipients, such as physicians and teaching hospitals, and physician ownership and investment interests in such manufacturers. Payments made to physicians and research institutions for clinical trials are included within the ambit of this law.

 

   

Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and some state laws require pharmaceutical

 

37


Table of Contents
 

companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Exclusion, suspension and debarment from government funded healthcare programs would significantly impact our ability to commercialize, sell or distribute any drug. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and a number of foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of lefamulin or any of our other product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates, including lefamulin, for which we obtain marketing approval.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or Medicare Modernization Act, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the Medicare Modernization Act applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

More recently, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Affordable Care Act, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. Effective October 1, 2010, the Affordable Care Act revised the definition of “average manufacturer price” for reporting purposes, which could increase the amount of Medicaid drug rebates to states. Further, the new law imposes a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. Substantial new provisions affecting compliance have also been enacted, which may affect our business practices with health care practitioners. We will not know the full effects of the Affordable Care Act until applicable federal and state agencies issue regulations or guidance under the new law. Although it is too early to determine the full effect of the Affordable Care Act, the new law appears likely to continue the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative

 

38


Table of Contents

changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

In the European Union, similar political, economic and regulatory developments may affect our ability to profitably commercialize our products. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the European Union or E.U. member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles that may increase our operating costs.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We may in the future operate in jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the trade control laws.

There is no assurance that we will be effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA or other legal requirements, including trade control laws. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or trade control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or trade control laws by U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory

 

39


Table of Contents

sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

We rely significantly on information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cyber security incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of third parties with which we contract are vulnerable to damage from cyber-attacks, computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. System failures, accidents or security breaches could cause interruptions in our operations, and could result in a material disruption of our clinical and commercialization activities and business operations, in addition to possibly requiring substantial expenditures of resources to remedy. The loss of clinical trial data could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and our product research, development and commercialization efforts could be delayed.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our chief executive officer and other key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on Dr. Colin Broom, our Chief Executive Officer, and the other principal members of our management and scientific teams. Although we have formal employment agreements with each of our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent our executives from terminating their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our executive officers. The unplanned loss of the services of any of these persons might impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel, including in the United States where we plan to expand our physical presence, will also be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

We expect to expand our development, regulatory and sales and marketing capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and sales and marketing. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited

 

40


Table of Contents

financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of the ADSs

There has been no public market for the ADSs or our common shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell the ADSs at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs or our common shares. The initial public offering price for the ADSs will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we applied to have the ADSs approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for the ADSs may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for the ADSs does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell the ADSs you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the ADSs or at all.

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of ADSs in this offering.

The price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced significant volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your ADSs at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for the ADSs may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

    the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

    results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

    regulatory delays and greater government regulation of potential products due to adverse events;

 

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States, the European Union and other countries;

 

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

    the recruitment or departure of key scientific or management personnel;

 

    the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

    the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

    market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

    the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against that company. We also may face securities class-action

 

41


Table of Contents

litigation if we cannot obtain regulatory approvals for or if we otherwise fail to commercialize lefamulin or any of our other product candidates. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs to defend such claims and divert management’s attention and resources.

After this offering, our senior managers, supervisory board members and principal shareholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control most matters submitted to shareholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our senior managers and supervisory board members, combined with our shareholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding shares before this offering, will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately     % of our share capital. As a result, if these shareholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control most matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control the election of supervisory board members and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have not paid any dividends on our common shares since our incorporation. Even if future operations lead to significant levels of distributable profits, we currently intend that earnings, if any, will be reinvested in our business and that dividends will not be paid until we have an established revenue stream to support continuing dividends. Payment of future dividends to securityholders will be at the discretion of the management board, subject to the approval of the supervisory board after taking into account various factors including our business prospects, cash requirements, financial performance, debt covenant limitations and new product development. In addition, Austrian law imposes limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Under Austrian law, a company may only pay dividends if the distribution of dividends is proposed by the management board and the supervisory board and resolved by the company’s shareholders at a general meeting. Our ability to pay dividends is assessed by our management board based primarily on our unconsolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the Austrian Commercial Code ( Unternehmensgesetzbuch ). Dividends may be paid only after the relevant balance sheet date from the net profit ( Bilanzgewinn ) recorded in our unconsolidated annual financial statements as approved by our supervisory board or by our shareholders at a general meeting. In determining the amount available for distribution, the annual net income must be adjusted to account for any accumulated undistributed net profit or loss from previous years as well as for withdrawals from or allocations to reserves. Certain reserves must be established by law, and allocation to such reserves must therefore be deducted from the annual net income in order to calculate the annual net profit.

We expect that ADSs representing only a relatively small percentage of our common shares will be publicly traded following this offering, which may limit the liquidity of your investment and may have a material adverse effect on the price of the ADSs.

After this offering, only     % of our common shares will be beneficially owned by parties other than our supervisory board members, senior management, existing shareholders holding 5% or more of our common shares, and their respective affiliates. As a result, we expect that ADSs representing only a relatively small number of our common shares will be actively traded in the public market following this offering. Reduced liquidity may have a material adverse effect on the price of the ADSs.

You will not be able to trade the ADSs or our common shares on any exchange outside of the United States.

The ADSs will be listed only in the United States on The NASDAQ Global Market and we have no plans to list the ADSs or our common shares in any other jurisdiction. As a result, a holder of ADSs outside of the United States may not be able to effect transactions in the ADSs as readily as the holder may if our securities were listed on an exchange in that holder’s home jurisdiction.

 

42


Table of Contents

The sale of a substantial number of our common shares or the ADSs following this offering may cause the market price of the ADSs to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our common shares or ADS, or the perception in the market that these sales could occur, could reduce the market price of the ADSs. After this offering, we will have              our common shares outstanding based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 15, 2015. This includes the common shares representing the ADSs that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing shareholders. The remaining              common shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will become eligible to be sold at various times after this offering. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of              common shares will have rights, subject to specified conditions beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders. We also intend to register all common shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our ADSs less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, on the design and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earlier to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with more than $700 million in market value of our share capital held by non-affiliates; or the issuance by us of more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements. We cannot predict whether investors will find the ADSs less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the market price of the ADSs may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging

 

43


Table of Contents

growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the International Accounting Standards Board.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management and supervisory board members are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.

In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

We intend to rely on NASDAQ Stock Market rules that permit us to comply with applicable Austrian corporate governance practices, rather than the corresponding domestic U.S. corporate governance practices, and therefore your rights as a shareholder will differ from the rights you would have as a shareholder of a domestic U.S. issuer.

As a foreign private issuer whose ADSs are listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, we are permitted in certain cases to follow Austrian corporate governance practices instead of the corresponding requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of NASDAQ requirements must submit to NASDAQ in advance a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. In addition, a foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC each such requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed instead of any such requirement. We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirements to seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of our common shares under such plans. In accordance with Austrian law, we are not required to seek shareholder approval in connection with the implementation of employee equity compensation plans unless such plans provide for the issuance of common shares to supervisory board members or the management board does not hold a valid authorization to issue common shares for such purpose. We also do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirement to have independent director oversight of executive compensation or director nominations. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under NASDAQ’s corporate governance rules.

 

44


Table of Contents

We may lose our foreign private issuer status which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer and therefore we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either:

 

    a majority of our shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States; or

 

    a majority of our executive officers or directors may not be United States citizens or residents, more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States and our business must be administered principally outside the United States.

If we lost this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which would include the requirement to file additional periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We would also be required under current SEC regulations to prepare our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, rather than IFRS.

We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NASDAQ rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer would be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our supervisory board.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of the ADSs. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of the ADSs to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our supervisory board.

 

45


Table of Contents

For as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies as described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. We may remain an emerging growth company until the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs, although if the market value of our share capital that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time or if we have annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more in any fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of December 31 of the applicable year. We also would cease to be an emerging growth company if we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, securityholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of the ADSs.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, is designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us, as and when required, conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, as and when required, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

Pursuant to Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm until we are no longer an emerging growth company. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of the ADSs will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per ADS. Therefore, if you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay a price per ADS that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per ADS, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price. For more information, see the “Dilution” section of this prospectus.

 

46


Table of Contents

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against us, our supervisory board members or senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

We are incorporated under the laws of Austria, and our registered offices and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, many of the members of our management board and our supervisory board and our senior management are residents of Austria and jurisdictions other than the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. In addition, it is questionable whether a court in Austria would accept jurisdiction and impose civil liability if proceedings were commenced in such court predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. As the United States and Austria do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters (other than arbitration awards in such matters), a final judgment for payment of money rendered by a federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws, will not be enforceable, either in whole or in part, in Austria. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in Austria, such party may submit to the Austrian court the final judgment rendered in the United States. Under such circumstances, a judgment by a federal or state court of the United States against the company will be regarded by an Austrian court only as evidence of the outcome of the dispute to which such judgment relates, and an Austrian court may choose to re-hear the dispute. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Austria. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. For more information, see the “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” section of this prospectus.

Holders of ADSs may not have the same voting rights as the holders of our common shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote.

Except as described in this prospectus, holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the common shares evidenced by the ADSs. Holders of the ADSs will have the right to instruct the depositary with respect to the voting of the common shares represented by the ADSs. If we tell the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, the depositary is required to endeavor to carry out your instructions. If we do not tell the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), you can still send instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may, but is not required to, carry out those instructions. You may not receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

You may not receive distributions on our common shares represented by the ADSs or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

We expect that the depositary for the ADSs will agree to pay to you or distribute the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our common shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our common shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations that we expect will be set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, common shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our common shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

 

47


Table of Contents

We are exposed to risks related to currency exchange rates.

A significant portion of our expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, while our financing has historically been in euros. In addition, the initial public offering price of the ADSs will be in U.S. dollars. Because our financial statements are presented in euros, changes in currency exchange rates have had and could have a significant effect on our operating results when our operating results are translated into U.S. dollars. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the euro create risk in several ways, including the following:

 

    weakening of the euro may increase the euro cost of overseas research and development expenses and the cost of sourced product components outside of the euro zone;

 

    strengthening of the euro may decrease the value of our revenues denominated in other currencies;

 

    the exchange rates on non-euro transactions and cash deposits can distort our financial results; and

 

    commercial pricing and profit margins are affected by currency fluctuations.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

We are organized as a stock corporation ( Aktiengesellschaft ) and incorporated under Austrian law. The rights of holders of our common shares and, therefore, certain of the rights of holders of the ADSs, are governed by Austrian law, including the provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, and by our articles of association. These rights differ in important respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. These differences include, in particular:

 

    Under Austrian law, certain important resolutions, including, for example, capital decreases, mergers, conversions and spin-offs, the issuance of convertible bonds or bonds with warrants attached and the dissolution of the stock corporation (apart from insolvency and certain other proceedings), require the vote of a 75% majority (and, in some cases, as high as a 90% majority) of the capital present or represented at the relevant general meeting of shareholders. Therefore, the holder or holders of a blocking minority of 25% or, depending on the attendance level at the general meeting, the holder or holders of a smaller percentage of the shares in an Austrian stock corporation may be able to block any such votes, possibly to our detriment or the detriment of our other shareholders.

 

    As a general rule under Austrian law, a shareholder has no direct recourse against the members of the management board or supervisory board of an Austrian stock corporation in the event that it is alleged that any of them have breached their duty of loyalty or duty of care to the Austrian stock corporation. Apart from insolvency or other special circumstances, only the Austrian stock corporation itself has the right to claim damages from members of the management or supervisory board. An Austrian stock corporation may waive or settle these damages claims only after five years, if the shareholders approve the waiver or settlement at the general meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast and no group of shareholders holding, in the aggregate, at least 20% (and in some cases, 5%) of the Austrian stock corporation’s share capital objects to such waiver or settlement and has its opposition formally noted in the minutes of the general meeting. However, Austrian courts acknowledge a waiver or settlement of claims for damages earlier if all shareholders consent to such waiver.

See “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law” in this prospectus for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act and, for example, the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections.

We cannot assure you that we will not be classified as a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, which may result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders.

Based on our estimated gross income and average value of our gross assets, taking into account the initial public offering price of the ADSs in this offering and the expected price of the ADSs following this offering, and

 

48


Table of Contents

the nature of our business, we do not believe that we were a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our tax year ended December 31, 2014 and do not expect to be a PFIC during our tax year ending December 31, 2015. A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or on average at least 50% of the gross value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions. Our status in any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of the ADSs, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering, and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of biotechnology companies have been especially volatile. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held the ADSs, however, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to the U.S. holder. See “Taxation—Taxation in the United States—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” in this prospectus.

 

49


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus, other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

    the timing and conduct of our clinical trials of lefamulin, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of the trials and the period during which the results of the trials will become available;

 

    the timing of and our ability to submit applications for, obtain and maintain marketing approval of lefamulin;

 

    the potential receipt of revenues from future sales of lefamulin;

 

    our plans to pursue development of lefamulin for additional indications other than CABP;

 

    our plans to pursue research and development of other product candidates;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain arrangements for manufacture of our product candidates;

 

    our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and strategy;

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize lefamulin and our other product candidates;

 

    the potential advantages of lefamulin and our other product candidates;

 

    our estimates regarding the market opportunities for lefamulin and our other product candidates;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical benefit of lefamulin and our other product candidates;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain collaborations;

 

    our ability to acquire or in-license additional products, product candidates and technologies;

 

    our anticipated PFIC status;

 

    our future intellectual property position;

 

    our estimates regarding future expenses, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our anticipated growth;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our expected use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

    other risks and uncertainties, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

50


Table of Contents

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

51


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $             million (€              million), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, we estimate that the net proceeds of the offering will be approximately $             million (€             million) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of              in the number of ADSs offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately €3.1 million ($3.4 million). In April 2015, we received €42.1 million in cash consideration from our preferred B financing. We expect to use approximately €0.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to make a one-time payment of a profit share fee to the Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH. We currently estimate that we will use the remaining net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

    approximately $             million (€             million) to complete the clinical development of lefamulin for CABP and to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for CABP in both the United States and Europe;

 

    approximately $             million (€             million) to pursue the clinical development of lefamulin for additional indications and for earlier stage research and development activities; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development, the status of and results from clinical trials, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management retains broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any material acquisitions or licenses of any products, businesses or technologies.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering, we estimate that such funds, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to enable us to                     . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. While we anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to allow us to                     , we do not expect the net proceeds will be sufficient to allow us to                     .

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including term deposits, short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

52


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common shares. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not plan to declare or pay dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future.

In addition, Austrian law imposes limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Under Austrian law, a company may only pay dividends if the distribution of dividends is proposed by the management board and the supervisory board and resolved by the company’s shareholders at a general meeting. Our ability to pay dividends is assessed by our management board based primarily on our unconsolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the Austrian Commercial Code ( Unternehmensgesetzbuch ). Dividends may be paid only after the relevant balance sheet date from the net profit ( Bilanzgewinn ) recorded in our unconsolidated annual financial statements as approved by our supervisory board or by our shareholders at a general meeting. In determining the amount available for distribution, the annual net income must be adjusted to account for any accumulated undistributed net profit or loss from previous years as well as for withdrawals from or allocations to reserves. Certain reserves must be established by law, and allocation to such reserves must therefore be deducted from the annual net income in order to calculate the annual net profit. Dividends paid by us may be subject to Austrian withholding tax as further described in “Taxation—Income Taxation of Shareholders Tax Resident in Austria (Residents)—Taxation of Dividends.”

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

    our issuance and sale in April 2015 of an aggregate of 730,162 preferred B shares, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42.1 million in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for the contributions in-kind described below, which we refer to as our preferred B financing;

 

    the exercise by the lenders under our convertible loan agreements of their right to convert or exchange their claims for repayment under the convertible loan agreements into 203,750 preferred B shares, in connection with the preferred B financing;

 

    the transfer of claims for repayment of the silent partnership interests of certain of our shareholders in exchange for 15,224 preferred B shares, in connection with the preferred B financing;

 

    our issuance in June 2015 of 9,107 preferred B shares to Kreos Capital at a price of €1.00 per share pursuant to the exercise of a warrant;

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, including the preferred B shares that we issued in April 2015 and June 2015 and the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares upon the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share; and

 

    the repayment in full of approximately €1.7 million in principal and interest under a loan from the Austrian Research Promotion Agency; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to:

 

    the issuance and the sale of              ADSs by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

 

    the one-time payment of a profit share fee of €0.3 million to the Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH, which is payable upon the completion of this offering.

This table should be read with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2015  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,136       43,572                      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt(2)

  24,464      3,745   

Equity

Share capital

  328      1,069   

Preferred A shares

  244      —     

Preferred B shares

  —        —     

Common shares

  84      1,069   

Capital reserves

  65,819      139,836   

Other reserves

  (20)      (20)   

Accumulated losses

  (105,678)      (105,680)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity (deficit)

  (39,551)      35,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

(15,087)    38,950        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents
(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, capital reserves, total equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. An increase or decrease of              in the number of ADSs we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, capital reserves, total equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ADS remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(2) Comprised of Borrowings, Investment from silent partnership and Convertible loans.

The table above excludes:

 

    24,133 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of €6.72 per share; and

 

    174 additional common shares reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2015 under our Stock Option Plan 2007.

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in the ADSs in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2015 was €(39.6) million ($(42.5) million), or €(120.76) ($(129.73)) per share and $             per ADS. Each ADS represents              common shares. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by 327,522 shares of our outstanding share capital as of March 31, 2015.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2015 was €             million ($             million), or €             ($            ) per share and $             per ADS. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities divided by 1,069,210 common shares outstanding after giving effect to our issuance and sale in April 2015 of an aggregate of 730,162 preferred B shares; our issuance in June 2015 of 9,107 preferred B shares to Kreos Capital at a price of €1.00 per share pursuant to the exercise of a warrant; and the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, including the preferred B shares that we issued in April 2015 and June 2015 and the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares upon the closing of this offering, assuming the closing occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share.

After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of              ADSs in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the one-time payment of a profit share fee of €0.3 million to the Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH, which is payable upon the completion of this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015, would have been €             million ($             million), or €             ($            ) per share and $             per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of €             ($            ) per share and $             per ADS to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of pro forma adjusted net tangible book value of €             ($            ) per share and $             per ADS to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. Dilution per ADS to new investors is determined by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per ADS paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

$                

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per ADS as of March 31, 2015

$                

Increase in net tangible book value per ADS attributable to the conversion of all preferred shares outstanding upon the closing of this offering

Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS as of March 31, 2015

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS attributable to new investors in this offering

  

 

 

    

Pro form as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering

     

 

 

 

Dilution per ADS to new investors in this offering

     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $             per ADS and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors by $             per ADS, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting

 

56


Table of Contents

discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of              in the number of ADSs we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $             per ADS and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors by $             per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ADS remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs or if any additional shares are issued in connection with outstanding options, you will experience further dilution. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $             per ADS, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $             per ADS to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2015, as described above, the total number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing shareholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    Common
Shares/ADSs
Purchased
    Total
Consideration
    Average Price
Per Common
Share
    Average Price
Per ADS
 
    Number   Percent     Amount     Percent      

Existing shareholders

             $                                              $                                     $                                  

New investors

                 
 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  100.0 $             100.0 $           $          
 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase or decrease, as applicable, the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors, on an absolute basis, by approximately             %, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase or decrease of              in the number of ADSs we are offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase or decrease, as applicable, the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors, on an absolute basis, by approximately             %, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ADS remains the same.

The table above is based on 84,102 common shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and after giving effect to our issuance and sale in April 2015 of an aggregate of 730,162 preferred B shares; our issuance in June 2015 of 9,107 preferred B shares to Kreos Capital at a price of €1.00 per share pursuant to the exercise of a warrant; and the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred shares, including the preferred B shares that we issued in April 2015 and June 2015 and the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share.

The table above excludes:

 

    24,133 common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2015 at a weighted average exercise price of €6.72 per share; and

 

    174 additional common shares reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2015 under our Stock Option Plan 2007.

 

57


Table of Contents

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments in full, the following will occur:

 

    the percentage of common shares held by existing shareholders would decrease to             % of the total number of common shares outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the percentage of common shares held by new investors would increase to             % of the total number of common shares outstanding after this offering.

 

58


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our financial position as of March 31, 2015 and our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. We present our consolidated financial statements in euros and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2013     2014     2014     2015  

Other income

   26,182      1,805      453      538   

Research and development expenses

     (7,324     (7,065     (1,808     (2,513

General and administrative expenses

     (2,869     (2,876     (539     (816

Other gains (losses), net

     171        105        18        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating result

  16,160      (8,031 )     (1,876 )     (2,792 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

  4,026      1,086      422      6,154   

Financial expenses

  (8,200   (6,363   (1,044   (12,124
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial result

  (4,174   (5,277   (622   (5,970

Profit (loss) before taxes

  11,986      (13,308   (2,498   (8,762
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income

  (776   (72   (1   (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) for the period

  11,210      (13,380 )     (2,499 )     (8,773 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the period

  —        (21   —        20   

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period

11,210    (13,401 (2,499 (8,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share(1)

Basic

34.53    (41.21 (7.69 (27.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

27.89    (41.21 (7.69 (27.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

Basic

  324,703      324,703      324,703      324,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  369,993      324,703      324,703      324,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Basic and diluted loss per share are the same in 2014 because the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed exercise of the conversion feature in our convertible loans would be anti-dilutive due to our net loss in these periods.

 

59


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:

The following table sets forth selected statement of financial position data as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,      As of
March 31, 2015
 
(in thousands)    2013      2014     

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,291       1,770       3,136   

Total assets

     5,324         3,963         5,571   

Total debt(1)

     11,880         22,572         24,464   

Total liabilities

     22,154         34,122         45,122   

Accumulated losses

     (83,525      (96,905      (105,678

Total equity (deficit)

     (16,830      (30,159      (39,551

 

(1) Comprised of Borrowings, Investment in silent partnership and Convertible loans.

 

60


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business to date has been conducted primarily in the European Union, and we prepare our consolidated financial statements in euros. In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, translations from euros to U.S. dollars were made at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on March 31, 2015 at the rate of €1.00 to $1.0741. On June 12, 2015, the exchange rate was €1.00 to $1.1278. The following tables present information on the exchange rates between the euro and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. Such U.S. dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of euros at the dates indicated.

 

(U.S. dollar per euro)    Period
End(1)
     Average(2)  

Year Ended December 31:

     

2010

     1.3131         1.3204   

2011

     1.2973         1.3999   

2012

     1.3186         1.2909   

2013

     1.3779         1.3303   

2014

     1.2101         1.3184   

 

     Low      High  

Month:

     

November 2014

     1.2394         1.2554   

December 2014

     1.2101         1.2504   

January 2015

     1.2015         1.1936   

February 2015

     1.1197         1.1462   

March 2015

     1.0524         1.1212   

April 2015

     1.0582         1.1008   

May 2015

     1.0876         1.1428   

June 2015 (through June 12)

     1.0913         1.1307   

 

(1) In the event that the period end fell on a day for which data is not available, the exchange rate on the prior most recent business day is given.
(2) Calculated using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

 

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those described under the “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” sections.

All amounts included herein with respect to the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts included herein with respect to the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. As permitted by the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for foreign private issuers, we do not reconcile our financial statements to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. We are developing our lead product candidate, lefamulin, to be the first pleuromutilin antibiotic available for systemic administration in humans. We are developing both intravenous, or IV, and oral formulations of lefamulin for the treatment of community-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or CABP, and intend to develop lefamulin for additional indications other than pneumonia. We are preparing to initiate two pivotal, international Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. These will be the first clinical trials we have conducted with lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. Based on our expectations regarding initiation of these trials and our estimates regarding patient enrollment, we expect to have top-line data available for both trials in late 2017. If the results of these trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018.

We have completed a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin for acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI, and 16 Phase 1 clinical trials of lefamulin in which we exposed healthy subjects to single or multiple doses of IV or oral lefamulin. We plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with ventilator-associated bacterial pneumonia, or VABP. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or HABP. We plan to conduct these trials for VABP and HABP to obtain additional safety and pharmacokinetic data, in particular regarding the activity of lefamulin against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus , or MRSA. We plan to pursue a number of additional opportunities for lefamulin, including a development program for use in pediatric patients and potentially for the treatment of ABSSSI. In addition, as an antibiotic with potent activity against a wide variety of multi-drug resistant pathogens, including MRSA, we plan to explore development of lefamulin in further indications, including sexually transmitted infections, or STIs, osteomyelitis and prosthetic joint infections. Through our research and development efforts, we have also identified a topical pleuromutilin product candidate, BC-7013, which has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial. We also have an ongoing research program focused on evaluating pleuromutilin compounds with enhanced activity against Gram-negative bacteria, which we call extended-spectrum pleuromutilins, or ESPs.

 

62


Table of Contents

We were incorporated in October 2005 in Austria as a spin-off from Sandoz GmbH and commenced operations in February 2006. In 2014, we established our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, which began operations in August 2014. We are a development stage company and have not generated any revenue from the sale of products. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of €105.7 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, convertible loans and research and development support from governmental grants and loans. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical trials. Our ability to generate profits from operations and remain profitable depends on our ability to successfully develop and commercialize drugs that generate significant revenue.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the development of and potentially seek marketing approval for lefamulin and, possibly, other product candidates and continue our research activities. Our expenses will increase if we suffer any delays in our Phase 3 clinical program for lefamulin for CABP, including delays in receipt of regulatory clearance to begin our Phase 3 clinical trials or delays in enrollment of patients. If we obtain marketing approval for lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

Based on our current plans, we do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we obtain marketing approval for, and commercialize, lefamulin. We do not expect to obtain marketing approval before 2018, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization effort.

Preferred B Financing

In March 2015, we entered into an agreement with existing and new investors to issue and sell preferred B shares. We refer to this transaction as our preferred B financing. In connection with our preferred B financing, we agreed to sell preferred B shares in two tranches. In April 2015, we closed the sale of the first tranche of 730,162 preferred B shares, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42.1 million in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for certain contributions in-kind consisting of the conversion of outstanding convertible loans and silent partnership interests. See “—Critical Accounting Policies” for more information regarding these convertible loans and silent partnership interests. We also agreed to sell a second tranche of preferred B shares to these investors at their option for an aggregate purchase price of $70.0 million if we do not complete a public offering in the United States within specified parameters or by a specified date.

Forest Stock Purchase Agreement

In 2012, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Forest Laboratories Inc., or Forest, pursuant to which Forest agreed to reimburse us for certain external research and development costs and provide us with a $25.0 million loan in exchange for an exclusive right to acquire 100% of our outstanding shares during a one year option period. We and Forest also agreed on a joint development plan for lefamulin during the option period as part of our preparations for the start of our Phase 3 clinical trials. As part of this arrangement, Forest reimbursed us for €2.9 million in research and development costs. In 2013, Forest decided not to exercise its right to acquire us and terminated the stock purchase agreement. In connection with this termination, we exercised our contractual right to repurchase the $25.0 million loan for €1.00. We no longer have a commercial relationship with Forest, and no rights or obligations remain outstanding under the stock purchase agreement.

 

63


Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

To date we have not generated any revenues from product sales and we do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future. Our success depends primarily on the successful development and regulatory approval of our product candidates and our ability to finance operations. If our development efforts result in clinical success and regulatory approval or we enter into collaboration agreements with third parties for our product candidates, we may generate revenue from those product candidates.

Other Income

Our other income consists principally of non-refundable government grants. Grant income comprises:

 

    €0.8 million of grants received from the Vienna Center for Innovation and Technology ( Zentrum für Innovation und Technologie, or ZIT ) and €0.8 million of grants from the Vienna Business Promotion Fund ( Wiener Wirtschafsförderungsfonds, or WWFF );

 

    a research premium from the Austrian government equal to 10% of a specified research and development cost base; and

 

    the benefits from government loans at below-market rates of interest granted by the European Recovery Plan, or ERP, Fund and the Österreichische Forschungsförderungsgesellschaft , or FFG .

Our grants from ZIT and WWFF are non-refundable except in limited circumstances. We currently are and expect to remain in compliance with all of the obligations under the grants.

In 2013, other income also included non-recurring income of €20.9 million from the repurchase of the loan from Forest. Additionally, we received cost reimbursements amounting to €2.9 million in 2013 related to the collaboration provisions of our agreement with Forest.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represented 71.9% and 71.1% of our total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 77.0% and 75.5% of our total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

For each of our research and development programs, we incur both direct and indirect expenses. Direct expenses include third party expenses related to these programs such as expenses for manufacturing services, non-clinical and clinical studies and other third party development services. Indirect expenses include salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in research and development functions, infrastructure costs allocated to research and development operations, costs associated with obtaining and maintaining intellectual property associated with our research and development operations, regulatory filings, laboratory consumables, consulting fees related to research and development activities, depreciation of tangible fixed assets allocated to research and development operations and other overhead costs. We utilize our research and development staff and infrastructure resources across several programs, and many of our indirect costs historically have not been specifically attributable to a single program. Accordingly, we cannot state precisely our total indirect costs incurred on a program-by-program basis.

We have expensed all research and development costs incurred to date. We may review this policy in the future depending on the outcome of our current development programs.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our direct research and development expenses by program and our indirect costs.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2013      2014      2014      2015  

Direct costs

           

Lefamulin

   2,352       779       145       1,425   

Other initiatives (incl. ESP program and BC-7013)

     129         239         97         9   

Indirect costs

     4,843         6,047         1,566         1,079   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

7,324    7,065    1,808    2,513   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we initiate and conduct our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP, pursue the clinical development of lefamulin for additional indications and engage in earlier stage research and development activities. We expect our total future direct research and development costs to complete the clinical development of lefamulin for CABP and to submit applications for marketing approval in both the United States and Europe to be in the range of approximately $65 million to $75 million. We do not expect to incur significant expenses in the near future for the further development of BC-7013. It is difficult to estimate the duration and completion costs of our other research and development programs.

The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the uncertainty of:

 

    the scope, progress, costs and results of clinical trials and other research and development activities;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

    the efficacy and potential advantages of our product candidates compared to alternative treatments, including any standard of care, and our ability to achieve market acceptance for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval;

 

    the costs and timing of commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing, for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval; and

 

    the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining, enforcing and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against any intellectual property-related claims.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidates could result in a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials or other testing beyond those that we currently contemplate will be required for the completion of clinical development of any product candidate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses represented 28.1% and 28.9% of our total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 23.0% and 24.5% of our total operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

65


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation not related to research and development activities for personnel in our finance, information technology and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include costs related to professional fees for auditors, lawyers and tax advisors and consulting fees not related to research and development operations, as well as functions that are partly or fully outsourced by us, such as accounting, payroll processing and information technology.

We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in the near future with the expansion of our staff and management team to include new personnel responsible for finance, legal, information technology and later, sales and business development functions. We also expect increased infrastructure, consulting, legal, accounting, auditing and investor relations expenses associated with being a public company in the United States.

Financial income and expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2013, financial income consisted of the adjustment of the carrying amount of our outstanding convertible loans due to an extension of the maturities of these loans to 2014. In the year ended December 31, 2014, financial income consisted of the changes in the fair values of the conversion rights related to our outstanding convertible loans. In the three months ended March 31, 2014, financial income consisted of the effects from the change in the fair value of the conversion rights related to our outstanding convertible loans. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, financial income consisted primarily of the adjustment of the carrying amount of our outstanding convertible loans due to an extension of the maturities of these loans in January 2015 to December 31, 2015 and to gains resulting from the waiver of the accrued interest and call option rights by the lenders of our outstanding convertible loans in connection with our preferred B financing.

We have historically deposited our cash and cash equivalents primarily in savings and deposit accounts that have original maturities of three months or less and that generate minimal interest income. Due to the low interest rates currently available, we do not expect material interest income in the near future. Due to the conversion of all outstanding convertible loans in connection with the preferred B financing, we do not expect any further interest income from the change of fair value of a financial instrument.

Financial expenses consist of interest expense and amortization of other financing fees for the Forest loan in 2013, a €5.0 million loan we entered into with Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited, or Kreos, in July 2014 and the research and development support loans from the ERP Fund granted in 2010 and the Österreichische Forschungsförderungsgesellschaft , or FFG, granted in 2008, interest expense on our convertible loans, as well as effects from changes in the fair values of the silent partnership investments, the convertible loans and the related call option and conversion rights.

 

66


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands)    2014      2015      Change %  

Other income

   453       538         18.8

Research and development expenses

     (1,808      (2,513      39.0   

General and administrative expenses

     (539      (816      51.4   

Other gains (losses), net

     18         (1      (105.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating result

  (1,876   (2,792   (48.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial income

  422      6,154      *   

Financial expenses

  (1,044   (12,124   *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial result

  (622   (5,970   859.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

  (2,498 )     (8,762 )     250.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxes on income

  (1   (11   *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss for the period

  (2,499   (8,773   251.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the period

  —        20      *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

(2,499 (8,753   250.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * Not meaningful.

Other income

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands)    2014        2015        Change %  

Research premium

   200         469           134.5

Grants from WWFF and ZIT

     110           24           (78.2

Government grants (IAS 20)

     143           45           (68.5
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

453    538      18.8
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other income increased by €0.1 million from €0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to a €0.3 million increase in research premiums as a result of a higher applicable research and development cost base in the three months ended March 31, 2015, which was partly offset by a €0.1 million decrease in grant income, due to the end of the ESP project supported by the ZIT grant in December 2014, and a €0.1 million decrease in the benefits from government loans at below-market rates of interest due to our repayment of the ERP loan in July 2014.

Research and development expenses

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands)    2014      2015      Change %  

Direct Costs

        

Lefamulin

   145       1,425         882.8

Other initiatives (including ESP program and BC-7013)

     97         9         (90.7

Indirect Costs

     1,566         1,079         (31.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

1,808    2,513      39.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased by €0.7 million from €1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to higher costs in the first quarter of 2015 related to preparation for our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for lefamulin. Direct costs for our other initiatives, including BC-7013, were relatively limited during both periods. The €0.5 million decrease in indirect costs from €1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily due to the release of liabilities in the amount of €0.4 million for social security and taxes in connection with the Stock Option Plan 2007, which resulted from a change in the valuation of the stock options as of March 31, 2015 mainly due to the impact of the preferred B financing.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by €0.3 million from €0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was due to a €0.2 million increase in professional service fees related to preparation for this offering, and a €0.1 million increase in staff costs related to the addition of employees in the United States.

Financial income and expenses

Financial result increased by €5.4 million from €0.6 million in net financial expenses in the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €6.0 million in net financial expenses in the three months ended March 31, 2015. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, interest and similar expenses increased by €2.0 million primarily due to higher effective interest expenses on the €5.0 million loan from Kreos entered into on July 4, 2014 and the €5.1 million incremental borrowing under our convertible loan agreements entered into on July 4, 2014 and January 8, 2015.

The change in other financial income and expenses resulted primarily from an €8.0 million increase in net expense from fair value adjustments of the conversion rights related to our outstanding convertible loans, from income of €0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to an expense of €7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 related to the valuation impact of the preferred B financing. This was partly offset by a €5.1 million benefit due to the waiver of interest and call options by the lenders of the outstanding convertible loans in connection with our preferred B financing and an €0.8 million increase in income from adjustments of the carrying amounts of financial liabilities in accordance with IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,” or IAS 39, due to the extension of payment terms of outstanding convertible loans in January 2015. No such adjustment occurred in the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Adjustments to the amortized cost of the silent partnership investments resulted in a €0.7 million expense in the three months ended March 31, 2015. No such adjustment occurred in the three months ended March 31, 2014, as the silent partnership agreements were entered into in July 2014 and January 2015.

 

68


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2013      2014      Change %  

Other income

   26,182       1,805         (93.1 )% 

Research and development expenses

     (7,324      (7,065      (3.5

General and administrative expenses

     (2,869      (2,876      0.2   

Other gains, net

     171         105         (38.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating result

  16,160      (8,031   (149.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial income

  4,026      1,086      (73.0

Financial expenses

  (8,200   (6,363   (22.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial result

  (4,174   (5,277   (26.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) before taxes

  11,986      (13,308   (211.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxes on income

  (776   (72   (90.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) for the period

  11,210      (13,380   (219.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive Income (loss) for the year

  —        (21   *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

11,210    (13,401   (219.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * Not meaningful.

Other income

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2013      2014      Change %  

Income from repurchase of Forest Laboratories loan

   20,871       —           (100.0 )% 

Research premium

     1,449         1,028         (29.1

Cost reimbursements

     2,906         —           (100.0

Government grants (IAS 20)

     659         422         (36.0

Grants from WWFF and ZIT

     297         355         19.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

26,182    1,805      *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  * Not meaningful.

Other income decreased by €24.4 million from €26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to €1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to our recognition of €20.9 million in other income from our 2013 repurchase of the Forest loan. Additionally, during 2013 we received cost reimbursements of €2.9 million from Forest related to the collaboration provisions of our agreement with Forest.

Other income comprised of grants and research premiums decreased by €0.6 million, or 25.0%, from €2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to €1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease is primarily due to a €0.4 million decrease in research premiums as a result of a lower applicable research and development cost base in 2014.

 

69


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2013      2014      Change %  

Direct costs

        

Lefamulin

   2,352       779         (66.9 )% 

Other initiatives (including ESP program and BC-7013)

     129         239         85.3   

Indirect costs

     4,843         6,047         24.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

7,324    7,065      (3.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses were €7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and €7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease of €0.2 million was primarily due to the following:

 

    a decrease of €1.6 million in direct costs for our lefamulin program after the termination of the Forest agreement. During the joint development program with Forest in 2013, sufficient active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, was produced for the entire Phase 3 clinical development program of lefamulin for CABP. As a result, expenses for API manufacturing decreased by €0.5 million to €0.2 million in 2014. Also, costs related to clinical trials decreased by €0.8 million to zero in 2014 after the termination of the Forest agreement. Direct costs for our other initiatives, including BC-7013, were immaterial in both 2013 and 2014.

 

    an increase in indirect costs of €1.2 million, consisting primarily of an increase in staff costs of €1.0 million, or 41.7%, from €2.4 million in 2013 to €3.4 million in 2014, primarily due to an increase of €0.4 million resulting from an increase in research and development headcount in 2014, and the effect in 2013 from the reversal of cash bonus provisions of €0.5 million due to the termination of the Forest agreement. Expenses for research and development consulting increased by €0.2 million, or 100.0%, from €0.2 million in 2013 to €0.4 million in 2014.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses were €2.9 million in both the year ended December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014. In 2014, there was an increase of €0.5 million to €1.0 million in expenses for accounting, auditing, legal and other consultancy services related to the preferred B financing as well as the exploration of other financing opportunities. Offsetting this increase was a decrease in employee compensation costs of €0.5 million from €1.6 million in 2013 to €1.1 million in 2014, due to the mutual termination of rights we granted to members of our management board to receive certain payments in the event of a sale of 50% or more of our shares, a merger, or certain other specified events, which we refer to as substance participation rights.

Financial income and expenses

Financial result decreased by €1.1 million from €4.2 million in net financial expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013 to €5.3 million in net financial expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014. In 2014, interest and similar expenses increased by €1.8 million primarily due to interest paid on the €5.0 million loan from Kreos and €3.6 million in incremental borrowings under our convertible loan agreements, offset by decreases in such expenses due to our repurchase of the Forest loan in 2013.

The change in other financial income and expenses resulted primarily from a €5.0 million change in income (expense) from fair value adjustments of the conversion rights related to the convertible loans, from an expense of €3.9 million in 2013 to income of €1.1 million in 2014. Adjustments of the carrying amounts of financial liabilities according to IAS 39, due to the extension of payment terms of the convertible loans, resulted in other financial income of €3.8 million in 2013. No such adjustment occurred in 2014.

 

70


Table of Contents

Taxes on income

Taxes on income decreased by €0.7 million, or 87.5%, from €0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 to €0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. The higher tax expense in 2013 resulted from €12.0 million in profit before taxes for the period due to €20.9 million of non-recurring income related to our repurchase of the Forest loan in 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, convertible debt financings and research and development support from governmental grants and loans. As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of €3.1 million.

In connection with our preferred B financing in April 2015, we sold 730,162 preferred B shares, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42.1 million in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for certain contributions in-kind consisting of the conversion of outstanding convertible loans and silent partnership interests. We have also agreed to sell a second tranche of preferred B shares to the investors in our preferred B financing at their option for an aggregate purchase price of $70.0 million if we do not complete a public offering in the United States within specified parameters or by a specified date.

Between 2011 and 2015 we entered into five convertible loan agreements with certain of our shareholders for proceeds in the aggregate amount of €16.8 million. As described above, all outstanding convertible loans converted into preferred B shares in connection with our preferred B financing in April 2015.

We entered into silent partnership agreements with certain of our shareholders for aggregate proceeds of €0.5 million in the second quarter of 2014 and €1.0 million in the first quarter of 2015. As described above, both of these agreements have terminated and the related claims for repayment were converted into preferred B shares in connection with our preferred B financing in April 2015.

Also during the second quarter of 2014, we entered into a €5.0 million loan agreement with Kreos that resulted in net proceeds of €4.6 million after deduction of the initial interest and principal payments and transaction costs at closing. In connection with the loan agreement, we granted Kreos a warrant to purchase our preferred shares, which Kreos has exercised in full. As collateral for the loan, we pledged our intellectual property, fixed assets exceeding a book value of €1,000, the receivables related to the research premium and our bank accounts. We may sell or otherwise disburse of any of the pledged fixed asset in the ordinary course of business, and may also withdraw any amounts from the pledged bank accounts, as long as we are not in default of the provisions in the loan agreement. For more information on the Kreos loan, see “—Contractual Obligations—Kreos Loan.”

In 2012, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Forest. Pursuant to the agreement, Forest reimbursed us for certain external research and development costs incurred in connection with the joint development plan and granted us a $25.0 million loan in exchange for an exclusive one-year option to purchase 100% of our outstanding shares. In the second quarter of 2013, Forest decided not to exercise its option and we repurchased the loan for €1.00.

Other financing sources included proceeds from the release of restricted cash in the amount of €0.3 million in 2014 and €0.1 million in 2013.

 

71


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

The table below summarizes our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014      2015  

Cash flow utilized by operating activities

   (1,859    (2,247

Cash flow utilized by investing activities

     (5      (27

Cash flow generated from financing activities

     1,550         3,611   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow

(314 1,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow utilized by operating activities increased by €0.3 million from €1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 due to a higher net loss of €0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, after adjustments for non-cash amounts included in financial results, along with higher cash interest expense of €0.3 million, partly offset by improved working capital of €0.7 million primarily from higher trade and other liabilities.

Cash flow utilized by investing activities was not significant in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and related primarily to the acquisition of equipment in support of our research and development activities.

Cash flow generated from financing activities increased by €2.0 million from €1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to €3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to proceeds of €3.1 million from the issuance of an additional convertible loan, and proceeds of €1.0 million from a new silent partnership agreement, both entered into in January 2015, compared with proceeds of €1.6 million from convertible loans for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase was partly offset by the repayment of principal of the Kreos loan in the amount of €0.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. No repayment of long-term borrowings occurred in the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

The table below summarizes our consolidated audited statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Cash flow utilized by operating activities

   (3,749    (8,660

Cash flow generated from (utilized by) investing activities

     2,477         (66

Cash flow generated from financing activities

     1,018         7,223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash flow

(254 (1,503
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow utilized by operating activities increased by €5.0 million from €3.7 million in 2013 to €8.7 million in 2014 due to cost reimbursements from Forest of €2.9 million received in 2013. Changes in working capital, resulting in a decrease in cash flow of €1.4 million were primarily due to the receipt in 2013 of €1.2 million in research premiums for both 2011 and 2012. Interest payments increased by €0.3 million from €0.1 million in 2013 to €0.4 million in 2014, due to our loan from Kreos.

Cash flow generated from (utilized by) investing activities decreased from €2.5 million in 2013 to approximately zero in 2014 due to our sale of marketable securities in 2013 resulting in proceeds of €2.5 million.

 

72


Table of Contents

Cash flow generated from financing activities increased by €6.2 million from €1.0 million in 2013 to €7.2 million in 2014 primarily due to net proceeds from our loan from Kreos of €4.6 million and additional convertible loans in the aggregate principal amount of €3.6 million, partly offset by the early repayment of the loan from the ERP Fund in the amount of €1.7 million in 2014.

Funding Requirements

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we continue the development of and potentially seek marketing approval for lefamulin and, possibly, other product candidates and continue our research activities. Our expenses will increase if we suffer any delays in our Phase 3 clinical program for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP, including delays in receipt of regulatory clearance to begin our Phase 3 clinical trials or delays in enrollment of patients. If we obtain marketing approval for lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

In addition, our expenses will increase if and as we:

 

    initiate or continue the research and development of lefamulin for additional indications and of our other product candidates;

 

    seek to discover and develop additional product candidates;

 

    seek marketing approval for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

 

    ultimately establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale up manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    in-license or acquire other products, product candidates or technologies;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    expand our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development, our operations as a public company and our planned future commercialization efforts.

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                 . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. This estimate assumes, among other things, that we do not obtain any additional funding through grants and clinical trial support or through collaboration agreements.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the progress, costs and results of our Phase 3 clinical trials for lefamulin;

 

    the costs and timing of process development and manufacturing scale-up activities associated with lefamulin;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of lefamulin;

 

    the costs of commercialization activities for lefamulin if we receive, or expect to receive, marketing approval, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and outsourced manufacturing capabilities;

 

    subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue received from commercial sales of lefamulin;

 

    the costs of developing lefamulin for the treatment of additional indications;

 

    our ability to establish collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

 

73


Table of Contents
    the scope, progress, results and costs of product development of BC-7013 and any other product candidates that we may develop;

 

    the extent to which we in-license or acquire rights to other products, product candidates or technologies;

 

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property-related claims;

 

    the rate of the expansion of our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    the costs of operating as a public company in the United States.

Conducting clinical trials is a time consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of lefamulin or any other products that we successfully develop, none of which we expect to be commercially available for several years, if at all. In addition, if approved, lefamulin or any other product candidate that we develop, in-license or acquire may not achieve commercial success. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, and funding from local and international government entities and non-government organizations in the disease areas addressed by our product candidates and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a securityholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations

The table below sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2014 that are expected to have an impact on liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flow values.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)    Less than
1 year
     Between 1
and 3 years
     Between 3
and 5 years
     More than 5
years
     Total  

Borrowings

   3,847       3,474       —         —         7,321   

Convertible loans

     16,253         —           —           —           16,253   

Operating lease obligations

     1,025         1,932         —           —           2,957   

Other contractual commitments

     867         80         —           —           947   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

21,992    5,486    —      —      27,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Borrowings include the research and development support loans from FFG in the amount of €1.7 million and total future payments for the loan from Kreos in the amount of €5.6 million, which includes interest payable in the amount of €0.8 million. We repaid the FFG loan in full in June 2015 with proceeds from our preferred B financing. We expect to repay our loan from Kreos in equal monthly installments of €0.2 million, including interest payments, until July 2017.

The maturity date of the convertible loans issued prior to December 2014 was December 31, 2014. In conjunction with the execution of a new convertible loan agreement in January 2015, the repayment dates of the prior convertible loans were extended to December 31, 2015. In connection with our preferred B financing, all of our outstanding convertible loans were converted to preferred B shares in April 2015.

Operating lease obligations include rental agreements for our facilities in Austria and the United States.

Other contractual commitments relate to contracts entered into with contract research organizations and contract manufacturing organizations in connection with the conduct of clinical trials and other research and development activities. Some of these commitments include early termination clauses exercisable at our discretion. The amounts shown above are estimated based on the assumptions that all remaining services will be performed as agreed and all milestones and other conditions of the respective contracts are met.

Under our ERP loan, following the completion of this offering, we will be obligated to pay a one-time profit share fee of €297,500 to the Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH in connection with its guarantee of the ERP loan.

Kreos Loan

In July 2014, we entered into a €5.0 million loan agreement with Kreos. Net proceeds from the loan were €4.6 million after deducting €0.4 million for the initial interest and principal payment and transaction costs at closing. The loan bears an annual interest rate of 11.9% on the full €5.0 million notional amount. The loan term is 36 months and matures on July 1, 2017. The repayment amount for the first six months comprised interest only; for the remaining thirty months the monthly repayment amount consists of equal installments of interest and principal of €0.2 million. In connection with the loan agreement, we granted Kreos a warrant to purchase our preferred shares, which Kreos exercised and pursuant to which we issued to Kreos 9,107 preferred B shares at a price of €1.00 per share in June 2015. Our intellectual property, fixed assets exceeding a value of €1,000, the receivables related to the research premium and bank accounts were pledged as collaterals for the loan. We may sell or otherwise disburse of any of the pledged fixed assets in the ordinary course of business and may also withdraw any amounts from the pledged bank accounts as long as we are not in default of the provisions of the loan agreement. We are entitled to prepay the loan in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.

Capital Expenditures

Our total purchases related to capital expenditures were €24,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, €68,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, €5,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and €27,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. We made no significant investments in intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. There are no material capital projects planned in 2015. However, we expect investments in information technology equipment and software to increase in 2015 due to the expansion of our U.S. presence and in preparation of operating as a public company in the United States.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no IFRS standards as issued by the IASB or interpretations issued by the IFRS interpretations that are effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2015 that had or that we expect to have a material impact on our financial position.

 

75


Table of Contents

At the time of authorization for issuance of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, a number of revisions, amendments and interpretations had already been published by the IASB, but their application was not yet mandatory. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements, except the following set out below:

 

    In July 2014 the IASB issued the complete version of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments,” applicable to financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, which replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. We are in the process of assessing IFRS 9’s impact on us.

 

    In May 2014 the IASB issued the IFRS 15 “Revenue from contracts with customers,” applicable to financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2017, which deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. We are in the process of assessing IFRS 15’s impact on us.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any, and during the periods presented we did not have any, off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of the reporting period, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to understanding and evaluating the estimates and judgments important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and require us to make judgments and estimates on matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in future periods.

Grant Income

Grant income comprises grants received from ZIT and WWFF, the research premium from the Austrian government and the interest advantage of government loans.

The WWFF grant is paid out through our landlord as a monthly rent subsidy and is recognized over the remaining term of the lease agreement until December 2017. The ZIT grants were provided to support specific research projects and are recognized according to the progress of the respective project. The research premium is calculated as a percentage of research and development expenses. It is recognized to the extent the research and development expenses have been incurred. All grants are non-refundable, except in limited circumstances. We are and have been in full compliance with the conditions of the grants and all related regulations. If, in the future, compliance with all obligations cannot be fully assured, any related contingent liability will be recognized in accordance with IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.”

The benefit of a government loan at a below-market rate of interest is treated as a government grant. The benefit due to the difference between the market rate of interest and the rate of interest charged by the governmental organization is measured as the difference between the initial carrying value of the loan and the proceeds received. This benefit is deferred, and recognized through profit and loss over the term of the corresponding financial liabilities.

 

76


Table of Contents

Convertible Loans

Between 2011 and 2015, we entered into five convertible loans with certain of our shareholders. Under the loans, the lenders had the right to convert their entire claim for repayment of the loans into preferred shares. Depending on whether the loans were converted prior to or following the execution of an external equity financing agreement in the amount of at least €5.0 million, the shares to be delivered upon conversion would have either had the same rights as the latest preferred shares issued or the preferred shares issued in the course of the new equity financing. If a loan would not have been converted, it would have been redeemed on the respective repayment date. In conjunction with the convertible loan agreements we entered into in 2011 and 2012, we also granted the lenders additional call options to acquire preferred shares. No transaction costs were incurred in conjunction with our entry into the convertible loan agreements.

In connection with our preferred B financing, all of the lenders under our convertible loan agreements waived all rights and claims they had in connection with the convertible loan agreements. In particular, all call option rights as well as claims on payments of accrued interest were waived. All claims for repayment, excluding accrued interest, under all convertible loan agreements, were converted into preferred B shares. Any accrued interest, as well as the additional call option rights were forfeited.

The convertible loans represented two financial instruments: an interest bearing loan and an option in the form of an equity conversion right for the holders of these instruments. The loan feature of the contract represented a host debt contract that was accounted for at fair value at inception and subsequently at amortized cost following the effective interest method. The fair value upon initial recognition was determined as the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the equity conversion right and additional call options, if any.

Due to the fact that the conversion price was not yet fixed but was dependent on future developments, the equity conversion right was considered a financial liability. The conversion right was separated from the host contract and fair valued by use of an option pricing model at inception and in subsequent periods with changes in fair value being recognized as profit or loss in the financial result line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The additional call options represented embedded derivatives to the respective loan agreements and were separated from the main contract. The call options were fair valued by use of an option pricing model at inception and in subsequent periods with changes in fair value being recognized as profit or loss in the financial result line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

Silent Partnership

In June 2014 and January 2015, we entered into silent partnership agreements with certain of our shareholders which entitled each of the silent partners to a proportionate share in the fair value of our company, similar to a shareholder, including a share in profit or loss, according to an agreed participation rate.

In connection with our preferred B financing, all of the claims for repayment of the silent partnership interests, including interest accrued thereon, converted into preferred B shares.

Apart from an ordinary termination of the silent partnership agreements, we or the silent partners could have terminated the silent partnership agreements early for material cause. Depending on the cause of termination of the silent partnership agreements, the compensation for the silent partner would have been in cash or in preferred shares. To settle our obligations upon termination of the silent partnership, we could not unilaterally decide to avoid a cash payment, and we would have been obliged to deliver a variable number of our own equity instruments. Therefore, the silent partnership agreement was classified as financial liability according to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation.” According to IAS 39, contributions of the silent partner had initially been measured at fair value and subsequently at amortized cost, representing the silent partner’s share in the proceeds resulting from an exit event (trade sale or initial public offering), which was calculated by use of an option pricing model.

 

77


Table of Contents

Share-based payments

In September 2007, the Stock Option Plan 2007 was adopted by our management board and supervisory board. All employees (including members of the management board), selected members of the supervisory board and further participants are eligible to participate in the Stock Option Plan 2007. Options granted under the Stock Option Plan 2007 give beneficiaries the right to acquire our shares. Options granted under the Stock Option Plan 2007 generally vest over four years from the date of participation. Typically, 25% of the options subject to a particular grant vest on the last day of the last calendar month of the first year of the vesting period, a further 25% of the options vests on the last day of the last calendar month of the second year of the vesting period, and the remaining 50% vests on a monthly pro-rata basis over the third and fourth years of the vesting period (i.e., 2.083% per month). However, alternative vesting schedules applied for beneficiaries who had worked for us prior to the date of the adoption of our Stock Option Plan 2007. All options granted under such alternative vesting schedules have fully vested.

The Stock Option Plan 2007 provides that 50% of any then-unvested options shall automatically vest upon a liquidity event, which refers to an exclusive license of or the sale or other disposal of 50% or more of our assets, a sale or other disposal (but not a pledge) of 50% or more of the our shares, a merger of ours with any third party, or a consolidation, liquidation, winding up or other form of dissolution). If a beneficiary has an unjustified termination or a justified premature termination (as such terms are used in the Stock Option Plan 2007) within one year of the liquidity event, all remaining unvested options held by the beneficiary shall automatically vest in full.

The exercise of vested options is permitted under the Stock Option Plan 2007 only during specified periods following a liquidity event or upon a public offering of our shares on specified terms. Except in the case of our liquidation or other form of dissolution, beneficiaries may only exercise their vested options during the six-week period commencing the day after our annual general meeting. No options may be granted or exercised under the Stock Option Plan 2007 after September 27, 2017. Any options not exercised by September 27, 2017 automatically terminate and are forfeited.

Beneficiaries are not entitled to transfer vested options, except to individuals by way of inheritance or bequest. Options do not entitle beneficiaries to exercise any shareholder rights. Beneficiaries may exercise shareholder rights only with respect to any shares they hold.

We measure the options under the Stock Option Plan 2007 at fair value at their grant date in accordance with IFRS 2, “Stock-based Payment,” using the Black-Scholes model. All options under the Stock Option Plan 2007 have an exercise price of €6.72 per share and a maturity of September 27, 2017. See “—Fair Value Estimation” for further detail on valuation parameters. The fair value of such share-based compensation is recognized as an expense over the respective vesting period. Share-based compensation expense under the Stock Option Plan 2007 was €124,000 and €72,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. No options were granted in 2013 or the three months ended March 31, 2015. The weighted average fair value of the 1,088 options granted in 2014 was €192.07 per share.

We account for related social security contributions as cash-settled share based payment transactions. We recognize a liability over the vesting period in respect of options to be exercised. As of the end of each reporting period we adjust the liability by reference to the current market value of the shares.

We expect to grant additional stock options that will result in additional share-based compensation expense. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to determine stock option values based on the market price of our common shares.

Fair Value Estimation

We use various valuation techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data to estimate the fair value of certain types of financial instruments, including stock options under the Stock Option Plan 2007.

 

78


Table of Contents

The fair value of the total equity is determined by management and takes into account the most recently available valuation of the company and the assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believe are relevant. We consider numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of the equity and certain financial instruments that represent potential interests in the equity, including the following:

 

    the progress of research and development programs;

 

    achievement of enterprise milestones, including the entering into of collaboration and licensing agreements;

 

    contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common shares;

 

    our forecasted performance and operating results;

 

    the cost of capital to fund operations;

 

    the rights and preferences of the financial instruments, such as the liquidation preference of preferred shares relative to common shares and conversion rights of the convertible loan agreements;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a discrete liquidity event, such as a sale of the company or an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    external market and economic conditions impacting our industry sector.

In determining the fair values of the equity, we considered three generally accepted approaches: the income approach, market approach and cost approach. Based on our stage of development and information available to us, we have determined that the income approach is the most appropriate method.

Discounted cash flow, or DCF, a form of the income approach, is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate. These cash flows are converted to present value by means of discounting, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. The discount rate in the DCF analysis is based upon a weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. The WACC is derived by using the Capital Asset Pricing Model and inputs such as the risk-free rate, beta coefficient, equity risk premiums and the size of the company.

After determining the fair value of total equity for each valuation date, the option pricing method, or OPM, was used to estimate the fair value for all financial instruments that represent claims on our assets, including the different share classes as well as the following instruments:

 

    options under the Stock Option Plan 2007;

 

    the investment from silent partnerships;

 

    warrants related to our loan from Kreos; and

 

    options and conversion rights related to the convertible loans agreements.

Under this approach, each class of securities is modeled as a combination of call options with a unique claim on our assets. The characteristics of each security’s class define these claims. This reflects differences in value allocation at different company value levels that result from differences in security classes, for example from liquidation preference rights and dividend accrual. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the fair values of securities as functions of the current fair value of the company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the entire equity. Volatility has been estimated based on the observed daily share price returns of peer companies over a historic period closely matching the period for which expected volatility is estimated. Volatility is defined as the annualized standard deviation of share price returns. In the allocation of equity, we have also considered valuation outcomes through a sale of the company compared to an initial public offering

 

79


Table of Contents

and considered the probabilities of each at each valuation date, since the treatment of the liquidation rights is different for these two events. The aggregate value per security class is then divided by the number of securities outstanding to arrive at the value per security.

Our valuations relied on DCF models to derive the total enterprise value. The cash flow projections were based on probability-weighted scenarios which considered estimates of time to market, market share and pricing of lefamulin in the target indications. The cash flow projections were estimated over a period equal to the expected patent life, and a terminal value period was not applied. The expected sales were estimated using a detailed market model that comprises historical and expected number of therapies as well as prices of relevant drugs per indication and region, based on market reports, surveys and estimates by management. Production and research and development costs were estimated at the indication level with general and administrative costs and selling and marketing costs estimated at the overall company level. A WACC of 16.0% was applied for each valuation date. The OPM relies on the anticipated timing and probability of a liquidity event based on then current plans and estimates of our management board as per each valuation date. As of July 4, 2014, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the probability of an initial public offering was estimated at 60% (March 31, 2014 and earlier: 10%) and of a sale at 40% (March 31, 2014 and earlier: 90%). As per December 31, 2014 the estimated volatility was 65% (2013: 80%) based on historical trading volatility for the publicly traded peer companies and a time to liquidity of 0.5 years for the initial public offering (2013: 1.2 years) scenario and 2.5 years for the trade sales scenario (2013: 4.4 years). As of March 31, 2015, the time to liquidity was estimated at 0.8 years (March 31, 2014: 0.9 years) for the initial public offering scenario and 2.5 years (March 31, 2014: 4.2 years) for the trade sale scenario, resulting in an estimated volatility as of March 31, 2015 of 55% (March 31, 2014: 70%).

Research and Development Expenses

Research expenses are defined as costs incurred for current or planned investigations undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding. Development expenses are defined as costs incurred for the application of research findings or specialist knowledge to production, production methods, services or goods prior to the commencement of commercial production or use. We expense all research costs as incurred. Research costs are prohibited from being capitalized. However, development costs must be capitalized when the following criteria have been fulfilled:

 

    it is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

 

    management intends to complete the intangible asset and to utilize or sell it;

 

    there is an ability to utilize or sell the intangible asset;

 

    it can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

    adequate technical, financial and/or other resources to complete the development and to utilize or sell the intangible asset are available; and

 

    the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably measured.

The following costs, in particular by their nature, constitute research and development expenses: the appropriate proportions of direct personnel and material costs, related overhead for internal or external technology, engineering and other departments that provide services; costs for experimental and pilot facilities (including depreciation of buildings or parts of buildings used for research or development purposes); costs for clinical research; regular costs for the utilization of third parties’ patents for research and development purposes; other taxes related to research facilities; and fees for the filing and registration of self-generated patents that are not capitalized.

Our projects are currently in the research and development phase and marketing approval by U.S., European and other foreign regulatory authorities is not, nor will be, available for any product in the near future. Therefore, we do not capitalize expenditure on research and development as an intangible asset, but recognize it as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

 

80


Table of Contents

Taxes

We are subject to income tax in Austria and the United States. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax expense, including a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by us in our tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. We are not aware of any such changes that would be expected to have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

Our U.S. subsidiary is subject to income taxes due to the fact that it provides to us certain management and other services related to research and development activities. These services are rendered on terms that were negotiated at arm’s length pursuant to a services agreement with us.

Deferred taxes have only been recognized to the extent it is likely that in the following period a taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. We have unrecognized deferred tax assets of €26.7 million (2013: €23.1 million). These amounts consist of €26.5 million (2013: €21.7 million) related to cumulative tax loss carry-forwards, and €0.2 million (2013: €1.4 million) related to other temporary differences. Since we are in a loss-making position in Austria and have a history of losses, no deferred tax asset has been recognized. The tax loss carry-forwards will not expire in Austria.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks in the ordinary course of our business: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Our overall risk management program focuses on preservation of capital given the unpredictability of financial markets. These market risks are principally limited to interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations.

Market risk

We do not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The credit risk on liquid funds (bank accounts, cash balances and securities) is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings from international credit rating agencies. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

We are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the U.S. dollar and the British pound. Our functional currency is the euro, but we receive payments from several of our collaborators, and acquire materials, in each of these other currencies. In addition, we plan to convert a substantial portion of the proceeds from this offering in U.S. dollars to euro. We have not established any formal practice to manage the foreign exchange risk against our functional currency. Foreign exchange rate movements had no material effect on our results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

Interest rate risk may arise from short-term or long-term borrowings. As of March 31, 2015, we had no borrowings that exposed us to interest rate risk. As of March 31, 2015, we had neither significant long-term interest-bearing assets nor significant long-term interest-bearing liabilities, other than the fixed rate loan from Kreos and the fixed rate convertible loans. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and accordingly we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

 

81


Table of Contents

Liquidity risk

Based on our current operating plans, we believe that the anticipated net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents inclusive of our preferred B financing in April 2015, will be sufficient to fund our operations through                         .

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis in this prospectus;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 on the design and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earlier to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least more than $700 million in market value of our share capital held by nonaffiliates; or the issuance by us of more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Since we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB.

 

82


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. We are developing our lead product candidate, lefamulin, to be the first pleuromutilin antibiotic available for systemic administration in humans. We are developing both intravenous, or IV, and oral formulations of lefamulin for the treatment of community-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or CABP and intend to develop lefamulin for additional indications other than pneumonia. We have completed a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin for acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI. Based on the clinical results of lefamulin for ABSSSI, as well as its rapid tissue distribution, including substantial penetration into lung tissue and fluids, we are preparing to initiate two pivotal, international Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. These will be the first clinical trials we have conducted with lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. Both trials are designed to follow draft guidance published by the FDA for the development of drugs for CABP and guidance from the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for the development of antibacterial agents. Based on our expectations regarding initiation of these trials and our estimates regarding patient enrollment, we expect to have top-line data available for both trials in late 2017. If the results of these trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018. We believe that lefamulin is well suited for use as a first-line empiric monotherapy for the treatment of CABP because of its novel mechanism of action, spectrum of activity, including against multi-drug resistant pathogens, achievement of substantial drug concentrations in lung tissue and fluids, availability as both an IV and oral formulation and favorable safety and tolerability profile.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, has designated the IV formulation of lefamulin as a qualified infectious disease product, or QIDP, which provides for the extension of statutory exclusivity periods in the United States for an additional five years upon FDA approval of the product for the treatment of CABP, and granted fast track designation to this formulation of lefamulin. Fast track designation is granted by the FDA to facilitate the development and expedite the review of drugs that treat serious conditions and fill an unmet medical need. The fast track designation for the IV formulation of lefamulin will allow for more frequent interactions with the FDA, the opportunity for a rolling review of any new drug application, or NDA, we submit and eligibility for priority review and a shortening of the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

We believe that pleuromutilin antibiotics can help address the major public health threat posed by bacterial resistance, which the World Health Organization, or WHO, characterized in 2010 as one of the three greatest threats to human health. Increasing resistance to antibiotics used to treat CABP is a growing concern and has become an issue in selecting the appropriate initial antibiotic treatment prior to determining the specific microbiological cause of the infection, referred to as empiric treatment. For example, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, has classified Streptococcus pneumoniae , the most common respiratory pathogen, as a serious threat to human health as a result of increasing resistance to currently available antibiotics. In addition, the CDC recently reported on the growing evidence of widespread resistance to macrolides, widely used antibiotics that disrupt bacterial protein synthesis, in Mycoplasma pneumoniae , a common cause of CABP that is associated with significant morbidity and mortality. Furthermore, Staphylococcus aureus , including methicillin-resistant S. aureus , or MRSA, has emerged as a more common cause of CABP in some regions of the world, and a possible pathogen to be covered with empiric therapy. In recognition of the growing need for the development of new antibiotics, recent regulatory changes, including priority review and regulatory guidance enabling smaller clinical trials, have led to renewed interest from the pharmaceutical industry in anti-infective development. For example, the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act became law in 2012 and included the Generating Antibiotic Incentives Now Act, or the GAIN Act, which provides incentives, including access to expedited FDA review for approval, fast track designation and five years of potential data exclusivity extension for the development of new QIDPs.

 

83


Table of Contents

As a result of increasing resistance to antibiotics and the wide array of potential pathogens that cause CABP, the current standard of care for hospitalized patients with CABP usually involves first-line empiric treatment with a combination of antibiotics to address all likely bacterial pathogens or monotherapy with a fluoroquinolone antibiotic. Combination therapy presents the logistical challenge of administering multiple drugs with different dosing regimens and increases the risk of drug-drug interactions and the potential for serious side effects. Fluoroquinolones are associated with safety and tolerability concerns and are typically administered in combination with other antibiotics if community-acquired MRSA is suspected. In addition, many currently available antibiotic therapies are only available for IV administration and are prescribed for seven to 14 days, meaning continued treatment requires prolonged hospitalization or a switch to a different antibiotic administered orally, with the attendant risk that the patient might respond differently.

Pleuromutilins are semi-synthetic compounds derived from a naturally occurring antibiotic and inhibit bacterial growth by binding to a specific site on the bacterial ribosome that is responsible for bacterial protein synthesis. We have developed an understanding of how to optimize characteristics of the pleuromutilin class, such as antimicrobial spectrum, potency, absorption following oral administration and tolerability, which in turn led to our selection and development of lefamulin, our lead product candidate. We have completed a Phase 2 clinical trial for acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI, in which IV lefamulin achieved a high cure rate against multi-drug resistant Gram-positive bacteria, including MRSA. In addition, in preclinical studies, lefamulin showed potent antibacterial activity against a variety of Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria and atypical bacteria, including multi-drug resistant strains. The preclinical studies and clinical trials we have conducted to date suggest that lefamulin’s novel mechanism of action is responsible for the lack of cross resistance observed with other antibiotic classes and may result in slow development of bacterial resistance to lefamulin over time. As a result of the favorable safety and tolerability profile we have observed in our clinical trials to date, we believe lefamulin will present fewer potential complications relative to the use of current therapies. Based on our research, we also believe that the availability of both IV and oral formulations of lefamulin, and an option to switch to oral treatment, could reduce the length of a patient’s hospital stay and the overall cost of care.

We have evaluated lefamulin in more than 400 patients and subjects in 16 Phase 1 clinical trials and a Phase 2 clinical trial in ABSSSI. In our Phase 1 clinical trials, we have characterized the clinical pharmacology of the IV formulation of lefamulin and shown oral bioavailability of a tablet formulation of lefamulin with rapid tissue distribution, including substantial penetration into lung tissue and fluids. In our Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating the safety and efficacy of two different doses of the IV formulation of lefamulin administered over five to 14 days compared to the antibiotic vancomycin in patients with ABSSSI, the clinical success rate at test of cure, or TOC, for lefamulin was similar to that of vancomycin. Lefamulin has been well tolerated in all our clinical trials to date when administered by IV and oral routes. The frequency of adverse events that we observed in our Phase 2 clinical trial in ABSSSI was similar for patients treated with IV lefamulin and patients treated with vancomycin.

Based on the clinical results of lefamulin for the treatment of ABSSSI, as well as its rapid tissue distribution, including substantial penetration into the lung, we are preparing to evaluate lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP in two international Phase 3 clinical trials. We are initially pursuing the development of lefamulin for CABP because of the limited development of new antibiotic classes for this indication over the past 15 years, our belief that there exists a significant unmet medical need for a first-line empiric monotherapy that addresses the growing development and spread of bacterial resistance, as well as recently clarified FDA guidance regarding the approval pathway. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. In addition, we plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with ventilator-associated bacterial pneumonia, or VABP. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia, or HABP. We plan to conduct these trials for VABP and HABP to obtain additional safety and pharmacokinetic data, in particular regarding the activity of lefamulin against MRSA. We also plan to further characterize the clinical pharmacology of lefamulin.

 

84


Table of Contents

We plan to pursue a number of additional opportunities for lefamulin, including a development program for use in pediatric patients and potentially for the treatment of ABSSSI. In addition, as an antibiotic with potent activity against a wide variety of multi-drug resistant pathogens, including MRSA, we plan to explore development of lefamulin in other indications, including sexually transmitted infections, or STIs, osteomyelitis and prosthetic joint infections. Through our research and development efforts, we have also identified a topical pleuromutilin product candidate, BC-7013, which has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial. We also have an ongoing research program focused on evaluating pleuromutilin compounds with enhanced activity against Gram-negative bacteria, which we call extended-spectrum pleuromutilins, or ESPs.

We own exclusive, worldwide rights to lefamulin. Lefamulin is protected by issued patents in the United States, Europe and Japan covering composition of matter, which are scheduled to expire no earlier than 2028. We also have pending patent applications for lefamulin relating to process and pharmaceutical crystalline salt forms, which if issued would be scheduled to expire no earlier than 2031.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company focused on the research, development and commercialization of novel anti-infective products. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

    Complete Phase 3 clinical development of lefamulin for CABP . We are devoting a significant portion of our financial resources and business efforts to completing the clinical development of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. We are preparing to initiate two international Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. Based on our expectations regarding initiation of these trials and our estimates regarding patient enrollment, we expect to have top-line data available for both trials in late 2017. If the results of these trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018.

 

    Maximize the commercial potential of lefamulin for CABP . We own exclusive, worldwide rights to lefamulin. We expect that our initial target patient population for lefamulin will consist of patients with moderate to severe CABP. If lefamulin receives marketing approval from the FDA for the treatment of CABP, we plan to commercialize it in the United States with our own targeted hospital sales and marketing organization that we plan to establish. We believe that we will be able to effectively communicate lefamulin’s differentiating characteristics and key attributes to clinicians and hospital pharmacies with the goal of establishing favorable formulary status for lefamulin. If lefamulin receives marketing approval outside the United States for the treatment of CABP, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize lefamulin in such markets. We also plan to develop a formulation of lefamulin appropriate for pediatric use for CABP.

 

   

Pursue the continued development of lefamulin in additional indications . We plan to pursue the continued development of lefamulin for indications in addition to CABP. For example, we intend to further pursue the development of lefamulin for the treatment of ABSSSI. In addition, we plan to conduct a Phase 1 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with VABP. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Depending on the results of this trial, we may then conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin in patients with HABP. We plan to conduct these trials for VABP and HABP to obtain additional safety and pharmacokinetic data, in particular regarding the activity of lefamulin against MRSA. We believe that lefamulin’s product profile also provides the opportunity to expand to other indications beyond pneumonia. For example, investigation of the tolerability of higher single doses of lefamulin could also support use of lefamulin for the treatment of STIs. In addition, we plan to explore longer duration of treatment with lefamulin to support development of a treatment for osteomyelitis and prosthetic joint infections. We believe that lefamulin would be differentiated from other treatment

 

85


Table of Contents
 

options for each of these potential uses because of lefamulin’s novel mechanism of action, spectrum of activity, including activity against multi-drug resistant pathogens, achievement of substantial concentrations in relevant tissues, availability as both an IV and oral formulation and favorable safety and tolerability profile.

 

    Advance the development of other pleuromutilin product candidates and possibly compounds in other classes . We are currently focused on developing additional pleuromutilin product candidates through our deep understanding of this class of antibiotics. Our product candidate BC-7013 has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial. We believe that this pleuromutilin compound is well suited for the topical treatment of a variety of Gram-positive infections, including uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections, or uSSSIs. In addition, other topical pleuromutilins from our research program have shown potent in vitro activity against Clostridium difficile and Helicobacter pylori . We also are actively pursuing an in-house discovery program to sustain and expand our pipeline with additional product candidates. We believe that ESPs with broadened Gram-negative coverage, representing a new generation of pleuromutilin antibiotics, can help overcome important mechanisms of Gram-negative resistance. Furthermore, we own diverse libraries of compounds in other antibacterial classes, such as ß-lactams and acremonic acids, which are a potential basis for the discovery and development of novel antibacterial agents.

 

    Evaluate business development opportunities and potential collaborations . We plan to evaluate the merits of entering into collaboration agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies that may contribute to our ability to efficiently advance our product candidates, build our product pipeline and concurrently advance a range of research and development programs. Potential collaborations may provide us with funding and access to the scientific, development, regulatory and commercial capabilities of the collaborators. We also plan to encourage local and international government entities and non-government organizations to provide additional funding and support for our development programs. We may expand our product pipeline through opportunistically in-licensing or acquiring the rights to complementary products, product candidates and technologies for the treatment of a range of infectious diseases.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our Product Development Pipeline

The following table summarizes the indications for which we are developing our product candidates and the status of development.

 

LOGO

 

* We are preparing to initiate two international Phase 3 clinical trials with lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. However, we have not conducted any clinical trials of lefamulin specifically for CABP. Our completed Phase 2 clinical trial evaluated lefamulin in patients with ABSSSI. We have obtained input from the FDA and select European authorities and have submitted a request for Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, to the FDA regarding the study design of our first Phase 3 clinical trial in anticipation of submitting applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018.

Background

Anti-Bacterial Market and Scientific Overview

Bacteria are broadly classified as Gram-positive or Gram-negative. Gram-positive bacteria possess a single membrane and a thick cell wall and turn dark-blue or violet when subjected to a laboratory staining method

 

87


Table of Contents

known as Gram’s method. Gram-negative bacteria have a thin cell wall layered between an inner cytoplasmic cell membrane and a bacterial outer membrane and, as a result, do not retain the violet stain used in Gram’s method. Antibiotics that are active against both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria are referred to as broad spectrum, while those that are active only against a select subset of Gram-positive or Gram-negative bacteria are referred to as narrow spectrum. Bacteria that cause infections are often referred to as bacterial pathogens. Because it often takes from 24 to 48 hours to definitively diagnose the particular bacterial pathogen causing an infection, narrow spectrum antibiotics are not generally used as empiric monotherapy for first-line treatment of hospitalized patients with serious infections.

Since the introduction of antibiotics in the 1940s, numerous new antibiotic classes have been discovered and developed for therapeutic use. The development of new antibiotic classes and new antibiotics within a class is important because of the ability of bacteria to develop resistance to existing mechanisms of action of currently approved antibiotics. However, the pace of discovery and development of new antibiotic classes slowed considerably in the past few decades. The CDC estimates that the pathogens responsible for more than 70% of U.S. hospital infections are resistant to at least one of the antibiotics most commonly used to treat them. The CDC also estimated in 2013, based on data collected from evaluations performed between 2006 and 2011, that annually in the United States at least two million people become infected with bacteria that are resistant to antibiotics and at least 23,000 people die as a direct result of these infections.

Antibiotic resistance is primarily caused by genetic mutations in bacteria selected by exposure to antibiotics that do not kill all of the bacteria. In addition to mutated bacteria being resistant to the drug used for treatment, many bacterial strains can also become cross-resistant, meaning that they become resistant to multiple classes of antibiotics. As a result, the effectiveness of many antibiotics has declined, limiting physicians’ options to treat serious infections and exacerbating a global health issue. For example, the WHO estimated in 2014 that people with infections caused by MRSA, a highly resistant form of bacteria, are 64% more likely to die than people with a non-resistant form of the infection. Resistance can increase the cost of healthcare because of the potential for lengthier hospital stays and more intensive care. Growing antibiotic resistance globally, together with the low level of investment in research and development, is considered one of the biggest global health threats. In 2010, the WHO stated that antibiotic resistance is one of the three greatest threats to human health. Partially in response to this threat, the U.S. Congress passed the GAIN Act in 2012, which provides incentives, including access to expedited FDA review for approval, fast track designation and five years of potential data exclusivity extension for the development of new QIDPs. Additional legislation is also being considered in the United States, including the Antibiotic Development to Advance Patient Treatment Act of 2013, which is intended to accelerate the development of anti-infective products, and the Developing an Innovative Strategy for Antimicrobial Resistant Microorganisms Act of 2014, which is intended to establish a new reimbursement framework to enable premium pricing of anti-infective products.

In 2009, sales of antibiotics totaled approximately $42 billion globally. Although judicious use of antibiotics is important to reduce the rate of antibiotic resistance, this approach alone cannot fully address the threat from increasing antibiotic resistance. New antibiotics, and particularly new antibiotic classes, are needed to ensure the availability of effective antibiotic therapy in the future.

Community-Acquired Bacterial Pneumonia (CABP)

Market Overview

The WHO estimated in 2002 that there were approximately 450 million pneumonia cases reported per year worldwide, causing approximately 4.0 million deaths in 2002. According to an article published in 2011 in the peer-reviewed medical journal Therapeutic Advances in Respiratory Disease , the annual incidence of community-acquired pneumonia is between five and 11 cases per 1,000 people, with the incidence rate rising in elderly patients. In a study published in 2004 in the peer-reviewed medical journal Clinical Infectious Diseases in which more than 46,000 people in the state of Washington were monitored over three years, the incidence of

 

88


Table of Contents

CABP among those 65 to 69 years of age was 18.2 cases per 1,000 people per year and increased to 52.3 cases per 1,000 people per year in those over 85 years of age.

The U.S. National Center for Health Statistics estimated that between 1988 and 1994 there were approximately 5.6 million cases of pneumonia per year in the United States. According to the CDC, approximately 1.1 million pneumonia patients in the United States required hospitalization in 2010 and approximately 53,000 patients died from pneumonia in 2013.

Causes of CABP

Pneumonia can be caused by a variety of micro-organisms, with bacteria being the most common identifiable cause. CABP refers to bacterial pneumonia that is acquired outside of a hospital setting. Signs and symptoms of CABP include cough, fever, sputum production and chest pain. A number of different types of bacteria can cause CABP, including both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Pneumonia that is caused by atypical bacterial pathogens often has different symptoms and responds to different antibiotics than pneumonia caused by pathogens referred to as typical bacteria. However, atypical bacteria are not uncommon. The most common bacterial pathogens noted in current treatment guidelines from the Infectious Diseases Society of America, or IDSA, for hospitalized CABP patients who are not in the intensive care unit are Streptococcus pneumoniae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, and Legionella species. In addition, IDSA notes the emergence of resistance to commonly utilized antibiotics for CABP, specifically drug-resistant S. pneumoniae and community-acquired MRSA, or CA-MRSA, as a major consideration in choosing empiric therapy. However, approximately 50% of patients may not have a pathogen identified using routine diagnostic tests available to physicians.

Currently Available Treatment Options

Based on the most likely bacteria to cause CABP, IDSA and the American Thoracic Society, or ATS, recommend empiric treatment of hospitalized patients with CABP who do not require treatment in an intensive care unit with either:

 

    a combination of a cephalosporin, an antibiotic that disrupts the cell wall of bacteria, plus a macrolide, an antibiotic that disrupts bacterial protein synthesis; or

 

    monotherapy with a respiratory fluoroquinolone, an antibiotic that disrupts bacterial protein synthesis.

In the event that CA-MRSA is suspected, these guidelines recommend that vancomycin, an antibiotic that disrupts the cell wall of bacteria, or linezolid, an antibiotic that disrupts bacterial protein synthesis, be used or added to the current regimen.

In addition, physicians need to be aware of the local susceptibility profiles of the common bacterial pathogens associated with CABP because of increasing resistance to first-line antibiotics. For example, rates of pneumococcal resistance to recommended first-line macrolides exceed 40% in some areas, while resistance in M. pneumoniae associated with severe disease has been recently reported by the CDC in the United States.

Limitations of Currently Available Treatment Options

When confronted with a new patient suffering from a serious infection caused by an unknown pathogen, a physician may be required to quickly initiate first-line empiric antibiotic treatment, often with a combination of antibiotics, to stabilize the patient prior to definitively diagnosing the particular bacterial infection. However, currently available antibiotic therapies for first-line empiric treatment of CABP suffer from significant limitations.

 

89


Table of Contents

Bacterial Resistance and Limited Spectrum of Activity

As a result of bacterial resistance, the effectiveness of many antibiotics has declined. For example, the CDC estimates that in 30% of severe S. pneumonia e cases the bacterial pathogen is fully resistant to one or more clinically relevant antibiotics, with 44% of strains resistant to a macrolide in the United States. In addition, fluoroquinolone resistance in S. pneumoniae has increased from less than 0.5% to more than 3% of cases in some regions of North America, which parallels increased total fluoroquinolone prescriptions. Antibiotic resistance has a significant impact on mortality and contributes heavily to healthcare system costs worldwide. According to the CDC, cases of resistant pneumococcal pneumonia result in 32,000 additional doctor visits, approximately 19,000 additional hospitalizations and 7,000 deaths each year. These cases are associated with $96 million in excess medical cost per year in the United States. IDSA/ATS guidelines recommend empiric treatment that provides broad spectrum antimicrobial coverage. None of the currently available treatment options provides a spectrum of antibacterial coverage as a monotherapy that sufficiently covers all of the most common bacterial causes of CABP, including multi-drug resistant strains.

Difficult, Inconvenient and Costly Regimens

Currently available antibiotics used to treat CABP and other serious infections can be difficult, inconvenient and costly to administer. Physicians typically prefer IV administration for patients hospitalized with more serious illness to ensure adequate delivery of the drug rapidly. Many IV antibiotics are prescribed for seven to 14 days or more and patients can be hospitalized for much or all of this period or require in-home IV therapy. The diagnosis related group, or DRG, reimbursement system often used in the U.S. hospital setting pays a fixed fee for an episode of CABP that may not fully compensate hospitals for the duration of hospitalized care. Prolonged IV treatment that extends the period of hospitalization may cause hospital costs to increase in excess of the fixed reimbursement fee, resulting in significant negative impact on healthcare institutions. In addition, to address all likely bacterial pathogens in a patient with a more serious illness, IDSA guidelines recommend using a combination of antibiotics. Combination therapy presents the logistical challenge of administering multiple drugs with different dosing regimens and increases the risk of drug-drug interactions. While IV treatment delivers the drug more rapidly than is possible orally, once a patient is stabilized, oral treatment with the same drug would allow for more convenient and cost-effective out-patient treatment. Because many commonly used antibiotics are only available in IV form, a switch to an oral therapy requires changing to a different antibiotic, which may be less effective for the patient.

Adverse Effects

Currently available antibiotic therapies can have serious side effects. These side effects may include severe allergic reaction, decreased blood pressure, nausea and vomiting, suppression of platelets, pain and inflammation at the site of injection, muscle, renal and oto-toxicities, optic and peripheral neuropathies and headaches. At times, these side effects may be significant and require discontinuation of therapy. As a result, some treatments require clinicians to closely monitor patients’ blood levels and other parameters, increasing the expense and inconvenience of treatment. This risk may be increased with combination therapy, which exposes patients to potential adverse effects from each of the antibiotics used in treatment. For example, fluoroquinolones are associated with tendon rupture and peripheral neuropathy. In addition, fluoroquinolones have been associated with an increased frequency of C. difficile colitis, an overgrowth of a bacteria in the colon that produces a toxin that results in inflammation of the colon and repeated bouts of watery diarrhea. This has resulted in cessation of the use of fluoroquinolones in several countries.

Lefamulin

Overview

We are developing lefamulin to be the first pleuromutilin antibiotic available for systemic administration in humans. Lefamulin is a semi-synthetic derivative of the naturally occurring antibiotic, pleuromutilin, which was

 

90


Table of Contents

originally identified from a fungus called Pleurotus mutilis . Lefamulin inhibits the synthesis of bacterial protein, which is required for bacteria to grow. Lefamulin acts by binding to the peptidyl transferase center, or PTC, on the bacterial ribosome in such a way that it interferes with the interaction of protein production at two key sites known as the “A” site and the “P” site, resulting in the inhibition of bacterial proteins and the cessation of bacterial growth. Lefamulin’s binding occurs with high affinity, high specificity and at molecular sites that are different than other antibiotic classes. We believe that lefamulin’s novel mechanism of action is responsible for the lack of cross-resistance with other antibiotic classes that we have observed in our preclinical studies and clinical trials and may result in slow development of bacterial resistance to lefamulin over time. The binding of lefamulin to the PTC on the bacterial ribosome is depicted in the graphic below.

 

LOGO

We are developing both IV and oral formulations of lefamulin. We believe that lefamulin is well suited to be used empirically as monotherapy for the treatment of respiratory tract infections, such as CABP, because of its spectrum of antibacterial activity against both the typical and atypical pathogens causing CABP, including multi-drug resistant pathogens such as MRSA that we have observed in preclinical studies. In preclinical studies and our Phase 1 clinical trials, lefamulin achieved substantial concentrations in the epithelial lining fluid, or ELF, of the lung, the site infected during pneumonia. Lefamulin also provides the ability to switch from IV to oral therapy with the same active ingredient, which we believe will result in a high degree of confidence that clinical response seen early in therapy is likely to be maintained. Furthermore, based on the safety and tolerability data that we have obtained in our preclinical studies and clinical trials completed to date, monotherapy with lefamulin for the treatment of CABP may avoid the adverse effects and cumulative toxicities associated with the use of combination antibiotic therapy.

We have completed a Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin for ABSSSI. Based on the clinical results of lefamulin for ABSSSI, as well as its rapid tissue distribution, including substantial penetration into lung tissue and fluids, we are preparing to initiate two international, pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of moderate to severe CABP. These will be the first clinical trials we have conducted with lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. We are designing these trials to follow draft guidance published by the FDA for the development of drugs for CABP and guidelines from the EMA for the development of antibacterial agents. According to the draft FDA guidance, either a Phase 3 clinical trial for CABP, supported by evidence of antibacterial activity accrued during a clinical development program for another indication, such as ABSSSI, or two Phase 3 clinical trials for CABP, may provide evidence of effectiveness in CABP. Based on our expectations regarding initiation of our planned Phase 3 clinical trials and our estimates regarding patient enrollment, we expect to have top-line data available for both trials in late 2017. If the results of these trials are favorable, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials, we expect to submit applications for marketing approval for lefamulin for the treatment of CABP in both the United States and Europe in 2018. We submitted to the FDA an investigational new drug application, or IND, for the IV formulation of lefamulin in September 2009 and an IND for the oral formulation of lefamulin in January 2015. The FDA has designated the IV formulation of lefamulin as a QIDP and granted fast track designation to this formulation of lefamulin.

 

91


Table of Contents

Key Attributes of Lefamulin

We believe that the combination of the following key attributes of lefamulin, observed in clinical trials and preclinical studies, differentiates lefamulin from currently available antibiotics and make lefamulin well suited for use as a first-line empiric monotherapy for the treatment of CABP.

Broad Spectrum of Activity and Potential for Slow Development of Bacterial Resistance Over Time

We expect lefamulin’s spectrum of antibacterial activity against typical and atypical pathogens could eliminate the need to use a combination of antibiotics for the treatment of CABP. In our completed Phase 2 clinical trial, IV lefamulin achieved a high cure rate against multi-drug resistant Gram-positive bacteria, including MRSA. In addition, in preclinical studies, lefamulin showed activity against a variety of Gram-positive bacteria, including S. pneumoniae and S. aureus, that are resistant to other classes of antibiotics, Gram-negative bacteria, including H. influenzae and M. catarrhalis , and atypical bacteria, including C. pneumoniae , M. pneumoniae and L. pneumophila . Included in lefamulin’s spectrum of activity are all bacterial pathogens identified by IDSA as the most common causes of CABP for hospitalized patients who are not in the intensive care unit, as well as strains of the above listed bacteria that are resistant to other classes of antibiotics, including penicillins, cephalosporins, fluoroquinolones and macrolides.

In our preclinical studies and clinical trials of lefamulin, we have observed little decrease in susceptibility to lefamulin, suggesting a low potential for rapid emergence of increased resistance. Based on observations from our preclinical studies and clinical trials of lefamulin, as well as industry experience with pleuromutilins used in veterinarian medicine over the last 30 years, we believe that lefamulin’s novel mechanism of action is responsible for the lack of cross-resistance observed with other antibiotic classes and may result in slow development of bacterial resistance to lefamulin over time.

Convenient Dosing Regimen; Potential for Switching from IV to Oral Treatment

We have developed both an IV and oral formulation of lefamulin, which we plan to utilize in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP. The administration of lefamulin as a monotherapy avoids the need for the complicated dosing regimens typical of multi-drug cocktails and affords the potential to avoid the safety and efficacy concerns that can accompany switching from an IV agent to a different class of oral antibiotic. We believe the availability of both IV and oral administration, and an option to switch to oral treatment, would be more convenient for patients and could reduce the length of a patient’s hospital stay and the overall cost of care. The potential reduction in the overall cost of care could be particularly meaningful to healthcare institutions, as the DRG reimbursement system pays a fixed fee for the treatment of CABP regardless of the length of hospital stay. We believe that our Phase 3 trial design will permit us to submit for approval of both IV and oral formulations of lefamulin, subject to obtaining favorable results, including achievement of the primary efficacy endpoints of the trials.

Favorable Safety and Tolerability Profile

We have evaluated lefamulin in 442 subjects and patients in our Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials. In these trials, lefamulin has exhibited a favorable safety and tolerability profile. In our Phase 2 clinical trial of lefamulin, no patient suffered any serious adverse events that were determined to be related to lefamulin, and safety and tolerability were comparable to vancomycin, the control therapy in the trial. In addition, no clinically significant change in electrocardiogram, or ECG, was measured, and no drug-related cardiovascular adverse events were reported. Furthermore, we believe the use of lefamulin as a monotherapy would present fewer potential complications relative to the use of multiple antibiotics as combination therapy. We will further evaluate the safety and tolerability of lefamulin in our Phase 3 clinical trials.

Planned Phase 3 Clinical Trials

We plan to conduct a pivotal clinical trial program of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP consisting of two international Phase 3 clinical trials. We plan to initiate the first of these trials in the fall of 2015 and the second trial in the first half of 2016. We are designing these trials to comply with the guidelines of The International

 

92


Table of Contents

Conference on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, which are currently used as guidance by the FDA, and good clinical practices. We plan to conduct these trials at centers in the United States, Europe, Asia and selected countries in the southern hemisphere. We are proceeding with the regulatory steps necessary to initiate and conduct these trials, including submission of the trial protocol and relevant information about lefamulin to local regulatory authorities and ethics review committees.

We are designing our Phase 3 clinical trials to follow the draft guidance published by the FDA for the development of drugs for CABP and guidance from the EMA for the development of antibacterial agents with the goal of positioning lefamulin as a first-line empiric monotherapy for the treatment of CABP. We have obtained input from the FDA and select European authorities and have submitted a request for SPA with the FDA regarding the study design for our first Phase 3 clinical trial in anticipation of submitting a new drug application with the FDA and a marketing authorization application, or MAA, with the EMA, in each case, for the treatment of CABP. In addition, we are currently conducting a Phase 1 clinical trial assessing the relative bioavailability of a tablet formulation of lefamulin that we expect to complete in the third quarter of 2015. We also plan to conduct a number of studies to support FDA approval of lefamulin, including studies in patients with hepatic insufficiency and renal impairment. If we complete the two planned Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin when we anticipate and obtain favorable results, we expect to submit an NDA to the FDA and an MAA to the EMA in 2018.

We are designing our first Phase 3 clinical trial of lefamulin for the treatment of CABP as a randomized, controlled, double-blind, multi-center study comparing lefamulin to moxifloxacin. Linezolid, or matching placebo, can be added to treatment if an investigator suspects that a patient is infected with MRSA prior to randomization, as moxifloxacin is not approved to treat MRSA. We are targeting the enrollment of approximately 740 patients in this trial, of which we expect a small proportion will require linezolid to be added. Lefamulin will be dosed at 150 mg IV every 12 hours. The comparator drugs will be dosed according to their approved labeling, with moxifloxacin dosed at 400 mg IV daily and linezolid at 600 mg IV every 12 hours. Based on pre-defined criteria, investigators will have the option to switch patients to oral therapy. Lefamulin will be administered orally as one 600 mg tablet every 12 hours, moxifloxacin at 400 mg daily and linezolid at 600 mg every 12 hours. Based on the pharmacokinetic data for lefamulin, we expect oral dosing of one 600 mg tablet every 12 hours to have a similar therapeutic benefit as IV dosing of 150 mg every 12 hours. All medications will be administered according to a double-blind and double-dummy design.

Our first Phase 3 trial is designed to assess the non-inferiority of lefamulin compared to moxifloxacin, with or without linezolid. The primary efficacy endpoint for FDA purposes in this clinical trial will be measured by early clinical response, or ECR, in the intent to treat, or ITT, population. The ITT population in this clinical trial refers to all randomized patients. ECR is determined by the improvement in at least two of four patient-reported symptoms (cough, sputum production, chest pain and shortness of breath) without deterioration in any of the four symptoms after initiation of treatment. For EMA purposes, the primary efficacy endpoint will be measured by the clinical response at a TOC visit five to ten days after the last dose in the clinically evaluable and microbiologically evaluable populations. Key secondary endpoints include microbiological response, safety and all-cause mortality. All patients enrolled in this trial will be classified as Pneumonia Outcomes Research Team, or PORT, severity of at least III on a scale of I to V, which corresponds to moderate to severe clinical disease. Patients who have previously taken no more than one dose of a short acting, potentially effective antibiotic for the treatment of an infection within 72 hours of receiving the first dose of study medication will be allowed for enrollment but will comprise only up to 25% of the total ITT population.

Completed Phase 2 Clinical Trial in ABSSSI

In 2011, we completed a multi-center, randomized, double-blind Phase 2 clinical trial in the United States evaluating the efficacy, safety and pharmacokinetics of the IV formulation of lefamulin compared to vancomycin in patients with ABSSSI. We selected ABSSSI as the indication for the trial to ensure that there would be a significant population of patients with multi-drug resistant Gram-positive bacteria. Gram-positive bacteria are the

 

93


Table of Contents

prevalent pathogens in ABSSSI. We selected vancomycin as the comparison therapy because vancomcyin is one of the antibiotics recommended by IDSA guidelines for the treatment of ABSSSI.

Trial Design

We enrolled 210 hospitalized patients with ABSSSI in the trial. The study population included male and female patients of at least 18 years of age and documented ABSSSI known or suspected to have been caused by a Gram-positive pathogen. Patients must have exhibited two signs of systemic inflammation or evidence of a significant underlying systemic or local medical condition at the time of enrollment and have required IV antibiotic therapy for the treatment of the ABSSSI.

We randomized patients on a 1:1:1 basis to three treatment groups to receive:

 

    100 mg of IV lefamulin every 12 hours;

 

    150 mg of IV lefamulin every 12 hours; or

 

    1,000 mg of IV vancomycin every 12 hours or otherwise dosed as local practice dictated based upon a patient’s kidney function.

Investigators obtained baseline Gram’s stain and culture of suitable specimens from the site of infection. We treated patients for a minimum of five days and a maximum of 14 days. We assessed patients on day 3, at the end of treatment within 24 hours of administration of the final dose of study medication, at a TOC visit between seven and 14 days after administration of the final dose of study medication and at telephone follow-up at 30 days after the last dose of study medication was administered.

The trial protocol specified the following four patient subsets for evaluation:

 

    an ITT population consisting of all randomized patients who received at least one dose of study medication;

 

    a modified intent to treat, or MITT, population consisting of all patients in the ITT population who had a documented Gram-positive pathogen culture at baseline;

 

    a clinically evaluable, or CE, population consisting of patients who had a confirmed diagnosis of ABSSSI, received study medication as randomized, received at least 80% of expected study medication, did not receive any potentially concomitant antibiotics, were not unblinded and had a response assessment at the TOC visit; and

 

    a microbiologically evaluable, or ME, population consisting of patients in the CE population who had a documented Gram-positive pathogen culture at baseline.

The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the clinical success rate at the TOC visit for the 100 mg and 150 mg dosage forms of IV lefamulin in both the CE and MITT populations compared to vancomycin. Clinical success was defined as complete resolution or significant improvement of all local and systemic signs and symptoms of infection with no further systemic antibiotic treatment required.

Key secondary efficacy and exploratory endpoints of the trial included the following:

 

    assessment of clinical response in the ITT and ME populations;

 

    comparison of clinical response by pathogen and microbiological response by pathogen;

 

    change in lesion size and resolution of fever; and

 

    clinical response at day 3.

Evaluation of pharmacokinetic parameters in the trial included analysis of plasma concentrations of lefamulin in blood samples after the first dose on day 1, on day 5 and on the final treatment day.

 

94


Table of Contents

Three of the 210 patients enrolled in the trial did not receive study medication, resulting in 207 patients in the ITT population. Of the patients in the ITT population, 105 patients had cellulitis (50.7%), 64 patients had abscess with cellulitis (30.9%), 37 patients had wound infections (17.9%) and one patient had burns (0.5%). At least one pathogen responsible for ABSSSI was identified in 155 patients. Of these patients, 152 patients (97.4%) had at least one Gram-positive pathogen, comprising the MITT population. The most frequent Gram-positive pathogen was S. aureus , with the majority, 69.1% of patients in the MITT population, being methicillin-resistant strains. The CE population included 165 patients. The ME population included 129 patients.

Patient demographics were similar across all three treatment groups, except for the presence of diabetes at baseline. The 150 mg lefamulin dose group included a slightly greater proportion of patients with diabetes than the other treatment groups.

Efficacy

In the trial, the patients in the lefamulin treatment groups experienced a similar clinical success rate at the TOC visit as patients in the vancomycin treatment group, in each of the ITT, MITT, CE and ME patient subsets. These results are summarized in the table below. In addition, the clinical success rate in the trial was high for important subgroups of patients based on factors such as primary infection type and diabetes mellitus status. The table below also shows the 95% confidence interval, a statistical determination that demonstrates the range of possible differences in the point estimate of success that will arise 95% of the time that the endpoint is measured. However, this trial was not statistically powered to determine differences between treatment groups. The sample size chosen was to provide clinically meaningful information on efficacy, safety and tolerability. In this table and other tables appearing below, the abbreviation “N” refers to the number of patients or subjects in each group or subgroup.

Clinical Success Rate at the TOC Visit (ITT, MITT, CE and ME Populations)

 

Population

   Clinical Response    Lefamulin
100 mg
   Lefamulin
150 mg
   Vancomycin
1,000 mg

ITT

      N=70    N=71    N=66
   Success N (%)    60 (85.7)    59 (83.1)    54 (81.8)
   Failure N (%)    9 (12.9)    8 (11.3)    9 (13.6)
   Not determined N (%)    1 (1.4)    4 (5.6)    3 (4.5)
   95% CI    (75.3, 92.9)    (72.3, 91.0)    (70.4, 90.2)

MITT

      N=50    N=51    N=51
   Success N (%)    41 (82.0)    42 (82.4)    42 (82.4)
   Failure N (%)    8 (16.0)    6 (11.8)    6 (11.8)
   Not determined N (%)    1 (2.0)    3 (5.9)    3 (5.9)
   95% CI    (68.6, 91.4)    (69.1, 91.6)    (69.1, 91.6)

CE

      N=60    N=54    N=51
   Success N (%)    54 (90.0)    48 (88.9)    47 (92.2)
   Failure N (%)    6 (10.0)    6 (11.1)    4 (7.8)
   95% CI    (79.5, 96.2)    (77.4, 95.8)    (81.1, 97.8)

ME

      N=46    N=43    N=40
   Success N (%)    40 (87.0)    38 (88.4)    38 (95.0)
   Failure N (%)    6 (13.0)    5 (11.6)    2 (5.0)
   95% CI    (73.7, 95.1)    (74.9, 96.1)    (83.1, 99.4)

 

95


Table of Contents

In the trial, the patients in the lefamulin treatment groups also experienced a similar clinical response at the day 3 visit as patients in the vancomycin treatment group in each of the ITT, MITT, CE and ME patient subsets. The clinical response results for the ITT patient subset are presented in the table below. Importantly, the assessment at day 3 included evaluation of a new primary endpoint recommended by the FDA of at least a 20% reduction in area of erythema, or redness.

Clinical Response at Day 3 (ITT Population)

 

Definition of Responder Used

   Lefamulin
100 mg

(N=70)
N (%)
   Lefamulin
150 mg

(N=71)
N (%)
   Vancomycin
1,000 mg
(N=66)

N (%)

Overall clinical response

   53 (88.3)    48 (88.9)    44 (86.3)

Absence of fever at Day 3

   67 (95.7)    67 (94.4)    61 (92.4)

No increase in area of erythema plus absence of fever

   60 (85.7)    59 (83.1)    53 (80.3)

No increase in area of erythema and swelling and absence of fever

   53 (75.7)    53 (74.6)    49 (74.2)

³ 20% reduction in area of erythema

   52 (74.3)    50 (70.4)    47 (71.2)

A list of all pathogens identified at baseline along with the corresponding eradication rate by treatment group in the MITT patient subset is presented in the table below. Microbiological eradication rate was defined as the proportion of patients with a microbiological outcome of eradication or presumed eradication based on cultures from both the primary infection site and blood cultures. Patients with indeterminate or missing clinical responses were considered non-eradication. Overall, in the MITT population, microbiological success was achieved in 40 of 50 patients (80.0%) in the lefamulin 100 mg group, 43 of 51 patients (84.3%) in the lefamulin 150 mg group, and 42 of 51 patients (82.4%) in the vancomycin group. We did not observe development of decreased susceptibility to lefamulin or vancomycin during the trial. In this table, the abbreviation “n” refers to the number of patients who had a microbiological outcome of eradication or presumed eradication for each specified pathogen.

Sponsor-Assessed Microbiological Eradication Rate at the TOC Visit by Baseline Target Pathogen (MITT Population)

 

Baseline Pathogen

   Lefamulin
100mg
(N=50)
n/N (%)
   Lefamulin
150mg
(N=51)
n/N (%)
   Vancomycin
1,000mg
(N=51)
n/N (%)

Staphylococcus aureus

   35/44 (79.5)    41/47 (87.2)    40/47 (85.1)

MRSA

   28/34 (82.4)    28/32 (87.5)    32/39 (82.1)

MSSA

   8/11 (72.7)    13/15 (86.7)    8/8 (100.0)

Streptococcus species

   6/7 (85.7)    3/5 (60.0)    4/7 (57.1)

Streptococcus pyogenes

   2/3 (66.7)    1/2 (50.0)    1/4 (25.0)

Streptococcus agalactiae

   2/2 (100.0)    2/3 (66.7)    0/0 (0.0)

Streptococcus Group C

   0/0 (0.0)    0/0 (0.0)    1/1 (100.0)

Streptococcus Group F

   1/1 (100.0)    0/0 (0.0)    0/0 (0.0)

Streptococcus Group G

   0/0 (0.0)    0/1 (0.0)    1/1 (100.0)

Streptococcus constellatus

   1/1 (100.0)    0/0 (0.0)    0/0 (0.0)

Streptococcus intermedius

   1/1 (100.0)    0/0 (0.0)    2/2 (100.0)

We evaluated the clinical success of lefamulin against S. aureus , which is the most commonly identified cause of ABSSSI. The clinical success rate against a variety of subsets of S. aureus based on in vitro antibiotic susceptibility (methicillin-resistance), as well as the presence or absence of the virulence factors PVL-positivity or USA300, are clinically important, as limited therapeutic options exist to treat such infection. A summary of the clinical success rate against S. aureus is presented in the table below. The clinical success rates for lefamulin

 

96


Table of Contents

against PVL-positive MRSA and USA300 MRSA strains were similar to, or numerically higher than, the corresponding clinical success rates for vancomycin. In this table, the abbrevation “n” refers to the number of patients with clinical success for each specified pathogen.

Clinical Success Rate at the TOC Visit by Baseline Target Pathogens ( S. aureus ) (MITT Population)

 

Baseline Pathogen

PVL/PFGE Type

   Lefamulin
100 mg

(N=50)
n/N (%)
   Lefamulin
150 mg

(N=51)
n/N (%)
   Vancomycin
1,000 mg
(N=51)

n/N (%)

Staphylococcus aureus

   36/44 (81.8)    41/47 (87.2)    40/47 (85.1)

MRSA

   29/34 (85.3)    28/32 (87.5)    32/39 (82.1)

PVL positive

   27/32 (84.4)    27/31 (87.1)    30/37 (81.1)

PFGE USA300

   21/25 (84.0)    18/19 (94.7)    21/27 (77.8)

MSSA

   8/11 (72.7)    13/15 (86.7)    8/8 (100.0)

PVL positive

   4/6 (66.7)    7/8 (87.5)    4/4 (100.0)

The mean duration of exposure to study medication treatment was approximately seven days for all groups, and almost 70% of patients completed therapy within that time.

Safety and tolerability

Lefamulin was well tolerated in this trial. No patient in the trial suffered any serious adverse events that were found to be related to lefamulin, and no patient in the trial died. The percentage of patients in the trial arms that experienced any treatment emergent adverse event were similar across treatment groups: 71.4% in the lefamulin 100 mg group, 69.0% in the lefamulin 150 mg group and 74.2% in the vancomycin group. Most of the treatment emergent adverse events were mild to moderate in severity. The table below shows the adverse events experienced by patients in the trial that were assessed by the investigator as possibly or probably related to study medication.

Drug-Related Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by Preferred Term Reported by More Than 2% of Patients in the ITT Population

 

Adverse Event

   Lefamulin
100 mg

(N=70)
N (%)
   Lefamulin
150 mg

(N=71)
N (%)
   Vancomycin
1,000 mg
(N=66)

N (%)

Headache

   5 (7.1)    9 (12.7)    10 (15.2)

Nausea

   5 (7.1)    6 (8.5)    10 (15.2)

Infusion site phlebitis

   4 (5.7)    2 (2.8)    0 (0.0)

Diarrhea

   3 (4.3)    4 (5.6)    4 (6.1)

Vomiting

   3 (4.3)    2 (2.8)    3 (4.5)

Alanine aminotransferase increased

   2 (2.9)    2 (2.8)    3 (4.5)

Pruritus generalized

   2 (2.9)    1 (1.4)    4 (6.1)

Creatine phosphokinase increased

   2 (2.9)    1 (1.4)    0 (0.0)

Phlebitis

   2 (2.9)    0 (0.0)    0 (0.0)

Vulvovaginal mycotic infection

   2 (2.9)    0 (0.0)    0 (0.0)

Abdominal pain

   1 (1.4)    2 (2.8)    0 (0.0)

Aspartate aminotransferase increased

   1 (1.4)    1 (1.4)    2 (3.0)

Pruritus

   0 (0.0)    2 (2.8)    8 (12.1)

Infusion site pain

   0 (0.0)    2 (2.8)    0 (0.0)

Tinnitus

   0 (0.0)    2 (2.8)    0 (0.0)

Infusion site reaction

   0 (0.0)    2 (2.8)    0 (0.0)

Constipation

   0 (0.0)    1 (1.4)    3 (4.5)

Insomnia

   0 (0.0)    0 (0.0)    2 (3.0)

 

97


Table of Contents

The incidences of pain, tenderness, itching, erythema, swelling and thrombosis at the infusion site were higher for the lefamulin 100 mg group and the lefamulin 150 mg group than for the vancomycin group. The majority of these local tolerability symptoms were mild in severity. No patient had a severe local tolerability issue of erythema or swelling. No patient had a local tolerability issue of necrosis. When summarized on an infusion basis, the proportions of infusions with local tolerability events were similar for the treatment groups.

Four patients discontinued study medication following a drug-related adverse event: one patient (1.4%) in the lefamulin 100 mg group (events of hyperhidrosis, vomiting and headache), two patients (2.8%) in the lefamulin 150 mg group (infusion site pain in one patient and dyspnea in the other), and one patient (1.5%) in the vancomycin group (drug eruption).

Because the potential for mild effect on ECG measurements was observed in preclinical studies, we have continued to assess this potential in all human clinical trials we have conducted. In the Phase 2 clinical trial, no change in ECG measurements was considered to be of clinical significance, and no drug-related cardiovascular adverse event was reported. Both lefamulin and vancomycin treatment were associated with a small increase in the QT interval. The QT interval is a measure of the heart’s electrical cycle, with a lengthened QT interval representing a marker for potential ventricular arrhythmia. We plan to continue to evaluate the effect of lefamulin on the QT interval in future clinical trials, including our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP.

Pharmacokinetics

The table below summarizes selected pharmacokinetic parameters we obtained from pharmacokinetic sampling in the trial. C max refers to the maximum observed peak blood plasma concentration of study medication. AUC refers to the area under the curve in a plot of concentration of study medication in blood plasma over time, representing total drug exposure over time. In this table, the abbreviation “SD” refers to the standard deviation of the results. Standard deviation is a statistical measure used to quantify the amount of variation within a set of data values. A standard deviation close to zero indicates that the data points do not vary greatly from the mean, while a high standard deviation indicates that the data points are spread over a wider range of values.

Summary Statistics for PK Exposure and Secondary PK Parameters

 

     Dose (mg)      Mean (SD)

C max (Day 1)

     100       1.57 (0.974)

(µg/mL)

     150       1.90 (0.705)

C max (Day 5)

     100       1.67 (0.974)

(µg/mL)

     150       2.06 (0.737)

AUC 0-12 hr (Day 1)

     100       5.14 (2.95)

(µg• hr /mL)

     150       6.59 (2.69)

AUC 0-12 hr (Day 5)

     100       6.23 (3.02)

(µg• hr /mL)

     150       8.27 (3.11)

Half-life

     100       11.0 (5.18)

(hour)

     150       13.2 (5.79)

Efficacy for the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics is related to the ratio of total drug exposure over time, measured by the AUC, to minimum inhibitory concentration, or MIC. MIC is the minimum concentration of an antibiotic needed to inhibit growth of an organism. The plasma concentration data obtained from the Phase 2 clinical trial are the first data that describe how lefamulin is absorbed, distributed around the body, metabolized and eliminated in patients suffering from an infection.

 

98


Table of Contents

Phase 1 Clinical Development

We conducted sixteen Phase 1 clinical trials of lefamulin in Austria, Germany, the United States and the United Kingdom between 2009 and 2015. In these trials, we exposed 301 healthy subjects, including elderly subjects 65 years of age or older, to single or multiple doses of IV or oral lefamulin. The objectives of our Phase 1 clinical trial program have been to understand the absorption and distribution of lefamulin in the blood and target tissues, evaluate the metabolism and elimination route of lefamulin and obtain safety and tolerability data to help predict safe and effective doses of lefamulin for the treatment of patients.

Pharmacokinetic Overview

Our key observations from our Phase 1 clinical trials include the following:

 

    lefamulin is rapidly absorbed and distributed throughout the body after either IV or oral administration;

 

    lefamulin achieves therapeutic concentrations in a variety of target tissues, including the lung, skin and soft tissue;

 

    lefamulin has a half-life between 8.6 and 11.8 hours, which enables a twice daily regimen, and is eliminated primarily through non-renal pathways;

 

    lefamulin is a weak inhibitor of some liver enzymes, but we do not expect to need to adjust the dose of lefamulin when it is co-administered with other drugs; and

 

    no statistically significant effects of age, gender, body weight or height, body mass index or other demographics on the pharmacokinetic parameters of lefamulin.

Absorption

Lefamulin is absorbed rapidly after oral dosing with or without food. In our Phase 1 clinical trials, steady state blood levels were achieved after two days of dosing every 12 hours, irrespective of the route of administration, and the variability after oral dosing was similar to the variability after IV infusion. Because the ability of pleuromutilin antibiotics to kill bacteria is dependent on the AUC, or total lefamulin exposure over time, to MIC ratio, and IV doses of 150 mg every 12 hours and oral doses of 600 mg every 12 hours achieve similar AUCs, we believe that both regimens are capable of providing a similar therapeutic benefit.

Distribution

Following IV infusion, lefamulin is rapidly distributed throughout the body over approximately 30 minutes. We have observed rapid distribution of lefamulin into tissues, including the skin and ELF of the lung. In CABP, the lung is the target organ where pathogens replicate and cause inflammation that results in mucous production, cough and shortness of breath. Therefore, in 2010, we conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial to assess the pharmacokinetics of lefamulin in 12 healthy subjects. After a single IV administration of 150 mg of lefamulin over 60 minutes, we performed a bronchoalveolar lavage, or BAL, a medical procedure to collect fluid from the lung. We performed BAL analyses in groups of three subjects at 1, 2, 4 and 8 hours after the start of the lefamulin infusion and measured lefamulin concentrations in the ELF, the muscle tissue, soft tissue and blood plasma. In this trial, the exposure of free lefamulin, or the amount of lefamulin not bound to proteins and therefore available to inhibit bacterial growth, achieved in the ELF was approximately 5.7 times greater than free lefamulin exposure observed in blood plasma.

Metabolism

The average half-life, or the time it takes the body to eliminate one-half of the concentration of lefamulin present, is 8.6 to 11.8 hours. The major route lefamulin is eliminated from the body is the gastrointestinal tract, with limited metabolism of lefamulin occurring mainly through a liver enzyme called CYP3A, which is

 

99


Table of Contents

responsible for the metabolism of a wide variety of medication. We have identified only one metabolite, called BC-8041, as exceeding 10% of lefamulin concentrations in the plasma and only when lefamulin was given orally. None of the metabolites of lefamulin have any antibacterial properties.

Drug Interaction Potential

We have performed studies recommended by regulatory authorities to assess the drug-drug interaction potential of new drug products, such as lefamulin. To date, we have not identified any issues of clinical significance.

Safety and Tolerability

Lefamulin has been well tolerated in all Phase 1 trials completed to date. We did not observe any systemic adverse events of clinical concern or any drug-related serious adverse events in these trials. In addition, we did not observe any changes of clinical concern in laboratory safety parameters or vital signs in any subject in any of the trials. The most commonly observed adverse effects with oral administration of lefamulin were related to the gastrointestinal tract, including nausea and abdominal discomfort, while the most commonly observed adverse effects related to IV administration were related to irritation at the infusion site. In addition, lefamulin produced a transient, predictable and reproducible prolongation of the QT interval based on the maximum concentration of the drug in the blood plasma. At therapeutic doses, we expect that the drug will not produce large effects on the QT interval that would be of clinical relevance. We did not observe any drug-related cardiac adverse events, such as increase in ectopic ventricular activity or other cardiac arrhythmia, or clinically relevant ECG findings during the conduct of any of our Phase 1 or Phase 2 clinical trials.

Intravenous Formulation

We have administered IV lefamulin as single and repeat doses every 12 hours for up to 14 days. The most frequently reported adverse events in our Phase 1 clinical trials were pain or erythema at the site of the IV infusion. To further assess local tolerability, we conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2013 to evaluate the local tolerability of two different IV formulations of lefamulin dosed every twelve hours for 7.5 days. In this trial, we compared lefamulin infusions given in normal saline solution, a sterile sodium chloride solution commonly used to administer IV medications, with lefamulin infusions given in a sterile saline solution buffered by a citrate salt that adjusted the pH, or level of acidity, of the solution. We enrolled 60 healthy subjects in the trial, of which 25 received the normal saline solution, 25 received the citrate buffered solution and ten received a matching placebo solution. Although we did not observe any difference between treatment arms over the first three days of study infusions, over the entire treatment period, the incidence of local pain or redness of at least moderate severity was statistically higher with lefamulin in the saline solution (84%), as compared to the citrate buffered infusions (36%) or placebo (10%). There was no statistical difference between citrate buffered infusions and placebo at any time period during the trial. As a result, we plan to administer lefamulin IV infusions in a citrate buffered saline solution in our Phase 3 clinical trials for CABP.

Oral Formulation

Initially, we administered lefamulin orally in capsules as single and repeat doses for up to five days. Oral administration of lefamulin was generally well tolerated with infrequent reports of mild gastrointestinal findings, such as nausea, abdominal pain and diarrhea. We subsequently developed 600 mg tablets that we have investigated in single and repeat dose studies. These tablets have been well tolerated and shown favorable pharmacokinetics. We expect to utilize the 600 mg tablets in our planned Phase 3 clinical trials.

Electrocardiogram Measurements

In our Phase 1 clinical trials, lefamulin was associated with a C max -dependent, transient, predictable, reversible and reproducible prolongation of the QT interval. We have closely monitored ECG measurements in all our trials. We did not observe any drug-related cardiac adverse events, such as increase in ectopic ventricular

 

100


Table of Contents

activity or other cardiac arrhythmia, or clinically relevant ECG findings during the conduct of any of our Phase 1 clinical trials. None of the ECG stopping criteria defined in the trial protocols was reached in any clinical trial. We plan to continue to assess the effects of lefamulin on the QT interval in our planned clinical trials.

Preclinical Development

In our preclinical studies, administration of lefamulin was well tolerated in a variety of animal models. Lefamulin was active against a broad range of bacteria, suggesting possible use as monotherapy for CABP with a potential for slow development of bacterial resistance over time.

Nonclinical Safety

In several preclinical safety and toxicity studies, including repeat dose toxicity, local tolerance, genotoxicity, development and reproductive toxicity, and safety pharmacology testing in both rodent and non-rodent species, lefamulin was safe and well tolerated. When we treated rats or monkeys for up to four weeks with either oral or IV lefamulin, we did not identify any specific target organ toxicity. Lefamulin was not associated with genetic damage, effects on fertility or birth defects.

Antimicrobial Spectrum of Lefamulin

We have extensively studied the antimicrobial in vitro activity of lefamulin against a variety of respiratory, or aerobic, and non-respiratory, or anaerobic, bacterial pathogens representing more than 13,600 clinical isolates collected from patients worldwide. A summary of our observations is presented in the table below. MIC 90  indicates the concentration of drug that inhibits 90% of the pathogens  in vitro , while MIC 50  indicates the concentration of drug that inhibits 50% of the pathogens  in vitro .

Antimicrobial Activity of Lefamulin Against Gram-Positive, Gram-Negative and Atypical Bacteria

 

Organism

   N    MIC [µg/mL]
      50%    90%

Aerobic and facultative anaerobic Gram-positive microorganisms

S. aureus

   6711    0.12    0.12

S. aureus, MSSA

   3494    0.12    0.12

S. aureus, MRSA

   3217    0.12    0.25

CA-MRSA (USA 300/400)

   50    0.12    0.12

VRSA, VISA, hVISA

   30    0.06    0.25

Coagulase-negative Staphylococcus species

   1133    0.06    0.12

S. epidermidis

   474    0.06    0.25

S. pneumoniae

   1735    0.12    0.25

S. pyogenes ( Group A Streptococcus species )

   472    0.03    0.03

S. agalactiae ( Group B Streptococcus species )

   503    0.03    0.06

Group C Streptococcus species

   116    0.03    0.06

Group G Streptococcus species

   160    0.03    0.06

Viridans Group Streptococcus species

   445    0.12    0.5

E. faecalis

   50    ³ 32    ³ 32

E. faecium

   850    0.12    8

E. faecium, VSE

   361    0.12    ³ 32

E. faecium, VRE

   389    0.06    0.5

Aerobic and facultative anaerobic Gram-negative microorganisms

H. influenzae

   542    1    2

L. pneumophila

   30    0.12    0.5

M. catarrhalis

   409    0.12    0.25

N. gonorrhoeae, resistant isolates

   58    0.12    0.5

E. coli

   40    16    32

 

101


Table of Contents

Organism

   N    MIC [µg/mL]
      50%    90%

Anaerobic microorganisms

        

C. difficile

   43    4    8

Clostridium species

   10    1    >16

Peptostreptococcus species

   10    0.06    1

Porphyromonas species

   10    0.03    0.03

B. fragilis and B. fragilis group

   22    ³ 32    ³ 32

Other microorganisms

        

C. pneumoniae

   50    0.02    0.04

C. trachomatis

   15    0.02    0.04

M. pneumoniae

   50    0.006    0.006

The tables below compare the in vitro activity of lefamulin and various antibiotics for CABP and ABSSSI pathogens against various strains of bacteria, including those resistant to current antibiotics. Unlike other CABP antibiotics, such as ß-lactam/ß-lactamase inhibitor combinations, glycopeptides and oxazolidinones, lefamulin was active against the vast majority of potential respiratory pathogens. When an alternative antibiotic from the same drug class was utilized, it is footnoted within the table and below.

Lefamulin in vitro Activity Against CABP Bacteria

 

Organism

(Number of Strains Tested)

   Lefamulin
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
   Moxifloxacin
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
  Azithromycin
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
  Doxycycline
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
   Cefuroxime
MIC 90
[µg/mL]

Streptococcus pneumoniae (1473)

   0.25    £ 0.5   >4   8    8

Haemophilus influenzae (360)

   2    £ 0.5   2   0.5    2

Moraxella catarrhalis (253)

   0.25    £ 0.5   £ 0.25   0.25    2

Staphylococcus aureus incl. MRSA (5527)

   0.12    >4 a   >4 b   0.25    *

Legionella pneumophila (30)

   0.5    0.015   0.015   *    *

Mycoplasma pneumoniae (50) c

   0.006    0.2-0.8  d   £ 0.0003   0.04    *

Chlamydophila pneumoniae (50) e

   0.04    0.32-1.28   0.08-0.16   0.04    *

 

a   Levofloxacin used instead of moxifloxacin against S. aureus .

 

b   Erythromycin used instead of azithromycin against S. aureus .

 

c   Only four strains tested for comparators.

 

d   Ciprofloxacin used instead of moxifloxacin against M. pneumoniae .

 

e   Only two strains tested for comparators.

 

* Not determined.

Lefamulin displayed potent antibacterial activity against bacterial pathogens predominantly causing skin and blood stream infections, such as S. aureus , coagulase-negative staphylococci, ß-hemolytic and viridans group streptococci, as well as E. faecium , including vancomycin-resistant strains, or VRE.

 

102


Table of Contents

Lefamulin in vitro Activity Against ABSSSI Bacteria and Pathogens Causing Bacteremia

 

Organism

(Number of Strains Tested)

   Lefamulin
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
   Erythromycin
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
   Doxycycline
MIC 90
[µg/mL]
   Vancomycin
MIC 90
[µg/mL]

S. aureus (5527)

   0.12    >4    0.25    1

MSSA (3157)

   0.12    >4    0.25    1

MRSA (2370)

   0.25    >4    1    1

CoNS (878)

   0.12    >4    2    2

E. faecium (536)

   4    >4    >8    >16

VRE (304)

   0.25    >4    >8    >16

ß-hemolytic Streptococcus species (763)

   0.03    >4    8    0.5

S. pyogenes (267)

   0.03    £ 0.25    8    0.5

S. agalactiae (334)

   0.03    >4    8    0.5

Viridans group Streptococcus species (245)

   0.5    >4    >8    0.5

Activity Against Resistant Strains and Potential for Slow Development of Bacterial Resistance Over Time

When tested against bacterial organisms resistant to macrolides, tetracyclines, quinolones, trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole, vancomycin, mupirocin or ß-lactams, we did not observe any cross-resistance with lefamulin. Lefamulin displayed activity in vitro against drug-resistant N. gonorrhoeae , VRE, MRSA, multi-drug resistant S. pneumoniae , VISA/hVISA, erythromycin-resistant group A Streptococcus species and clindamycin-resistant group B Streptococcus species, all of which are listed as urgent, serious or concerning threats by the CDC. We utilized the interpretative criteria of the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, or CLSI, to categorize the in vitro activity of each comparator against the organisms listed in the table below as sensitive (%S), intermediate (%I) or resistant (%R). Bold and underlined data indicate resistance according to CLSI criteria.

Lefamulin in vitro Activity Against Resistant Bacterial Pathogens Listed as Urgent, Serious or Concerning Threats According to CDC

 

Organism

   N    MIC [µg/mL]    CLSI
      50%    90%    %S /%I /%R

Urgent Threats

           

Drug-resistant Neisseria gonorrhoeae

           

Lefamulin

   58    0.12    0.5    —   / —   / —  

Azithromycin

   58    0.12    1    81.0 / 6.9  /  12.1  b

Tetracycline

   58    0.5    2    19.0 /  56.9  /  24.1  c

Ciprofloxacin

   58    0.25    16    37.9 /  20.7  / 41.4  c

Ceftriaxone

   54    0.015    0.06    100.0 / 0.0 /0.0 c

Serious Threats

           

Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)

           

Lefamulin

   2,370    0.12    0.25    —   / —   / —  

Clindamycin

   2,370    £ 0.25    >2    63.5 / —   / 36.4

Doxycycline

   2,370    0.12    1    96.2 / —   / 0.8

Erythromycin

   2,370    >4    >4    15.0 / —   / 84.1

Levofloxacin

   2,370    >4    >4    26.8 / —   / 71.2

Linezolid

   2,370    1    1    100.0 / —   / 0.0

Oxacillin

   2,370    >2    >2    0.0 / —   / 100.0

Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole

   2,370    £ 0.5    £ 0.5    95.8 / —   / 4.2

Vancomycin

   2,370    1    1    100.0 / —   / 0.0

 

103


Table of Contents

Organism

   N    MIC [µg/mL]    CLSI
      50%    90%    %S /%I /%R

Drug-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae

           

Lefamulin

   312    0.12    0.25    —  / —   / —  

Azithromycin

   312    >4    >4    14.9 / —   /  84.8

Ceftriaxone

   312    1    2    59.0 / —   / 5.4

Doxycycline

   312    4    8    32.1 / —    66.7 d

Erythromycin

   312    >4    >4    15.1 / —   / 84.6

Levofloxacin

   312    1    1    98.1 / —   / 1.6

Penicillin (oral penicillin V)

   312    4    4    0.0 / —   / 100.0

Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole

   312    4    >4    21.2 / —   / 69.2

Vancomycin

   312    0.25    0.5    100.0 / —   / 0.0

Vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus faecium

           

Lefamulin

   304    0.06    0.25    —   / —   / —  

Ampicillin

   304    >8    >8    0.3 / —   / 99.7

Daptomycin

   304    2    2    100.0 / —   / —  

Linezolid

   304    1    1    98.7 / —   / 0.7

Vancomycin

   304    >16    >16    0.0 / 99.3

Concerning Threats

           

Vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus

           

Lefamulin

   10    0.06    0.12    —   / —   / —  

Ceftaroline

   10    1    1    100.0 / —   / —  

Daptomycin

   10    0.5    0.5    100.0 / —   / —  

Linezolid

   10    1    1    100.0 / —   / —  

Oxacillin

   10    >4    >4    —   / —   / 100.0

Quinupristin/dalfopristin

   10    0.25    0.5    100.0 /—   / —  

Tigecycline

   10    0.06    0.12    100.0 / —   / —  

Vancomycin

   10    >32    >32    —   / —   /100.0

Erythromycin-resistant Group A Streptococcus species

           

Lefamulin

   25    0.015    0.03    —   /—   /—  

Clindamycin

   25    £ 0.25    >2    56.0 / —   / 44.0

Doxycycline

   25    £ 0.05    >8    —   / —   /—  

Erythromycin

   25    >4    >4    —   / —   / 100.0

Levofloxacin

   25    £ 0.5    1    96.0 / —   / 4.0

Penicillin

   25    £ 0.03    £ 0.03    100.0 /—   / —  

Vancomycin

   25    0.25    0.5    100.0 / —   / —  

Clindamycin-resistant Group B Streptococcus species

           

Lefamulin

   69    0.03    0.03    —   / —   /—  

Clindamycin

   69    >2    >2    —   / —   / 100.0

Doxycycline

   69    8    >8    8.7 / 2.9 / 88.4   e

Erythromycin

   69    >4    >4    1.4 / 0.0 / 98.6

Levofloxacin

   69    £ 0.5    1    100.0 / —   / —  

Penicillin

   69    £ 0.03    0.06    100.0 / —   / —  

Vancomycin

   69    0.5    0.5    100.0 /—   / —  

 

  a   Criteria as published by CLSI (2011).

 

  b   No breakpoints by CLSI available; criteria as published by the European Committee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing (2014).

 

  c   Criteria as published by CLSI (2014).

 

104


Table of Contents
  b   No breakpoints by CLSI available; criteria as published by the European Committee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing (2011).

 

  e   Breakpoints of tetracycline applied.

Lefamulin has shown low potential for resistance development in vitro , which we believe is the result of the specific interaction with a binding site on the ribosome. Repeated exposure to low levels of lefamulin in laboratory tests resulted in a slow and step-wise development of resistance in S. aureus , Streptococcus species, and E. faecium . We believe that lefamulin’s low potential for resistance is further supported by the fact that no resistant isolates were collected during our Phase 2 clinical trial in ABSSSI and that, despite the use of pleuromutilins in veterinary medicine for decades, the incidence of pleuromutilin-resistant isolates remains relatively low. Cross-resistance between lefamulin and other classes of antibiotics has also been rarely observed in our studies to date. Based on global surveillance studies conducted to date in more than 13,600 clinical isolates, fewer than 0.02% of isolates contain mutations responsible for methylating, or chemically modifying, the interaction between lefamulin and other protein synthesis inhibiting antibiotics. One example of this mutation is called cfr mutation, which when present has resulted in observed elevations in the MIC 90 to lefamulin as well as other antibiotics, such as chloramphenicol and linezolid.

Activity in Animals

We evaluated the activity of lefamulin in a number of murine, or mouse, infection models, including pneumonia, septicemia, and thigh infection models. In these models, lefamulin was efficacious against S. pneumoniae (penicillin- and macrolide-resistant) and S. aureus (methicillin-susceptible, or MSSA, and MRSA). Lefamulin was active against serious lung infections caused by clinically relevant strains of S. pneumoniae or S. aureus . Investigations of the exposure levels in the ELF in the lungs of mice showed rapid distribution of lefamulin into the lung compartment with penetration rates into the ELF of 12-fold compared to free plasma concentration measured in the same mice. We confirmed this result by whole-body imaging using radioactive labeled lefamulin.

Lefamulin also showed high intracellular activity and rapid accumulation in macrophages, or immune cells that are responsible for assisting in clearing bacterial infections from the lung and other body sites, (30- to 50-fold) dependent on the time of incubation and lefamulin concentration. Azithromycin showed a 15- to 20-fold accumulation in the same experiments. Furthermore, the activity of lefamulin was unaffected by lung surfactant, a naturally occurring substance found in the lung that has the ability to inactivate some antibiotics.

Concentrations of Lefamulin Predicted to be Effective in Treating Lung Infections

We believe that results from preclinical analyses of concentrations of lefamulin in lung tissue indicate the potential for favorable outcomes in CABP patients treated with lefamulin. We have provided and discussed with regulatory authorities, including the FDA, these preclinical results and the safety and efficacy of lefamulin observed in subjects and patients with ABSSSI. Based on these discussions, we intend to evaluate the efficacy and safety of lefamulin in Phase 3 clinical trials for CABP. We used results obtained from pharmacokinetic analyses of lefamulin concentrations over time and pharmacodynamic analyses of the relationship of concentrations of lefamulin and effect, also called PK-PD, to determine the predicted likelihood of achieving lefamulin concentrations in the lung that would be effective at inhibiting the growth of common bacterial causes of CABP. This assessment utilized a population pharmacokinetic model that describes the behavior of lefamulin in blood plasma in subjects and patients with infection, the ELF concentrations achieved in healthy volunteers, in vitro MIC targets for the most common causative pathogens associated with CABP accrued from a robust, global in vitro surveillance library, and mathematical simulations replicating thousands of scenarios that could represent the many possible combinations of lefamulin concentrations achieved and the MIC required to inhibit bacterial growth. Based on these assessments, we believe that a lefamulin regimen of either 150 mg administered by IV every 12 hours or 600 mg administered orally every 12 hours has a probability of 96% or more to achieve concentrations in the ELF that would inhibit the growth of both S. pneumoniae and S. aureus .

 

105


Table of Contents

Based on all of the available evidence, including lefamulin’s in vitro activity, clinical pharmacokinetics and tissue penetration, and safety and efficacy observed in our Phase 2 clinical trial for ABSSSI, we plan to use a dose of 150 mg IV or 600 mg orally every 12 hours in our Phase 3 clinical trials of lefamulin for CABP.

Earlier Stage Product Pipeline

Additional Indications for Lefamulin

ABSSSI

Acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections are common and are characterized by a wide range of disease presentations. Gram-positive bacteria, in particular S. aureus , S. pyogenes and S. agalactiae , are the most common pathogens in ABSSSI. The rising frequency of ABSSSI caused by MRSA and the significant increase in the occurrence of CA-MRSA infections over the past 15 years is an increasing concern. According to IDSA Skin and Skin Structure Infection guidelines 2014, in most U.S. cities, CA-MRSA is now the most common pathogen cultured from patients with ABSSSI in emergency departments. While the current standard of care for MRSA infections is vancomycin, the efficacy of this treatment is being compromised because of decreased susceptibility, or even resistance, of S. aureus to vancomycin. In addition, although linezolid is approved for ABSSSI due to MRSA, its use has been limited because of potential adverse events and drug-drug interactions with commonly prescribed concomitant medications such as antidepressants.

The emerging incidence of resistance to multiple antibiotics in pathogens makes ABSSSI increasingly difficult to treat and results in a need for alternate therapies. Based on our preclinical studies and clinical trials, we believe that lefamulin has potential to treat ABSSSI. In preclinical studies, lefamulin has shown in vitro antibacterial activity against the most relevant pathogens responsible for ABSSSI including S. aureus (MSSA, MRSA, and CA-MRSA), S. pyogenes , and S. agalactiae . In our Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating the safety and efficacy of two different doses of the IV formulation of lefamulin administered over five to 14 days compared to vancomycin in patients with ABSSSI, the clinical success rate at test of cure for lefamulin was similar to that of vancomycin. We have discussed the design of a proposed Phase 3 clinical trial to evaluate the efficacy and safety of lefamulin for the treatment of ABSSSI with the FDA and several E.U. regulatory authorities.

Pediatric Indications

Not unlike treatment of infectious diseases in adults, the management of pediatric infections has become more difficult due to the continuing rise in resistance in bacteria. Further complicating antimicrobial selection in the pediatric population is the need for agents to be very well tolerated and available in a final dosage form that can be easily administered to children. Based upon the in vitro antimicrobial spectrum of activity, along with the safety profile observed to date, we believe lefamulin is appropriate for evaluation for the treatment of a variety of pediatric infections, including those affecting the respiratory tract and skin and skin structure. We have begun pediatric formulation development activities to support clinical trials in the pediatric population.

HABP/VABP

One of the major causative organisms of hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia and ventilator-associated bacterial pneumonia is S. aureus , including MRSA. We plan to investigate the utility of lefamulin in the treatment of HABP and VABP. We are planning to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and lung penetration in subjects with VABP in late 2015. We expect to complete this trial in the first half of 2017. Based upon the results of this trial, we may conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial to further evaluate the utility of lefamulin in patients with HABP.

STIs

Urethritis and cervicitis caused by N. gonorrhoeae , C. trachomatis or M. genitalium are frequently occurring sexually transmitted infections in the United States and Europe. Left untreated, these infections can cause serious health problems, particularly in women, including chronic pelvic pain, life-threatening ectopic

 

106


Table of Contents

pregnancy and infertility. Resistance in these organisms to the most commonly prescribed antibacterial treatments poses a serious public health threat. For example, the CDC estimates that 30% of the clinical isolates of N. gonorrhoeae are resistant to at least one currently available antibiotic.

In preclinical studies, lefamulin has shown high potency against N. gonorrhoeae , C. trachomatis and M. genitalium , including strains resistant to currently available antibacterial agents. As a result, we are actively assessing a non-clinical and clinical development plan to support the development of lefamulin as a first-line treatment for urethritis, cervicitis and pelvic inflammatory disease.

Osteomyelitis

The incidence of osteomyelitis, which is an infection of the bone, is increasing. The most common causative organism is S. aureus . In the United States, the prevalence of MRSA in these cases ranges from 33% to 55%. Up to 90% of cases of hematogenous osteomyelitis, most frequently in children, are caused by S. aureus . We believe that lefamulin has the potential to be an effective treatment option for osteomyelitis. Lefamulin has shown substantial tissue penetration and activity against the most common causative organism in all forms of osteomyelitis. We believe that based on the safety profile observed to date, lefamulin will be well tolerated for the long term use necessary for the treatment of both adult and pediatric patients with osteomyelitis. The current standard of care for these infections is treatment with vancomycin. We believe the ability to administer lefamulin by either the IV or oral route would provide a significant advantage over agents, such as vancomycin, that can only be administered by IV.

Prosthetic Joint Infections

Infection occurs in approximately 1% of joint replacement surgeries. Although the incidence of infection has been decreasing, the total number of replacement operations has been rising, such that, overall, there is increasing morbidity. The majority of these infections are caused by three organisms: coagulase negative staphylococci, S. aureus (including MRSA) and streptococci, all organisms that are sensitive to lefamulin. The preferred treatment for joint infections with MRSA is vancomycin, with daptomycin and linezolid as alternatives. Vancomycin and daptomycin are administered only by IV for this indication, and linezolid has side effect that affect long term use. We believe that lefamulin could provide an alternative for both IV and oral therapy for these infections cases.

BC-7013 (Topical)

BC-7013 is a semi-synthetic compound derived from pleuromutilin with the potential to be developed for the topical treatment of Gram-postivie infections, including uSSSIs.

BC-7013 is highly active against key bacterial pathogens causing skin and ocular infections, The MIC 90 values for BC-7013 against MRSA are up to 20-fold lower than for mupirocin and 8-fold lower than for retapamulin, an FDA-approved topical pleuromutilin. Furthermore, BC-7013 has demonstrated potent activity against Chlamydia trachomatis , the leading cause of blindness in the world, and Propionibacterium acnes , the causative agent of acne.

We observed activity in a superficial skin infection model in mice infected with MRSA. BC-7013 was well tolerated following intranasal administration of an ointment formulation in a Phase 1 clinical trial.

Pleuromutilin Molecule Platform

Our pleuromutilin research program is based on our large and diverse proprietary compound library. We believe that our expertise in the areas of medicinal chemistry, pharmacology and toxicology have enabled targeted discovery of novel pleuromutilins through modification of side chains and core positions in the mutilin moiety. These modifications have resulted in alterations in microbial activity, ADME and toxicity of the semi-synthetic molecules.

 

107


Table of Contents

We are actively pursuing an in-house discovery program to sustain our pipeline with future product candidates. The aim of this program is the development of novel pleuromutilins with the conventional pleuromutilin spectrum consisting of Gram-positive, fastidious Gram-negative and atypical pathogens, but also extended activity to the Gram-negative spectrum, primarily Enterobacteriaceae , addressing a significant unmet medical need. When tested against resistant bacterial pathogens, the activity of ESPs is thus far unaffected by the production of ß-lactamases, or by E. coli and K. pneumoniae or macrolide resistance in S. aureus or S. pneumoniae . Based on the extension of the antibacterial spectrum we believe that ESPs have potential for the treatment of urinary tract infections, complicated intra-abdominal infections, respiratory tract infections, acute/complicated bacterial skin and skin structure infections, sexually transmitted infections and biothreat organisms.

Compounds in Other Antibiotic Classes

In addition to the pleuromutilin research program, we own a ß-lactam library encompassing approximately 2,000 novel broad spectrum cephalosporins and approximately 150 novel ß-lactamase inhibitor molecules. We own all rights and hold one active patent application on file covering ß-lactamase inhibitors.

We also own a library of approximately 200 acremonic acid derivatives which inhibit bacterial protein translation and have an antibacterial profile that covers primarily Gram-positive bacteria, such as S. aureus , MRSA and mupirocin-resistant strains, as well as ß-hemolytic streptococci (Streptococci that are not S. pneumoniae or members of the Viridans family). The first molecules in this series also displayed improved activity against isolates showing resistance against fusidic acid and showed no cross-resistance with other classes of antibiotics tested.

The existing compound libraries of ß-lactam/ß-lactamase inhibitors and acremonic acid derivatives represent an unrecognized portion of our pipeline. The current allocation of our funds and staff are dedicated to advancing the pleuromutilin compounds. Assessment of the ß-lactam/ß-lactamase inhibitors and acremonic acid derivatives compound libraries will be dependent upon additional funding.

Commercialization Strategy

We own exclusive, worldwide rights to lefamulin. We expect that our initial target population for lefamulin will consist of patients with moderate to severe CABP. If lefamulin receives marketing approval from the FDA for the treatment of CABP, we plan to commercialize it in the United States with our own targeted hospital sales and marketing organization that we plan to establish. We believe that we will be able to effectively communicate lefamulin’s differentiating characteristics and key attributes to clinicians and hospital pharmacies with the goal of establishing favorable formulary status for lefamulin. If lefamulin receives marketing approval outside of the United States for the treatment of CABP, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize lefamulin in such markets.

With a targeted initial prescribing base, we believe that lefamulin will be promotionally insensitive. However, we believe that medical education will be a key component of our sales and marketing efforts. We believe that lefamulin’s novel mechanism of action and status as the only member of the class of systemically administered pleuromutilins support its potential inclusion on formularies and in treatment guidelines.

We plan to evaluate the merits of entering into collaboration agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies that may contribute to our ability to efficiently advance our product candidates, build our product pipeline and concurrently advance a range of research and development programs for a variety of indications.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial quantities of lefamulin, or any of the other compounds that we are

 

108


Table of Contents

evaluating in our discovery program. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of lefamulin and any further products that we may develop. We have significant in-house knowledge and experience in the relevant chemistry associated with our drug candidate and use these internal resources, alongside third-party consultants, to manage our manufacturing contractors.

We have engaged a limited number of third-party manufacturers to provide all of our raw materials, drug substance and finished product for use in clinical trials. The active pharmaceutical ingredients, or API, and drug products have been produced under master service contracts and specific work orders from these manufacturers pursuant to agreements that include specific supply timelines and volume and quality expectations. We choose the third-party manufacturers of the drug substance based on the volume required and the regulatory requirements at the relevant stage of development. All lots of drug substance and drug products used in clinical trials are manufactured under current good manufacturing practices. Separate third-party manufacturers have been responsible for fill and finish services, and for labeling and shipment of the final drug product to the clinical trial sites.

We do not currently have long-term agreements with any of these third parties. We also do not have any current contractual relationships for the manufacture of commercial supplies of lefamulin if it receives marketing approval. If lefamulin receives marketing approval from any regulatory agency, we intend to enter into agreements with suitable third-party contract manufacturers for the commercial production of this product. We have not yet considered other third-party manufacturers to provide a second source for the supply of lefamulin API and drug product for use in future clinical trials.

Our product candidate is a semi-synthetic organic compound of low molecular weight. The pleuromutilin core of the molecule is produced by fermentation and is manufactured on a significant scale by various manufacturers. We have selected the compound based on efficacy and safety, although it is also associated with reasonable cost of goods, ready availability of starting materials and ease of synthesis. The production of lefamulin has been carried out at a significant scale and we believe the synthetic route to lefamulin is amenable to further scale-up. The synthetic route does not require unusual, or specialized, equipment in the manufacturing process. Therefore, if any of the future drug substance manufacturers were to become unavailable for any reason, we believe there are a number of potential replacements, although delays may be incurred in identifying and qualifying such replacements.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technologies, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Many of our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less

 

109


Table of Contents

expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain marketing approvals for their products more rapidly than we obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected because in some cases insurers or other third-party payors seek to encourage the use of generic products. This may have the effect of making branded products less attractive, from a cost perspective, to buyers. We expect that if lefamulin is approved for CABP, it will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products. This may make it difficult for us to replace existing therapies with lefamulin.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of our product candidates are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Currently, the treatment of CABP is dominated by generic products. For hospitalized patients, combination therapy is frequently used. Many currently approved drugs are well established therapies and are widely used by physicians, patients and third-party payors. We also are aware of various drugs under development for the treatment of CABP, including solithromycin (under Phase 3 clinical development by Cempra Inc.), dalbavancin (under Phase 3 clinical development by Actavis plc.), omadacycline (under Phase 3 clinical development by Paratek Pharmaceuticals Inc.) and delafloxacin (under Phase 3 clinical development by Melinta Therapeutics).

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. We strive to protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business by, among other methods, seeking and maintaining patents, where available, that are intended to cover our product candidates, compositions and formulations, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture and any other inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary and competitive position.

We own 20 different families of patents and patent applications, including 19 families directed to the various pleuromutilin derivatives as compositions of matter, processes for their manufacture, and their use in pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treating disease. The remaining family is directed to ß-lactamase inhibitors. In addition, we own one provisional patent application. Our patent portfolio includes 19 issued U.S. patents, 16 granted European patents and 14 granted Japanese patents, as well as patents in other jurisdictions. We also have pending patent applications in the United States, Europe, Japan and other countries and regions, including Asia, Australia, Eastern Europe, and South America, including notably Canada, Brazil, China, Israel, India and Taiwan among others.

All of these patents and patent applications are assigned solely to us and were either originally filed by us or originally filed by Sandoz and subsequently assigned to us.

Our lead product candidate, lefamulin, is protected by the following five patent families and one provisional patent application:

 

    The first patent family includes patents and applications with claims directed to generic classes of compounds that include lefamulin and/or their use in the treatment of microbial infections. This family includes issued patents in the United States, Europe and Japan, as well as issued patents in 10 other jurisdictions, and one pending patent application in Brazil. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2021.

 

   

The second patent family includes patents and applications with claims that specifically recite lefamulin and/or its use in the treatment of microbial infections. This family includes two issued patents in the United States and one issued patent in each of Europe and Japan, as well as issued patents in 17 other jurisdictions and 14 pending patent applications in other jurisdictions, including one

 

110


Table of Contents
 

divisional application in the United States and Europe. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2028. A patent term adjustment of 303 days has already been obtained in the United States for one patent.

 

    The third patent family includes patents and applications with claims directed to the processes for the manufacture of lefamulin, crystalline intermediates useful in the processes, and the resulting crystalline salts. This family includes three granted patents and pending patent applications in the United States, Europe and 22 other jurisdictions. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2031.

 

    The fourth patent family includes patents and applications with claims directed to processes for the synthetic manufacture of crystalline intermediates useful in the manufacture of lefamulin. This family includes granted patents in Europe and the United States and pending patent applications and granted patents in other jurisdictions. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2031.

 

    The fifth patent family includes patents and applications with claims directed to pharmaceuticals and treatments for Helicobacter infection, including pleuromutilins, such as lefamulin. This family includes issued patents in the United States, Europe and one other jurisdiction. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2023. A patent term adjustment of 921 days has already been obtained for the U.S. patent.

 

    The provisional patent application is directed to pharmaceutical compositions of lefamulin and was filed at the USPTO.

Our second most advanced product candidate, BC-7013, is covered specifically in one patent family with patents granted in the United States, Europe and Japan, as well as six other jurisdictions, and pending patent applications in other jurisdictions. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2027.

We own an additional family of patent applications directed to certain ESPs and their use in the treatment of Gram-negative infections. The standard term for patents in this family expires in 2035.

The remaining 12 pleuromutilin patent families are directed to either molecules in the intellectual property landscape surrounding our product candidates in development or molecules which can be potentially further developed by us but have not yet been pursued. All patent applications in these families have been filed at least in the United States and Europe, and most have been filed in other countries. The majority of these patent applications have already resulted in granted patents.

Finally, we own one patent family directed to ß-lactamase inhibitor compounds. Patent applications in this family have been filed in the United States and Europe. The standard term for patents in this family, if granted, expires in 2030.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier filed patent. The term of a U.S. patent that covers a drug, biological product or medical device approved pursuant to a pre-market approval, or PMA, may also be eligible for patent term extension when FDA approval is granted, provided that certain statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date set for the patent. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be granted an extension and only those claims reading on the approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and certain other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug, provided that statutory and regulatory requirements are met. Thus, in the future, if and when our product candidates receive approval by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on issued patents covering those

 

111


Table of Contents

products, depending upon the length of the clinical trials for each drug and other factors. The expiration dates of our patents and patent applications referred to above are without regard to potential patent term extension or other market exclusivity that may be available to us.

In addition to patents, we may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology and maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees, corporate and scientific collaborators, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and other third parties. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and associated implementing regulations. The failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice, or DOJ, or other governmental entities.

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

 

    completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

    preparation and submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA;

 

    review of the product by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

    satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

112


Table of Contents
    satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

    payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

 

    compliance with any post-approval requirements, including Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, where applicable, and post-approval studies required by the FDA.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Additional long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

Human Clinical Studies in Support of an NDA

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, inclusion and exclusion criteria, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin.

Typically, the FDA will require one IND for early development studies where the sponsor is not sure of the indication or dosage form of the proposed product, or where there are closely related indications within a single review division at FDA, or where there are multiple closely-related routes of administration using the same dosage formulation. On the other hand, multiple INDs may be required where there are two or more unrelated conditions being developed or where multiple dosage forms are being extensively investigated or where multiple routes of administration are being evaluated.

In addition to fulfilling the FDA’s requirements governing an IND, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct a continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness and to determine optimal dosage.

 

113


Table of Contents
    Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

    Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

Special Protocol Assessment Agreements

A Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, agreement is an agreement between a drug manufacturer and the FDA on the design and size of studies and clinical trials that can be used for approval of a drug or biological product. The FDA’s guidance on such agreements states that an agreement may not be changed by the manufacturer or the agency unless through a written agreement of the two entities or if FDA determines a substantial scientific issue essential to determining the safety or effectiveness of the drug. The protocols that are eligible for SPA agreements are: animal carcinogenicity protocols, final product stability protocols and clinical protocols for Phase 3 trials whose data will form the primary basis for an efficacy claim.

Specifically, under the FDCA, the FDA may meet with sponsors, provided certain conditions are met, for the purpose of reaching an SPA agreement on the design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim in a marketing application. If a sponsor makes a reasonable written request to meet with the FDA for the purpose of reaching agreement on the design and size of a clinical trial, then the FDA will meet with the sponsor. If an agreement is reached, the FDA will reduce the agreement to writing and make it part of the administrative record. An agreement may not be changed by the sponsor or FDA after the trial begins, except with the written agreement of the sponsor and FDA, or if the director of the FDA reviewing division determines that “a substantial scientific issue essential to determining the safety or effectiveness of the drug” was identified after the testing began. If a sponsor and the FDA meet regarding the design and size of a clinical trial and the parties cannot agree that the trial design is adequate to meet the goals of the sponsor, the FDA will clearly state the reasons for the disagreement in a letter to the sponsor.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

NDAs for most new drug products are based on two full clinical studies which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of the proposed new product. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations made to show whether or not the drug is safe for use and effective in use and relied upon by the

 

114


Table of Contents

applicant for approval of the application “were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”

Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the Section 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Submission of an NDA to the FDA

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to an application user fee, currently exceeding $2.1 million, and the sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 days of its receipt and informs the sponsor by the 74 th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Most such applications are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date of filing, and most applications for “priority review” products are meant to be reviewed within six months of filing. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including drug component manufacturing (such as active pharmaceutical ingredients), finished drug product manufacturing, and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events, and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU may include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware

 

115


Table of Contents

of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a product.

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy and Priority Review Designations

The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation and priority review designation.

Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for fast track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For fast track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track product’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a fast track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a fast track application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. In addition, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Second, in 2012, Congress enacted the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA. This law established a new regulatory scheme allowing for expedited review of products designated as “breakthrough therapies.” A product may be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to breakthrough therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

Third, the FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a drug that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed drug represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting drug reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

Accelerated Approval Pathway

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a drug for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the drug

 

116


Table of Contents

has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval for such a drug when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Drugs granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign, or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a drug, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a drug.

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a drug, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. Thus, accelerated approval has been used extensively in the development and approval of drugs for treatment of a variety of cancers in which the goal of therapy is generally to improve survival or decrease morbidity and the duration of the typical disease course requires lengthy and sometimes large trials to demonstrate a clinical or survival benefit.

The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the drug’s clinical benefit. As a result, a drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of changes to

 

117


Table of Contents

the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

 

118


Table of Contents

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress authorized the FDA to approve generic drugs that are the same as drugs previously approved by the FDA under the NDA provisions of the statute. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference listed drug, or RLD.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug.”

Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or patient.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. In cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval. The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

    the required patent information has not been filed;

 

    the listed patent has expired;

 

    the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

    the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

 

119


Table of Contents

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval).

If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. As a result, approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. With enactment of the FDASIA in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests, and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other, and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in the FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.

 

120


Table of Contents

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition (generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product). A company must request orphan product designation before submitting an NDA. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product with orphan status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will receive orphan product exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve any other applications for the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. Competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity and may obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication. If a drug or drug product designated as an orphan product ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan product application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity.

GAIN Exclusivity for Antibiotics

In 2012, Congress passed legislation known as the Generating Antibiotic Incentives Now Act, or GAIN Act. This legislation is designed to encourage the development of antibacterial and antifungal drug products that treat pathogens that cause serious and life-threatening infections. To that end, the new law grants an additional five years of exclusivity upon the approval of an NDA for a drug product designated by FDA as a QIDP. Thus, for a QIDP, the periods of five-year new chemical entity exclusivity, three-year new clinical investigation exclusivity, and seven-year orphan drug exclusivity, would become ten years, eight years, and twelve years, respectively.

A QIDP is defined in the GAIN Act to mean “an antibacterial or antifungal drug for human use intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections, including those caused by (1) an antibacterial or antifungal resistant pathogen, including novel or emerging infectious pathogens;” or (2) certain “qualifying pathogens.” A “qualifying pathogen” is a pathogen that has the potential to pose a serious threat to public health (such as resistant Gram-positive pathogens, multi-drug resistant Gram-negative bacteria, multi-drug resistant tuberculosis, and C. difficile ) and that is included in a list established and maintained by FDA. A drug sponsor may request the FDA to designate its product as a QIDP any time before the submission of an NDA. The FDA must make a QIDP determination within 60 days of the designation request. A product designated as a QIDP will be granted priority review by the FDA and can qualify for “fast track” status.

The additional five years of exclusivity under the GAIN Act for drug products designated by the FDA as QIDPs applies only to a drug that is first approved on or after July 9, 2012. Additionally, the five year exclusivity extension does not apply to: a supplement to an application under FDCA Section 505(b) for any QIDP for which an extension is in effect or has expired; a subsequent application filed with respect to a product approved by the FDA for a change that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength; or a product that does not meet the definition of a QIDP under Section 505(g) based upon its approved uses.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time

 

121


Table of Contents

between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The USPTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Regulation Outside the United States

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of drug products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, the company would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval process ultimately varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Regulation and Marketing Authorization in the European Union

The process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union follows essentially the same lines as in the United States and, likewise, generally involves satisfactorily completing each of the following:

 

    preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies all performed in accordance with the applicable E.U. Good Laboratory Practice regulations;

 

    submission to the relevant national authorities of a clinical trial application, or CTA, which must be approved before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each proposed indication;

 

    submission to the relevant competent authorities of a marketing authorization application, or MAA, which includes the data supporting safety and efficacy as well as detailed information on the manufacture and composition of the product in clinical development and proposed labelling;

 

    satisfactory completion of an inspection by the relevant national authorities of the manufacturing facility or facilities, including those of third parties, at which the product is produced to assess compliance with strictly enforced cGMP;

 

    potential audits of the non-clinical and clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the MAA; and

 

    review and approval by the relevant competent authority of the MAA before any commercial marketing, sale or shipment of the product.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animal studies, in order to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with the relevant

 

122


Table of Contents

E.U. regulations and requirements. The results of the preclinical tests, together with relevant manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted as part of the CTA.

Clinical Trial Approval

Requirements for the conduct of clinical trials in the European Union including Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, are set forth in the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the GCP Directive 2005/28/EC. Pursuant to Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC, as amended, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the E.U. member states. Under this system, approval must be obtained from the competent national authority of each E.U. member state in which a study is planned to be conducted. To this end, a CTA is submitted, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier, or IMPD, and further supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC and other applicable guidance documents. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application in that country.

In April 2014, the E.U. legislator passed the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014, which will replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the European Union, the new E.U. clinical trials legislation was passed as a regulation that is directly applicable in all E.U. member states. All clinical trials performed in the European Union are required to be conducted in accordance with the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC until the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 becomes applicable, which will be no earlier than May 2016.

The new Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trial in the European Union. The main characteristics of the regulation include:

 

    a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the E.U. portal;

 

    a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures that will spare sponsors from submitting broadly identical information separately to various bodies and different member states;

 

    a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts. Part I is assessed jointly by all member states concerned. Part II is assessed separately by each member state concerned;

 

    strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial applications; and

 

    the involvement of the ethics committees in the assessment procedure in accordance with the national law of the member state concerned but within the overall timelines defined by the Regulation (EU) No 536/2014.

Marketing Authorization

Authorization to market a product in the member states of the European Union proceeds under one of four procedures: a centralized authorization procedure, a mutual recognition procedure, a decentralized procedure or a national procedure.

Centralized Authorization Procedure

The centralized procedure enables applicants to obtain a marketing authorization that is valid in all E.U. member states based on a single application. Certain medicinal products, including products developed by means of biotechnological processes must undergo the centralized authorization procedure for marketing authorization, which, if granted by the European Commission, is automatically valid in all 28 E.U. member states. The EMA and the European Commission administer this centralized authorization procedure pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004.

 

123


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, this procedure is mandatory for:

 

    medicinal products developed by means of one of the following biotechnological processes:

 

    recombinant DNA technology;

 

    controlled expression of genes coding for biologically active proteins in prokaryotes and eukaryotes including transformed mammalian cells; and

 

    hybridoma and monoclonal antibody methods;

 

    advanced therapy medicinal products as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 1394/2007 on advanced therapy medicinal products;

 

    medicinal products for human use containing a new active substance that, on the date of effectiveness of this regulation, was not authorized in the European Union, and for which the therapeutic indication is the treatment of any of the following diseases:

 

    acquired immune deficiency syndrome;

 

    cancer;

 

    neurodegenerative disorder;

 

    diabetes;

 

    auto-immune diseases and other immune dysfunctions; and

 

    viral diseases; and

 

    medicinal products that are designated as orphan medicinal products pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 141/2000.

The centralized authorization procedure is optional for other medicinal products if they contain a new active substance or if the applicant shows that the medicinal product concerned constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or that the granting of authorization is in the interest of patients in the European Union.

Administrative Procedure

Under the centralized authorization procedure, the EMA’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP serves as the scientific committee that renders opinions about the safety, efficacy and quality of medicinal products for human use on behalf of the EMA. The CHMP is composed of experts nominated by each member state’s national authority for medicinal products, with one of them appointed to act as Rapporteur for the co-ordination of the evaluation with the possible assistance of a further member of the Committee acting as a Co-Rapporteur. After approval, the Rapporteur(s) continue to monitor the product throughout its life cycle. The CHMP has 210 days, to adopt an opinion as to whether a marketing authorization should be granted. The process usually takes longer in case additional information is requested, which triggers clock-stops in the procedural timelines. The process is complex and involves extensive consultation with the regulatory authorities of member states and a number of experts. When an application is submitted for a marketing authorization in respect of a drug that is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation, the applicant may pursuant to Article 14(9) Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 request an accelerated assessment procedure. If the CHMP accepts such request, the time-limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time-limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment. Once the procedure is completed, a European Public Assessment Report, or EPAR, is produced. If the opinion is negative, information is given as to the grounds on which this conclusion was reached. After the adoption of the CHMP opinion, a decision on the MAA must be adopted by the European Commission, after consulting the E.U. member states, which in total can take more than 60 days.

 

124


Table of Contents

Conditional Approval

In specific circumstances, E.U. legislation (Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 and Regulation (EC) No 507/2006 on Conditional Marketing Authorisations for Medicinal Products for Human Use) enables applicants to obtain a conditional marketing authorization prior to obtaining the comprehensive clinical data required for an application for a full marketing authorization. Such conditional approvals may be granted for product candidates (including medicines designated as orphan medicinal products), if (1) the risk-benefit balance of the product candidate is positive, (2) it is likely that the applicant will be in a position to provide the required comprehensive clinical trial data, (3) the product fulfills unmet medical needs and (4) the benefit to public health of the immediate availability on the market of the medicinal product concerned outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still required. A conditional marketing authorization may contain specific obligations to be fulfilled by the marketing authorization holder, including obligations with respect to the completion of ongoing or new studies, and with respect to the collection of pharmacovigilance data. Conditional marketing authorizations are valid for one year, and may be renewed annually, if the risk-benefit balance remains positive, and after an assessment of the need for additional or modified conditions and/or specific obligations. The timelines for the centralized procedure described above also apply with respect to the review by the CHMP of applications for a conditional marketing authorization.

Marketing Authorization Under Exceptional Circumstances

Under Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, products for which the applicant can demonstrate that comprehensive data (in line with the requirements laid down in Annex I of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended) cannot be provided (due to specific reasons foreseen in the legislation) might be eligible for marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances. This type of authorization is reviewed annually to reassess the risk-benefit balance. The fulfillment of any specific procedures/obligations imposed as part of the marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is aimed at the provision of information on the safe and effective use of the product and will normally not lead to the completion of a full dossier/approval.

Market Authorizations Granted by Authorities of E.U. Member States

In general, if the centralized procedure is not followed, there are three alternative procedures to obtain a marketing authorization in (one or several) E.U. member states as prescribed in Directive 2001/83/EC:

 

    The decentralized procedure allows applicants to file identical applications to several E.U. member states and receive simultaneous national approvals based on the recognition by E.U. member states of an assessment by a reference member state.

 

    The national procedure is only available for products intended to be authorized in a single E.U. member state.

 

    A mutual recognition procedure similar to the decentralized procedure is available when a marketing authorization has already been obtained in at least one E.U. member state.

A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the European Union.

Pediatric Studies

Prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the European Union, applicants have to demonstrate compliance with all measures included in an EMA-approved Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EMA has granted a product-specific waiver, a class waiver, or a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP. The respective requirements for all marketing authorization procedures are set forth in Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006, which is referred to as the Pediatric Regulation. This requirement also applies when a company wants to add a new indication, pharmaceutical form or route of administration for a medicine that is already authorized. The Pediatric Committee of the EMA, or PDCO, may grant deferrals for some medicines, allowing a company to delay development of the medicine in

 

125


Table of Contents

children until there is enough information to demonstrate its effectiveness and safety in adults. The PDCO may also grant waivers when development of a medicine in children is not needed or is not appropriate, such as for diseases that only affect the elderly population.

Before a marketing authorization application can be filed, or an existing marketing authorization can be amended, the EMA determines that companies actually comply with the agreed studies and measures listed in each relevant PIP.

Period of Authorization and Renewals

A marketing authorization, other than a conditional marketing authorization, is initially valid for five years and the marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. To this end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the European Commission or the competent authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the drug on the E.U. market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization ceases to be valid (the so-called sunset clause).

Regulatory Data Protection

European Union legislation also provides for a system of regulatory data and market exclusivity. According to Article 14(11) of Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, as amended, and Article 10(1) of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended, upon receiving marketing authorization, new chemical entities approved on the basis of complete independent data package benefit from eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. Data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization application can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder, or MAH, obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the innovator is able to gain the period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

Transparency

There is an increasing trend in the E.U. towards greater transparency and, while the manufacturing or quality information in marketing authorization dossiers is currently generally protected as confidential information, the EMA and national regulatory authorities are now liable to disclose much of the non-clinical and clinical information, including the full clinical study reports, in response to freedom of information requests after the marketing authorization has been granted. In October 2014, the EMA adopted a policy under which clinical study reports would be posted on the agency’s website following the grant, denial or withdrawal of a marketing authorization application, subject to procedures for limited redactions and protection against unfair commercial use. Additional transparency provisions are contained in the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 that will take effect in May 2016 at the earliest.

 

126


Table of Contents

Regulatory Requirements After a Marketing Authorization has been Obtained

If we obtain authorization for a medicinal product in the European Union, we will be required to comply with a range of requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of medicinal products:

Pharmacovigilance and Other Requirements

We will, for example, have to comply with the E.U.’s stringent pharmacovigilance or safety reporting rules, pursuant to which post-authorization studies and additional monitoring obligations can be imposed. E.U. regulators may conduct inspections to verify our compliance with applicable requirements, and we will have to continue to expend time, money and effort to remain compliant. Non-compliance with E.U. requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties in the European Union. Similarly, failure to comply with the European Union’s requirements regarding the protection of individual personal data can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions. Individual E.U. member states may also impose various sanctions and penalties in case we do not comply with locally applicable requirements.

Manufacturing

The manufacturing of authorized drugs, for which a separate manufacturer’s license is mandatory, must be conducted in strict compliance with the EMA’s GMP requirements and comparable requirements of other regulatory bodies in the European Union, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packing of drugs to assure their safety and identity. The EMA enforces its GMP requirements through mandatory registration of facilities and inspections of those facilities. The EMA may have a coordinating role for these inspections while the responsibility for carrying them out rests with the member states competent authority under whose responsibility the manufacturer falls. Failure to comply with these requirements could interrupt supply and result in delays, unanticipated costs and lost revenues, and could subject the applicant to potential legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil and criminal penalties.

Marketing and Promotion

The marketing and promotion of authorized drugs, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of drugs and/or the general public, are strictly regulated in the European Union under Directive 2001/83EC, as amended. The applicable regulations aim to ensure that information provided by holders of marketing authorizations regarding their products is truthful, balanced and accurately reflects the safety and efficacy claims authorized by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties.

Patent Term Extension

In order to compensate the patentee for delays in obtaining a marketing authorization for a patented product, a supplementary certificate, or SPC, may be granted extending the exclusivity period for that specific product by up to five years. Applications for SPCs must be made to the relevant patent office in each E.U. member state and the granted certificates are valid only in the member state of grant. An application has to be made by the patent owner within six months of the first marketing authorization being granted in the European Union (assuming the patent in question has not expired, lapsed or been revoked) or within six months of the grant of the patent (if the marketing authorization is granted first). In the context of SPCs, the term “product” means the active ingredient or combination of active ingredients for a medicinal product and the term “patent” means a patent protecting such a product or a new manufacturing process or application for it. The duration of an SPC is calculated as the difference between the patent’s filing date and the date of the first marketing authorization, minus five years, subject to a maximum term of five years.

 

127


Table of Contents

A six month pediatric extension of an SPC may be obtained where the patentee has carried out an agreed pediatric investigation plan, the authorized product information includes information on the results of the studies and the product is authorized in all member states of the European Union.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Sales of products will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidate to currently available therapies (so called health technology assessment, or HTA) in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. E.U. member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or may instead adopt a system of indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various E.U. member states, and parallel trade (arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states), can further reduce prices. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements.

Healthcare Law and Regulation

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. Such restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

128


Table of Contents
    the federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

    the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests; and

 

    analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Facilities

Our principal facilities consist of approximately 3,100 square meters of laboratory and office space in Vienna, Austria. This space serves as our corporate headquarters. We also lease approximately 3,200 square feet of office space in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Employees

As of June 15, 2015, we had 40 employees, 16 of whom hold M.D. and/or Ph.D degrees. Our employees in Austria are subject to the collective bargaining agreement of the chemical industry. This is an annual agreement between the employer representatives and the trade union of an industry. It defines conditions of employment, such as minimum wages, working hours and conditions, overtime payments, vacations and other matters. We do not have a works council, which would require employee representatives on our supervisory board.

We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Legal Matters

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

129


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

General

We have a two tier board structure consisting of our management board ( Vorstand ) and a separate supervisory board ( Aufsichtsrat ). The management board is responsible for managing the business and represents the company in dealings with third parties. The supervisory board is responsible for appointing and removing the members of the management board and supervising the business conducted by the management board. Although the supervisory board does not actively manage the company, both the Austrian Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz ) and our articles of association ( Satzung ), together with the management board’s internal rules of procedure ( Geschäftsordnung ), require that the prior approval of the supervisory board is obtained before the management board takes certain actions. Below is a summary of relevant information concerning our supervisory board, management board and senior management, as well as a brief summary of certain significant provisions of Austrian corporate law, the articles of association that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering and the Austrian Stock Corporation Act in respect of our management board and supervisory board.

Members of Our Supervisory Board, Management Board and Senior Management

Supervisory board

The following table sets forth information with respect to each of our supervisory board members and their respective ages as of the date of this prospectus. The business address of our supervisory board members is our registered office address at Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna, Austria. Under NASDAQ listing standards, a member of our supervisory board will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the listed company’s supervisory board, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a member of the supervisory board. All of the members of our supervisory board, other than                         , qualify as “independent” under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ listing standards. Each of Chen Yu, George Talbot, Axel Bolte, Chau Khuong, Denise Pollard-Knight, David Chiswell and Charles Rowland has been appointed to our supervisory board pursuant to our shareholders agreement. In addition, our existing shareholders have agreed to vote for one or both of the supervisory board members appointed by the entities affiliated with Vivo Capital and the supervisory board member appointed by OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP, at such shareholders’ request, for the period of one year following the completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

   Year of
Appointment

Denise Pollard-Knight

   56    Member of the Supervisory Board (Chairman)    2007

Axel Bolte

   43    Member of the Supervisory Board (Deputy Chairman)    2007

Chen Yu

   41    Member of the Supervisory Board    2015

Chau Khuong

   39    Member of the Supervisory Board    2015

David Chiswell

   61    Member of the Supervisory Board    2007

George H. Talbot

   67    Member of the Supervisory Board    2009

Charles A. Rowland, Jr.

   57    Member of the Supervisory Board    2015

Denise Pollard-Knight has served as chairman of our supervisory board since 2013 and has been on our supervisory board since 2007. Dr. Pollard-Knight has been a managing partner at Phase4 Partners Ltd. since 2010. Previously, she was head of Nomura Phase4 Ventures from 2004 to 2010 and head of Healthcare Private Equity at Nomura International plc from 1999 to 2004. Dr. Pollard-Knight serves on the board of directors of OncoMed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and previously served on the board of directors of Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Pollard-Knight received both her B.Sc. and Ph.D. from Birmingham University. We believe that Dr. Pollard-Knight is qualified to serve on our supervisory board due to her extensive experience as a venture capital investor in the life sciences industry and her service on the boards of directors of other life sciences companies.

 

130


Table of Contents

Axel Bolte has served as deputy chairman of our supervisory board since 2013 and has been on our supervisory board since 2007. Since 2003, Mr. Bolte has been an investment advisor at HBM Partners AG, a provider of investment advisory services in the life sciences industry. Previously, he was an investment manager at NMT New Medical Technologies AG from 2001 to 2003, and prior to that, Mr. Bolte served as a scientist at Serono SA. He serves on the board of directors of Ophthotech Corporation and previously served on the board of directors of PTC Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Bolte received a degree from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the University of St. Gallen. We believe that Mr. Bolte is qualified to serve on our supervisory board because of his many years of service on our supervisory board, his extensive experience as a venture capital investor in the life sciences industry and his service on the boards of directors of other life sciences companies.

Chen Yu has served on our supervisory board since April 2015. Dr. Yu is a managing partner at Vivo Capital, LLC, which he joined in 2004. Previously, he served as chief operating officer at Sagent Pharmaceuticals from 2012 to 2013 and chief business officer at China Kanghui from 2010 to 2012. Dr. Yu received his B.A. from Harvard University and both his M.D. and M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Dr. Yu is qualified to serve on our supervisory board due to his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and executive in the life sciences industry.

Chau Khuong has served on our supervisory board since April 2015. Mr. Khuong is a private equity partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which he joined in 2003. Previously, he served as a manager at Veritas Medicine, Inc. from 2000 to 2001. Mr. Khuong serves on the boards of directors of Otonomy, Inc. and Pieris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. He received both his B.S. and M.P.H. from Yale University. We believe that Mr. Khuong is qualified to serve on our supervisory board due to his extensive experience as a venture capital investor in the life sciences industry and his service on the boards of directors of other life sciences companies.

David Chiswell has served on our supervisory board since 2007. Dr. Chiswell has been the interim chief executive officer of Kymab Ltd. since 2015 and chairman of the board of directors of Albireo Ltd. since 2007. He also served as our chief executive officer from 2009 to 2012. Dr. Chiswell co-founded, in 1990, Cambridge Antibody Technology and served as its chief executive officer from 1996 to 2002. He is a past chairman of the U.K. BioIndustry Association and, in 2006, received an OBE from HM The Queen for his contributions to the biotechnology industry. He received his B.Sc from Queen Mary College, University of London and his Ph.D from the University of Glasgow. We believe that Dr. Chiswell is qualified to serve on our supervisory board due to his extensive experience in the biotechnology industry.

George H. Talbot has served on our supervisory board since 2009. Dr. Talbot has been the principal at Talbot Advisors LLC, a biopharmaceutical company consultancy, since 2007 and prior to that, from 2000 to 2006. From 2006 to 2007, he served as chief medical officer and executive vice president of Cerexa, Inc. He received his B.A. from Wesleyan University, his M.D. from the Yale University School of Medicine, and his Infectious Diseases fellowship training at the University of Pennsylvania. After serving as a faculty member of the Infectious Diseases Section at the University of Pennsylvania, he joined the anti-infectives group at Rhone-Poulenc-Rorer in 1990. We believe that Dr. Talbot is qualified to serve on our supervisory board due to his education, training and extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Charles A. Rowland, Jr. has served on our supervisory board since January 2015. Mr. Rowland served as vice president and chief financial officer of ViroPharma Inc. from 2008 until it was acquired by Shire plc in 2014. Prior to joining ViroPharma, Mr. Rowland served as executive vice president and chief financial officer, as well interim co-chief executive officer, for Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. from 2006 to 2008 and chief financial officer at Biovail Corporation from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Rowland serves on the boards of directors at Bind Therapeutics, Inc., Aurinia Pharmaceuticals Inc., Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Blueprint Medicines Corporation, and served on the board of directors at Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Rowland received his B.S. from Saint Joseph’s University and M.B.A. from Rutgers University. We believe that Mr. Rowland is qualified to serve on our supervisory board due to his extensive experience in pharmaceutical operations and all areas of finance and accounting.

 

131


Table of Contents

Management Board

The following table sets forth information with respect to each of our management board members, their respective ages, positions as of the date of this prospectus and the year our supervisory board appointed them. The business address for Colin Broom is c/o Nabriva Therapeutics AG, 1000 Continental Drive, Suite 450, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, and the business address for Ralf Schmid is our registered office address at Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna, Austria.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

  

Year of
Appointment

Colin Broom

   59    Chief Executive Officer    2014

Ralf Schmid

   48    Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer    2006

Colin Broom has served as our chief executive officer since 2014. Prior to joining our company, he served as chief scientific officer at ViroPharma Inc. from 2004 until it was acquired by Shire plc in 2014. Dr. Broom also served as vice president of clinical development and medical affairs at Amgen Inc. from 2000 to 2003. He is a member of the U.K. Royal College of Physicians and a fellow of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine. Dr. Broom received his B.Sc. from University College London and M.B.B.S. from St. George’s Hospital Medical School. We believe that Dr. Broom is qualified to serve on our management board due to his extensive experience in all stages of drug development and commercialization.

Ralf Schmid has served as our chief operating officer and chief financial officer since 2014. He also served as our chief executive officer from 2012 to 2014 and as our chief financial officer from 2006 to 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Schmid served as head of treasury and finance coordination at Sandoz GmbH from 2004 to 2006, during which time he led the spin-off of Nabriva in 2005. Mr. Schmid received his master’s degree from Otto-Friedrich University in Bamberg, Germany. We believe that Mr. Schmid is qualified to serve on our management board due to his extensive experience in various leading positions in finance and administration.

Senior Management

Our management board is supported by our senior management team. The following table sets forth information with respect to each of the members of our senior management team, their respective ages, their positions as of the date of this prospectus and the year our management board appointed them. The business address for Steven Gelone and Elyse Seltzer is c/o Nabriva Therapeutics AG, 1000 Continental Drive, Suite 450, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

  

Year of
Appointment

Steven Gelone

   47    Chief Development Officer    2015

Elyse Seltzer

   50    Chief Medical Officer    2015

Steven Gelone has served as our chief development officer since 2014. Prior to joining our company, he served as head of clinical research and development at Spark Therapeutics, Inc. in 2014 and vice president of clinical and preclinical development at ViroPharma, Inc. from 2005 to 2014. Dr. Gelone also served as director of medical affairs at Vicuron Pharmaceuticals from 2002 to 2003 and director of clinical pharmacology and experimental medicine at GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals from 2000 to 2002. Dr. Gelone received his B.S. Pharm. and Pharm.D. from Temple University.

Elyse G. Seltzer has served as our chief medical officer since May 2015. Prior to joining our company, she held several positions at GlaxoSmithKline from 2009 to 2015, including vice president of global clinical sciences and operations from 2014 to 2015, vice president of therapeutic area delivery from 2012 to 2013 and vice president of cardiovascular metabolic operations and clinical head of cardiovascular metabolic from 2009 to 2011. She also served as chief medical officer and vice president of clinical development and medical affairs at

 

132


Table of Contents

Tengion, Inc. from 2006 to 2009. Prior to working in the pharmaceutical industry, Dr. Seltzer practiced clinical infectious diseases medicine. Dr. Seltzer received her B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and her M.D. from the New York University School of Medicine.

Corporate Governance

Supervisory Board

Our supervisory board is responsible for the supervision of the activities of our management board and our company’s general affairs and business but does not actively engage in the management of the company. Supervision is exercised by the examination of regular reports which must be provided by the management board. The supervisory board must also approve certain transactions prior to their implementation. Our supervisory board may also, on its own initiative, provide the management board with advice and may request any information from the management board that it deems appropriate. In performing its duties, the supervisory board is required to act in the interests of our company and its associated business as a whole. The supervisory board must convene a general meeting of shareholders if it is in the best interest of the company. The members of the supervisory board are not authorized to represent us in dealings with third parties, except for legal transactions concluded by the company with members of the management board and legal proceedings which have been approved at a general meeting of shareholders against such members.

Members of the supervisory board are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to our articles of association, the supervisory board consists of a minimum of three and a maximum of ten supervisory board members. Supervisory board members are appointed at the general meeting of shareholders and may, if not appointed for a shorter period of time, serve until the annual meeting occurring in the fifth calendar year after such board members’ initial appointment.

Members of the supervisory board may be re-elected. They may also be removed by the vote of three-quarters of the votes cast at the relevant general meeting of shareholders or resign by written notice to the company. Resignation upon written notice is subject to a four-week notice period unless otherwise agreed. In the event an elected member resigns from the supervisory board before the expiration of his or her term, the next general meeting may elect a replacement. The term of office of the replacement member runs until the expiration of the original term of the resigning member. In case the number of supervisory board members falls below three (the statutory minimum), an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders must be convened to elect a replacement. The supervisory board appoints a chairman and a deputy chairman from among its members for the entire period of their respective appointments. The supervisory board adopts its own rules of procedure.

The supervisory board meets at least quarterly. At least half of the members of the supervisory board including either the chairman or the deputy chairman must be present at a supervisory board meeting to constitute a quorum, in each case however at least three members need to be present. Except where a different majority is required by law or the articles of association, the supervisory board acts by a simple majority of the votes cast. In case of a split vote, the chairman casts the deciding vote. A member of the supervisory board may authorize in writing another member of the supervisory board or any third party to represent him or her and exercise his or her voting rights. Such representative is not taken into account in determining a quorum. The right to chair a supervisory board meeting cannot be transferred.

The supervisory board may also adopt resolutions outside a meeting, provided that such resolutions are adopted in writing and submitted to all members of the supervisory board and provided that no supervisory board member objects to adopting resolutions without conducting a meeting. Each supervisory board member is entitled to cast one vote.

 

133


Table of Contents

Management Board

Our management board is responsible for the day-to-day management of our operations under the supervision of the supervisory board. The management board is required to:

 

    keep the supervisory board informed in a timely manner in order to allow the supervisory board to carry out its responsibilities;

 

    consult with the supervisory board on important matters; and

 

    submit certain important decisions to the supervisory board for its approval, as more fully described below.

Our management board may perform all acts necessary or useful for achieving our corporate purposes, other than those acts that are prohibited by law or by our articles of association, as more fully discussed below. Members of the management board of an Austrian stock corporation are appointed by the supervisory board for a maximum period of five years and may be re-appointed. The supervisory board may remove a member of the management board prior to the expiration of his term only for a significant cause, such as a material breach of duty, the inability to manage the business properly or a vote of no-confidence at a shareholders’ meeting ( Vertrauensentzug ). The shareholders themselves are not entitled to appoint or dismiss the members of the management board.

The management board manages the business and represents the company in dealings with third parties and is responsible for the financial books and records of the company. The management board is required to report to the supervisory board at least annually regarding fundamental questions of future business policy and the future development of the assets and financial situation of the company (annual report; Lagebericht ). The management board is also required to report to the supervisory board regularly, at least quarterly, on the progress of business and the results of the company against the annual forecast results and considering future developments to the extent determined by Section 81 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act (quarterly reports; Quartalsberichte ). In addition, the management board is required to promptly inform the supervisory board of any matter that may be of significance to the company’s business operations, in particular with respect to any circumstances relating to the company’s profitability and liquidity (special report; Sonderbericht ). The annual report and the quarterly report have to be in writing and must be explained to the supervisory board on demand. Each member of the supervisory board has to be provided with a copy of these reports. The special reports may be oral reports or in writing.

Pursuant to our articles of association, our management board consists of at least two and up to five members.

Under the articles of association, if the management board consists of one member only, this member may, to the extent permitted by law, represent the company solely. If the management board consists of more than one member, the supervisory board has competence to decide whether each member of the management board is permitted to act singly on behalf of the company or jointly with other members of the management board. Currently, each member of the management board is empowered with independent signing authority.

The management board has no obligation to obey orders or directives originating from the general meeting of shareholders or the supervisory board. However, both the Austrian Stock Corporation Act and our articles of association, together with the by-laws of our management board, require the prior approval of the supervisory board or one of its committees before the management board may take certain actions. A failure by the management board to obtain such approval does not affect the validity of transactions with respect to third parties, but may render the management board personally liable for any damages resulting therefrom. Pursuant to our articles of association the prior approval of the supervisory board is required for the following actions:

 

    audit and approval of the budget presented by the management board (business and financial budget);

 

    granting of exclusive rights or licenses in respect of industrial property rights of the company;

 

134


Table of Contents
    conclusion, amendment or termination of contracts providing for a contractual obligation exceeding €500,000 or which have been entered into with an affiliated company;

 

    acquisition of all or substantially all the assets or business assets or shareholdings in other companies or legal persons;

 

    incurring of liabilities in excess of €500,000;

 

    significant amendments to contracts of the members of the management board;

 

    initiation of court proceedings with a significant value in dispute or conclusion of a settlement agreement;

as well as all measures which require the prior approval of the supervisory board pursuant to Section 95 paragraph 5 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act:

 

    the acquisition and sale of shareholdings in terms of Section 228 of the Austrian Commercial Code ( UGB ) as well as the acquisition, disposal and closing down of companies and businesses;

 

    the acquisition, disposal and encumbrance of real estate outside of the ordinary course of business;

 

    the establishment and closing of branch offices;

 

    investments in excess of €500,000;

 

    the issuance of bonds or entering into loans or credits in excess of €500,000;

 

    the granting of loans outside of the ordinary course of business;

 

    the introduction and termination of lines of business or product lines;

 

    the determination of general principles of business policy;

 

    the determination of general policies for the granting of participations in profit or revenues and pension promises to executive staff in accordance with Section 80 paragraph 1 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act;

 

    the determination of general principles for the granting of options to receive shares in the company to employees and executive staff ( leitende Angestellte ) of the company or its affiliates, or to members of the management board and of the supervisory board of our affiliates;

 

    the granting of special power of attorney ( Prokura );

 

    the entry into contracts with members of the supervisory board pursuant to which such members commit themselves to render services outside of their activities on the supervisory board for the company or a subsidiary for a remuneration not of minor value (although this shall also apply to contracts with companies in which the supervisory board member has a material economic interest;

 

    the acceptance of an executive position ( leitende Stellung ) within the company within two years after issuance of an audit opinion, by the auditor, by the group auditor, by the auditor of an affiliated major company, or by the certified accountant who signed the audit opinion or a person working for him or her, who has had a significant position in the audit, to the extent not prohibited pursuant to Section 271c of the Austrian Commercial Code ( UGB ); and

 

    measures pursuant to which the management board makes use of an authorization pursuant to Section 102 paragraph 3 or 4 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act.

Our supervisory board may also require that additional actions, beyond those listed above, by the management board be conditioned upon the supervisory board’s approval. Such actions must be clearly specified to the management board in writing. The absence of approval of the supervisory board does not affect the authority of the management board or its members to represent us in dealings with third parties.

 

135


Table of Contents

Committees of the Supervisory Board

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We expect to adopt rules of procedures for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Charles A. Rowland, Jr., Denise Pollard-Knight and Chau Khuong. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    making recommendations to our supervisory board regarding the appointment by the general meeting of shareholders of our independent auditors;

 

    overseeing the work of the independent auditors, including resolving disagreements between management and the independent auditors relating to financial reporting;

 

    pre-approving all audit and non-audit services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

 

    reviewing the independence and quality control procedures of the independent auditors;

 

    discussing material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements and obligations with management and the independent auditors;

 

    reviewing and approving all proposed related-party transactions;

 

    discussing the annual audited consolidated and statutory financial statements with management;

 

    annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

    meeting separately with the independent auditors to discuss critical accounting policies, recommendations on internal controls, the auditor’s engagement letter and independence letter and other material written communications between the independent auditors and the management; and

 

    attending to such other matters as are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our supervisory board from time to time.

Our board of directors has determined that Charles A. Rowland, Jr. is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for audit committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, each member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We believe that the composition of our audit committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Axel Bolte, Charles A. Rowland, Jr. and George H. Talbot. The compensation committee will assist the supervisory board in reviewing and approving or recommending our compensation structure, including all forms of compensation relating to our supervisory directors and management. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to the supervisory board with respect to compensation of our management board and supervisory board members;

 

136


Table of Contents
    reviewing and approving the compensation, including equity compensation, change-of-control benefits and severance arrangements, of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and such other members of our management as it deems appropriate;

 

    overseeing the evaluation of our management;

 

    reviewing periodically and making recommendations to our supervisory board with respect to any incentive compensation and equity plans, programs or similar arrangements;

 

    exercising the rights of our supervisory board under any equity plans, except for the right to amend any such plans unless otherwise expressly authorized to do so; and

 

    attending to such other matters as are specifically delegated to our compensation committee by our supervisory board from time to time.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Denise Pollard-Knight, David Chiswell, and Chen Yu. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the supervisory board in selecting individuals qualified to become our supervisory directors and in determining the composition of the supervisory board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    recommending to the supervisory board persons to be nominated for election or re-election to the supervisory board at any meeting of the shareholders;

 

    overseeing the supervisory board’s annual review of its own performance and the performance of its committees; and

 

    considering, preparing and recommending to the supervisory board a set of corporate governance guidelines.

Other Corporate Governance Matters

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including our company, to comply with various corporate governance practices. In addition, NASDAQ rules provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, subject to certain exceptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities laws. The home country practices followed by our company in lieu of NASDAQ rules are described below:

 

    We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirements to seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of our common shares under such plans. In accordance with Austrian law, we are not required to seek shareholder approval in connection with the implementation of employee equity compensation plans unless such plans provide for the issuance of common shares to supervisory board members or the management board does not hold a valid authorization to issue common shares for such purpose.

 

    We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirement to have independent director oversight of executive compensation or director nominations.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ’s listing standards.

 

137


Table of Contents

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our supervisory board members, management board members and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

Compensation

The following discussion provides the amount of compensation paid, and benefits in-kind granted, by us and our subsidiaries to the members of our supervisory board and certain members of our management board for services provided in all capacities to us and our subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Supervisory Board Compensation

The compensation paid to our supervisory board members is set forth in the table below. Members of our supervisory board who were compensated for their service on our supervisory board by the shareholders that appointed them were not entitled to compensation from us. In 2014, only David Chiswell, George H. Talbot and Robert C. Moellering were entitled to compensation from us for their service on our supervisory board. In 2014, Dr. Chiswell, Dr. Talbot and Dr. Moellering were entitled to board fees of €10,000 per year, €2,500 for attendance in person at each supervisory board meeting and €500 for attendance by telephone at each supervisory board meeting. We also reimbursed all of our supervisory board members for their reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attending our supervisory board meetings. These amounts are excluded from the table below.

 

(in thousands)    Board
Fee
     All Other
Compensation
    2014
Total
 

Denise Pollard-Knight

   —         —        —     

Axel Bolte

     —           —          —     

David Chiswell

     26         —          26   

George H. Talbot

     24         245 (1)(2)      269   

Robert C. Moellering(3)

     —           —          —     

Anja König

     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

50    245    295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The amounts reported include €101,500 in consulting fees and €23,875 for service as chairman of our Clinical Advisory Board. For more information, see “Related-Party Transactions—Relationship with George Talbot.”
(2) The amounts reported include €136,946 which is the fair market value of 713 share options granted during the year, as required by IFRS. For a description of the assumptions relating to our valuations of the share-based payments, see note 20 to the consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
(3) Dr. Moellering did not attend any supervisory board meetings in 2014. Dr. Moellering died in February 2014.

 

138


Table of Contents

Management Board Compensation

The table below sets forth the compensation in 2014 for our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated management board members. In addition, we reimbursed our management board members for their reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with attending our management board meetings. These amounts are excluded from the table below.

 

(in thousands)    Salary      Bonus     All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Colin Broom(1)

   108       39 (2)    8 (3)(4)    155   

Chief Executive Officer

         

Ralf Schmid(5)

     218         74 (6)      8 (4)      300   

Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

         

William T. Prince(7)

     217         73 (8)      34 (4)(9)      324   

Chief Medical Officer

         

 

(1) Dr. Broom commenced employment with us on August 28, 2014.
(2) Consists of €39,458 accrued for 2014.
(3) Consists of the amount we contributed to our 401(k) plan in respect of such individual.
(4) Consists of the value of medical insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of such individual.
(5) Mr. Schmid served as our chief executive officer until August 27, 2014.
(6) Consists of €73,500 accrued for 2014.
(7) Dr. Prince served as our chief medical officer until May 2015.
(8) Consists of €73,372 accrued for 2014.
(9) Consists of €23,398 for an apartment in Vienna, Austria.

Employment Agreements with Management Board and Senior Management

Colin Broom, Chief Executive Officer

Dr. Broom was appointed chief executive officer and entered into an employment agreement dated and effective as of August 28, 2014. He also serves on our management board. The initial term of his employment agreement expires on August 28, 2016, but automatically renews for an additional one-year term on that date and on each anniversary of that date thereafter unless either we or Dr. Broom timely provide a notice of non-renewal, as described below.

The employment agreement, and Dr. Broom’s employment, may be terminated in one of three ways. First, either party may notify the other, in writing and not less than 90 days prior to the applicable term’s expiration date, of its intention not to renew. Second, the employment agreement will terminate upon Dr. Broom’s death or disability (as disability is defined in his employment agreement). Third, we may terminate Dr. Broom’s employment agreement with or without “cause” (as cause is defined in his employment agreement).

If we terminate Dr. Broom’s employment without cause, Dr. Broom is entitled to his base salary that has accrued and to which he is entitled as of the termination date. In addition, subject to his execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in our favor and his continued compliance with his proprietary rights, non-disclosure, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with us, he is entitled, for the remainder of the term of his employment agreement in which his termination occurs, to (1) continued payment of his base salary, in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, and (2) provided he timely elects to continue

 

139


Table of Contents

receiving group medical insurance under COBRA and the payments would not result in the violation of nondiscrimination requirements of applicable law, payment by us of the portion of health coverage premiums we pay for similarly-situated, active employees, but in all events for no more than 18 months. If we terminate Dr. Broom’s employment by notice of non-renewal, due to death or disability or for cause, our obligations under the employment agreement cease immediately, and Dr. Broom is only entitled to his base salary that has accrued and to which he is entitled as of the termination date.

Under the employment agreement, Dr. Broom receives an annual base salary of $400,000 and is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus of up to 35% of his then-current base salary. His base salary will be reviewed by our compensation committee and supervisory board in the first quarter of each fiscal year. Dr. Broom is also entitled to participate in our option program and any and all benefit programs that we make available to our employees for which he may be eligible.

As a condition of his employment, Dr. Broom signed a proprietary rights, non-disclosure, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement.

Ralf Schmid, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Schmid was appointed chief operating officer and chief financial officer and entered into an employment agreement dated                      and effective                     , which replaced a prior employment agreement dated April 30, 2012. He also serves on our management board.

Steven Gelone, Chief Development Officer

Dr. Gelone was appointed chief development officer and entered into an employment agreement dated and effective as of December 1, 2014. The initial term of his employment agreement expires on December 1, 2016, but automatically renews for an additional one-year term on that date and on each anniversary of that date thereafter unless either we or Dr. Gelone timely provide a notice of non-renewal, as described below.

The employment agreement, and Dr. Gelone’s employment, may be terminated in one of three ways. First, either party may notify the other, in writing and not less than 90 days prior to the applicable term’s expiration date, of its intention not to renew. Second, the employment agreement will terminate upon Dr. Gelone’s death or disability (as disability is defined in his employment agreement). Third, we may terminate Dr. Gelone’s employment agreement with or without “cause” (as cause is defined in his employment agreement).

If we terminate Dr. Gelone’s employment without cause, Dr. Gelone is entitled to his base salary that has accrued and to which he is entitled as of the termination date. In addition, subject to his execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in our favor and his continued compliance with his proprietary rights, non-disclosure, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with us, he is entitled, for the remainder of the term of his employment agreement in which his termination occurs, to (1) continued payment of his base salary, in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, and (2) provided he timely elects to continue receiving group medical insurance under COBRA and the payments would not result in the violation of nondiscrimination requirements of applicable law, payment by us of the portion of health coverage premiums we pay for similarly-situated, active employees, but in all events for no more than 18 months. If we terminate Dr. Gelone’s employment by notice of non-renewal, due to death or disability or for cause, our obligations under the employment agreement cease immediately, and Dr. Gelone is only entitled to his base salary that has accrued and to which he is entitled as of the termination date.

 

140


Table of Contents

Under the employment agreement, Dr. Gelone receives an annual base salary of $300,000 and is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus of up to 35% of his then-current base salary. His base salary will be reviewed by our compensation committee and supervisory board in the first quarter of each fiscal year. Dr. Gelone is also entitled to participate in our option program and any and all benefit programs that we make available to our employees for which he may be eligible.

As a condition of his employment, Dr. Gelone signed a proprietary rights, non-disclosure, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement.

Elyse Seltzer, Chief Medical Officer

Dr. Seltzer was appointed chief medical officer and entered into an employment agreement dated April 14, 2015 and effective as of May 4, 2015. The initial term of her employment expires on May 4, 2017, but automatically renews for an additional one-year term on that date and on each anniversary of that date thereafter unless either we or Dr. Seltzer timely provide a notice of non-renewal, as described below.

The employment agreement and Dr. Seltzer’s employment may be terminated in one of four ways. First, either party may notify the other, in writing and not less than 90 days prior to the applicable term’s expiration date, of its intention not to renew. Second, the employment agreement will terminate upon Dr. Seltzer’s death or disability (as disability is defined in her employment agreement). Third, we may terminate Dr. Seltzer’s employment agreement with or without “cause” (as cause is defined in her employment agreement). Fourth, Dr. Seltzer may terminate her employment agreement, and her employment with us, with or without “good reason” (as good reason is defined in her employment agreement). We shall have at least 15 days to cure any act constituting good reason following Dr. Seltzer’s delivery to us of a written notice within 60 days of the act constituting good reason.

If we terminate Dr. Seltzer’s employment without cause, or Dr. Seltzer terminates her employment with good reason, Dr. Seltzer is entitled to her base salary that has accrued and to which she is entitled as of the termination date. In addition, subject to her execution and nonrevocation of a release of claims in our favor and her continued compliance with her proprietary rights, non-disclosure, developments, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with us, she is entitled to (1) continued payment of her base salary, in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, for the remainder of the term of her employment agreement in which her termination occurs or, if longer, 12 months and (2) provided she timely elects to continue receiving group medical insurance under COBRA and the payments would not result in the violation of nondiscrimination requirements of applicable law, payment by us of the portion of health coverage premiums we pay for similarly-situated, active employees for the remainder of the term of her employment agreement in which her termination occurs, but in no event for more than 18 months. If we terminates Dr. Seltzer’s employment by notice of non-renewal, due to death or disability or for cause, our obligations under the employment agreement cease immediately, and Dr. Seltzer is only entitled to her base salary that has accrued and to which she is entitled as of the termination date.

Under the employment agreement, Dr. Seltzer receives an annual base salary of $358,000 and is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus of up to 35% of her then-current base salary. Her base salary will be reviewed by our compensation committee and the supervisory board in the first quarter of each fiscal year. Dr. Seltzer is also entitled to participate in our option program and any and all benefit programs that we make available to our employees for which she may be eligible.

 

141


Table of Contents

As a condition of her employment, Dr. Seltzer signed a proprietary rights, non-disclosure and developments agreement.

Equity Compensation Arrangements

Stock Option Plan 2015

Our shareholders, management board and supervisory board adopted our Stock Option Plan 2015 on April 2, 2015, and we expect our shareholders to approve an amended and restated version of the Stock Option Plan 2015 on            , 2015. References to our Stock Option Plan 2015 in this prospectus refer to the plan as amended and restated. The Stock Option Plan 2015 will become effective upon the registration with the commercial register of our conditional capital increase approved by our shareholders on            , 2015. The Stock Option Plan 2015 provides for the grant of options for up to 95,000 common shares to our employees, including members of our management board, and to members of our supervisory board.

Options granted under the Stock Option Plan 2015 entitle beneficiaries thereof to purchase our common shares at an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value per share on the beneficiary’s date of participation. Options granted under the Stock Option Plan 2015 generally vest over four years from the beneficiary’s date of participation. Typically, 25% of the options subject to a particular grant vest on the last day of the last calendar month of the first year of the vesting period, and the remaining 75% vests on a monthly pro-rata basis over the second, third and fourth years of the vesting period (i.e., 2.083% per month). Any alternative vesting period determined by us is subject to approval by our management board, supervisory board or shareholders, in accordance with any applicable voting requirements.

The Stock Option Plan 2015 provides that, if a liquidity event (as defined below) occurs, all options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan 2015 will be assumed (or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted by an acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate of the acquiring or succeeding corporation)), and any then-unvested options shall continue to vest in accordance with the beneficiary’s original vesting schedule. If a beneficiary is terminated due to a good leaver event (within the meaning of the Stock Option Plan 2015), on or prior to the first anniversary of the date of the liquidity event, the beneficiary’s options will be immediately exercisable in full as of the date of such termination. If the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate of the acquiring or succeeding corporation) refuses to assume the options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan 2015 or to substitute substantially equivalent options therefor, all then-unvested options under the Stock Option Plan 2015 will automatically vest in full upon the liquidity event. For purposes of the Stock Option Plan 2015, a liquidity event generally refers to an exclusive license of or the sale, lease or other disposal of all or substantially all of our assets, a sale or other disposal (but not a pledge) of 50% or more of our shares, a merger or consolidation of us with or into any third party, or our liquidation, winding up or other form of dissolution of us.

Unless otherwise specifically permitted in an option agreement or resolved upon by the management board with the approval of the supervisory board, the exercise of vested options is permitted under the Stock Option Plan 2015 only during specified periods and on specified terms in the case of a liquidity event or following an initial public offering occurring during the term of the option. In the case of a liquidity event occurring prior to our initial public offering, a beneficiary is entitled to exercise vested options (taking any acceleration described above into account) within the six-week period commencing the day after notification of the upcoming liquidity event. If the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate of the acquiring or succeeding corporation) assumes any options in the liquidity event, a beneficiary whose options were assumed may exercise those options (to the extent vested) at any time during the remaining term of the option while the beneficiary is providing services to such corporation, and within the three-month period following a termination of the beneficiary’s services to such corporation due to a good leaver event. Following our initial public offering, a beneficiary is entitled to exercise vested options at any time during the remaining term of the option while the beneficiary is providing services to us, and within the three-month period following a termination of the beneficiary’s services due to a good leaver event. Options granted under the Stock Option Plan 2015 will have a term of no more than ten years from the beneficiary’s date of participation.

 

142


Table of Contents

If, during the term of the Stock Option Plan 2015, there is a change in our capital or a restructuring measure which has an effect on our capital, such as a stock split or reverse stock split, which change or measure results in a change in the value of the options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan 2015, the supervisory board, upon a recommendation from the management board, may make appropriate adjustments to the price or the amount of such outstanding options.

No options may be granted under the Stock Option Plan 2015 after            , 2025, but options previously granted to a beneficiary may extend beyond that date. The supervisory board may, at any time, amend, suspend or terminate the Stock Option Plan 2015 in whole or in part. However, if shareholder approval is required, including by application of Austrian law, the supervisory board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval.

Stock Option Plan 2007

Our management board and supervisory board adopted our Stock Option Plan 2007 in September 2007. The Stock Option Plan 2007 provides for the grant of up to 29,889 options to certain of our employees, including members of our management board and certain members of our supervisory board, and other beneficiaries. As of April 30, 2015, a total of 24,133 options were outstanding and had been allocated to 66 of our current and former employees, members of our management and supervisory boards and certain consultants at a weighted-average exercise price of €6.72 per share. The options provide for the right to purchase our common shares at an exercise price determined by us with the assistance of an Austrian Independent Certified Public Accountant as of August 24, 2007.

Options granted under the Stock Option Plan 2007 generally vest over four years from the date of participation. Typically, 25% of the options subject to a particular grant vest on the last day of the last calendar month of the first year of the vesting period, a further 25% of the options vests on the last day of the last calendar month of the second year of the vesting period, and the remaining 50% vests on a monthly pro-rata basis over the third and fourth years of the vesting period (i.e., 2.083% per month). However, alternative vesting schedules applied for beneficiaries who had worked for us prior to the date of the adoption of our Stock Option Plan 2007. All options granted under such alternative vesting schedules have fully vested.

The Stock Option Plan 2007 provides that 50% of any then-unvested options shall automatically vest upon a liquidity event, which refers to an exclusive license of or the sale or other disposal of 50% or more of our assets, a sale or other disposal (but not a pledge) of 50% or more of the our shares, a merger of ours with any third party, or a consolidation, liquidation, winding up or other form of dissolution. If a beneficiary has an unjustified termination or a justified premature termination (as such terms are used in the Stock Option Plan 2007) within one year of the liquidity event, all remaining unvested options held by the beneficiary shall automatically vest in full.

The exercise of vested options is permitted under the Stock Option Plan 2007 only during specified periods following a liquidity event or upon a public offering on specified terms. Except in the case of our liquidation or other form of dissolution, beneficiaries may only exercise their vested options during the six-week period commencing the day after our annual general meeting. No options may be granted or exercised under the Stock Option Plan 2007 after September 27, 2017. Any options not exercised by September 27, 2017 automatically terminate and are forfeited.

If, during the term of the Stock Option Plan 2007, there is a change in our capital or a restructuring measure which has an effect on our capital, such as a stock split or reverse stock split, which change or measure results in a change in the value of the options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan 2007, the supervisory board, upon a recommendation from the management board, may make appropriate adjustments to the price or the amount of such outstanding options,

To date, 4,712 options have been exercised under the Stock Option Plan 2007 after early exercise was granted to certain management board members by our supervisory board.

 

143


Table of Contents

Founders Program 2007

In November 2007, we granted common shares and stock options to Gerd Ascher and Rodger Novak as compensation and in recognition of their status as founders of Nabriva. We refer to these grants as our Founders Program 2007. Under the Founders Program 2007, a total of 4,982 common shares were granted, including 623 common shares granted in the form of stock options to Dr. Novak. The 623 options granted under the Founders Program 2007 have an exercise price of €1.00 per share and all of the options became fully vested in February 2010. No other options have been granted under the program, and none of the options have been exercised.

 

144


Table of Contents

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2012, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any material transaction or series of similar material transactions to which we were or are a party in which any of the members of our supervisory board and management board, senior management, holders of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation and shareholding arrangements we describe in “Management” and “Principal Shareholders” and the transactions described below.

Shareholders Agreement

We and all of our then-existing shareholders entered into a shareholders agreement on January 30, 2006, and amended it on September 13, 2006, November 16, 2007 and September 17, 2009. On April 2, 2015, our then-existing shareholders, as well as certain new investors who participated in our April 2015 preferred B financing, entered into a new shareholders agreement which amended and restated the prior shareholders agreement. We refer to the amended and restated shareholders agreement as the shareholders agreement. The shareholders agreement includes contractual voting commitments, rights to preferred dividend payments, liquidation preference rights, anti-dilution provisions, mandatory redemption, the right to receive certain financial information and restrictions on the transfer of shares (including the right to participate in future equity offerings, which rights have been waived in connection with this offering, and agreements to participate in certain sale transactions and rights of co-sale). Our shareholders agreement also divides our share capital on a contractual basis into preferred shares and common shares. In addition, each of Chen Yu, George Talbot, Axel Bolte, Chau Khuong, Denise Pollard-Knight, David Chiswell and Charles Rowland has been appointed to our supervisory board pursuant to the shareholders agreement. Upon completion of this offering, the shareholders agreement will terminate, except that the provisions relating to the conversion of our outstanding preferred shares into common shares upon the closing of this offering shall survive to the extent required to enable us to register and issue such common shares. The contractual division of our share capital into preferred shares and common shares is not provided for under our articles of association or Austrian stock corporation law. In addition, our existing shareholders have agreed to vote for one or both of the supervisory board members appointed by Vivo Capital and the supervisory board member appointed by OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP, at such shareholders’ request, for the period of one year following the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights Agreement

We and certain of our existing shareholders entered into a registration rights agreement on                     , 2015, or the registration rights agreement, pursuant to which we granted to certain of our existing shareholders customary registration rights for the resale of the common shares held by them, including the right to have us file registration statements covering their common shares issuable upon conversion of their preferred shares or request that such shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing, which will come into effect 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Under the registration rights agreement, such shareholders will be entitled to demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and short form registration rights, both in the United States and in Europe. We have also agreed to use our best efforts to effect such registration as soon as reasonably possible following receipt of such demand.

 

145


Table of Contents

Convertible Loan Financing

In July 2011, March 2012, November 2013, July 2014 and December 2014, we entered into convertible loan agreements in the aggregate principal amount of €16.8 million in private placements to certain of our existing shareholders. The convertible loans accrued interest at a rate equal to 7.73% per year. In conjunction with the execution of the convertible loan agreement in January 2015, the repayment dates of the prior convertible loans were extended to December 31, 2015. No payments of principal or interest were made under the convertible loans. The following table sets forth the aggregate participation by our related parties in the five convertible loan transactions. All of our outstanding convertible loans were converted to preferred B shares in connection with the preferred B financing described below.

 

Purchaser

   Aggregate Principal
Amount of Convertible
Loans
 

Phase4 Ventures III LP

   5,448,634.75   

The Wellcome Trust Ltd.

   4,191,368.51   

HBM Healthcare

   2,807,421.22   

HBM BioCapital

   1,466,959.60   

GLSV Fund II LP

   742,933.74   

GLSV Fonds II GmbH&Co. KG

   955,422.08   

Novartis Bioventures Ltd.

   566,371.01   

Colin Broom

   500,000.00   

George Talbot

   100,000.00   

Preferred B Financing

In April 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 730,162 preferred B shares, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42.1 million in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for certain contributions in-kind, including the conversion of claims for repayment under our convertible loan agreements in exchange for 203,750 preferred B shares. Such preferred B shares will automatically convert into common shares on a one-for-one basis in connection with the closing of this offering. In connection with our issue and sale of preferred B shares, we also agreed with the purchasers of such shares, including the related parties listed in the table below, to issue and sell to them at their option additional preferred B shares for an aggregate purchase price of $70.0 million if we do not complete a public offering in the United States within specified parameters or by a specified date. The following table sets forth the participation by our related parties in the preferred B financing and the number of preferred B shares issued to such parties for cash consideration and in exchange for claims for repayment under the convertible loan agreements, as applicable.

 

     Preferred B
Shares Issued
Upon
Conversion of
Convertible
Loans
     Preferred B
Shares
Issued

For Cash
     Cash
Purchase
Price
 

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

     —           166,717       13,729,145   

Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P.

     —           23,022       1,895,862   

HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd.

     34,091         75,328       6,203,261   

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP

     —           171,669       14,136,942   

Omega Fund IV, L.P.

     —           22,588       1,860,122   

Phase4 Ventures III LLP

     66,164         9,198       757,455   

The Wellcome Trust Ltd.

     50,897         7,075       582,626   

GLSV Fund II LP

     9,021         4,266       351,305   

GLSV Fonds II GmbH&Co. KG

     11,602         5,486       451,772   

Novartis Bioventures Ltd.

     6,877         3,251       267,720   

HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd.

     17,813         —         —     

Colin Broom

     6,071         —         —     

George Talbot

     1,214         —         —     

 

146


Table of Contents

Substance Participation Rights

In 2010 and 2011, we issued substance participation rights to the then-members of our management board, which included David Chiswell, Rodger Novak, William Prince and Ralf Schmid. The participation rights were granted for an unlimited period of time and were subordinated to claims of all other creditors of the company. Under the substance participation rights, following the occurrence of the sale of 50% or more of our shares, a merger, or certain other specified events, but not in the case of an initial public offering, the substance participation rights holders would have been entitled to participate in the company value, the liquidation proceeds, as well as the hidden reserves of the company according to a predetermined calculation. The participation rights conferred no shareholders’ rights, in particular, no rights to vote at shareholders’ meetings, to subscribe to newly issued shares or to regularly receive a distribution of distributable profit, except as described above, were conferred.

Due to the termination of employment of Dr. Chiswell and Dr. Novak in 2012, their respective substance participation rights were terminated, and Dr. Chiswell was repaid €850 and Dr. Novak was repaid €2,553, in each case, representing the nominal value previously paid for the issuance of the participation rights. In 2014, Dr. Prince and Mr. Schmid mutually agreed to terminate their participation rights, and, in 2015, each was repaid €2,553, representing the nominal value previously paid for the participation rights.

Relationship with George Talbot

In 2014, we paid Talbot Advisors LLC, a single-member limited liability company of which George Talbot is the principal, approximately €138,000 for Dr. Talbot’s service as chairman of our Clinical Advisory Board and for consulting services related to our clinical development strategy, engagement with strategic partners and related travel expenses. We did not receive any consulting services from Talbot Advisors or pay them any fees in 2013 or 2012.

 

147


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of June 15, 2015 by:

 

    each of the members of our management board and supervisory board;

 

    each of our other members of senior management; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common shares.

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering” is based on a total of 84,102 common shares outstanding as of June 15, 2015, and gives effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares, including preferred shares that are issuable as accrued stock dividends, into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares upon the closing of this offering, assuming the closing of this offering occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share. The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering” reflects the sale of by us of              ADSs, representing                  common shares, in this offering, but not including any additional common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to our common shares. Our common shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 15, 2015 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, the persons and entities in this table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all of the common shares beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of the beneficial owner is c/o Nabriva Therapeutics AG, Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna, Austria.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially Owned

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

      Before
Offering
    After
Offering

Management Board Members, Supervisory Board Members and Senior Management

       

Chen Yu(1)

     190,362         17.8  

Chau Khuong(2)

     172,233         16.1  

Denise Pollard-Knight(3)

     153,369         14.3  

Axel Bolte(4)

     —           —       

David Chiswell(5)

     15,742         1.5  

George H. Talbot

     1,217         *     

Charles A. Rowland, Jr.

     —           —       

Colin Broom(6)

     6,090         *     

Ralf Schmid(7)

     2,329         *     

Steven Gelone

     —           —       

Elyse Seltzer

     —           —       

 

* Less than one percent.

 

 

148


Table of Contents
     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially Owned

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

      Before
Offering
    After
Offering

5% Shareholders:

       

HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. and an affiliated entity(8)

     191,598         17.9  

Entities affiliated with Vivo Capital(9)

     190,362         17.8  

OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P.(10)

     172,233         16.1  

Phase4 Ventures III L.P.(11)

     153,369         14.3  

The Wellcome Trust Limited as trustee of the Wellcome Trust(12)

     117,977         11.0  

Omega Fund IV, L.P.(13)

     89,025         8.3  

Entities affiliated with Novartis Bioventures Ltd.(14)

     57,562         5.4  

 

(1) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (9) below, which are held by Vivo Hong Kong VIII, Co., Limited and Vivo Hong Kong VIII Surplus, Co., Limited. Dr. Yu, one of our supervisory board members, is a managing partner at Vivo Capital VIII, LLC, the managing member of the general partner of both Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P. Dr. Yu disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
(2) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (10) below, which are held by OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P. Mr. Khuong, one of our supervisory board members, is a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors, the managing member of the general partner of OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P. Mr. Khuong disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.
(3) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (11) below, are held by Phase4 III. Phase4 GPLP, is the general partner of Phase4 III and Dr. Pollard-Knight is a limited partner in Phase 4 GPLP. Dr. Pollard-Knight disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of Dr. Pollard-Knight is 15 Stratton Street, London, W1J 8LQ, U.K.
(4) Mr. Bolte, a member of our supervisory board, is an advisor to HBM Partners (Cayman) Ltd. HBM Partners (Cayman) Ltd. provides investment management services to HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. and HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. Mr. Bolte has no voting or investment power over the shares held by HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. or HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(5) Consists of (i) 2,342 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares and (ii) 13,400 common shares held by the Cloudwood Trust. Dr. Chiswell or his immediate family members are beneficiaries of the Cloudwood Trust.
(6) Consists of 6,090 common shares held by the Colin Broom Trust and issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share.
(7) Consists of (i) 132 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares and (ii) 2,197 common shares.
(8)

Consists of (i) 149,197 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share and, held by HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd., (ii) 3,594 common shares held by HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd., and (iii) 38,807 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. The board of directors of HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares by held by such entity. The board of directors of HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. is comprised of Jean-Marc Lesieur, Richard Coles, Sophia Harris, Dr. Andreas Wicki, Paul

 

149


Table of Contents
  Woodhouse and John Urquhart, none of whom has individual voting or investment power with respect to these shares and each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd., except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The board of directors of HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares by held by such entity. The board of directors of HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. is comprised of Jean-Marc LeSieur and Dr. Andreas Wicki, none of whom has individual voting or investment power with respect to these shares and each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd., except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. and HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. is Governor’s Square, Suite # 4-212-2, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, West Bay, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.
(9) Consists of (i) 167,265 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by Vivo Hong Kong VIII Co, Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and (ii) 23,097 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by Vivo Hong Kong VIII Surplus Co., Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P. Vivo Capital VIII, LLC is the general partner of both Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P. and Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P. The voting members of Vivo Capital VIII, LLC are Frank Kung, Albert Cha, Edgar Engleman, Chen Yu and Shan Fu, none of whom has individual voting or investment power with respect to these shares and each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for Vivo Capital VIII, LLC is 575 High Street, Suite 201, Palo Alto, CA 94301, United States.
(10) Consists of 172,233 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P., or OPI V. OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC, or GP V, is the sole general partner of OPI V. OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed Advisors, is the managing member of GP V. GP V and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI V. Samule D. Islay is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OrbiMed Advisors and as such may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI V. Chau Khuong, one of our supervisory board members, is employed as a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors. Each of GP V, OrbiMed Advisors, Mr. Islay and Mr. Khuong disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI V except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for these entities is 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th floor, New York, New York 10022.
(11) Consists of 153,369 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by Phase4 Ventures III L.P, or Phase4 III. Phase4 Ventures III GP LP, or Phase4 GPLP, is the general partner of Phase4 III and each of Denise Pollard-Knight, Charles Sermon, Alastair MacKinnon, Naveed Siddiqi, John Westwater John Richard and Jonathan Jones, who are the limited partners in Phase4 GPLP and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the reported securities, disclaim beneficial ownership of the reported securities held by Phase4 III except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the persons listed above and affiliated with Phase4 III is 15 Stratton Street, London, W1J 8LQ, U.K. The registered office address of Phase4 GPLP is 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh EH3 9WJ, U.K. The address of Phase4 Ventures III LP is 15 Stratton Street, London, W1J 8LQ, U.K.

 

150


Table of Contents
(12) Consists of 117,977 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by The Wellcome Trust Limited. Responsibility for the activities of The Wellcome Trust lies with the Board of Governors of The Wellcome Trust Limited. The Board of Governors share all voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by The Wellcome Trust Limited as trustee of the Wellcome Trust and is comprised of William Castell, Bryan Grenfell, Tobias Bonhoeffer, Damon Buffini, Alan Brown, Kay Davies, Michael Ferguson, Eliza Manningham-Buller, Anne Johnson, Richard Hynes and Peter Rigby. None of the members of the Board of Governors has individual voting or investment power with respect to such shares and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of The Wellcome Trust Limited as trustee of the Wellcome Trust is 215 Euston Road, London NW1 2BE, U.K.
(13) Consists of (i) 73,861 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share and (ii) 15,164 common shares held by Global Life Bioventure IV S.a.r.l. Global Life Bioventure IV S.a.r.l. is wholly owned by Omega Fund IV, LP. The board of directors of Omega Fund IV, LP has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares by held by such entity. The board of directors of Omega Fund IV, LP is comprised of Richard Lim, Otello Stampacchia and Anne-Mari Paster. The business address of Global Life Bioventure IV S.a.r.l. is 11-13 Boulevard de la Foire, L-1528 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
(14) Consists of (i) 17,070 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, assuming the closing of this offering and the conversion of such shares occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share, held by Novartis Bioventures Ltd., (ii) 5,054 common shares held by Novartis Bioventures Ltd., (iii) 438 common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred shares held by Sandoz GmbH, and (iv) 35,000 common shares held by Sandoz GmbH. Each of Novartis Bioventures Ltd. and Sandoz GmbH are indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of Novartis AG. The board of directors of Novartis Bioventures Ltd. has sole voting and investment control and power over such shares and is comprised of Simon Zivi, Michael Jones and Timothy Faries. None of the members of its board of directors has individual voting or investment power with respect to such shares and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The board of directors of Sandoz Gmbh has sole voting and investment control and power over such shares and is comprised of Thomas Nothegger, Hubert Hirzinger, Klaus Neumayer, Jens Scheibner and Konrad Schaefer. None of the members of its board of directors has individual voting or investment power with respect to such shares and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The business address of Novartis Bioventures Ltd. is 131 Front Street, Hamilton, Bermuda. The business address of Sandoz GmbH is 10, A-6250 Kundl, Austria.

Holdings by U.S. Shareholders

As of June 15, 2015, approximately 2.9% of our outstanding common shares were held by six record holders in the United States.

 

151


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following describes our issued share capital, summarizes the material provisions of our articles of association and highlights certain differences in corporate law in Austria and the United States. Please note that this summary is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our articles of association, which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

We were incorporated in October 2005 in Austria under the name Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs GmbH, a limited liability company organized under Austrian law, as a spin-off from Sandoz GmbH and commenced operations in February 2006. In 2007, we subsequently transformed into a stock corporation under the name Nabriva Therapeutics AG. We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Austria and registered at the Commercial Register of the Commercial Court of Vienna. Our executive offices are located at Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna, Austria.

Issued Share Capital

Pursuant to our shareholders agreement, our share capital is divided on a contractual basis into preferred shares and common shares. Upon the closing of this offering, these contractual arrangements will terminate and our registered capital stock will consist of              common shares, nominal value €1.00 per share.

As of June 15, 2015, we had issued and outstanding:

 

    84,102 common shares held by 11 shareholders of record;

 

    172,409 preferred A shares held by 12 shareholders of record that are convertible into 172,409 common shares;

 

    71,011 preferred A extension shares held by 12 shareholders of record that are convertible into 71,011 common shares; and

 

    741,688 preferred B shares held by 19 shareholders of record that are convertible into 741,688 common shares.

Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding preferred shares, including preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends, will automatically convert into an aggregate of 985,108 common shares, assuming the closing occurred on June 15, 2015 and assuming the number of the preferred shares issuable as accrued stock dividends was based on the preferred B sale price per share.

Common Shares

Our shareholders are entitled to one vote per share at each general meeting of shareholders. Our shareholders are entitled to receive dividends, if any, in proportion to their respective ownership out of our distributable profits if such a resolution is passed by the general meeting of shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.” Our articles of association provide that any dividends that remain unclaimed after three years from the date of the general meeting of shareholders at which they were approved will revert to our unrestricted capital reserves.

In the event the company is liquidated, dissolved or wound up, our shareholders will be entitled to share pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the rights of any preferred shares outstanding at the time. Our shares have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights, and there are no redemption provisions applicable to our shares, except for the mandatory subscription rights provided for under the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, which rights have been excluded for five years in connection with this offering. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our shares will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred shares that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

152


Table of Contents

Legal title to the shares represented by one or more global share certificates is transferred by agreement ( Titel ), endorsement of the share certificates ( Indossament ) and physical handover of the share certificates ( tatsächliche Übergabe ) in accordance with Austrian law. Neither Austrian law nor our articles of association restrict the transferability of our shares. Each shareholder is entitled to receive physical share certificates evidencing its individual ownership of its shares in the company.

Preferred Shares

Following the completion of this offering, no preferred shares will remain outstanding.

Options

As of June 15, 2015, options to purchase an aggregate of 24,133 common shares, at a weighted average exercise price of €6.72 per share, were outstanding.

Listing

We have applied to list our shares on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “NBRV.”

Articles of Association

Our current articles of association, dated April 2, 2015, contain provisions relating to shareholders’ meetings, management and financial accounting that are customary for Austrian stock corporations and do not deviate from the rules provided for by statutory law.

Pursuant to the articles of association our business object is:

 

  (i) research or development in the area of medicine and pharmacy, in particular in the field of development of, antibiotics, the registration and commercial exploitation of intellectual property rights in these areas as well as the trade in goods of any kind; and

 

  (ii) the participation in other enterprises of the same or similar kind including the takeover of management in such enterprises as well as asset management (except for banking transactions); its activities extend to Austria and abroad.

We are further entitled to engage in all business activities and to carry out all measures that are deemed necessary or useful for the company’s business object.

Pursuant to the articles of association (and as provided for by statutory Austrian law), the following matters must be approved by the general meeting of shareholders: (i) the distribution of profits, (ii) the release from liability of the members of the management and supervisory boards, (iii) the election of members of the supervisory board, (iv) the appointment of auditors, (v) the amendment of the company’s articles of association, and (vi) the increase of the company’s share capital (and the corresponding exclusion of subscription rights, if applicable). In accordance with our articles of association, the general meeting shall constitute a quorum if at least half of the registered share capital is present or represented in the respective general meeting. The shareholders may adopt the respective resolutions at a general meeting by a simple majority of the votes cast, unless a higher majority is mandatorily required by law.

 

153


Table of Contents

General meetings take place at either (i) our registered offices in Vienna, (ii) at the seat of any domestic branch establishment or domestic subsidiary, or (iii) at an Austrian provincial capital. We must give at least 28 days’ (with respect to the convocation of the annual general meeting) and at least 21 days’ (with respect to any extraordinary general meeting) prior notice to our shareholders for a general meeting. Our annual general meeting must take place within the first eight months of our financial year and typically includes the following resolutions:

 

  (i) approving the annual financial statements, if required by law;

 

  (ii) distribution of profits from the preceding financial year;

 

  (iii) discharge of members of the management board and the supervisory board for their activities in the preceding financial year; and

 

  (iv) appointment of the auditor for the next financial year.

Pursuant to the articles of association, the supervisory board consists of a minimum of three and a maximum of ten members to be elected by the general meeting for a maximum period of five years. The members of the supervisory board must elect a chairman and one deputy chairman from among its members. The supervisory board must appoint at least two and a maximum of five members of the management board for a maximum term of five years. If the management board consists of more than a single member, the supervisory board has competence to decide whether each member of the management board is permitted to act singly on behalf of the company or jointly with other members of the management board. Currently, each member of the management board is empowered with independent signing authority.

Other Austrian Law Considerations

Austrian Stock Corporation Act

The following summary provides information on certain relevant provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act. The summary of relevant provisions under Austrian law set forth hereunder is for general information only. It does not purport to be a comprehensive and complete description of all the topics discussed below.

General Regulations on Earnings Appropriation and Dividend Payments

During the first five months of each financial year, the management board must prepare annual financial statements for the previous financial year, including the notes thereto and the management report. After the financial statements have been audited, the management board must present them, along with a proposal for the distribution of any net profit, to the supervisory board. The supervisory board must provide the management board with a statement on the annual financial statements within two months of their presentation. The supervisory board must also file a report to the general meeting. Pursuant to the Austrian Commercial Code and the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, we may only pay dividends out of distributable profits. Distributable profits are based on accumulated profits, as shown in our unconsolidated financial statements in accordance with the Austrian Commercial Code, after allocations have been made to reserves, including retained earnings. On the basis of the management board’s proposal and the supervisory board’s report, the general meeting resolves whether dividends will be paid for any financial year and the amount and timing of any such dividend payment. The general meeting, in its resolution, is bound to the annual financial statements as prepared by the management board and approved by the supervisory board. In case the supervisory board does not approve the annual financial statements as prepared by the management board or if the management board and the supervisory board so decide, the general meeting is competent for approving the annual financial statements. It is, however, not bound to the management board’s proposal for the distribution of the net profit. Pursuant to the articles of association, the general meeting may also resolve not to distribute all or parts of the net profit among the shareholders. Dividends that have not been collected by the shareholder within three years after becoming due are deemed forfeited and accrue to our free reserve.

 

154


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

In the case of our liquidation, any assets remaining after discharge of liabilities and repayment of supplementary capital will be distributed to the shareholders on a pro rata basis. Pursuant to statutory law, a vote of at least 75% of the share capital present or represented at the general meeting is required to pass a resolution regarding the liquidation of the company.

General Provisions Concerning Changes in Share Capital

Pursuant to the provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, an increase of our share capital is permitted in particular by way of a resolution of the general meeting:

 

    to issue new shares against contributions in cash or in kind adopted by the general meeting (ordinary capital increase ( ordentliche Kapitalerhöhung ) pursuant to Section 149 et seq. of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act);

 

    authorizing the management board, on the basis of the articles of association and subject to approval of the supervisory board, to issue new shares up to a specified amount not exceeding 50% of the issued share capital at the time of authorization within a specified period, which may not exceed five years (authorized capital ( genehmigtes Kapital ) pursuant to Section 169 et seq. of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act);

 

    authorizing the issuance of new shares up to a specified amount for specific purposes, such as granting stock options to employees, executives and members of the management board and the supervisory board or of an affiliated company not exceeding 10% of the issued share capital at the time of authorization, to prepare a merger, or in order to grant conversion rights or subscription rights to holders of convertible bonds not exceeding 50% of the issued share capital at the time of authorization (conditional capital ( bedingtes Kapital ) pursuant to Section 159 et seq. of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act);

 

    authorizing the management board, subject to the approval of the supervisory board, to effect a conditional capital increase in order to grant stock options to employees, executives and members of the management board up to a certain amount not exceeding 10% of the issued share capital at the time of authorization (authorized conditional capital ( genehmigtes bedingtes Kapital ) pursuant to Section 159 paragraph 3 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act); or

 

    authorizing the conversion of free reserves or profit carried forward into share capital (capital adjustment ( Kapitalberichtigung ) pursuant to the Austrian Capital Adjustment Act ( Kapitalberichtigungsgesetz ) (the “Capital Adjustment Act”)).

Resolutions of the general meeting regarding an ordinary increase of our share capital or regarding authorized or conditional capital or authorized conditional capital as well as the exclusion of subscription rights of existing shareholders require a vote of at least 75% of the share capital represented in the respective general meeting. We conducted a general meeting on                     , 2015 where a capital increase and an exclusion of subscription rights in connection with this offering was approved.

Except in the case of certain capital reductions effected by a repurchase of shares by the company, a resolution to decrease the share capital requires a majority of at least 75% of the share capital represented in the respective general meeting (Section 175 paragraph 1 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act).

General Provisions Concerning Subscription Rights

Pursuant to Section 153 paragraph 1 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, our existing shareholders are entitled to subscribe for and to be allocated such number of new shares to allow them to maintain their existing participation in our share capital. The subscription rights ( Bezugsrechte ) of existing shareholders are therefore

 

155


Table of Contents

proportionate to the number of shares held by them prior to the offering of new shares. Similarly, Section 174 paragraph 4 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act provides for subscription rights of our existing shareholders in relation to securities convertible into shares, securities with warrants to purchase shares, securities with profit participation or participation certificates to allow them to maintain their existing participation in our share capital. Shareholders may waive or choose not to exercise their subscription rights. Furthermore, subscription rights may fully or partially be excluded by resolution of the general meeting (Section 153 paragraph 3 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act). If subscription rights are to be excluded, a majority of at least 75% of the share capital present or represented at the general meeting must approve the respective resolution. In addition, the proposal to exclude subscription rights must be announced prior to the respective general meeting and must be based on a written report by the management board justifying such exclusion. A shareholders’ resolution in respect of authorized capital may either directly exclude subscription rights or authorize the management board to exclude subscription rights with a majority of 75% of the share capital present or represented at the respective general meeting. If the management board is authorized to exclude subscription rights, the management board’s resolution to exclude subscription rights requires approval by the supervisory board, as well as an additional reasoned statement justifying the exclusion. If shares are issued out of conditional capital, existing shareholders are not entitled to subscription rights. Subscription rights in connection with this offering were excluded at a general meeting on                     , 2015.

Existing shareholders are entitled to exercise their rights within a specified subscription period ( Bezugsfrist ), which must last for at least two weeks. When issuing new shares, the management board must publish a notice in the official gazette ( Amtsblatt zur Wiener Zeitung ) specifying the beginning and the duration of the subscription period, as well as the subscription price. Shareholders may transfer their subscription rights during the subscription period. If subscription rights are not exercised during the subscription period, they will be deemed forfeited. Subscription rights are not considered excluded if new shares are initially subscribed for by a credit institution which undertakes to offer the new shares to existing shareholders in proportion to their subscription rights (intermediate subscription right, mittelbares Bezugsrecht ).

Authorization to Purchase and Sell Treasury Shares

Pursuant to the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, a stock corporation may generally only purchase and sell its shares in the following limited circumstances:

 

    upon prior authorization by the general meeting, for a period not exceeding 30 months and limited to a total of 10% of the overall share capital, if the shares are listed on a regulated market, or if the shares are intended to be offered to the company’s employees, members of its management board or supervisory board or employees of certain affiliated companies; the resolution must determine a minimum and a maximum consideration, provided that the company keeps sufficient reserves;

 

    if the shares are acquired without payment of consideration or if the stock corporation is acting as agent on a commission basis;

 

    to prevent substantial, immediately threatening damage to the stock corporation (subject to the limitation of 10% of the overall share capital), provided the stock corporation keeps sufficient reserves;

 

    by way of a universal legal succession (e.g., succession by merger);

 

    for the purpose of indemnifying minority shareholders, if required by law, provided that the stock corporation keeps sufficient reserves;

 

    as part of a redemption of shares in accordance with the rules for capital decreases approved by the shareholders’ meeting; or

 

    if the stock corporation is a credit institution authorized by the shareholders’ meeting to purchase treasury shares for the purpose of trading in securities.

 

156


Table of Contents

Shareholder Rights

Voting rights and majority requirements

Each share entitles its holder to one vote at the shareholders’ meeting. There is no minimum attendance quorum at the shareholders’ meeting under Austrian corporation law. However, our articles of association require attendance or representation of at least 50% of the share capital. If this quorum is not reached, a second shareholders’ meeting will be convened. No attendance or representation quorum is required for such second shareholders’ meeting. Resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting are passed by a simple majority of the votes cast or, in matters which require a majority of the share capital, by a simple majority of the share capital present, unless the stock corporation law requires a higher majority.

Under the Austrian stock corporation law, the following measures require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the share capital present or represented at a shareholders’ meeting:

 

    change of the business objectives;

 

    increase of share capital with a simultaneous exclusion of subscription rights;

 

    creation of authorized capital or conditional capital;

 

    decrease of share capital;

 

    exclusion of subscription rights for convertible bonds, participating bonds and participation rights;

 

    dissolution of the company or continuation of the dissolved company;

 

    transformation of the company into a limited liability company ( Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung GmbH );

 

    approval of a merger or a spin-off (proportionate to shareholdings);

 

    transfer of all or a majority of the assets of the company;

 

    approval of profit pools or agreements on the operation of the business;

 

    post-formation acquisition ( Nachgründung );

 

    revocation of the appointment of supervisory board members; and

 

    sale of treasury shares other than by a stock exchange or a public offer.

Under Austrian law, approval by shareholders holding at least 90% of the share capital is required for an upstream merger, with certain exceptions, for a spin-off disproportionate to shareholdings or for a squeeze-out of minority shareholders.

A shareholder or a group of shareholders holding at least one-third of the share capital present or represented at the shareholders’ meeting can elect a person to the supervisory board provided that the same shareholders’ meeting has to elect at least three members of the supervisory board.

A shareholder or a group of shareholders holding at least 20% of the share capital may object to settlements or waivers of liability claims of the company against its founders or members of the management board or the supervisory board.

A shareholder or a group of shareholders holding at least 10% of the share capital may in particular:

 

    request special audits of activities with respect to the management of the company, if these activities took place within the previous two years;

 

    veto the appointment of a special auditor and request a court to appoint another special auditor;

 

    request an adjournment of the shareholders’ meeting if the annual financial statements are found to be incorrect by the shareholders who require such adjournment;

 

157


Table of Contents
    request a court to recall a member of the supervisory board for cause; and

 

    request the assertion of damage claims by the company against members of the management board or the supervisory board or certain other parties, if the claim is not obviously unfounded.

A shareholder or a group of shareholders holding at least 5% of the share capital may in particular:

 

    request that a shareholders’ meeting be convened or, if the management board and the supervisory board do not comply with such request to convene a shareholders’ meeting or, upon court approval, convene a shareholders’ meeting themselves;

 

    request that a topic be put on the agenda of the shareholders’ meeting and be made public;

 

    request the assertion of damage claims of the company against members of the management board or the supervisory board or certain other parties, if a special report reveals facts which may entitle the company to such damage claims;

 

    request court appointment of another auditor of the financial statements for cause;

 

    appeal a shareholders’ resolution, if such resolution provides for amortization, accumulated depreciation, reserves and accruals exceeding the limit set by law or the articles of association;

 

    apply for the appointment or removal of liquidators for cause; and

 

    apply for an audit of the annual financial statements during liquidation.

A shareholder or a group of shareholders holding at least 1% of the share capital in a listed company may communicate to the company propositions for resolutions with respect to each topic on the agenda of the shareholders’ meeting and request for these propositions to be made public on the internet site of the company.

Change or impairment of shareholders’ rights

The Stock Corporation Act contains provisions that protect the rights of individual shareholders. As a general rule, shareholders must be treated equally under equal circumstances, unless the concerned shareholders agree otherwise. Furthermore, measures affecting shareholders’ rights, such as capital increases and the exclusion of subscription rights, generally require a shareholders’ resolution.

The articles of association do not provide for more stringent conditions for the exercise of shareholders’ rights than those provided by the Stock Corporation Act. In addition, the articles of association do not allow changes to, or restriction on shareholders’ rights under less stringent conditions than those provided by the Stock Corporation Act.

Neither Austrian law nor the articles of association restrict the right of non-resident or foreign holders of the shares to hold or vote their shares.

Shareholders’ Meeting

The shareholders’ meeting is convened by the management board or the supervisory board. The shareholders’ meeting may take place at the corporate seat of the company in Vienna, Austria, at the seat of any branch office or subsidiary in Austria or in a capital of an Austrian province.

A company must publish an invitation notice of the shareholders’ meeting; the minimum period between the publication of the invitation notice and the day of the general shareholders’ meeting must be 28 days, or 21 days in case of an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting. Shareholders may appoint proxies to represent them at shareholders’ meetings.

 

158


Table of Contents

The general shareholders’ meeting must take place within the first eight months of each financial year.

Redemption or Conversion of Shares

A redemption of shares is possible in the course of a decrease of the stated share capital resolved by the shareholders’ meeting, or by the company’s purchase of its own shares. A capital decrease requires a shareholders’ resolution with a majority of at least 75% of the share capital present or represented at the shareholders’ meeting.

Pursuant to the Stock Corporation Act, the Company may acquire its own shares only under specific circumstances. See “—Authorization to Purchase and Sell Treasury Shares.” The shares may be converted into a different class of shares, such as non-voting preferred shares, but only with the consent of the respective holder or, in case of a conversion negatively affecting other shareholders whose shares are not converted, the consent of such shareholders.

Neither our articles of association nor the Stock Corporation Act contain an obligation of the shareholders to make further commitments, such as equity contributions, to the company.

Austrian Insolvency Act

The following summary provides information on certain relevant provisions of the Austrian Insolvency Act ( Insolvenzordnung ), or the AIA. The summary of relevant provisions under Austrian law set forth hereunder is for general information only. It does not purport to be a comprehensive and complete description of all the topics discussed below.

As we are incorporated under the laws of Austria, a rebuttable presumption exists that we also have our “center of main interests” in Austria. In the event of an insolvency of a company having its “center of main interests” in Austria, insolvency proceedings may be initiated in Austria. Such proceedings will be governed by Austrian law. Under certain circumstances, insolvency proceedings may also be opened in Austria in accordance with Austrian law with respect to the assets of companies that are not organized under Austrian law.

The following is a brief description of certain aspects of Austrian insolvency law. The law relating to insolvency is regulated by the AIA which entered into force on July 1, 2010.

Insolvency proceedings ( Insolvenzverfahren ) are opened by a court in the event that the debtor is insolvent ( zahlungsunfähig ) ( i.e.,  unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due) or over-indebted within the meaning of the AIA ( überschuldet ) ( i.e.,  its liabilities exceed the liquidation value of its assets in combination with a negative prognosis on its ability to continue as a going concern ( negative Fortbestehensprognose )). Under Austrian law, insolvency proceedings may be initiated either by the debtor or a creditor by filing an application to that effect with a court of competent jurisdiction. If insolvency proceedings are initiated upon a creditor’s request, such creditor will have to show that the debtor is insolvent or over-indebted. In the event that the debtor is at imminent risk of being unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due ( drohende Zahlungsunfähigkeit ), insolvency proceedings may be initiated only upon the debtor’s request.

If the debtor has submitted, together with its application requesting the opening of insolvency proceedings, an application for the commencement of restructuring proceedings ( Sanierungsverfahren ), the court may order the opening of either insolvency proceedings or restructuring proceedings. The legal provisions regulating restructuring proceedings do not apply to insolvency proceedings.

Depending on whether the debtor submits a restructuring plan (Sanierungsplan) together with the application for the opening of insolvency proceedings, the initiated proceedings may be in the form of restructuring proceedings ( Sanierungsverfahren ) or insolvency proceedings. If it is the debtor that has applied for the initiation of insolvency proceedings and has submitted to the court a restructuring plan ( Sanierungsplan ) that

 

159


Table of Contents

offers a recovery rate of at least 20% payable to the unsecured creditors over a maximum period of two years, any proceedings so initiated by the court will be in the form of restructuring proceedings. A debtor may also submit a restructuring plan in the course of insolvency proceedings that are already in progress whereupon such proceedings will continue as restructuring proceedings. For the debtor’s restructuring plan to be approved by the court it should meet certain criteria specified by law.

The purpose of a restructuring plan is to enable a debtor to be released from a portion of its debts (not to exceed 80% of the aggregate amount thereof) and to continue its business operations. A restructuring plan has to be approved by a “qualified majority” of the debtor’s unsecured creditors. A “qualified majority” refers to a majority of the debtor’s unsecured creditors present at the respective court hearing, provided that such majority represents more than 50% of the aggregate amount of all claims of the unsecured creditors being present at such hearing. Once the debtor has complied with the terms of a restructuring plan that was duly approved by the creditors and confirmed by the court, it will be released from its remaining outstanding unsecured debts. Unsecured creditors whose claims under the restructuring plan have not been satisfied in accordance with the plan’s terms may enforce their individual claims against the debtor, in which case the restructuring proceedings will be continued as insolvency proceedings.

If the restructuring proceedings have been initiated and the debtor has submitted a restructuring plan that offers a recovery rate of at least 30% to the unsecured creditors over a maximum two-year period after the approval of such restructuring plan, the debtor qualifies for self-administration ( Sanierungsverfahren mit Eigenverwaltung ).

Unless the debtor qualifies for self-administration, it is not allowed as of the date of the opening of the insolvency or the restructuring proceedings, as the case may be, to dispose of the assets belonging to the insolvency estate ( Insolvenzmasse ). The opening of insolvency proceedings takes effect on the day following the publication of the court’s order opening such proceedings in the official online database of Austrian insolvencies. After the opening of insolvency proceedings, transactions of the debtor with respect to assets belonging to the insolvency estate have no effect against the creditors of the insolvency estate.

With its decision to open the insolvency proceedings, the court will appoint an insolvency administrator ( Insolvenzverwalter ) and may, depending on the nature and the size of the debtor’s business (either ex officio or upon the request of the creditors’ meeting ( Gläubigerversammlung )), appoint a creditors’ committee ( Gläubigerausschuss ) charged with monitoring and assisting the insolvency administrator in the discharge of its duties. After the opening of insolvency proceedings (and unless the debtor qualifies for self-administration) only the insolvency administrator is entitled to act on behalf of the insolvency estate.

Under Austrian law, an insolvency administrator’s role is to continue the debtor’s business with a view to enabling a potential reorganization of the debtor’s business either by implementing the debtor’s restructuring plan or by a sale of the debtor’s business. If neither a restructuring plan nor a sale of the debtor’s business is possible, the insolvency administrator will discontinue the debtor’s business operations. As a result of the ensuing insolvency proceedings, the debtor’s assets will be liquidated and the proceeds realized thereby will be distributed to the debtor’s creditors, with the debtor remaining liable for any portion of its debts not satisfied by such proceeds.

If the debtor qualifies for self-administration, the court will proceed with the appointment of a restructuring administrator ( Sanierungsverwalter ) to monitor the activities of the debtor. In such case, certain transactions are either subject to the restructuring administrator’s approval or may be performed only by the restructuring administrator.

Unsecured creditors ( Insolvenzgläubiger ) wishing to assert their claims against the debtor need to participate in the insolvency proceedings and must file their claim with the competent court within the time period set out in the court order opening the insolvency proceedings. At the respective hearing (examination hearing ( Prüfungstagsatzung )), the insolvency administrator has to declare whether it acknowledges or contests

 

160


Table of Contents

each of the claims filed with the court. If the insolvency administrator acknowledges a creditor’s claim, such creditor will be entitled to participate in the insolvency proceedings and the pro rata distribution to unsecured creditors that will follow. If a creditor’s claim is contested by the insolvency administrator, the creditor will have to seek enforcement of its claim in civil proceedings and only then participate in the insolvency proceedings.

Claims of unsecured creditors which were created before the opening of the insolvency proceedings rank pari passu with each other. Certain claims which lawfully arose against the insolvency estate after the opening of the insolvency proceedings (privileged claims ( Masseforderungen )) enjoy priority in insolvency proceedings. Claims which are secured by collateral, such as a mortgage, a pledge over bank accounts or shares, an assignment of receivables for security purposes or a security transfer of moveable assets (preferential claims ( Absonderungsrechte )), are entitled to preferential payment in the distribution of the proceeds resulting from the realization of the charged asset. Creditors who have a right to preferential treatment may participate in the pro rata distribution to the unsecured creditors only to the extent that the proceeds from the realization of the assets charged to them did not cover their claims or if they have waived their right to preferential treatment. Secured creditors do not have a voting right with respect to the approval of the restructuring plan to the extent their claim is covered by security. Claims relating to the payment of taxes, social security contributions and employee compensation are not, as such, privileged or preferential claims under Austrian law.

The costs of the insolvency proceedings and certain liabilities accrued during such proceedings constitute privileged claims ( Masseforderungen ) and rank senior to all other unsecured claims ( Insolvenzforderungen ). Claims of creditors with a right of segregation of assets ( Aussonderungsberechtigte ), such as creditors with a retention of title or trustors, remain unaffected by the opening of insolvency proceedings.

Once insolvency proceedings have been opened, it is no longer possible to obtain an execution lien with respect to assets belonging to the insolvency estate. All execution proceedings against the debtor are subject to an automatic stay ( Vollstreckungssperre ). Execution liens obtained within the last 60 days prior to the opening of insolvency proceedings expire upon the opening of such insolvency proceedings unless the insolvency proceedings are terminated due to lack of funds to cover the cost of such proceedings.

Under the voidance rules of the AIA, an insolvency administrator may, by action of voidance or by defense of voidance, under certain circumstances as set forth in the AIA, challenge any transaction, which includes, without limitation, the granting of security and the guaranteeing, assuming and/or paying of debt.

Exchange Controls

There are currently no legal restrictions in Austria on international capital movements and foreign-exchange transactions, except in limited embargo circumstances ( Teilembargo ) relating to certain areas, entities or persons as a result of applicable resolutions adopted by the United Nations and the European Union. Restrictions currently exist with respect to, among others, Afghanistan, Belarus, Burma/Myanmar, Central African Republic, Congo, Egypt, Eritrea, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Iraq, Ivory Coast, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, North Korea, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, and Zimbabwe.

For statistical purposes, there are, however, limited notification requirements regarding transactions involving cross-border monetary transfers. With some exceptions, every corporation or individual residing in Austria must report to the Austrian National Bank ( Österreichische Nationalbank ) any active or passive cross-border direct investment transaction exceeding €500,000 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency), provided that special rules apply for securities held in custody by or through Austrian custodians.

 

161


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Law

The applicable provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and Austrian law.

 

    

Austria

  

Delaware

Board System

  

Under Austrian law, a stock corporation has a two-tiered board structure composed of the management board ( Vorstand ) and the supervisory board ( Aufsichtsrat ).

 

The management board is responsible for running the company’s affairs and representing the company in dealings with third parties. The members of the management board are appointed by the company’s supervisory board for a definite term, and their appointment can only be revoked under certain circumstances.

 

The supervisory board is elected by the company’s shareholders and has a strategic and monitoring role. The supervisory board does not actively manage the company but grants prior approval before the management board takes certain actions.

  

Under Delaware law, a corporation has a unitary board structure and it is the responsibility of the board of directors to appoint and oversee the management of the corporation on behalf of and in the best interests of the shareholders of the corporation.

 

Management is responsible for running the corporation and overseeing its day-to-day operations.

 

Number of Directors

  

Under Austrian law, a stock corporation must have at least one member on its management board and the number of member shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the company’s articles of association.

 

A stock corporation must have at least three but no more than 20 supervisory board members, who are elected or delegated by the company’s shareholders. The articles of association of the company must specify if the supervisory board will have more than three members. If the company has a works council, a body which represents the company’s employees, then the company’s works council is entitled to nominate one member to the supervisory board for every two supervisory board members elected or delegated by the company’s

   Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws.

 

162


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

   shareholders. Consequently, supervisory boards are often split such that two-thirds of supervisory board members are representatives of the shareholders, while one-third are representatives of the works council.   

Removal of Directors

  

The management board of an Austrian stock corporation is appointed by the supervisory board for a maximum period of five years with an opportunity to be re-elected. The supervisory board may remove a member of the management board prior to the expiration of his or her term only for a significant cause, such as gross negligence ( grobe Fahrlässigkeit ) in carrying out their duties, the inability to manage the business properly or a vote of no-confidence during the shareholders’ meeting ( Vertrauensentzug ). The shareholders themselves are not entitled to appoint or dismiss the members of the management board.

 

Supervisory board members may be removed by a resolution of three-

quarters of the shareholders unless otherwise provided by the company’s articles of association. The company’s first supervisory board, however, may be removed by a simple majority of votes cast. Supervisory board members who are delegated by a shareholder or the works council by a special right of such shareholder or works council may be revoked and the resulting vacancy filled only at the sole discretion of such shareholder or works council.

  

Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (a) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board of directors is classified, shareholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (b) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board of directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.

 

 

Vacancies on the Board of Directors    Under Austrian law, vacant positions on the management board are filled by the supervisory board in accordance with the general rules of appointment, which provide that vacancies are filled by (i) the simple majority of supervisory board votes cast and (ii) in any case also the majority of votes of members who represent the shareholders (in order to protect shareholders against excessive    Under Delaware law, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director unless (a) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation or (b) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect

 

163


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

   influence of employee representatives on the supervisory board). In case of emergencies, a vacant position on the management board may be temporarily filled by a supervisory    such director, in which case a majority of the other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.
  

board member or by an individual appointed by the court.

 

If the number of supervisory board members representing the shareholders falls below three, the statutory minimum required, the company’s management board is required to convene an extraordinary general meeting, during which the vacant positions of the supervisory board will be filled. If the vacancy persists for longer than three months, the court shall appoint the necessary number of supervisory board members.

 

Supervisory board members, who are delegated by a shareholder (special right of such stockholder) may be revoked and the resulting vacancy filled again at the sole discretion of such shareholder.

 

The same applies— mutatis mutandis —to supervisory board members, who are delegated by the works council.

  

Annual General Meeting

   Under Austrian law, a stock corporation must hold an annual general meeting within eight months of the end of its fiscal year. The annual general meeting must be held in Austria at a location determined by the articles of association. If the articles of association do not provide for a specific location, the general meeting shall be held at the company’s seat or, if applicable, at the venue where its shares are listed.    Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

General Meeting

   Under Austrian law, extraordinary general meetings, in addition to the annual general meeting, may be convened by either the management board or the supervisory board if it is in the best interest of the company. Shareholders holding at least 5% of the    Under Delaware law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

 

164


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

   company’s share capital are entitled to request that the management board convene an extraordinary general meeting, and may also address their   
   request to the court, which then may authorize the requesting minority shareholders to convene a special meeting by themselves.   

Notice of General Meetings

  

Under Austrian law, unless a longer period is otherwise provided for in the articles of association, the shareholders must be given advance notice of at least 28 days, with respect to the annual general meeting, and 21 days with respect to extraordinary general meetings. Such notices must specify the location, date, hour, and purpose or purposes of the meeting,

including the respective items on the agenda.

 

The management board and the supervisory board are furthermore required to prepare proposals for each item on the agenda. Such proposals must be provided to the shareholders at least 21 days before the general meeting.

 

The shareholders of a non-listed company may in all cases consent to a shorter notice period or waive all formality requirements with respect to the convention of a general meeting, if all shareholders entitled to attend so consent.

   Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour, and purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Proxy

  

Under Austrian law, a shareholder may designate another person to attend, speak and vote at a general meeting of the company on their behalf by proxy.

 

A management board member may issue a proxy to another management board member representing the member’s voting rights as a management board member.

 

Except for the chairman of the supervisory board, who may not issue a proxy, a supervisory board member may only issue a proxy to another

   Under Delaware law, at any meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may designate another person to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director’s voting rights as a director.

 

165


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

   supervisory board member representing the member’s voting rights as a supervisory board member only if so allowed by the company’s articles of association.   

Pre-emptive Rights

   Under Austrian law, existing shareholders have a statutory pre-emptive subscription right for any additional issue of shares or any security convertible into shares pro rata to the nominal value of their respective holdings in the company, unless (i) shareholders representing three-quarters of the registered share capital present at the general meeting have resolved upon the whole or partial exclusion of the pre-emptive subscription right and (ii) there exists good and objective cause for such exclusion. No separate resolution on the exclusion of subscription rights is required if all shareholders waive their statutory pre-emptive subscription right.    Under Delaware law, stockholders have no pre-emptive rights to subscribe to additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and except to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.

Authority to Allot

   Under Austrian law, the management board may not allot shares, grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares unless a shareholder resolution to that effect has been passed at the company’s general meeting, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act.    Under Delaware law, if the corporation’s charter or certificate of incorporation so provides, the board of directors has the power to authorize the issuance of stock. It may authorize capital stock to be issued for consideration consisting of cash, any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the corporation or any combination thereof. It may determine the amount of such consideration by approving a formula. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the directors as to the value of such consideration is conclusive.

 

166


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

Liability of Directors and Officers   

Under Austrian law, any provision, whether contained in the company’s articles of association or any contract or otherwise, that purports to exempt a management or supervisory board member from any liability that would otherwise attach to such board member in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company is void.

 

Under Austrian law, members of both the management board and members of the supervisory board are liable to the company, and in certain cases to third parties or shareholders, for any damage caused to them due to a breach of such member’s duty of care. Apart from insolvency or special circumstances, only the Austrian stock corporation has the right to claim damages from members of either board.

 

The company may waive claims for damages against a negligent management or supervisory board member only after five years after the date such claim arose. However, Austrian courts acknowledge a waiver of claims for damages earlier if all shareholders consent to such waiver.

  

Under Delaware law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:

 

•    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

•    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•    intentional or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or

 

•    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

     

Voting Rights

   Under Austrian law, each company share, except statutory preferred shares, entitles its holder to one vote at the general meeting. While Austrian law does not provide for a minimum attendance quorum for general meetings, the company’s articles of association may so provide. In general, resolutions adopted at a general meeting of shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast, unless a higher majority is required by law.    Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.
Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions   

Majority approval by holders of at least 90% of the share capital is required for certain types of reorganizations, in particular:

 

•    dissolution without liquidation and transfer of assets and

   Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote of a larger portion of the stock, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or

 

167


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

  

liabilities by way of universal legal succession to the 90%-shareholder ( verschmelzende Umwandlung );

 

•    demerger whereby the distribution of new shares to shareholders of the demerging company is disproportional ( nicht-verhältniswahrende Spaltung ); and

 

•    squeeze-out of minority shareholders by a shareholders’ resolution ( Gesellschafterausschluss ).

  

exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation’s assets or dissolution requires:

 

•    the approval of the board of directors; and

 

•    approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.

 

 

  

Unless otherwise provided for in the company’s articles of association, an affirmative vote of holders of at least three-quarters of the share capital is required for:

 

•    an amendment to the company’s articles of association;

 

•    the issuance of convertible bonds and similar hybrid instruments;

 

•    an ordinary increase in the stated share capital; and

 

•    the removal of members of the supervisory board.

 

Unless higher voting requirements are provided for in the company’s articles of association, an affirmative vote of holders of at least three-quarters of the votes cast is required for

 

•    amendment of the object of the business of the company;

 

•    post-formation acquisition ( Nachgründung );

 

•    transfer of substantially all assets of the company or similar situations;

  
  

•    certain capital reorganizations, such as conditional capital increases, authorization of additional capital, and reduction in the capital stock;

 

  

 

168


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

  

•    dissolution of the company and continuation of the dissolved company;

 

•    transformation into a limited liability company;

 

•    certain types of reorganizations such as mergers and demergers; and

 

•    exclusion of shareholders’ subscription rights in case of the issuance of new shares.

  

Standard of Conduct for Directors

  

Under Austrian law, both management and supervisory board members must conduct their affairs with “the care and diligence of a prudent manager” and act in the best interests of the company, which includes the interests of the employees and shareholders. The scope of the fiduciary duties of management and supervisory board members is generally determined by the Austrian courts.

 

Statutory and fiduciary duties of members of the management board to the company include, among others:

 

•    to act in accordance with the law and the company’s articles of association and to exercise their powers only for the purposes for which they are conferred;

 

•    to report to the supervisory board on a regular basis as well as on certain important occasions;

 

•    to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence;

 

•    to maintain a proper accounting system;

 

•    to not compete, directly or indirectly, with the company without permission by the supervisory board; and

 

•    to not effect transactions for the purpose of deriving an improper personal benefit.

 

Members of the supervisory board owe substantially the same statutory

  

Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the stockholders.

 

Directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its shareholders. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. In general, but subject to certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the

 

169


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

  

and fiduciary duties to the company as members of the management board, including:

 

•    to effectively supervise the company’s affairs and the management board;

 

•    to evaluate and issue a resolution on certain transactions which can only be conducted by the management board after approval of the supervisory board;

 

•    to approve the company’s financial statements; and

  

fiduciary duties. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action designed to defeat a threatened change in control of the corporation.

 

In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the shareholders.

  

 

•    to represent the company in transactions between the company and members of the management board.

  

Stockholder Suits

  

Under Austrian law, generally, the company, rather than its shareholders, is the proper claimant in an action with respect to a wrong committed against the company or in cases where there is an irregularity in the company’s internal management or supervision. Therefore, such claims may only be raised by the company represented by its management board, or, in the case of a wrong committed by a member of the management board, by the supervisory board.

 

The management board, or, if a claim is against a member of the management board, the supervisory board, is obliged to pursue the company’s claims against the designated individuals if so resolved by a simple majority of votes cast during a shareholders meeting. A vote by holders of 10% of the share capital of the company may request the court to appoint a representative to pursue the claim on behalf of the company.

 

If the company is unable to fulfil its third party obligations, the company’s

  

Under Delaware law, a stockholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:

 

•    state that the plaintiff was a stockholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiffs shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and

 

•    allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the directors and the reasons for the plaintiff’s failure to obtain the action; or

 

•    state the reasons for not making the effort.

 

Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a stockholder through the duration of the derivative suit. The action will not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery.

 

170


Table of Contents
    

Austria

  

Delaware

  

creditors may pursue the company’s damage claims against members of the management board for certain wrongdoings.

 

For certain wrongdoings of members of the management board and subject to the company not being able to fulfil its obligations vis-a-vis third parties, the company’s creditors may pursue the company’s damage claims against members of the management board themselves.

 

In general, shareholders cannot bring forward damage claims against the company or its management or supervisory board since under Austrian law, they only suffer an indirect damage, as the decrease of their share value is merely a reflection of the decrease of the value of the company (which is the primarily damaged party) as a result of wrongdoings to the company. Only if the damage of a shareholder is the result of a breach of certain laws, which specifically aim at the protection of shareholders ( Schutzgesetz ), such claims may be pursued by the shareholder himself (e.g. wilful misrepresentation of financial numbers in reports or to the auditor by a member of the management board).

  
     

 

171


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver the American Depositary Shares in this offering, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent              common shares (or a right to receive              common shares) deposited with The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian for the depositary in             . Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property that may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, also called DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, also referred to as an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Austrian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR. Directions on how to obtain copies of those documents are provided in “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in this prospectus.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent.

Cash . The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation” in this prospectus. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution .

 

172


Table of Contents

Shares . The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional shares . If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them . The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

Other Distributions . The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you .

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal at the depositary’s office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

 

173


Table of Contents

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they much reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of England and Wales and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not tell the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting far enough in advance to withdraw the shares . In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested .

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS
holders must pay:
For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per ADS Any cash distribution to ADS holders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
$.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

 

174


Table of Contents
Expenses of the depositary

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your American Depositary Shares to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do so by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited

 

175


Table of Contents

securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender or of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended .

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may terminate the deposit agreement if:

 

    60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

 

    we delist our shares from an exchange on which they were listed and do not list the shares on another exchange;

 

    we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;

 

    all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

 

    there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

 

    there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may

 

176


Table of Contents

refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

    are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

    are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our or its control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

    have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

 

    are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and

 

    may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

    payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

    satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

    compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

    when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

 

177


Table of Contents
    when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

    when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of ADSs

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADSs to be deposited; (2) the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. The depositary will normally limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release to no more than 30% of the total ADSs outstanding. However, the depositary may disregard that limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. For example, a large cancellation of ADSs at a time when pre-releases are outstanding could cause the percentage of pre-released ADSs to temporarily exceed 30%. Although it is possible that this 30% limit may be exceeded from time to time, it is neither typical nor the intention of the ADS program for such limit to be significantly exceeded for an extended period of time.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a feature of DRSs that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder communications; inspection of register of holders of ADSs

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

 

178


Table of Contents

SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, ADSs will be outstanding representing approximately     % of our common shares outstanding. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs or our common shares, and a regular trading market in the ADSs may not develop.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, any person who is not our affiliate and has held their common shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell those common shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and has held their common shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of common shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of common shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of our common shares then outstanding, which is expected to equal approximately              common shares immediately after this offering; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common shares in the form of ADSs on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to any lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases common shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that common shares owned by any person may be sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is effected in an offshore transaction and no directed selling efforts are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our common shares may be sold in some other manner outside the United States without requiring registration in the United States.

 

179


Table of Contents

Lock-up Arrangements

For a description of the lock-up arrangements that we, the members of our management and supervisory boards and substantially all of our shareholders have entered into in connection with this offering, see the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, upon the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of              common shares will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Stock Options and Form S-8 Registration Statement

Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the common shares subject to outstanding options issuable pursuant to our Stock Option Plan 2015, Stock Option Plan 2007 and Founders Program 2007. See “Management—Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements” for additional information regarding our equity compensation. Accordingly, the common shares registered under the registration statements, will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

 

180


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Taxation in Austria

The information given below does not purport to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a prospective holder of ADSs or our common shares. All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this discussion, unless otherwise noted, are the opinions of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP and are based on the accuracy of representations made by us. Prospective holders of ADSs are advised to consult their tax counsel with respect to the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and/or disposing of ADSs.

This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Austrian tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of ADSs or our common shares. It does not purport to describe all potential tax aspects that may be relevant to a prospective holder of ADSs or our common shares and does not deal with specific situations which may be of relevance for certain potential shareholders. Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Austrian concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Austrian concepts under Austrian tax law.

General Remarks

Individuals having a permanent domicile ( Wohnsitz ) and/or their habitual abode ( gewöhnlicher Aufenthalt ) in Austria are subject to income tax ( Einkommensteuer ) in Austria on their worldwide income ( unlimited income tax liability ; unbeschränkte Einkommensteuerpflicht ). Individuals having neither a permanent domicile nor their habitual abode in Austria are subject to income tax only on income from certain Austrian sources (limited income tax liability; beschränkte Einkommensteuerpflicht ).

Corporations having their place of effective management ( Ort der Geschäftsleitung ) and/or their legal seat ( Sitz ) in Austria are subject to corporate income tax ( Körperschaftsteuer ) in Austria on their worldwide income (unlimited corporate income tax liability; unbeschränkte Körperschaftsteuerpflicht ). Corporations having neither their place of effective management nor their legal seat in Austria are subject to corporate income tax only on income from certain Austrian sources (limited corporate income tax liability; beschränkte Körperschaftsteuerpflicht ).

Both in case of unlimited and limited (corporate) income tax liability, Austria’s right to tax may be restricted by double taxation treaties.

Except for Austrian withholding taxes which have to be withheld at source, the responsibility for adherence to obligations under applicable tax legislation is always the responsibility of the relevant holder of our common shares.

American Depositary Receipts

For Austrian tax purposes, a holder of ADSs who is entitled to claim the full number of shares represented by the ADSs held at any time and who may freely dispose of and exercise the shareholder rights, in particular voting rights, inherent to our common shares (or instruct the depositary acting as an agent for the holder in light of the ADSs to do so) is in general considered to be the economic owner of common shares represented by such ADSs. As a result, dividend income resulting from our common shares should be attributable to the holder of the ADSs for Austrian tax purposes. As a consequence, any distribution received by an Austrian resident or non-resident ADS holder with respect to our common shares will therefore be taxable in Austria as a dividend under the principles set out for common shares below. Capital gains realized upon the disposal of the ADSs will equally be subject to tax in Austria as outlined below with respect to capital gains realized through the sale of common shares.

 

181


Table of Contents

Income Taxation of Shareholders Tax Resident in Austria (Residents)

Taxation of Dividends

Dividends distributed by an Austrian corporation are generally subject to a withholding tax ( Kapitalertragsteuer ), levied at a rate of currently 25%. This tax is withheld by the company paying the dividend or the bank paying out the dividend on the company’s behalf. The shareholder is entitled to receive a certificate showing the gross dividend, the amount of tax withheld, the date of payment and the period in respect of which the dividend is payable, and also the tax office to which the tax withheld was remitted.

For Austrian resident individual shareholders ( unbeschränkt steuerpflichtige natürliche Person ) of the common shares who are subject to unlimited income tax liability, this 25% withholding tax fully discharges any further income tax liability on such dividend income (final taxation— Endbesteuerung ), which means that no further income tax is due and the dividends do not have to be included in the shareholder’s income tax return. This applies irrespective of whether the common shares are held as non-business assets ( Privatvermögen ) or as business assets ( Betriebsvermögen ) of a resident individual shareholder. If the applicable income tax rate of an individual shareholder is less than 25%, the individual shareholder may opt to include the dividends (together with any other income subject to the special 25% tax rate) in his regular annual tax assessment. In this case, the dividends are taxed at the regular progressive income tax rate applicable on the shareholder’s total income and any Austrian withholding tax on such dividend income will be credited against the shareholder’s personal income tax liability or, if higher, refunded. Expenses incurred by the holder in connection with the common shares (including interest expenses for third party financing for the acquisition of the shares) may not be deducted for income tax purposes.

For Austrian resident corporations ( unbeschränkt steuerpflichtige Körperschaften ), dividend income is exempt from corporate income tax and the Austrian dividend withholding tax is credited against the corporate income tax liability of the shareholder or refunded. No withholding tax has to be deducted by the distributing company if the Austrian resident corporate shareholder directly or indirectly (eg via a partnership) holds at least 10% of the share capital of the distributing company. Expenses in connection with tax exempt dividend income are generally not deductible. As an exception to this general rule, interest accrued for financing raised for the acquisition of the shares may—under certain restrictions—be deductible provided that the shares qualify as business assets of the recipient and were acquired from an independent third party (i.e. no acquisition from group companies).

Private foundations ( Privatstiftungen ) pursuant to the Austrian Private Foundations Act ( Privatstiftungsgesetz Federal Law Gazette No. 694/1993 “Austrian Private Foundations Act”) fulfilling the prerequisites contained in sec. 13(3) and (6) of the Austrian Corporate Income Tax Act ( Körperschaftsteuergesetz ) are subject to special provisions that exempt dividends distributed by Austrian entities from corporate income tax. Austrian withholding tax is credited against the Austrian corporate income tax assessed; excess amounts may be reclaimed. Under the conditions set forth in sec 94(12) of the Austrian Income Tax Act ( Einkommensteuergesetz ) withholding tax is not levied.

Dividend distribution have to be distinguished from a repayment of equity pursuant to sec. 4(12) of the Austrian Income Tax Act. A repayment of equity leads to a reduction of the tax basis of the shares. In case the repayment exceeds the acquisition costs/tax basis of the shares, a capital gain will be deemed realized (see as to the taxation of capital gains below)

Taxation of Capital Gains

Capital gains, i.e. the difference between the sale proceeds or the redemption amount of the common shares and their acquisition costs, are generally subject to Austrian (corporate) income tax. For shares held as non-business assets, the acquisition costs do not include ancillary acquisition cost ( Anschaffungsnebenkosten ).

 

182


Table of Contents

For holders of common shares who are subject to unlimited income tax liability, holding the common shares as non-business assets, capital gains realized upon a sale are subject to Austrian income tax. In the case of capital gains with nexus relevant for Austrian withholding tax purposes, basically income that is paid by an Austrian custodian agent ( depotführende Stelle ) or, without an Austrian custodian agent by an Austrian paying agent ( auszahlende Stelle ), provided the non-Austrian custodian agent is a non-Austrian branch or group company of such paying agent and the Austrian paying agent executes the transaction in cooperation with the non-Austrian custodian agent and processes the payment, a final withholding tax of 25% is levied, i.e. no further income tax is due. An Austrian custodian or paying agent within the present context may be a credit institution within the meaning of sec 1 of the Austrian Banking Act ( Bankwesengesetz ), an Austrian branch of a non-Austrian credit institution from another Member State within the meaning of sec. 9 of the Austrian Banking Act or an Austrian branch of certain investment services providers. In the case of income from capital gains without a nexus relevant for Austrian withholding tax purposes (ie in the absence of an Austrian custodian or paying agent), the income must be included in the shareholder’s income tax return and is subject to a flat income tax rate of 25%. In both cases, the individual shareholder has the option to include the capital gains in his regular annual tax return and apply for taxation at the progressive income tax rate on the shareholder’s total income in which case the Austrian withholding tax will be credited against the shareholder’s personal income tax liability or, if higher, refunded. A deduction of expenses that are directly economically connected to income that is subject to the (special) 25% tax rate is generally not allowed. Subject to certain restrictions, losses realized by individual shareholders upon the disposal of common shares may be offset within investment income subject to 25% Austrian withholding tax (including dividends from our common shares but neither with interest income from savings accounts or other debt claims against credit institutions nor with distributions effected by private foundations). For such set-off of losses the shareholder generally has to opt for assessment to income tax (in particular as regards securities deposited with different banks): In case of an Austrian depository, the set-off of losses has to be effected by the Austrian custodian agent taking into account all of a taxpayer’s accounts with this custodian agent. Losses from the sale of shares held as non-business assets may not be carried forward to subsequent years.

For holders of common shares who are subject to unlimited income tax liability, holding the common shares as business assets, capital gains realized upon a sale (including inter alia a redemption or withdrawal of the common shares from the business) are subject to Austrian income tax. In the case of capital gains with an Austrian nexus relevant for Austrian withholding tax purposes (as described above), such income is subject to a withholding tax of 25%. In this case, the Austrian withholding tax does not discharge of Austrian income tax liability but may be credited against the income tax liability assessed. The capital gains must always be included in the income tax return (even if Austrian withholding tax is triggered), but are nevertheless taxed at a flat income tax rate of 25%, with any withholding tax being credited. In addition, the option exists to include income subject to the tax rate of 25% in the annual tax return at the progressive income tax rate, i.e. if a lower than 25% progressive income tax rate applies. Losses realized upon the disposal of common shares may preferentially be offset with other capital gains of the same business (or appreciations in value of such assets), only half of any residual loss may be offset with other types of income (and carried forward).

For holders of our common shares who are subject to unlimited corporate income tax liability, capital gains realized upon the sale of the common shares are taxed at the normal corporate income tax rate of 25%. A corporation may file an exemption declaration in order to avoid that Austrian withholding tax is levied. On the level of an Austrian resident corporate shareholder the restrictions on the offset of losses outlined above do in general not apply. However, sec 12(3) of the Austrian Corporate Income Tax Act provides for certain restrictions with respect to the tax deductibility of impairment losses as well as losses from the sale or other disposal of participations in the meaning of sec. 10 of the Austrian Corporate Income Tax Act.

Private foundations pursuant to the Austrian Private Foundations Act fulfilling the prerequisites contained in sections 13(3) and (6) of the Austrian Corporate Income Tax Act and holding the common shares as a non-business asset are subject to interim taxation at a rate of 25% on income from realized increases in value of the common shares. Interim tax does not become due insofar as distributions subject to withholding tax are made to beneficiaries in the same tax period. Reference is made to the possibility to achieve a tax deferral upon

 

183


Table of Contents

transferring hidden reserves realized upon the sale of shares by way of a qualified replacement acquisition pursuant to sec. 13(4) of the Austrian Corporate Income Tax Act. In the case of capital gains with nexus relevant for Austrian withholding tax purposes (as described above), the income is, in general, subject to a withholding tax of 25%, which can be credited against the tax due. Under the conditions set forth in section 94(12) of the Austrian Income Tax Act, no withholding tax is levied.

Circumstances leading to a loss of Austria’s taxation right regarding the common shares vis-à-vis other countries, eg a relocation from Austria ( Wegzug ) are in general deemed to constitute a sale and may trigger an exit taxation. In case of a relocation to another EU Member State or specific EEA states, a tax deferral may apply. In addition, the withdrawal of shares from a bank deposit ( Depotentnahme ) may equally constitute a sale and may give rise to the taxation of the difference between the acquisition cost and the fair market value of the shares at the time of withdrawal unless certain notification obligations are complied with.

Income Taxation of Shareholders Tax Resident Outside of Austria (Non-Residents)

Taxation of Dividends

For non-resident individual or corporate holders of our common shares, dividends distributed by an Austrian corporation are, in principle, subject to 25% withholding tax.

Double taxation treaties may, however, provide for a reduction of the Austrian taxation right for dividends distributed by an Austrian entity to a non-Austrian resident shareholder. Austria has entered into tax treaties with more than 90 countries. Most of the Austrian tax treaties in principle follow the OECD Model Tax Convention and provide for a reduction of Austrian dividend withholding tax to 15% in case of portfolio dividends and for a further reduction in case of qualified participations. For example, the tax treaty with the United States as currently in place provides for a reduction of Austrian withholding tax to 15% or, in case of a direct ownership of at least 10% of the voting stock by a company (other than a partnership) to 5%.

A non-resident shareholder who is entitled to a reduced rate under an applicable tax treaty may apply for refund of the difference between the 25% withholding tax and the lower rate provided for by the tax treaty in the course of a refund procedure. In order to obtain such refund, an eligible non-resident shareholder will generally have to provide a certificate of residence issued by the tax authorities of its country of residence. Claims for refund of the Austrian withholding tax may be filed using the forms ZS-RD 1 and ZS RD 1A (German) or ZS-RE 1 and ZS RA 1A (English). Tax treaty relief from Austrian withholding tax may also be granted by the distributing company already at source provided that the requirements of the Austrian relief at source rules under an ordinance of the Austrian Ministry of Finance ( DBA-Entlastungsverordnung ) are met. However, an Austrian corporation is under no obligation to grant tax treaty relief at source, and it is common practice that listed companies do not grant such relief at source. Further, a relief at source is not possible under the mentioned ordinance of the Austrian Ministry of Finance if the dividends are paid by a bank acting as custodian of the shares for the shareholder.

Dividends paid to a company qualifying under Council Directive 2011/96/EU dated 30 November 2011 (EC Parent-Subsidiary Directive) are exempt from withholding tax if the EU company has held directly at least 10% of the share capital for an uninterrupted period of at least one year and meets certain additional criteria. Dividends which are attributable to an Austrian permanent establishment ( Betriebsstätte ) of a company resident in an EU or EEA member state are exempt from corporate income tax, and the 25% withholding tax is credited against the Austrian corporate income tax liability of the EU or EEA company or refunded to it.

In addition, corporate shareholders resident in (i) an EU member state or (ii) a EEA member state with which Austria has entered into an agreement on comprehensive mutual assistance in tax administration and tax enforcement (currently Norway and Liechtenstein) are entitled to a refund of the Austrian dividend withholding tax that would otherwise be due under the applicable tax treaty if and to the extent the shareholder provides evidence that in its country of residence no (full) tax credit for such withholding tax was possible pursuant to the

 

184


Table of Contents

applicable tax treaty. A refund of the remaining Austrian withholding tax that exceeds the tax rate provided for by the applicable tax treaty can be obtained from the competent Austrian tax office Bruck Eisenstadt Oberwart upon application.

Taxation of Capital Gains

For non-resident individuals and corporations, capital gains on the sale of shares are taxable in Austria if (i) the shares are attributable to an Austrian permanent establishment or (ii) the selling shareholder has held a qualified shareholding (i.e. if he held at one point in time during the last five years preceding the sale at least 1% of the Austrian corporation’s capital). Capital gains are generally subject to 25% withholding tax in Austria in case of a nexus relevant for Austrian withholding tax purposes (as outlined above). However, pursuant to § 94 (13) of the Austrian Income Tax Act, such capital gains realized by non-residents shareholders are exempt from Austrian withholding tax.

In this respect, it is to note that most of Austria’s tax treaties follow the OECD Model Tax Convention and attribute the right of taxation on capital gains to the state of residence (unless the shares are attributable to an Austrian permanent establishment) and provide for (full) exemption from taxation in Austria. Consequently, the capital gains are not taxable in Austria.

Tax Cooperation Agreements Austria/Switzerland and Austria/Liechtenstein

On 1 January 2013, the Treaty between the Republic of Austria and the Swiss Confederation on Cooperation in the Areas of Taxation and Capital Markets entered into force. A similar treaty between the Republic of Austria and the Principality of Liechtenstein is in force since 1 January 2014. These treaties provide that a Swiss, or as the case may be Liechtenstein, paying agent has to withhold a tax amounting to 25%, on, inter alia, dividends and capital gains from assets booked with an account or deposit of such Swiss, or as the case may be Liechtenstein, paying agent if the relevant holder of such assets (i.e., generally individuals on their own behalf and as beneficial owners of assets held by a domiciliary company ( Sitzgesellschaft )) is tax resident in Austria. The same applies to such income from assets managed by a Liechtenstein paying agent if the relevant holder of these assets (ie in general individuals as beneficial owners of a transparent structure) is tax resident in Austria. For Austrian income tax purposes, the withholding tax has the effect of final taxation regarding the underlying income if the Austrian Income Tax Act provides for the effect of final taxation for such income. The taxpayer can opt for voluntary disclosure instead of the withholding tax by expressly authorizing the Swiss, or as the case may be Liechtenstein, paying agent to disclose to the competent Austrian authority such income which subsequently has to be included in the income tax return.

Inheritance and Gift Tax

Austria does not levy inheritance or gift tax.

However, it should be noted that certain gratuitous transfers of assets to (Austrian or foreign) private law foundations and comparable legal estates ( privatrechtliche Stiftungen und damit vergleichbare Vermögensmassen ) are subject to a foundation entry tax ( Stiftungseingangssteuer ) pursuant to the Austrian Foundation Entry Tax Act ( Stiftungseingangssteuergesetz ). Such tax is triggered if the transferor and/or the transferee at the time of transfer have a domicile, their habitual abode, their legal seat or their place of effective management in Austria. Certain exemptions apply in the event of a transfer mortis causa of financial assets within the meaning of sections 27(3) and (4) of the Austrian Income Tax Act (except for participations in corporations) if income from such financial assets is subject to the special tax rate of 25%. The tax basis is the fair market value of the assets transferred minus any debts, calculated at the time of transfer. In general a tax rate of 2.5% applies, in certain cases, however, a tax rate of 25% applies. Since 1 January 2014, special provisions apply to transfers of assets to non-transparent foundations and similar vehicles ( Vermögensstrukturen ) falling within the scope of the tax treaty between Austria and Liechtenstein (see above).

 

185


Table of Contents

In addition, a special notification obligation exists for gifts of money, receivables, shares in corporations, participations in partnerships, businesses, movable tangible assets and intangibles if the donor and/or the donee have a domicile, their habitual abode, their legal seat or their place of effective management in Austria. Not all gifts are covered by the notification obligation. In case of gifts to certain related parties, a threshold of EUR 50,000 per year applies; in all other cases, a notification is obligatory if the value of gifts made exceeds an amount of EUR 15,000 during a period of five years. Furthermore, gratuitous transfers to foundations within the scope the Austrian Foundation Entry Tax Act described above are also exempt from the notification obligation. Intentional violation of the notification obligation may lead to the levying of fines of up to 10% of the fair market value of the assets transferred.

Further, it should be noted that gratuitous transfers of common shares may trigger income tax at the level of the transferor pursuant to section 27(6)(1) of the Austrian Income Tax Act (see above).

Capital Contribution Tax

The issuance of equity by an Austrian corporation as defined in the Austrian Capital Transfer Tax Act ( Kapitalverkehrsteuergesetz ) is subject to capital contribution tax ( Gesellschaftsteuer ) amounting to 1% of the consideration. Such tax is levied on the issuing company. The capital contribution tax will be abolished in Austria as of 1 January 2016.

Other taxes

Currently, the introduction of a financial transaction tax on the transfer of shares is discussed and envisaged on a European level. It is recommended for investors to get in touch with their tax advisors with respect to potential tax consequences which may be triggered by an introduction of a financial transaction tax.

Austrian Tax Reform

In March 2015, the Austrian coalition parties agreed on implementing a tax reform which is in its larger parts expected to enter into legal effect as of 2016. Although the main topics addressed by such tax reform were announced in the media, no draft tax bill has yet been published so that the risk that the tax reform may have a negative impact for the holders of the common shares (for example, by way of an increase of the Austrian withholding tax rate) cannot be excluded.

Taxation in the United States

The following summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs is based upon current law and does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ADSs. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, final, temporary and proposed United States Treasury Regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, in each case as available on the date of this prospectus. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders, as defined below, of ADSs. This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that acquire the ADSs at their original issuance and hold the ADSs as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. Each prospective investor should consult a professional tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of the ADSs . This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

    banks or other financial institutions;

 

    insurance companies;

 

186


Table of Contents
    dealers or traders in securities, currencies, or notional principal contracts;

 

    tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” retirement plan;

 

    regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

    persons that hold the common shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, constructive sale or similar transaction involving more than one position;

 

    an entity classified as a partnership and persons that hold the common shares through partnerships or certain other pass-through entities;

 

    holders (whether individuals, corporations or partnerships) that are treated as expatriates for some or all U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    persons who acquired the ADSs as compensation for the performance of services;

 

    persons holding the ADSs in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

 

    a U.S. holder who holds the ADSs through a financial account at a foreign financial institution that does not meet the requirements for avoiding future withholding with respect to certain payments under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;

 

    holders that own (or are deemed to own) 10% or more of our voting shares; and

 

    holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address alternative minimum tax, gift or estate consequences or the indirect effects on the holders of equity interests in entities that own the ADSs. In addition, this discussion does not consider the U.S. tax consequences to holders of ADSs that are not “U.S. holders” (as defined below).

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of common shares or ADSs that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is either a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership holds common shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership.

We will not seek a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our common shares or ADSs, and we cannot assure you that that the IRS will agree with the conclusions set forth below.

Ownership of ADSs

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the common shares represented by such ADSs. Gain or loss will generally not be recognized on account of exchanges of common shares for ADSs, or of ADSs for common shares. References to common shares in the discussion below are deemed to include ADSs, unless context otherwise requires.

 

187


Table of Contents

Distributions

Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” below, the gross amount of any distribution actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to common shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of such U.S. holder’s pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such pro rata share of our earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. Distributions in excess of the sum of such pro rata share of our earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as capital gain from the sale or exchange of property. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution. A corporate U.S. holder will not be eligible for any dividends-received deduction in respect of a dividend received with respect to common shares.

Subject to the discussion below regarding the “Medicare tax,” qualified dividends received by non-corporate U.S. holders ( i.e. , individuals and certain trusts and estates) are currently subject to a maximum income tax rate of 20%. This reduced income tax rate is applicable to dividends paid by “qualified foreign corporations” to non-corporate U.S. holders that meet the applicable requirements, including a minimum holding period (generally, at least 61 days without protection from the risk of loss during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on shares of stock which are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Our ADSs will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, which has been determined to be an established securities market in the United States. The Company, which is incorporated under the laws of Austria, believes that it qualifies as a resident of Austria for the purposes of, and is eligible for the benefits of, the Convention between the United States of America and the Republic of Austria for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, signed on May 31, 1996, or the U.S.-Austria Tax Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the IRS has determined that the U.S.-Austria Tax Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange-of-information program. Based on the foregoing, we expect to be considered a qualified foreign corporation under the Code. Accordingly, dividends paid by us to non-corporate U.S. holders with respect to shares that meet the minimum holding period and other requirements are expected to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” However, dividends paid by us will not qualify for the 20% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate if we are treated, for the tax year in which the dividends are paid or the preceding tax year, as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as discussed below.

Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to common shares generally will be treated as foreign source income for the purposes of calculating that holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. For these purposes, dividends distributed by us generally will constitute “passive category income” (but, in the case of some U.S. holders, may constitute “general category income”).

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Shares

A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those common shares. Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” below, this gain or loss will

 

188


Table of Contents

generally be a capital gain or loss and will generally be treated as from sources within the United States. Such capital gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the common shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders may be eligible for a preferential tax rate; the deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of the ADSs that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Medicare Tax

An additional 3.8% tax, or “Medicare Tax,” is imposed on all or a portion of the “net investment income” (which includes taxable dividends and net capital gains, adjusted for deductions properly allocable to such dividends or net capital gains) received by (i) U.S. holders that are individuals with modified adjusted gross income of over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers, $125,000 in the case of married individuals filing separately) and (ii) certain trusts or estates.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying the applicable look-through rules, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income, or (ii) on average at least 50% of the gross value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. In arriving at this calculation, a pro rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest, as determined by the value of such corporation, must be taken into account. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions.

We believe that we were not a PFIC for any previous taxable year. Based on our estimated gross income, the average value of our gross assets, and the nature of the active businesses conducted by our “25% or greater” owned subsidiaries, we do not believe that we will be classified as a PFIC in the current taxable year. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of the ADSs and our common shares, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering (and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of life sciences companies can be especially volatile). In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held common shares, under the “default PFIC regime” (i.e., in the absence of one of the elections described below) gain recognized by the U.S. holder on a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability for that

 

189


Table of Contents

taxable year. Similar rules would apply to the extent any distribution in respect of common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on common shares received by a U.S. holder during the preceding three years or the holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.

In the event we were treated as a PFIC, the tax consequences under the default PFIC regime described above could be avoided by either a “mark-to-market” or “qualified electing fund” election. A U.S. holder making a mark-to-market election (if the eligibility requirements for such an election were satisfied) generally would not be subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, except with respect to any portion of the holder’s holding period that preceded the effective date of the election. Instead, the electing holder would include in ordinary income, for each taxable year in which we were a PFIC, an amount equal to any excess of (a) the fair market value of the common shares as of the close of such taxable year over (b) the electing holder’s adjusted tax basis in such common shares. In addition, an electing holder would be allowed a deduction in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the electing holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over (ii) the fair market value of such common shares as of the close of such taxable year or (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the amount included in ordinary income because of the election for prior taxable years over (ii) the amount allowed as a deduction because of the election for prior taxable years. The election would cause adjustments in the electing holder’s tax basis in the common shares to reflect the amount included in gross income or allowed as a deduction because of the election. In addition, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of common shares, an electing holder would recognize ordinary income or loss (not to exceed the excess, if any, of (a) the amount included in ordinary income because of the election for prior taxable years over (b) the amount allowed as a deduction because of the election for prior taxable years).

Alternatively, a U.S. holder making a valid and timely “QEF election” generally would not be subject to the default PFIC regime discussed above. Instead, for each PFIC year to which such an election applied, the electing holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the electing holder’s pro rata share of our net capital gain and ordinary earnings, regardless of whether such amounts were actually distributed to the electing holder. Although the Company currently intends to make available the information necessary to permit a U.S. holder to make a valid QEF election, there can be no assurance that it will continue to do so in future years.

If we were considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, a U.S. holder would be required to file annual information returns for such year, whether or not the U.S. holder disposed of any common shares or received any distributions in respect of common shares during such year.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on common shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of common shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding (at a 28% rate) on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, and Related Provisions

Under certain circumstances, the Company or its paying agent may be required, pursuant to the FATCA provisions of the Code (or analogous provisions of non-U.S. law ) and regulations or pronouncements thereunder, any “intergovernmental agreement” entered into pursuant to those provisions or any U.S. or non-U.S. fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules, guidance notes or practices adopted pursuant to any such agreement, to withhold U.S. tax at a rate of 30% on all or a portion of payments of dividends or other corporate distributions which are treated as “foreign pass-thru payments” made on or after January 1, 2017, if such payments are not

 

190


Table of Contents

exempt from such withholding. The Company believes, and this discussion assumes, that the Company is not a “foreign financial institution” for purposes of FATCA. The rules regarding FATCA and “foreign pass-thru payments,” including the treatment of proceeds from the disposition of common shares, are not completely clear, and further guidance may be issued by the IRS that would clarify how FATCA might apply to dividends or other amounts paid on or with respect to common shares.

Foreign Asset Reporting

In addition, certain individuals who are U.S. Holders may be required to file IRS Form 8938 to report the ownership of “specified foreign financial assets” if the total value of those assets exceeds an applicable threshold amount (subject to certain exceptions). For these purposes, a specified foreign financial asset may include not only a financial account (as defined for these purposes) maintained by a non-U.S. financial institution, but also stock or securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation (such as the Company). Certain U.S. entities may also be required to file IRS Form 8938 in the future.

 

191


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Leerink Partners LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint bookrunning managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of ADSs set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
ADSs

Leerink Partners LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Wedbush Securities Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the ADSs sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the ADSs are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the ADSs representing common shares that they subscribe for pursuant to the underwriting agreement, subject to prior issue, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the ADSs and the common shares underlying the ADSs, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the ADSs to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per ADS. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional ADSs.

 

     Per ADS      Total  
        Without Option      With Option  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

 

192


Table of Contents

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $            . We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $             for their Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional ADSs proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more ADSs than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our supervisory board members, management board members and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any of our common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common shares, which includes ADSs, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any of our equity securities;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any of our equity securities;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any of our equity securities;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any of our equity securities;

 

    otherwise dispose of or transfer any of our equity securities;

 

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to any of our equity securities; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any of our equity securities, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by equity securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to our equity securities, which includes our common shares and securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common shares, which also includes ADSs. It also applies to our equity securities owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We have applied to list the ADSs on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “NBRV.”

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

    our financial information;

 

193


Table of Contents
    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the ADSs may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the ADSs will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the ADSs in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase ADSs offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the ADSs is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing ADSs. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the ADSs, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ADSs through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ADSs or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the ADSs. In addition,

 

194


Table of Contents

neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, each, a Relevant Member State, no offer of ADSs may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of ADSs shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any ADSs or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any ADSs being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the ADSs acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any ADSs to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

195


Table of Contents

We, the representatives and each of our and the representatives’ and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of ADSs in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of ADSs. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of the ADSs which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do we or they authorize, the making of any offer of the ADSs in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the ADSs may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The ADSs applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring the ADSs must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

 

196


Table of Contents

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, in Hong Kong by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar

The ADSs described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. This prospectus is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

197


Table of Contents
    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

    where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The ADSs may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, our company or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of the ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the ADSs.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The ADSs to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

198


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 

Expenses    Amount  

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 10,691   

FINRA filing fee

   $     14,300   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

   $ *   

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ *   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ *   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ *   

Depositary expenses

   $ *   

Miscellaneous costs

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ *   
  

 

 

 

All amounts in the table are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

 

 

* To be filed by amendment

 

199


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York, has also provided an opinion as to matters of U.S. federal income tax. Certain legal matters with respect to Austrian law in connection with the validity of the shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, Vienna, Austria. Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, Vienna, Austria has also provided an opinion as to matters of Austrian income tax. Covington & Burling LLP, New York, New York is U.S. federal and New York State law counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering. Schönherr Rechtsanwälte GmbH, Vienna, Austria is counsel to the underwriters with respect to Austrian law.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PwC Wirtschaftsprüfung GmbH, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The registered offices of PwC Wirtschaftsprüfung GmbH are located at Erdbergstrasse 200, 1030 Vienna, Austria.

 

200


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of Austria, and our registered offices and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, most of the members of our management board and our supervisory board and our senior management are residents of Austria and jurisdictions other than the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon these individuals or upon us or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws against us in the United States.

We have appointed CT Corporation as our authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any action instituted in any U.S. federal or state court having subject matter jurisdiction arising out of or based upon the ADSs or the underwriting agreement related to the ADSs.

Litigation in Austria is also subject to rules of procedure that differ from the U.S. rules, including with respect to the taking and admissibility of evidence, the conduct of the proceedings and the allocation of costs. According to the Austrian Enforcement Act ( Exekutionsordnung EO ), foreign judgments are only enforceable if reciprocity is warranted by a bilateral or multilateral treaty between the countries involved or by an ordinance ( Verordnung ) of the Austrian government (in which ordinance the Austrian government confirms reciprocity). As the United States and Austria do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters (except for arbitration awards in such matters), a final judgment for payment of money rendered by a Federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. Federal securities laws, will not be enforceable, either in whole or in part, in Austria. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in Austria, such party may submit to the Austrian court the final judgment rendered in the United States. Under such circumstances, a judgment by a Federal or state court of the United States against us or our managing directors will be regarded by an Austrian court only as evidence of the outcome of the dispute to which such judgment relates, and an Austrian court may choose to re-hear the dispute. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere are generally not enforceable in Austria. Furthermore, actions brought in an Austrian court against us or the non-U.S. members of our management board and supervisory board and our senior management to enforce liabilities based on U.S. federal securities laws may be subject to certain restrictions. For example, proceedings in Austria would have to be conducted in the German language, and all documents submitted to the court would, in principle, have to be translated into the German language. For these reasons, it may be difficult for a U.S. investor to bring an original action in an Austrian court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us, the members of our management board and supervisory board and senior management. In addition, even if a judgment against our company, the non-U.S. members of our management board and supervisory board or our senior management based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws is obtained in the U.S., a U.S. investor may not be able to enforce it in Austrian courts.

 

201


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, including relevant exhibits and schedules, with respect to the ADSs to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits for further information with respect to us and the ADSs. Some of these exhibits consist of documents or contracts that are described in this prospectus in summary form. You should read the entire document or contract for the complete terms. You may read and copy the registration statement and its exhibits at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its exhibits.

After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers. Because we are a foreign private issuer, the SEC’s rules do not require us to deliver proxy statements pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act or to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. In addition, our “insiders” are not subject to the SEC’s rules that prohibit short-swing trading. Our annual consolidated financial statements will be prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and certified by an independent public accounting firm.

We also maintain an internet website at www.nabriva.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed from, our website does not form a part of this prospectus.

 

202


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-2   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

  F-3   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

  F-4   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

  F-5   

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

  F-6   

Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-17   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-18   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

  F-19   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

  F-20   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

  F-21   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-22   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

            Three Months Ended
March 31
 
(in thousands)    Notes      2014     2015  

Other income

      453      538   

Research and development expenses

        (1,808     (2,513

General and administrative expenses

        (539     (816

Other gains (losses), net

        18        (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating result

(1,876 (2,792
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

  6      422      6,154   

Financial expenses

  6      (1,044   (12,124
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial result

  6    (622 (5,970
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

(2,498 (8,762
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income

  (1   (11
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

(2,499 (8,773
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (OCI)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of tax

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

  —        20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the period

  —        20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

(2,499 (8,753
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

All results are derived from continuing activities in respect of current and preceding years and are attributable to shareholders of the Company.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31
 

Loss per share

           2014                     2015          

Basic (€ per share)

     (7.69     (27.02

Diluted (€ per share)

     (7.69     (27.02

The notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

(in thousands)    Notes      As of
December 31,
2014
    As of
March 31,
2015
 

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

      314      318   

Intangible assets

        10        8   

Long-term receivables

        326        339   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  650      665   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

Current receivables

  1,543      1,770   

Cash and cash equivalents

  8      1,770      3,136   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  3,313      4,906   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

3,963    5,571   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

Capital and reserves

Share capital

328    328   

Capital reserves

  66,458      66,461   

Reserve for transaction costs

  —        (642

Other reserves

  (21   (1

Treasury shares

  (19   (19

Accumulated losses

  (96,905   (105,678
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (30,159   (39,551
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

  11      2,834      2,272   

Investment from silent partnership

  10      522      —     

Other financial liabilities

  13      1,817      —     

Deferred tax liability

  9      10   

Other liabilities

  14      68      71   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  5,250      2,353   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

Borrowings

  11      2,963      3,143   

Investment from silent partnership

  10      —        2,270   

Convertible loans

  12      16,253      16,779   

Trade payables

  292      1,233   

Other financial liabilities

  13      5,942      15,092   

Other liabilities

  14      2,591      3,416   

Current income tax liabilities

  831      836   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  28,872      42,769   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

3,963    5,571   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

            Three Months Ended
March 31
 
(in thousands)    Notes      2014     2015  

Cash flow from operating activities

       

Loss for the period

      (2,499   (8,773

Adjustments for:

       

Taxes on income recognized in profit or loss

        1        10   

Financial income recognized in profit or loss

        (422     (6,154

Financial expense recognized in profit or loss

        1,044        12,124   

Depreciation and amortization expense

        31        32   

Valuation stock option program

        11        3   

Other non-cash-income

        (143     (44

Changes in long-term receivables

        —          (9

Changes in current receivables

        (86     (226

Changes in trade and other liabilities

        219        1,092   

Interest paid

        (14     (296

Taxes paid

        (1     (6
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow utilized by operating activities

  (1,859   (2,247
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of plant and equipment and intangible assets

  (5   (27
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow utilized by investing activities

  (5   (27
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from new silent partnership

  —        1,000   

Proceeds from convertible loans

  1,550      3,096   

Repayments of long-term borrowings

  —        (480

Repayments of substance participation rights

  —        (5
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow generated from financing activities

  1,550      3,611   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow

  (314   1,337   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  8      3,292      1,770   

Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash & cash equivalents held in foreign currencies

  —        29   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  8    2,978    3,136   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

(in thousands)    Nominal
capital /
share
capital
     Capital
reserves
     Reserve
for
transaction
costs
    Treasury
shares
    Accumulated
losses
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Total  

Notes

           2.6, 4.1           

January 1, 2014

   328       66,386       —        (19   (83,525   —        (16,830
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock options

  —        11      —        —        —        —        11   

Loss for the period

  —        —        —        —        (2,499   —        (2,499
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

  —        —        —        —        (2,499   —        (2,499
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

328    66,397    —      (19 (86,024 —      (19,318
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

January 1, 2015

328    66,458    —      (19 (96,905 (21 (30,159

Equity transaction costs

  —        —        (642   —        —        —        (642

Stock options

  —        3      —        —        —        —        3   

Loss for the period

  —        —        —        —        (8,773   —        (8,773

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

  —        —        —        —        —        20      20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period

  —        —        —        —        (8,773   20      (8,753
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

328    66,461    (642 (19 (105,678 (1 (39,551
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

1. General Information

Nabriva Therapeutics AG, together with its 100% owned and consolidated U.S. subsidiary Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc., (“Nabriva”, “the Group” or the “Company”) is a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. Nabriva was incorporated in Austria as a spin-off from Sandoz GmbH in October 2005 and commenced operations in February 2006. The Company’s headquarters are at Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Vienna. Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. was founded and began operations in the United States in August 2014.

The Management Board approved the consolidated interim financial statements for issuance on June 18, 2015.

Preferred B Financing

On March 31, 2015 the Company entered into an agreement with existing and new investors to issue and sell preferred B shares. In connection with this preferred B financing, the Company agreed to sell preferred B shares in two tranches. In April 2015, Nabriva closed the sale of the first tranche of 730,162 preferred B shares, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42,096 in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for certain contributions in-kind, consisting of the conversion of outstanding convertible loans and investments from silent partnerships. The Company also agreed to sell a second tranche of preferred B shares to these investors at their option for an aggregate purchase price of $70,000 if it does not complete a public offering in the United States within specified parameters or by a specified date.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise noted.

 

2.1 Basis of Preparation

The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with the International Accounting Standard, or IAS, 34 “Interim Financial Reporting”. Certain information and disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRSs, have been condensed or omitted. Accordingly, these condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 4.

 

2.2 Application of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previously completed financial year. The application of amendments to existing standards that are required to be applied for the first time from January 1, 2015 are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2015.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

2.3 Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Nabriva Therapeutics AG and its 100% owned U.S. subsidiary. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income from the date the Company gains control until the date the company ceases to control the subsidiary.

As of March 31, 2015 the Company has one 100% owned subsidiary, Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc., King of Prussia, PA, USA, founded in August 2014. Nabriva’s chief executive officer as well as the majority of the clinical development team are employed with the U.S. subsidiary.

The financial statements of all consolidated companies have the statement of financial position interim date March 31, and are prepared in accordance with Company’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

 

2.4 Segment Reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment, which comprises the discovery and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. The Management team is the chief operating decision maker, and it reviews the consolidated operating results regularly to make decisions about the allocation of the Company’s resources, and to assess overall performance.

 

2.5 Income Taxes

Taxes on income in the interim periods are accrued using the tax rate that would be applicable to expected total annual profit or loss.

 

2.6 Transaction Costs

Transaction costs incurred in conjunction with the preferred B financing as well as the preparation of the planned initial public offering have already been recorded as deductions from equity, although new equity has not yet been recorded for either transaction (see also Note 4.1).

 

3. Financial Risk Management

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Company has not used derivatives or other hedging instruments to mitigate these risk factors.

The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all financial risk management information and disclosures required in the annual consolidated financial statements; they should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

There have been no changes in the Company’s finance department, which is responsible for financial risk management, or in the Company’s financial risk management policies since December 31, 2014.

 

4. Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of consolidated interim financial statements requires Management to make estimates and other judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated interim financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

In preparing these condensed interim financial statements, the significant judgments made by Management in applying the Company’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were generally the same as those that applied to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

In conjunction with the preferred B financing, Management made significant judgments with respect to recognition and de-recognition of certain financial instruments as described below in Note 4.1. The effects of the preferred B financing were further considered in the fair value measurement of certain financial instruments through adjustments of the respective valuation assumptions in the option pricing method, or OPM, (see Note 4.1 below). The OPM also includes further relevant transactions in the three months ended March 31, 2015, such as the convertible loan agreement entered into on January 8, 2015 (see Note 12) and the silent partnership agreement entered into on January 20, 2015 (see Note 10).

 

4.1 Preferred B Financing

As described in Note 1, the Company entered into agreements with existing and new investors to issue and sell preferred B shares. In connection with this preferred B financing all existing convertible loan agreements and silent partnership interests were converted to preferred B shares.

Legal aspects

On March 31, 2015, the Company, its existing investors and new investors in the preferred B financing signed the Investment and Subscription Agreement 2015, or ISA 2015, thereby committing themselves to undertake all measures required to implement the capital increase and all related transactions. However, as of March 31, 2015 various conditions precedents for the capital increase, including certain requirements pursuant to Austrian corporate law, had not been fulfilled. Therefore, as of March 31, 2015 Nabriva had no direct claim against the investors regarding the provision of new funds. Each investor’s unconditional obligation to pay his investment amount arose upon his signing of the subscription certificates in the course of the Initial Closing, which took place on April 2, 2015.

The signing of the ISA 2015 resulted in the following effects with respect to the Company’s existing financial instruments:

 

  a) the lenders under the convertible loan agreements, or CLAs, irrevocably waived their claims for payment of interest accrued on the loan amounts, which was treated as a significant modification according to IAS 39.40,

 

  b) the CLA lenders irrevocably waived and acknowledged the termination of their call option rights granted under the CLAs, and

 

  c) the silent partners irrevocably agreed to the forfeiture of their claims for payment of interest accrued on their silent partnership investments.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

Another formal requirement for the capital increase to become effective was its registration in the Austrian commercial register. This process verifies whether all formal requirements have been fulfilled. New shares may only be recorded upon registration of the capital increase. This requirement was satisfied on May 31, 2015.

Valuation aspects

The valuation of the financial instruments as of March 31, 2015, using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, took into account all intended measures and consequences in conjunction with the first tranche of the preferred B financing as if they had already been fully completed, even though the transaction was not fully closed as of March 31, 2015. Based on the knowledge Management had as of March 31, 2015, the probability of a failure of the preferred B financing was assessed as remote. The OPM reflects the probability accordingly.

Accounting aspects

As of March 31, 2015, no new shares had been recorded in the financial statements.

The convertible loan agreements consist of a debt host contract and the conversion right. The combined instrument is measured at fair value as of March 31, 2015, with the debt host contract being recorded with the nominal amount, and the conversion right recorded with the difference between the fair value and the nominal amount. Accrued interest in the amount of €3,274 as well as the call options issued in conjunction with certain outstanding convertible loans in the amount of €1,473 have been terminated and the resulting income recorded in the line item financial income in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). See also Note 6, 12 and 13 for further information.

Transaction costs incurred in conjunction with the preferred B financing in the amount of €548 have been recorded as a deduction from equity and are shown as a separate line item (“Reserve for transaction costs”) in the condensed consolidated statement of financial position. This line item also includes transaction costs in the amount of €94 incurred in conjunction with a potential initial public offering.

 

5. Seasonality of operations

The Company’s financial results have varied substantially, and are expected to continue to vary, from quarter to quarter. The Company therefore believes that period to period comparisons should not be relied upon as indicative of future financial results.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

6. Financial income and expenses

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31
 
(in thousands)    2014     2015  

Interest income

    

Bank deposits

   1      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

1    —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and similar expense

Kreos Loan 2014

—      (257

ERP Loan

  (14   —     

Convertible loans

  (884   (2,583

Other financing fees

  —        (152

Interest according to IAS 20.10A

  (144   (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

(1,042 (3,037
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Silent partnership

Adjustment to amortized cost following a change in expected exit proceeds

—      (748
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

—      (748
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other finance income/(expenses)

Adjustment of carrying amount of financial liabilities according to IAS 39.40/IAS 39.AG8 due to extension of repayment date for CLAs

—      803   

Adjustment of carrying amount of financial liabilities according to IAS 39.40 due to waiver of interest for CLAs

  —        3,274   

Valuation call options related to CLAs

  —        344   

Termination of call options related to CLAs

  —        1,473   

Valuation call options related to Kreos Loan 2014

  —        (473

Valuation conversion rights related to CLAs

  421      (7,601

Adjustment of carrying amount of AWS Profit Share

  (2   (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

419    (2,185
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial result

(622 (5,970
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income arises on cash and cash equivalents. Interest expenses consist of interest payable on borrowings of all kinds (e.g. bank and other loans) and are expensed as incurred.

 

7. Financial Instruments

In accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 7, the Company’s financial instruments are classified as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Loans and
receivables
     Total  

As of March 31, 2015

     

Assets as per condensed consolidated statement of financial position

     

Current receivables

   188       188   

Cash and cash equivalents

     3,136         3,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

3,324    3,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

(in thousands)    Other
financial

liabilities
     FVTPL
(held for
trading)
     Total  

Liabilities as per condensed consolidated statement of financial position

        

Borrowings

   5,415       —         5,415   

Silent partnership

     2,270         —           2,270   

Convertible loan

     16,779         —           16,779   

Other financial liabilities

     197         14,895         15,092   

Trade payables

     1,233         —           1,233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

25,894    14,895    40,789   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not hold any financial instruments classified as “Available for sale” as of March 31, 2015.

In the table above, current receivables are only included to the extent they are classified as financial instruments. Current receivables as shown in the condensed consolidated statement of financial position also include other receivables, which mainly result from tax receivables and prepaid expenses.

The carrying amount of non-current liabilities (borrowings) equals their fair value, as non-current borrowings only comprise the loan agreement entered into with Kreos Capital IV on July 4, 2014 (the “Kreos Loan 2014”), which, as the only loan from a third party, serves as a benchmark of an applicable market interest rate for Nabriva. The carrying amount of current borrowings is a reasonable approximation of their fair value, as the impact of discounting is not significant. The carrying amounts for current receivables and trade payables are assumed to approximate their fair value due to their relatively short maturity.

The following table presents the financial instruments measured at fair value and classified by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

 

    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1).

 

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (as exchange rates) (Level 2).

 

    Valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (those are unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

It does not include fair value information for financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value where the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of the fair value.

 

(in thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

As of March 31, 2015

           

Liabilities as per consolidated statement of financial position

           

Other financial liabilities

   —         —         14,895       14,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

—      —      14,895    14,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of the conversion right and call option derivate instruments (Level 3) are determined using the option pricing model (OPM). There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the period.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

According to IFRS 13.93(e), the following table shows the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial liabilities:

 

(in thousands)    FVTPL
(held for trading)
     Total  

Three months ended March 31, 2014

     

Opening balance

   6,480       6,480   

Total (gains) losses in profit or loss

     (421      (421

Issues of conversion rights

     369         369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing Balance

6,428    6,428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2015

Opening balance

7,562    7,562   

Total (gains) losses in profit or loss

  7,730      7,730   

Issues of conversion rights

  1,076      1,076   

Termination of options

  (1,473   (1,473
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing Balance

14,895    14,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (gains) losses for the period result from the valuation of call options and conversion rights and are included in the finance income/expenses line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). Gains from the termination of options amount to € 1,473 and result from the waiver of call option rights related to the convertible loan agreements in the course of the preferred B financing.

 

8. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    As of
December 31,
2014
     As of
March 31,
2015
 

Cash at bank

   1,770       3,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

1,770    3,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2015, € 3,045 (December 31, 2014: €1,694) was pledged as collateral for the Kreos Loan 2014. There were no restricted cash amounts as of December 31, 2014, or March 31, 2015.

 

9. Share-Based Payments

The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures for share-based payments that are required in the annual consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

During the three months ended March 31, 2015 the Company recognized a share-based payment expense of € 3 (three months ended March 31, 2014: € 11). The share-based payment expenses in both periods result from vestings based on the Stock Option Plan 2007.

 

10. Investment from Silent Partnership

On January 20, 2015, the Company entered into a silent partnership agreement with BTHT GmbH & Co KG, or BTHT, for a contribution of €1,000. The terms and conditions of the silent partnership are equal to the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

terms and conditions of the silent partnership entered into in 2014, in which BTHT shares in the Company’s fair value and in profit and loss according to the agreed participation rate.

Movements in the investment from silent partnerships are analyzed as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Amortized cost as of January 1, 2015

   522   

Contributions

     1,000   

Adjustment to amortized cost

     748   
  

 

 

 

Amortized cost as of March 31, 2015

2,270   
  

 

 

 

According to the Investment and Subscription Agreement 2015, signed on March 31, 2015 (see Note 1), the silent partnerships have been terminated and the respective claims converted into equity upon closing of the first tranche of the preferred B financing in April 2015. The resulting effect on amortized cost, which has been calculated by use of the option pricing model (see Note 4.1), is shown under “Adjustment to amortized cost” in the table above.

 

11. Borrowings

 

(in thousands)    As of
December 31,
2014
     As of
March 31,
2015
 

Non-current borrowings

     

Kreos Loan 2014

   2,834       2,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current borrowings

  2,834      2,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current borrowings

FFG Loan

  1,685      1,670   

Kreos Loan 2014

  1,278      1,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current borrowings

2,963    3,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

5,797    5,415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed assets in the amount of €191, the Company’s intellectual property, the receivables related to the research premium in the amount of €1,498, as well as cash on bank accounts in the amount €3,045 were pledged as collateral for the Kreos Loan 2014, which was entered into on July 4, 2014.

 

12. Convertible Loans

In addition to the four Convertible Loan Agreements, or CLAs, in an aggregate principal amount of €13,683, entered into with some of the Company’s shareholders between 2011 and 2014, the Company entered into a fifth Convertible Loan Agreement with an aggregate principal amount of €3,096 and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as the Convertible Loan Agreement 4, dated July 4, 2014.

The Lenders of all CLAs had the right to convert their entire claims for repayment of the loans as paid to Nabriva into preferred shares. In conjunction with the fifth Convertible Loan Agreement, the repayment dates of the outstanding convertible loans were extended to December 31, 2015. If a loan had not been converted to preferred shares, it would have had to be redeemed on this date. In the course of the preferred B financing, signed on March 31, 2015 and closed in April 2015 (see Note 1), all outstanding convertible loans were converted into preferred B shares. All accrued and future interests as well as the call options issued in conjunction with certain

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

outstanding convertible loans were waived and terminated upon the signing of the preferred B financing. Accordingly the respective credit balances of the outstanding convertible loans have been adapted for the interest waived and only include the nominal amounts as of March 31, 2015. Further, the call options have been released as of March 31, 2015. The resulting income is shown within the financial income line item in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) (see also Notes 6 and 13).

Movements in convertible loan agreements are analyzed as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31
 
(in thousands)    2014      2015  

Carrying amount as of January 1

   9,008       16,253   

Proceeds of issue

     1,550         3,096   

Separation of equity conversion feature

     (369      (1,076

Effective interest accrued

     884         2,583   

Adjustment of carrying amount according to IAS 39.40/

IAS 39.AG8 due to extension of repayment date for CLAs

     —           (803

Adjustment of carrying amount according to IAS 39.40

due to waiver of interest for CLAs

     —           (3,274
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount as of March 31

11,073    16,779   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13. Other Financial Liabilities

 

(in thousands)    As of
December 31,
2014
     As of
March 31,
2015
 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

     

Call Options

   2,638       1,294   

Equity conversion rights from CLAs

     4,924         13,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities at FVTPL

7,562    14,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Others

AWS Profit Share

192    197   

Substance Participation Rights (nominal value)

  5      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Others

197    197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

7,759    15,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Thereof

Current

5,942    15,092   

Non-current

1,817    —     

In the course of signing the preferred B financing, the call options associated with the convertible loan agreements entered into in 2011 and 2012, have been waived and terminated. Accordingly the respective liability amounts of € 1,473 have been released in 2015, resulting in an income shown within the financial income line item in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The option agreement entered into with Kreos was still valid as of March 31, 2015.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

The movements of fair value of the call options were as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31
 
(in thousands)    2014      2015  

Fair value as of January 1

   1,435       2,638   

Termination of CLA options

     —           (1,473

Fair value adjustment

     —           129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of March 31

1,435    1,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The equity conversion rights from the convertible loan agreements represent embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host debt contracts and consequently accounted for separately at fair value. The development of the fair value of the conversion rights was as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31
 
(in thousands)    2014      2015  

Fair value as of January 1

   5,045       4,924   

Separation (recognition) of equity conversion right

     369         1,076   

Fair value adjustment

     (421      7,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of March 31

4,993    13,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14. Other Liabilities

Other current liabilities include the following:

 

(in thousands)    December 31
2014
     March 31
2015
 

Employee bonuses

   822       968   

Legal advisory and consulting

     48         610   

Accrued expenses for external R&D services

     243         468   

Accounting, tax and audit services

     196         339   

Social security contributions on options under the SOP 2007

     842         325   

Unconsumed vacation

     190         258   

Vacation pay

     —           109   

Other

     250         339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

2,591    3,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for legal advisory and consulting services in the amount of € 610 mainly result from the preferred B financing. These amounts have been charged directly to equity. Social security contributions on options under the SOP 2007 decreased by € 517 due to a reduction in the fair value of those options after the preferred B financing.

 

15. Contingencies

The Company has no contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

16. Commitments

Lease Agreements

Lease agreements as stated in the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 are still effective. No material changes occurred in the three month period ended March 31, 2015.

Other contractual commitments

In addition to the agreements described above, the Company has entered into a number of other agreements also entailing financial commitments for the future and relating mainly to services provided by third parties in connection with the conduct of clinical trials and other research and development activities. Some of these commitments are also subject to early termination clauses exercisable at the option of the Company. The remaining payments to be made under these agreements, if all milestones and other conditions are met, are estimated to be as follows:

 

(in thousands)    As of
December 31,
2014
     As of
March 31,
2015
 

No later than 1 year

   867       1,216   

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

     80         60   

Later than 5 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

947    1,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17. Related Party Transactions

In the periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Management Board was paid regular salaries and short term benefits. Additionally, selected members of the Supervisory Board received compensation for their services in the form of cash compensation.

On January 8, 2015, the Company entered into a new convertible loan agreement for a principle amount of €3,096 with supervisory board member Dr. George Talbot, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Colin Broom, and the following existing investors: Phase4 Ventures III LP, The Wellcome Trust Limited, HBM Healthcare (Cayman) Ltd. and HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. (see Note 12). In the course of the preferred B financing, signed on March 31, 2015 and closed in April 2015 (see Note 1), all CLAs were converted into preferred B shares.

The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures for related-party transactions that are required in the annual consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2014.

 

18. Events after the Reporting Period

On April 2, 2015, the closing of the first tranche of the preferred B financing, as described in Notes 1 and 4.1, occurred. All funding amounts were received in April, the capital increase was formally registered with the Austrian commercial register on May 31, 2015, and the shares were issued to the investors in June 2015.

On May 13, 2015, Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited exercised their call option rights for the entire amount as agreed in the option agreement, dated July 4, 2014, (which we refer to as a warrant) thereby requesting Nabriva to issue 9,107 preferred B-1 shares, based on the share price of the preferred B-1 purchase price of €82.35. The shares will be issued upon completion of the formal registration process with the commercial register, expected in June 2015.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Management Board Members and Shareholders of Nabriva Therapeutics AG:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position and the related consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Nabriva Therapeutics AG and its subsidiary at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Vienna, Austria May 14, 2015

PwC Wirtschaftsprüfung GmbH

 

/s/ Aslan Milla
Aslan Milla
Austrian Certified Public Accountant

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

          Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    Notes    2013     2014  

Other income

   5    26,182      1,805   

Research and development expenses

   6      (7,324     (7,065

General and administrative expenses

   7      (2,869     (2,876

Other gains, net

   9      171        105   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating result

16,160    (8,031
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

10   4,026      1,086   

Financial expenses

10   (8,200   (6,363
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial result

10 (4,174 (5,277
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) before taxes

11,986    (13,308
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income

11   (776   (72
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (Loss) for the period

11,210    (13,380
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive Income (OCI)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss, net of tax

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

  —        (21

Fair value gains on available-for-sale financial assets

  1      —     

Reclassification to financial result

  (1   —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year

  —        (21
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

11,210    (13,401
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

All results are derived from continuing activities in respect of current and preceding years and are attributable to shareholders of the Company.

 

          Year ended December 31  

Earnings per share

   Notes    2013      2014  

Basic (€ per share)

   12      34.53         (41.21

Diluted (€ per share)

   12      27.89         (41.21

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    Notes    2013     2014  

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

   14    360      314   

Intangible assets

   15      20        10   

Long-term receivables

   17      295        326   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  675      650   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

Current receivables

17   1,055      1,543   

Cash and cash equivalents

18   3,291      1,770   

Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents

18   303      —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  4,649      3,313   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

5,324    3,963   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

Capital and reserves

Share capital

19 328    328   

Capital reserves

19   66,386      66,458   

Other reserves

  —        (21

Treasury shares

19   (19   (19

Accumulated losses

  (83,525   (96,905
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  (16,830   (30,159
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

22   503      2,834   

Investment from silent partnership

21   —        522   

Other financial liabilities

24   6,527      1,817   

Deferred tax liability

11   —        9   

Other liabilities

26   128      68   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  7,158      5,250   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

Borrowings

22   2,369      2,963   

Convertible loans

23   9,008      16,253   

Trade payables

25   377      292   

Other financial liabilities

24   —        5,942   

Other liabilities

26   2,470      2,591   

Current income tax liabilities

11   772      831   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
  14,996      28,872   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

5,324    3,963   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

          Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    Notes    2013     2014  

Cash flow from operating activities

       

Profit (Loss) for the year

      11,210      (13,380

Adjustments for:

       

Taxes on income recognized in profit or loss

        776        72   

Financial income recognized in profit or loss

        (4,026     (1,086

Financial expense recognized in profit or loss

        8,200        6,363   

Depreciation and amortization expense

        143        125   

Net book value of disposals of assets

        —          1   

Valuation stock option program

        124        72   

Non-cash-income from debt relief

        (20,870     —     

Other non-cash-income

        (659     (422

Changes in long-term receivables

        —          (29

Changes in current receivables

        2,624        (488

Changes in trade and other liabilities

        (1,168     530   

Interest paid

        (102     (416

Interest received

        3        2   

Taxes paid

        (4     (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow utilized by operating activities

13   (3,749   (8,660
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of plant and equipment and intangible assets

  (24   (68

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  —        2   

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale financial assets

  2,501      —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow generated from (utilized by) investing activities

13   2,477      (66
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from silent partnership

  —        475   

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

  —        4,645   

Proceeds from convertible loans

  1,500      3,550   

Repayments of long-term borrowings

  (583   (1,750

Changes in restricted cash

  101      303   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow generated from financing activities

13   1,018      7,223   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow

  (254   (1,503
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

18   3,545      3,291   

Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash and cash equivalents held in foreign currencies

  —        (18
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

18 3,291    1,770   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

(in thousands)   Nominal
capital /
share
capital
    Capital
reserves
    Treasury
shares
    Accumulated
losses
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Total  

Notes

    19        19        19         

January 1, 2013

  328      66,262      (19   (94,735   —        (28,164
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock options

  —        124      —        —        —        124   

Profit for the year

  —        —        —        11,210      —        11,210   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  —        —        —        —        —        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

  —        —        —        11,210      —        11,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

328    66,386    (19 (83,525 —      (16,830
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock options

  —        72      —        —        —        72   

Loss for the year

  —        —        —        (13,380   —        (13,380

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  —        —        —        —        (21   (21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

  —        —        —        (13,380   (21   (13,401
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

328    66,458    (19 (96,905 (21 (30,159
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

1. General Information

Nabriva Therapeutics AG, together with its 100% owned and consolidated U.S. subsidiary Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc., (“Nabriva,” “the Group” or the “Company”) is a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company engaged in the research and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. Nabriva was incorporated in Austria as a spin-off from Sandoz GmbH in October 2005 and commenced operations in February 2006. The Company’s headquarters are at Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Vienna. Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. was founded and began operations in the United States in August 2014.

The Management Board approved the consolidated financial statements for issuance on May 14, 2015.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise noted.

 

2.1 Basis of Preparation

The consolidated financial statements of Nabriva Therapeutics AG have been prepared on a historical cost basis in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, London, and the Interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, or IFRIC.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 4.

Going concern

Since inception, the Company’s activities have consisted primarily of raising capital and performing research and development activities to advance its product candidates. The Company is still in the development phase and has not been marketing any products commercially to date. Since inception, the Company has incurred significant losses from operations and expects losses to continue for the foreseeable future, as a result of the Company’s R&D activities and in line with its long-term business plan and the general biopharmaceutical business model. The Company’s success depends primarily on the successful development and regulatory approval of its product candidates and its ability to finance operations.

As of December 31, 2014, Nabriva had a low cash balance and a negative net equity position. Management plans to obtain adequate financing through equity or debt financing arrangements, government grants and/or third party collaborations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain adequate funding to finance operations until approval and market entry of its products. Nevertheless, investors have continued to support Nabriva and subsequent to year end its financial position has improved significantly (please refer to Note 31 for further details on events after the reporting period).

These consolidated financial statements have therefore been prepared on a going concern basis that contemplates that the Company will continue in operation for the foreseeable future and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of operations.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2.2 Application of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

First-time adoption of new or revised standards and interpretations

In the current year the IASB issued the following new standards, interpretations or amendments that are mandatorily effective for the first time from January 1, 2014:

 

    Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 Investment Entities

 

    Amendments to IAS 32 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

    Amendments to IAS 36 Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets

 

    Amendments to IAS 39 Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting

 

    IFRIC 21 Levies

The application of these Amendments and Interpretation has had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

New and revised standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective

At the time of authorization of these consolidated financial statements for publication, a number of revisions, amendments and interpretations had already been published by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, but their application was not yet mandatory. None of these are expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company, except the following set out below:

 

    IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (applicable to financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2018): IFRS 9, “Financial instruments,” addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The complete version of IFRS 9 was issued in July 2014. It replaces the guidance in IAS 39 that relates to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary measurement categories for financial assets: amortized cost, fair value through OCI and fair value through profit and loss. The basis of classification depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset. Investments in equity instruments are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss with the irrevocable option at inception to present changes in fair value in OCI not reclassified. There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. For financial liabilities there were no changes to classification and measurement except for the recognition of changes in own credit risk in other comprehensive income, for liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. IFRS 9 relaxes the requirements for hedge effectiveness by replacing the bright line hedge effectiveness tests. It requires an economic relationship between the hedged item and hedging instrument and for the ‘hedged ratio’ to be the same as the one management actually use for risk management purposes. Contemporaneous documentation is still required but is different to that currently prepared under IAS 39. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of IFRS 9.

 

    IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers (applicable to financial years beginning on or after January 1, 2017): IFRS 15 deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of a good or service and thus has the ability to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the good or service. The standard replaces IAS 18 “Revenue” and IAS 11 “Construction contracts” and related interpretations. The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of IFRS 15.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Company.

 

2.3 Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Nabriva Therapeutics AG and its 100% owned U.S. subsidiary. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income from the date the Company gains control until the date the company ceases to control the subsidiary.

As of December 31, 2014 the Company has one 100% owned subsidiary, Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc., King of Prussia, PA, USA, founded in August 2014. Nabriva’s chief executive officer as well as the majority of the clinical development team are employed with the U.S. subsidiary.

The financial statements of all consolidated companies have the statement of financial position date December 31, and are prepared in accordance with Company’s accounting policies. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

 

2.4 Segment Reporting

The Company operates in one reportable segment, which comprises the research and development of novel anti-infective agents to treat serious infections, with a focus on the pleuromutilin class of antibiotics. The Management team is the chief operating decision maker, and it reviews the consolidated operating results regularly to make decisions about the allocation of the Company’s resources, and to assess overall performance.

 

2.5 Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in euro, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. The assets and liabilities of the U.S. subsidiary with a functional currency different from the Company’s presentation currency are translated using the closing rate method. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. Exchange differences arising are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated in equity as foreign currency translation reserve included in other reserves.

Transactions and balances

In preparing the financial statements of each individual group entity, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are recognized at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) (see also Note 9).

 

2.6 Basic Recognition and Valuation Principles

These consolidated financial statements are prepared on the basis of historical cost of acquisition with the exception of certain items such as available-for-sale financial assets or some financial liabilities (debt derivatives

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

resulting from conversion rights and options), which are shown at fair value. The consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) is presented using the cost-of-sales method. In the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statement of financial position certain items are combined for the sake of clarity or immateriality. As required by IAS 1, assets and liabilities are classified by maturity. They are classified as current if they mature within one year, and otherwise as non-current.

 

2.7 Grant Income

Grant income comprises (a) grants received from the Vienna Center for Innovation and Technology ( Zentrum für Innovation, or ZIT ) and the Vienna Business Promotion Fund ( Wiener Wirtschaftsförderungsfonds, or WWFF ), (b) the research premium from the Austrian government and (c) the interest advantage of government loans according to IAS 20.10A. Please refer to Note 5 for further details on all forms of grant income.

The WWFF grant is paid out through the landlord in the form of a monthly reduction in lease payments and is recognized over the period from grant date in March 2010 until end of the lease term in December 2017. The ZIT grants were provided to support specific research projects and are recognized according to the progress of the respective project. The research premium is calculated as 10% of a specified research and development cost base. It is recognized to the extent the research and development expenses have been incurred. All grants are non-refundable as long as the conditions of the grant are met. Nabriva is and has been in full compliance with the conditions of the grants and all related regulations. If, in the future, compliance with all obligations cannot be fully assured, any related contingent liability will be treated in accordance with IAS 37.

According to IAS 20.10A the benefit of a government loan at a below-market rate of interest is treated as a government grant. The benefit due to the difference between the market rate of interest and the rate of interest charged by the governmental organization is measured as the difference between the initial carrying value of the loan determined in accordance with IAS 39 and the proceeds received. This benefit is deferred (recorded in the line item “other liabilities” (see Note 26)), and recognized through profit and loss over the term of the corresponding financial liabilities in accordance with IAS 20.10A. For further information on the market interest rate and the nominal interest rates of the government loans please refer to Note 22. The loan is recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

 

2.8 Research and Development Expenses (IAS 38)

Research expenses are defined as costs incurred for current or planned investigations undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding. Development expenses are defined as costs incurred for the application of research findings or specialist knowledge to production, production methods, services or goods prior to the commencement of commercial production or use. All research costs are expensed as incurred. IAS 38 (Intangible Assets) prohibits the capitalization of research costs; development costs must be capitalized when the following criteria have been fulfilled:

 

    It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

 

    Management intends to complete the intangible asset and to utilize or sell it;

 

    There is an ability to utilize or sell the intangible asset;

 

    It can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

    Adequate technical, financial and/or other resources to complete the development and to utilize or sell the intangible asset are available; and

 

    The expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably measured.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following costs, in particular by their nature, constitute research and development expenses: the appropriate proportions of direct personnel and material costs, related overheads for internal or external technology, engineering and other departments that provide services; costs for experimental and pilot facilities (including depreciation of buildings or parts of buildings used for research or development purposes); costs for clinical research; regular costs for the utilization of third parties’ patents for research and development purposes; other taxes related to research facilities; and fees for the filing and registration of self-generated patents that are not capitalized.

The Company’s projects are currently in the research and development phase and that marketing approval by European and foreign regulatory authorities is not, nor will be, available for any product in the near future. Therefore, expenditure on research and development is not capitalized as an intangible asset, but is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

 

2.9 Leases

When a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership is retained by the lessor leases are classified as operating leases, otherwise as finance leases. Payments made by the Company on operating leases, mainly in connection with the rental agreements for the premises in Austria and the United States, are charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) over the period of the lease. The Company does not enter into finance leases.

 

2.10 Dividend distribution

To date Nabriva has not paid dividends. Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders shall be recognized as a liability in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

 

2.11 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Historical costs include the acquisition price, ancillary costs and subsequent acquisition costs less any discounts received on the acquisition price.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset where appropriate, but only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will accrue to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repair and maintenance costs are charged to consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation on assets is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. In calculating the estimated useful life, the economic and technical life expectancy has been taken into consideration. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows: 4-5 years for IT equipment, 5-10 years for laboratory equipment and 4-10 years for other plant and office equipment. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. When assets are sold, closed down or scrapped, the difference between the net proceeds and the net carrying amount of the asset is recognized as a gain or a loss in other operating income or expenses.

 

2.12 Intangible assets

Acquired computer software licenses are capitalized on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire the software and bring it into use. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (3-10 years).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2.13 Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets that have suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

 

2.14 Financial assets

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on their trade date – the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. The Company classifies its financial assets into the following categories: (a) Loans and receivables, (b) Held-to-maturity financial assets and (c) Available-for-sale financial assets. The classification of the financial instruments depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial instruments at the time of initial recognition, and reviews the classification at each reporting date.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial instruments with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for items with maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period, which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are classified as long-term or current receivables in the consolidated statement of financial position. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost.

 

2.15 Impairment of financial assets

At the end of each reporting period the Company assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. For equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a decline in fair value below acquisition cost is considered as an indicator that the securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in the line item financial expense – is removed from other comprehensive income and recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

For loans and receivables category, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of the loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

 

2.16 Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents are classified as cash on hand and deposits held on call with banks and may include other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. They are recorded at their principal amount.

Cash which is not available for our immediate and general use is not included in cash and cash equivalents, but recorded as a separate asset in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2.17 Equity

The Company classifies an instrument, or its component parts, on initial recognition as a financial liability or an equity instrument, depending on whether the substance of the contractual arrangement of the instrument meets the definitions of either a financial liability or an equity instrument.

An instrument is classified as a financial liability when it is either (i) a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to another entity or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions that are potentially unfavorable to the Company; or (ii) a contract that will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments and is a non-derivative for which the Company is or may be obliged to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or a derivative that will or may be settled other than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of the Company’s own equity instruments.

An equity instrument is defined as any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. An instrument is an equity instrument only if the Company has an unconditional right to avoid settlement in cash or another financial asset.

Share classes

The Company’s share capital is made up of no-par value bearer shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share. The shares are divided, on a contractual basis, into common shares and preferred shares. Each share has one equal vote. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, all of the outstanding preferred shares will convert into common shares upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (IPO). The company expects that the conversion rate upon the consummation of this offering will be one-to-one.

Common shares and preferred shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement preferred shares have a liquidation preference over common shares. In addition, preferred shares have an anti-dilution protection that is not applicable for common shares. Pursuant to Austrian law the Company cannot be contractually obliged to deliver cash to any group of shareholders, e.g. via distribution of dividends or redemption of shares. Such transactions always require a resolution by the general meeting of shareholders. Hence, also the preferred shares are classified as equity.

Treasury shares

When the Company purchases its own equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

 

2.18 Borrowings

According to IAS 39 borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company has obtained loans from various governmental agencies for certain research and development projects. These loans bear an interest rate below the market interest rate. The difference between fair value and the notional amount at inception is treated as a grant in accordance with IAS 20.10A (please refer to Note 2.7 for further details).

 

2.19 Silent Partnership

On June 26, 2014 Nabriva entered into a silent partnership agreement, which entitles the silent partner to a proportionate share in the fair value of the Company, similar to a shareholder, including a share in profit or loss, according to an agreed participation rate (see Note 21).

Apart from an ordinary termination of the silent partnership agreement, which is possible for the first time on June 30, 2018, Nabriva or the silent partner may terminate the silent partnership agreement early for material cause. Depending on the cause of termination of the silent partnership agreement, the compensation for the silent partner may be in cash or in preferred shares.

 

    If shareholders of the Company sell more than 25% of their shares, Nabriva may terminate the silent partnership agreement and may choose to compensate the silent partner at fair market value in cash or preferred shares according to the agreed participation rate.

 

    Certain transactions, e.g. liquidation of the Company, discontinuation of the business or essential parts of the business, sale of significant parts or all of the assets of the Company, or other extraordinary transactions that may impair the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, need the prior written approval of the silent partner. If Nabriva wanted to execute such a transaction, e.g. selling a significant part of the assets, Nabriva may terminate the silent partnership agreement if the silent partner believes the deal is commercially not beneficial and would exercise a veto right. If an external expert confirms that the transaction is commercially beneficial, the silent partner will be compensated in cash at fair market value, or otherwise in cash at capital contributed plus interest.

 

    If Nabriva mandates an advisor or a bank for the preparation of an IPO of the Company, it may terminate the silent partnership agreement and the investor will be compensated in preferred shares. The number of shares that would be delivered to the silent partner is not yet fixed as it depends on certain future events.

 

    If the lenders under one of the Convertible Loan Agreements (see Notes 2.20 and 23) decide to convert a convertible loan into preferred shares, the silent partner may terminate the silent partnership agreement and has the right to be compensated in preferred shares at terms and conditions similar to the Convertible Loan Agreement dated November 25, 2013.

To settle its obligations upon termination of the silent partnership, (a) Nabriva cannot unilaterally decide to avoid a cash payment, and (b) Nabriva may be obliged to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments. Therefore, the silent partnership agreement is classified as financial liability according to IAS 32.11. According to IAS 39 contributions of the silent partner have been initially measured at fair value and subsequently at amortized cost, representing the silent partner’s share in the proceeds resulting from an exit event (trade sale or initial public offering), which has been calculated by use of the option pricing model (see Note 4.1).

 

2.20 Convertible Loans

Between 2011 and 2014 Nabriva entered into four Convertible Loan Agreements , or CLAs, with some of its shareholders. The lenders have the right to convert their entire claim for repayment of the loans into preferred shares in Nabriva. Depending on whether the loans are converted prior or post the execution of an external equity

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

financing agreement in the amount of at least €5 million, the conversion price shall either be the preferred share price as defined in the Shareholders Agreement 2009, or the preferred share price of the external equity financing round. Accordingly the shares to be delivered shall either have the same rights as the latest preferred shares issued or the preferred shares issued in the course of the new equity financing. If a loan is not converted, it shall be redeemed on the respective repayment date. In conjunction with the first two CLAs in 2011 and 2012, Nabriva also granted the lenders additional call options to acquire preferred shares. No transaction costs were incurred in conjunction with the CLAs. For further information on the CLAs as well as the additional call options, please refer to Notes 23, 24 and 29.

The convertible loans represent two financial instruments: an interest bearing loan and an option in form of an equity conversion right for the holders of these instruments. The loan feature of the contract represents a host debt contract that is accounted for at fair value at inception in line with IAS 39.41 and subsequently at amortized cost following the effective interest method. The fair value upon initial recognition is determined as the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the equity conversion right and additional call options (if any).

Due to the fact that the conversion price is not yet fixed but is dependent on future developments, the equity conversion right is considered a financial liability in accordance with of IAS 32. The conversion right is separated from the host contract and accounted for at fair value (determined by use of the option pricing model; see Note 4.1) at inception and in subsequent periods with changes in fair value being recognized as profit or loss in the financial result line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The additional call options represent embedded derivatives to the respective loan agreements and are separated from the main contract. The call options are accounted for at fair value (determined by use of the option pricing model; see Note 4.1) at inception and in subsequent periods with changes in fair value being recognized as profit or loss in the financial result line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). For further reference see Note 2.22.

 

2.21 Trade payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

2.22 Other Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either liabilities “at fair value through profit or loss”, or FVTPL, or “other financial liabilities.” Other financial liabilities (including borrowings and trade and other payables) are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The carrying amount of other liabilities is effectively the same as their fair value because they are predominantly short-term.

There is an obligation to pay to Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH, or AWS, a certain amount upon the occurrence of specific future events, for example an initial public offering (see Note 24). This represents a financial liability that has to be accounted for at fair value initially and at amortized cost following the effective

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

interest method in subsequent periods. Any adjustments to the underlying cash flow projections and probabilities of such events are taken into consideration, with any fluctuations being recognized in line with IAS 39 AG 8 in the line items finance income or finance expense.

Financial liabilities “at fair value through profit or loss” (FVTPL)

Financial liabilities are classified as “at fair value through profit or loss”, or FVTPL, when the financial liability is either held for trading or it is designated as “at fair value through profit or loss”.

Financial liabilities “at fair value through profit or loss” are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on re-measurement, incorporating any interest paid on the financial liability, recognized in the line items financial income or financial expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The conversion feature as well as the call options issued in connection with the Convertible Loan Agreements (see Note 23), as well as with the Kreos Loan 2014 (see Note 22), which are shown under other financial liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position, are classified as embedded derivatives to the respective loan agreements and are separated from the main contract (held-for-trading derivatives according to IAS 39.9). The fair values of the optional derivative instruments are calculated using an option pricing model, which is based on the Black-Scholes Model (see Note 4.1).

 

2.23 Employee Benefits

The Company is obliged to pay jubilee benefits in accordance with the collective bargaining agreement for the chemical industry, whereby the employee is entitled to receive a jubilee payment after being employed for a certain number of years. The Company’s net obligation in respect of these long-term employee benefits according to IAS 19.153 is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value. Remeasurements are recognized in profit or loss under salaries (see Note 8) in the period in which they arise.

The Company is further legally required to make monthly contributions to a state plan classified as defined contribution plan. These contributions are recognized under expenses for social security and payroll related taxes (see Note 8).

The Company has a contractual obligation to pay bonuses to individual employees, including the members of the Management Board, on the basis of the Company’s performance and the performance of individual employees. The company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses earned during the year but not yet paid out. The expense is recognized in salaries (see Note 8) and the liability in other current liabilities (see Note 26).

 

2.24 Share-Based Payments

The Company operates equity-settled share-based compensation plans. The fair value of such share-based compensation is recognized as an expense for the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options (Stock Option Plan 2007; see Note 20.1) or shares (Founders’ Program 2007; see Note 20). Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date and recognized as an expense over the respective vesting period.

Related social security contributions are accounted for as cash-settled share based payment transactions. A liability is recognized over the vesting period in respect of options to be exercised. As of the end of each reporting period the liability is adjusted by reference to the current market value of the shares.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Further, the Company issued substance participation rights to the members of the management board, which represent a cash-settled share-based plan under IFRS 2 (see Note 20.2). The fair value of the participation rights is determined by taking into account the probabilities and timing of the respective liquidation events in the projection of the expected cash flows for the participation rights. Once the fair value is determined, expense is recognized under other employee benefits expenses (see Note 8) and the liability under other liabilities (see Note 26). The fair value of the share-based payment liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period. The nominal amounts of the participation rights have to be repaid in cash even in case of an extraordinary termination, and therefore they have been recognized separately as financial liability according to IAS 32 under other financial liabilities (see Note 24).

 

2.25 Deferred Income Tax

Deferred income tax (income or expenses) results from temporary differences between the carrying amount of an asset or a liability in the consolidated statement of financial position and its tax base. In accordance with IAS 12 (Income Taxes), the deferred tax assets/liabilities reflect all temporary valuation and accounting differences between financial statements prepared for tax purposes and IFRS financial statements.

Deferred income tax is provided in full using the liability method on temporary differences. Tax losses carried forward are taken into account in calculating deferred tax assets. Deferred income tax assets have not been recognized up to the end of the reporting period, as it is not foreseeable, when future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. For further details please refer to Note 11.

 

3. Financial Risk Management

 

3.1 Financial Risk Factors

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Company has not used derivatives or other hedging instruments to mitigate these risk factors.

a) Market risk

Currency risk

Currency risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the U.S. dollar, and to a much lesser extent the British pound. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognized assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. No formal policy has been set up to manage the foreign exchange risk arising from future transactions and planned expenses of the Company’s U.S. subsidiary. However the Company will attempt to minimize its net exposure by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates to facilitate committed or anticipated foreign currency transactions.

At the reporting date there was a net receivable in U.S. dollar equivalent to €5 (2013: €4) and a net liability in U.S. dollar equivalent to €23 (2013: €41) and in British pound equivalent to €51 (2013: 72). Foreign currency denominated receivables and payables are short term in nature (generally 30 to 45 days). As a result, foreign exchange rate movements during the year had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair value interest rate risk and price risk

Fair value interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates, whereas price risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in the market price.

The Company is currently not exposed to debt securities price risk from investments held by the Company and classified in the consolidated statement of financial position as available-for-sale. The Company is not exposed to commodity price risk. To manage its price risk from investments in securities in previous years, the Company diversified its portfolio in accordance with the rules set by the Supervisory Board, i.e. the Company only invests in government bonds and financial market securities with ratings higher than Moody’s A2 or Standard & Poor’s A.

All interest-bearing financial liabilities carry fixed interest rates. Fair value interest rate risk is therefore limited to the valuation of any embedded derivatives and other financial liabilities. However, changing interest rates do not have a material impact on the valuation of these instruments. Accordingly fair value interest rate risk is immaterial.

Cash flow interest rate risk

Cash flow interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows associated with a monetary financial instrument will fluctuate in amount. The Company’s operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s interest rate risk arises from non-current borrowings. Apart from current and non-interest-bearing trade payables, the Company has only fixed rate borrowings. Interest rate risk is therefore immaterial.

b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation and cause the other party to incur a financial loss. The Company does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The credit risk on liquid funds (bank accounts, cash balances and securities) is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings from international credit rating agencies. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable (see Note 17).

c) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk (funding risk) is the risk that an enterprise will encounter difficulty in raising funds to meet commitments associated with financial instruments.

Prudent liquidity risk management involves maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, ensuring the availability of adequate funding in the form of committed credit facilities and being able to close out market positions. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The Company only invests in securities that can be converted into cash promptly.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The table below shows the residual maturities of the financial liabilities and receivables at the end of the reporting period. The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flow values.

 

(in thousands)    Less than 1
year
     Between 1 and 5
years
     Over 5 Years  

As of December 31, 2013

        

Borrowings

   (2,913    (590    —     

Convertible Loan

     (12,930      —           —     

Other financial liabilities

     —           (6,783      —     

Trade payables

     (377      —           —     

Receivables

     118         —           295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

(16,102 (7,373 295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014

Borrowings

(3,847 (3,474 —     

Convertible Loan

  (16,253   —        —     

Other financial liabilities

  (6,048   (1,817   —     

Trade payables

  (292   —        —     

Receivables

  202      —        326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

(26,238 (5,291 326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

3.2 Capital Risk Management

The main objectives of the Company’s capital management are to ensure the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders, benefits for other shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The total amount of equity as recorded on the consolidated statement of financial position is managed as capital by the Company.

 

4. Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires Management to make estimates and other judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. Judgments made by Management in the application of IFRS that have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are discussed below.

 

4.1 Fair Value Estimation

As described in Note 16, the Company uses valuation techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data to estimate the fair value of certain types of financial instruments. The following paragraphs provide information about determination of the fair value of financial instruments. Management believes that the chosen valuation techniques and assumptions used are appropriate in determining the fair value of financial instruments.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Valuation of Total Equity and Certain Financial Instruments

The fair value of the total equity is determined by Management and takes into account the most recently available valuation of the Company, determined with the assistance of an independent valuation specialist, and the assessment of additional objective and subjective factors the Company believes are relevant.

Management considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of the equity and certain financial instruments that represent potential interests in the equity, including the following:

 

    the progress of the research and development programs;

 

    achievement of enterprise milestones, including the entering into collaboration and licensing agreements;

 

    contemporaneous third-party valuations of the common shares;

 

    the forecasted performance and operating results;

 

    the estimated costs of capital to fund operations;

 

    the rights and preferences of the financial instruments, e.g. liquidation preference of preferred shares relative to common shares, conversion rights of the Convertible Loan Agreements, etc.;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a discrete liquidity event, such as a sale of the Company or an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    external market and economic conditions impacting the industry sector

In determining the fair values of the equity, three generally accepted approaches were considered: income approach, market approach and cost approach. Based on the stage of development and information available, the Company has determined that the income approach is the most appropriate method.

Discounted cash flow, or DCF, a form of the income approach, is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate. These cash flows are converted to present value by means of discounting, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. The discount rate in the DCF analysis is based upon a weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. The WACC is derived by using the Capital Asset Pricing Model and inputs such as the risk-free rate, beta coefficient, equity risk premiums and the size of the Company.

After determining the fair value of total equity for each valuation date, the option pricing method, or OPM, was used to estimate the fair value for all financial instruments that represent claims on the Company’s assets, including the different share classes as well as the following instruments:

 

    options under the Stock Option Plan 2007, or SOP 2007 (see Note 20.1);

 

    the investment from the silent partnership (see Note 21);

 

    options related to the Kreos loan 2014 (see Note 22); and

 

    options and conversion rights related to the Convertible Loans Agreements (see Note 23).

Under this approach, each class of securities is modeled as a combination of call options with a unique claim on the assets of the company. The characteristics of each security’s class define these claims. This reflects

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

differences in value allocation at different company value levels that result from differences in security classes, for example from liquidation preference rights, dividend accrual, etc. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of the Company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the entire equity. Volatility has been estimated based on the observed daily share price returns of peer companies over a historic period closely matching the period for which expected volatility is estimated. Volatility is defined as the annualized standard deviation of share price returns. In the allocation of equity, the company has also considered valuation outcomes through a sale of the company compared to an initial public offering and considered the probabilities of each at each valuation date, since the treatment of the liquidation rights is different for these two events. The aggregate value per security class is then divided by the number of securities outstanding to arrive at the value per security.

Valuations were performed by us with the assistance of an independent valuation firm for the following dates, deemed to be relevant either because a significant number of options under the SOP 2007 were granted on that date, or other financial instruments, for which the fair value had to be determined, were issued, or because the fair value of certain financial instruments had to be determined for year-end reporting: July 7, 2007, January 21, 2011, December 31, 2011, March 16, 2012, December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013, July 4, 2014 and December 31, 2014. For the avoidance of doubt: options granted under the SOP 2007 are equity-settled share-based compensations and thus are measured at fair value only at grant date and then recognized as an expense over the respective vesting period (see Note 20.1).

The valuations for these dates relied on DCF models to derive the total enterprise value. The cash flow projections were based on probability-weighted scenarios which considered estimates of time to market, market share and pricing of lefamulin in the target indications. The cash flow projections were estimated over a period equal to the expected patent life, and a terminal value period was not applied. The expected sales were estimated using a detailed market model that comprises historical and expected number of therapies as well as prices of relevant drugs per indication and region, based on market reports, surveys and estimates by Management. Production and research and development costs were estimated at the indication level with general and administrative costs and selling and marketing costs estimated at the overall company level. A WACC of 16.0% was applied for each valuation date. The OPM relies on the anticipated timing and probability of a liquidity event based on then current plans and estimates of the Management Board as per each valuation date. As of July 4, 2014 and December 31, 2014 the probability of an initial public offering was estimated at 60% (2013 and earlier: 10%) and of a sale at 40% (2013 and earlier: 90%). As per December 31, 2014 the estimated volatility was 65% (2013: 80%) based on historical trading volatility for the publicly traded peer companies and a time to liquidity of 0.5 years for the IPO scenario and 2.5 years for the trade sales scenario (2013: 1.2 years and 4.4 years, respectively).

 

4.2 Forest Stock Purchase Agreement

In 2012 the Company and its shareholders entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Forest Laboratories Inc. (“Forest”) pursuant to which Forest obtained the exclusive right to acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of Nabriva until the first anniversary of the agreement. Pursuant to the agreement Forest reimbursed Nabriva for the external research and development (R&D) costs incurred in connection with the joint development plan during the twelve months period. The reimbursements from Forest were recorded under other income (see Note 5). Since Nabriva remained the sponsor for all external R&D work and the sole owner of any intellectual property being generated in the course of this collaboration, all related external R&D costs are recorded under research material and purchased services (see Note 6). Forest also provided a $25,000 loan to the Company, which the Company could repurchase for €1.00 in the event Forest chose not to exercise its option to purchase the Company.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Due to the continuing successful development of Nabriva’s lead compound lefamulin, the Company’s Management, at the time of the preparation of the 2012 financial statements, assumed it was probable that Forest would exercise its option and acquire all shares in the Company in the first half-year of 2013. Consequently, probable and contingent liabilities resulting from this assumption were recorded in the 2012 financial statements. Specifically, the Company stipulated amendment agreements with its current employees and specified other beneficiaries under the SOP 2007, whereas in the event that Forest exercised its purchase option and the transaction closed, these beneficiaries would receive a cash bonus upfront and would participate in future proceeds as if their options had been converted to common shares. In return, the beneficiaries agreed to irrevocably exercise all options outstanding at that date. Accordingly, the Company made provisions for the cash bonus amounting to €704 in 2012. The provisions were included under other current liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position. However, in May 2013 Forest decided not to exercise the option, and therefore the respective probable and contingent liabilities were released in 2013. The $25,000 loan has been repurchased for €1.00 resulting in a non-recurring income in 2013. Due to the fact, that the repurchase for €1.00 economically represents a premium paid by Forest for their exclusive option right to acquire Nabriva within the specified one year period, the respective income is shown under other income in 2013. For further information on the implications on the financial statements please refer to Notes 5 and 8. After termination of the agreement with Forest no open rights or obligations exist. Furthermore, the company has not entered into any other collaborative agreements up to the end of the reporting period.

 

5. Other Income

Other income consists of the following items:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Income from repurchase of Forest Laboratories loan

   20,871       —     

Research premium

     1,449         1,028   

Cost reimbursements

     2,906         —     

Government grants (IAS 20.10A)

     659         422   

Grants from WWFF and ZIT

     297         355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

26,182    1,805   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The research premium is an Austrian R&D premium of 10% on research and development expenses, which is paid out in cash by the Austrian fiscal authorities.

In 2008 the Company was granted a loan from the Austrian Research Promotion Agency ( Österreichische Forschungsförderungsgesellschaft, or FFG ) in the nominal amount of €1,685, with a fixed interest rate of 2.50% per year. In 2010 the Company received a loan of €3,500 from the ERP Fund with a fixed interest rate of 2.25% (see Note 22). According to IAS 20.10A, the differences between the nominal interest rates of these R&D support loans and the market rate of interest, estimated at 33.40% (see Note 22), are treated as a government grant and recognized over the term of the corresponding financial liabilities (see Note 2.7).

The WWFF grant in the amount of €750 was received in March 2010 from the Vienna business promotion fund ( Wiener Wirtschafsförderungsfonds, or WWFF ) as a lease subsidy. The grant was paid out to the landlord of Nabriva’s premises and is passed on to Nabriva in the form of 94 equal monthly reductions to the leasing fees until December 2017. The grant is non-refundable except in certain cases, e.g. bankruptcy of the Company or violation of the grant conditions, e.g. if statements in the application were falsely made or inspections by WWFF are not allowed. Nabriva is, and has been, fully compliant with all grant conditions. In case Nabriva terminated

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the leasing agreement before December 2017, the landlord would have to repay the aliquot remaining part of the grant to WWFF, and the Company cannot record any further monthly grant income; however, no repayment obligation would arise for the Company in that case.

In July 2012 the Company was awarded a grant in the amount of €430 from the Vienna Center for Innovation and Technology ( Zentrum für Innovation und Technologie, or ZIT ) for the project “extended-spectrum pleuromutilins (ESP) – innovative broad spectrum antibiotics”. In December 2013 ZIT awarded the Company a grant in the amount of €346 for another project under the ESP program. Both ZIT grants represent 45% of the approved project costs; the 2012 grant includes an additional €10 bonus for female project leaders. Both grants allowed for upfront payments in the amount of 50% of the grant. Both upfront payments were received after 50% of the respective projects were already completed. Therefore no recognition as deferred grant income in the line item other liabilities was necessary. The remaining 50% for the 2012 ZIT grant were paid out upon audit and acceptance of the final project report and cost accounting in November 2013. The final project report and cost accounting for the 2013 ZIT grant were submitted in March 2015 and payment of the remaining 50% is expected in the second quarter of 2015. Since the project was successfully completed prior to December 31, 2014, and the project costs by far exceed the approved costs, the full grant income was recognized. Both grants are non-refundable, except in the case of non-compliance with ZIT regulations, e.g. false statements in grant application, refusal or obstruction of inspections by ZIT, not using the funds for the approved project, not submitting a final project report in time, shut-down of the Company or relocation outside of Vienna. The Company is and has been in full compliance with ZIT regulations.

Cost reimbursements amounting to €2,906 in 2013 relate to the Forest Stock Purchase Agreement (see Note 4.2). Further, as the Forest Stock Purchase Agreement was terminated in accordance with its terms, the Company was entitled to repurchase the buyer loan granted by Forest for €1.00 (see Note 4.2). The resulting income from this repurchase amounted to €20,871 in 2013.

 

6. Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses include the following items (nature of expense):

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Staff costs

   2,350       3,366   

Research materials and purchased services

     2,789         1,325   

Other research and development expenses

     2,076         2,282   

Depreciation and amortization

     109         92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

7,324    7,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research materials and purchased services include all expenses for materials and services in respect of research activities. They consist of:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Non-clinical research & development

   1,681       1,018   

Clinical phase I and II studies

     800         —     

Laboratory & research materials

     308         307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

2,789    1,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other research and development expenses consist of:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Infrastructure expenses

   1,113       1,084   

Intellectual property and trademark related expenses

     479         513   

Advisory and external consultancy expenses

     227         436   

Travel expenses

     120         142   

Other expenses

     137         107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

2,076    2,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7. General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include the following items (nature of expense):

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Other general and administrative expenses

   1,201       1,751   

Staff costs

     1,634         1,092   

Depreciation and amortization

     34         33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

2,869    2,876   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other general and administrative expenses include the following:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Infrastructure expenses

   381       365   

Advisory and external consultancy expenses

     155         363   

Tax consulting, payroll accounting, accounting and auditing expenses

     226         351   

Legal expenses

     92         263   

Travel expenses

     119         114   

Supervisory board fees

     184         99   

Other expenses

     44         196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

1,201    1,751   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8. Expense Classification by Function

IAS 1.83 requires companies that present their statement of comprehensive income (loss) using the classification by function method to disclose in the notes as additional information the expenses classified by nature. They are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Staff costs

   3,984       4,458   

Materials and purchased R&D services

     2,789         1,325   

Depreciation and amortization

     143         125   

Other

     3,277         4,033   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

10,193    9,941   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Thereof recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) as:

Research and development expenses

7,324    7,065   

General and administrative expenses

  2,869      2,876   

Staff costs can be further broken down as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Salaries

   3,254       3,621   

Expenses for social security and payroll related taxes

     933         1,004   

Other employee benefit expenses

     (203      (167
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

3,984    4,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2013 other employee benefit expenses include the release of provisions for the cash bonuses and retention bonuses under the SOP 2007, which have been made in connection with the Forest stock purchase agreement in 2012 (see Note 4.2). Further expenses from share-based payment transactions (SOP 2007, SPR) are included under other employee benefit expenses. In 2014 these include the fair value adjustment of Substance Participation Rights after their mutual termination (see Note 20.2).

Post-employment benefit obligations

As required under Austrian labor law, the Company makes contributions to a state plan classified as defined contribution plan ( Mitarbeitervorsorgekasse ). Monthly contributions to the plan are 1.53% of salary with respect to each employee and are recognized as expense in the period incurred. In the year ended December 31, 2014 contribution costs amounted to €49 (2013: €48).

 

9. Other gains, net

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Foreign exchange gain

   33       5   

Foreign exchange losses

     (25      (11

Other

     163         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

171    105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

10. Financial income and expenses

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013     2014  

Interest income

    

Bank deposits

   3      2   

Other interest

     220        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

223    2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and similar expense

Kreos Loan 2014

—      (424

FFG Loan

  (43   (43

Forest loan

  (324   —     

ERP Loan

  (58   (198

Convertible loans

  (2,933   (4,658

Other financing fees

  —        (73

Interest according to IAS 20.10A

  (659   (421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

(4,017 (5,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Silent partnership

Adjustment to amortized cost following a change in expected exit proceeds

—      (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

—      (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other finance income/(expenses)

Realized gains from sale of available-for-sale financial assets

1    —     

Adjustment of carrying amount of financial liabilities according to IAS 39.40

  3,802      —     

Valuation call options related to Convertible Loan Agreements (CLAs)

  (251   (382

Valuation call options related to Kreos Loan 2014

  —        (117

Valuation conversion rights related to CLAs

  (3,932   1,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

(380 585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial result

(4,174 (5,277
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income arises on cash and cash equivalents. Interest expenses consist of interest payable on borrowings of all kinds (e.g. bank and other loans) and are expensed as incurred.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As required by IFRS 7.20, interest on financial instruments is classified as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Loans and
receivables
     Other
financial
liabilities
    Available
for sale
     FVTPL
(held for
trading)
    Total  

Financial result as per consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), year ended December 31, 2013

            

Finance income

   3       4,022      1       —        4,026   

Finance expenses

     —           (4,017     —           (4,183     (8,200
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

3    5    1    (4,183 (4,174
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial result as per consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), year ended December 31, 2014

Finance income

2    —      —      1,084    1,086   

Finance expenses

  —        (5,864   —        (499   (6,363
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

2    (5,864 —      585    (5,277
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11. Taxes on Income

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Current tax

   (776    (63

Deferred tax

     —           (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

(776 (72
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In Austria taxes on income are calculated using the current corporate income tax rate of 25%. Under the Austrian Corporate Income Tax Act (KStG) a minimum amount of corporate income tax is levied even if there is a tax loss. In the U.S. Nabriva was subject to state taxes of 10% and federal taxes of 15% in 2014.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Profit (Loss) before taxes

   11,986       (13,308

Tax income (expense) at 25%

     (2,997      3,327   

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     (29      (16

Research premium income not subject to tax

     356         264   

Effect of deferred tax assets not recognized

     (520      (3,581

Minimum Austrian corporate income tax

     —           (4

Utilization of previously unrecognized tax loss carryforwards

     2,392         —     

Creditable minimum corporate income tax (from prior years)

     22         —     

Effect of different tax rates of subsidiary operating in other jurisdiction

     —           (2

Effect on deferred tax balances due to expected change to a higher tax bracket in U.S. Federal tax rate from 15% to 35% effective 2016

     —           (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax charge (Tax expense recognized in profit or loss)

  (776   (17

Effect of establishment of silent partnership

  —        (55
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

(776 (72
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax

Deferred taxes have only been recognized to the extent it is likely that in the following period a taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Accordingly deferred taxes have only been recognized for the U.S. subsidiary, resulting in a deferred tax liability in the amount of €9 (2013: €0). The deferred tax liability results from an accelerated depreciation method of property, plant and equipment for tax purposes.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

With regard to Austrian income tax, there are temporary differences resulting in deferred tax liabilities in the amount of €73 (2013: €822) as stated in the table below. These are offset against deferred tax assets resulting mainly from tax loss carry-forwards showing the same amount and timing with the same fiscal authority. Therefore no deferred tax items are presented in the balance sheet or effects shown in the consolidated income statement with regard to tax effects from the Austrian tax jurisdiction.

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Deferred tax asset from

     

Tax losses carried forward

   21,743       26,531   

Investment from silent partnership

     —           231   

Stock option plan

     972         —     

Other financial liabilities

     1,028         —     

Other non-current liabilities

     —           4   

Other current liabilities

     190         —     

Non-recognition of deferred tax assets

     (23,111      (26,693
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

822    73   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability from

Property, plant and equipment

  (8   (8

Borrowings

  —        (24

Convertible Loan

  (812   (15

Other non-current liabilities

  (2   —     

Other financial liabilities

  —        (26
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liability

(822 (73
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax, net

—      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax loss carry-forwards of €26,531 (2013: €21,743) related to cumulative tax loss carry-forwards in respect of losses of €106,122, and €162 (2013: €1,368) related to other temporary differences. Since the Company is in a loss-making position and has a history of losses, no deferred tax asset has been recognized. The tax loss carry-forwards will not expire.

 

12. Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings/losses per share

Basic earnings/losses per share is calculated by dividing the net earnings/loss attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year (excluding shares purchased by the company and held as treasury shares).

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Earnings (Loss) for the period

   11,210       (13,380

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

     324,703         324,703   

Excluded treasury shares on December 31

     2,819         2,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

34.53    (41.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Diluted earnings/losses per share

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential shares. In 2013 the company had two categories of dilutive potential shares: convertible loans and related share options (see Note 23). The convertible loans, which can be converted into shares of the company at any time, were assumed to have been converted into ordinary shares, and the net profit was adjusted to eliminate the interest expense. For the share options, a calculation is done to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined using the OPM) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding share options. As the share options pursuant to the SOP 2007 are contingent on an exit event they have been treated as contingently issuable shares. As the exit even has not taken place at the balance sheet date they have not been included in the diluted earnings per share calculation. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options. The anti-dilution provisions of the preferred shares has not been considered in this calculation, as it is only applicable in case of a conversion of the preferred shares into common shares simultaneously or after an issuance of new shares (or options, share equivalents or convertible securities of whatever nature) for a price of less than the preferred purchase price. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provision, the conversion rate applicable to voluntary or automatic conversions of preferred shares taking place simultaneously or after such an issuance of shares shall be adjusted according to a defined formula. The existing preferred shareholders waived their anti-dilution rights in conjunction with the Series B preferred financing in April 2015 (see Note 31).

In 2014 diluted losses per share equal basic losses per share because the conversion of all potentially dilutive shares (e.g. outstanding share options & conversion feature) would result in a decrease in the loss per share and is therefore not to be treated as dilutive.

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Earnings for the period

   11,210       (13,380

Adjustment for dilutive effect of convertible loans

     (893      n/a   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings used to determine dilutive earnings per share

10,317    (13,380

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

  324,703      324,703   

Adjustment for

Assumed conversion of convertible loans

  37,768      n/a   

Share Options

  7,522      n/a   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares for diluted earnings per share

  369,993      324,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (losses) per share

27.89    (41.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13. Notes to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

The consolidated statement of cash flows has been prepared using the indirect method. It shows the changes in cash and cash equivalents resulting from the inflow and outflow of funds during the reporting period and differentiates between cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities. The funds included in the consolidated statement of cash flows are cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Cash flow utilized by operating activities

The cash flow from operating activities shows the flows of funds arising from the provision and receipt of goods and services during the reporting period and includes changes in working capital.

Cash flow generated from (utilized by) investing activities

The cash flow from investing activities consists mainly of outflows of funds for the acquisition of tangible and intangible assets, as well as proceeds from sales and purchases of marketable securities.

Cash flow generated from financing activities

The cash flow from financing activities consists of cash flows from repayments of long-term borrowings of €1,750 (2013: €583), proceeds from the silent partnership of €475 (2013: €0), proceeds from long-term borrowings of €4,645 (2013: €0) and proceeds from a convertible loan in the amount of €3,550 (2013: €1,500).

 

14. Property, Plant and Equipment

The movement on property, plant and equipment was as follows:

 

(in thousands)    IT
equipment
     Laboratory
appliances
     Other
equipment
     Total  

As of January 1, 2013

           

Cost or valuation

   317       2,110       11       2,438   

Accumulated depreciation

     (260      (1,706      (6      (1,972
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

57    404    5    466   

Year ended December 31, 2013

Beginning carrying amount

  57      404      5      466   

Additions

  —        22      —        22   

Disposals

  0      —        —        0   

Depreciation

  (21   (106   (1   (128
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

36    320    4    360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2014

Cost or valuation

  317      2,131      12      2,460   

Accumulated depreciation

  (281   (1,811   (8   (2,100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

36    320    4    360   

Year ended December 31, 2014

Beginning carrying amount

  36      320      4      360   

Additions

  62      5      —        67   

Disposals

  (2   0      —        (2

Depreciation

  (22   (92   (1   (115

Foreign currency exchange differences

  4      —        —        4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

78    233    3    314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

€83 (2013: €97) of depreciation expense has been charged to research and development expenses and €32 (2013: €31) to general and administrative expenses.

All property, plant and equipment of Nabriva Therapeutics AG exceeding a book value of €1 has been pledged as collateral for the Kreos Loan 2014 (see Note 22), resulting in a total amount of pledged property, plant and equipment of €188 as of December 31, 2014 (2013: €0).

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

15. Intangible Assets

The movement on intangible assets (software) was as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013      2014  

As of January 1

     

Cost or valuation

   293       293   

Accumulated amortization

     (258      (273
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

35    20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31

Beginning carrying amount

35    20   

Additions

  —        —     

Amortization

  (15   (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount

20    10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

€9 (2013: €13) of amortization expense was charged to research and development expenses and €1 (2013: €2) to general and administrative expenses.

 

16. Financial Instruments

In accordance with IAS 39 and IFRS 7, the financial instruments are classified as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Loans and
receivables
     Available for
sale
     Total  

As of December 31, 2013

        

Assets as per consolidated statement of financial position

        

Current receivables

   118       —         118   

Cash and cash equivalents

     3,291         —           3,291   

Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents

     303         —           303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

3,712    —      3,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)    Other
financial

liabilities
     FVTPL
(held for
trading)
     Total  

Liabilities as per consolidated statement of financial position

        

Borrowings

   2,872       —         2,872   

Convertible loan

     9,008         —           9,008   

Other financial liabilities

     47         6,480         6,527   

Trade payables

     377         —           377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

12,304    6,480    18,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands)    Loans and
receivables
     Available for
sale
     Total  

As of December 31, 2014

        

Assets as per consolidated statement of financial position

        

Current receivables

   202       —         202   

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,770         —           1,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

1,972    —      1,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(in thousands)    Other
financial

liabilities
     FVTPL
(held for
trading)
     Total  

Liabilities as per consolidated statement of financial position

        

Borrowings

   5,797       —         5,797   

Silent partnership

     522         —           522   

Convertible loan

     16,253         —           16,253   

Other financial liabilities

     197         7,562         7,759   

Trade payables

     292         —           292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

23,061    7,562    30,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the tables above current receivables are only included to the extent they are classified as financial instruments. Current receivables as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position also include other receivables, which mainly result from tax receivables and prepaid expenses (see also Note 17).

The carrying amount of non-current liabilities (borrowings) equals their fair value, as non-current borrowings only comprise the Kreos Loan 2014 (see Note 22), which – as the only loan from a third party – serves as a benchmark of an applicable market interest rate for Nabriva. The carrying amount of current borrowings is a reasonable approximation of their fair value, as the impact of discounting is not significant. The carrying amounts for current receivables and trade payables are assumed to approximate their fair value due to their relatively short maturity.

The following table presents the financial instruments measured at fair value and classified by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

 

    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1).

 

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (as exchange rates) (Level 2).

 

    Valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (those are unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

It does not include fair value information for financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value where the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of the fair value.

 

(in thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2013

           

Liabilities as per consolidated statement of financial position

           

Other financial liabilities

   —         —         6,480       6,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

—      —      6,480    6,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(in thousands)    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2014

           

Liabilities as per consolidated statement of financial position

           

Other financial liabilities

   —         —         7,562       7,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

—      —      7,562    7,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of the conversion right and call option derivate instruments (Level 3) are determined using the option pricing model (see Note 4.1). There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the period.

According to IFRS 13.93(e) the following table shows the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial liabilities:

 

(in thousands)    FVTPL
(held for trading)
     Total  

December 31, 2013

     

Opening balance

   1,905       1,905   

Total (gains) losses in profit or loss

     4,183         4,183   

Issues of conversion rights

     392         392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing Balance

6,480    6,480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

Opening balance

6,480    6,480   

Total (gains) losses in profit or loss

  (585   (585

Issues of conversion rights

  963      963   

Issues of options

  704      704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing Balance

7,562    7,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (gains) losses for the year result from the valuation of call options and conversion rights and are included in the finance income/expenses line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) (see Note 10).

 

17. Long-term and current receivables

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Deposits

   295       326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term receivables

295    326   

Tax office

  845      1,220   

Prepaid expenses

  89      121   

Receivables from grant income

  86      173   

Other receivables

  35      29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current receivables

1,055    1,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

1,350    1,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The deposits shown under long-term receivables relate to a deposit for rent of the office building in Vienna.

Current receivables were all due within one year. None of them was either past due or impaired.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2014 receivables from the R&D premium in the amount of €1,239 (2013: €0), included in receivables from tax office, were pledged as collateral for the Kreos Loan 2014 (see Note 22).

 

18. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash were as follows:

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Cash on hand

   0       0   

Cash at bank

     3,291         1,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

3,291    1,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash

303    —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013 the Company had €303 of restricted cash, pledged in conjunction with the loan from the ERP Fund (see Note 22). There were no restricted cash amounts as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, €1,694 was pledged as collateral for the Kreos Loan 2014 (see Note 22).

 

19. Share Capital and Capital Reserves

 

                          Treasury shares         
(in thousands)    Number
of shares
     Capital
paid in
by share-
holders
     Capital
reserves
     Number
of
shares
     Book
value
     Total
share
capital
 

Balance as of January 1, 2013

     327,522       328       66,262         2,819       (19    65,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Value of employee services (SOP 2007)

  —        —        124      —        —        124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December, 2013

  327,522    328    66,386      2,819    (19 66,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Value of employee services (SOP 2007)

  —        —        72      —        —        72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December, 2014

  327,522    328    66,458      2,819    (19 66,767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share capital

At December 31, 2014 the issued share capital amounted to €328 (2013: €328) and is fully paid up. The share capital is made up of 327,522 (2013: 327,522) no-par value bearer shares with a nominal value of €1.00 per share. The shares are divided, on a contractual basis but not pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, into 68,993 (2013: 63,884) common shares and 258,529 (2013: 263,638) preferred shares (see also Note 2.17).

As of December 31, 2014 the authorized share capital amounts to €22 (2013: €22) for the satisfaction of option rights under the SOP 2007, to €125 (2013: €125) for the satisfaction of conversion and option rights under the Convertible Loan Agreements (CLAs), and to €3 (2013: €0) for the satisfaction of option rights related to the Kreos Loan 2014 (see Notes 22 and 24), respectively. The total authorized share capital therefore comprises of up to 150,392 (2013: 147,111) no-par value shares, whereby the options issued under the SOP 2007 shall be converted into common shares and the conversion rights and options issued under the CLAs, as well as the options related to the Kreos Loan 2014 shall be converted into preferred shares.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

20. Share-Based Payments

 

20.1 Stock Option Plan 2007

On September 12, 2007 the Company’s Management and Supervisory Boards resolved to implement a stock option plan for all employees (including members of the Management Board) with open-ended contracts of employment with the Company and for selected members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and further participants. The stock option plan became effective on September 28, 2007. The total number of options eligible that can be granted and vested in the beneficiaries under the Stock Option Plan does not exceed 29,889 (the overall number of options).

The options grant the beneficiaries the right to acquire shares in the Company. The vesting period for the options is four years following the date of participation. On the last day of the last calendar month of the first year of the vesting period, 25% of the options attributable to each beneficiary are automatically vested. On the last day of the last calendar month of the second year of the vesting period, a further 25% of the options are vested. During the third and fourth years of the vesting period, the remaining 50% of the options vest on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083% per month).

Notwithstanding any of the above, the exercise of vested options is only permissible in case of a liquidation event (e.g. sale of 50% or more of the shares or assets of the Company, merger of the Company) or a qualified public offering. In case a liquidation event occurs, 50% of the remaining options not yet vested with a beneficiary at this point in time, shall vest with immediate effect. The beneficiaries are entitled to exercise the vested options from September 28, 2007 until September 27, 2017. Except in the case of a liquidation event, the beneficiaries are entitled to exercise vested options exclusively within a period of six weeks commencing the day after the Company’s Annual General Meeting.

The beneficiaries are not entitled to transfer vested options except to individuals by way of inheritance or bequest. Options do not entitle beneficiaries to exercise any shareholder rights. Beneficiaries may exercise shareholder rights only in virtue of any shares they hold.

As at December 31, 2014 the vested option rights outstanding amount to €3,903 (2013: €3,832) and is recorded under capital reserves (see Note 19). For further details on the related expenses see Notes 2.24 and 7).

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices concerning the Stock Option Plan 2007 are as follows:

 

     2013      2014  

Stock Option Plan 2007

   Average
exercise
price in €
per share
     Options      Average
exercise
price in €
per share
     Options  

Outstanding as of January 1

     6.72         23,280         6.72         23,045   

Granted

     6.72         —           6.72         1,088   

Forfeited

     6.72         (235      6.72         —     
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31

  23,045      24,133   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

The 1,088 options granted on August 31, 2014 were valued based on the OPM (see Note 4.1) as of July 4, 2014. There were no significant results from our development programs, or any other changes that may affect the company value, between July 4, 2014 and August 31, 2014. Therefore we believe the July valuation was still reasonable. The weighted average fair value of the options granted during the period was €192.07 per share

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(2013: n/a). Share based compensation expense under the Stock Option Plan 2007 was €124 and €72 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The significant inputs to the OPM are described in Note 4.1. Input parameters specific to the SOP 2007 include a probability weighted expected option life of 1.3 years (2013: 4.1 years).

The Founders’ Program 2007 is a further share-based payment scheme the beneficiaries of which are Dr. Gerd Ascher and Dr. Rodger Novak. There remain 623 shares available in form of stock options at an exercise price of €1.00 per share and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as set out in the Company’s Stock Option Plan 2007. The 623 options vested as follows: 25% of the options (156 shares) vested in November 2007. A further 25% (155 shares) vested in February 2008. The remaining 50% vested during the period from March 2008 to February 2010 on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e., 2.083% per month, or 13 shares). The fair value of each of these options at grant date is €132.48 per share. The options are fully vested but not yet exercised. Therefore, a balance of €112 (2013: €112) is recorded in capital reserves as at December 31, 2014. The corresponding expense was recorded over the vesting period under other employee benefit expenses (see Note 8). No further options were granted under the Founders’ Program 2007, and no options were forfeited or exercised in 2013 and 2014.

 

20.2 Substance Participation Rights

In 2010 and 2011 the Company issued substance participation rights (SPRs) amounting to a nominal capital of €8,509 in total. These rights were acquired by the members of the Management Board then in office, i.e. Dr. David Chiswell, Dr. Rodger Novak, Dr. William Prince and Mr. Ralf Schmid. Due to the termination of employment of Dr. David Chiswell and Dr. Rodger Novak in 2012, their respective substance participation rights were also terminated and repaid. Due to mutual termination of the participation rights of Dr. Prince and Mr. Schmid in 2014, the fair value according to IFRS 2 is zero. Only the nominal amount is still shown under other financial liabilities (see Note 2.24 for further details regarding the recognition of the fair value and the nominal amounts of the SPRs). The nominal amounts have already been paid back in 2015.

The participation rights were granted for an unlimited period of time and subordinated to claims of all other creditors of the Company. Following the occurrence of specific events (among other things sale of 50% or more of the shares of the Company, a merger of the Company, but explicitly not in case of an IPO) the participation rights holders were entitled to participate in the company value, the liquidation proceeds, as well as the hidden reserves according to a predetermined formal calculation. This exit participation would have been calculated as a function of the absolute amount of the proceeds of the transaction, with a defined lower limit. In case the proceeds fell below this limit, only the nominal value of the participation rights would have been redeemed. Any participation in the Company’s profits in addition to the above would have been subject to a shareholders’ resolution. The participation rights conferred no shareholders’ rights, in particular no rights to vote in the shareholders’ meetings, to subscribe to newly issued shares or to regularly receive a distribution of (part of the) distributable profit except under the conditions mentioned above.

 

(in thousands)    Year ended December 31  

Fair value

   2013      2014  

Balance as of January 1

   38       223   

Fair value adjustment

     185         (223
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

223    —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     As of December 31  

Nominal amounts

   2013      2014  

Prince

   2,553       2,553   

Schmid

     2,553         2,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

5,106    5,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21. Investment from Silent Partnership

By partnership agreements dated June 26, 2014 the Company established a silent partnership with HTBT GmbH & Co KG, Vienna (“HTBT”), according to which HTBT shares in the Company’s fair value and in profit and loss according to the agreed participation rate. For further details on the compensation of the silent partner upon termination of the silent partnership refer to Note 2.19.

An ordinary termination by the Company or the silent partner is possible after June 30, 2018. Apart from the ordinary termination, the parties to the contracts are also entitled to terminate the contracts early for material cause without observing a notice period.

Contributions of the silent partners amount to €475 in 2014 (2013: €0) and are measured at amortized cost at the end of the reporting period, representing the silent partner’s share in the proceeds resulting from an exit event (trade sale or initial public offering), which has been calculated by use of the option pricing model (see Note 4.1) under the assumption that the silent partnership’s claim will be converted into equity upon execution of the Series B financing agreement in February 2015. The development is as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Amortized cost as of January 1, 2014

   —     

Contributions

     475   

Adjustment to amortized cost

     47   
  

 

 

 

Amortized cost as of December 31, 2014

522   
  

 

 

 

 

22. Borrowings

R&D Support Loans – FFG Loan (Project 819981) and ERP Loan

In 2008 the Company took out a loan (“FFG Loan”) from the Austrian Research Promotion Agency ( Österreichische Forschungsförderungsgesellschaft ) in the nominal amount of €1,685. The contractual maturity of the loan was December 31, 2014. In December 2014 the further deferral of the loan repayment had already orally been agreed with the FFG (subject to closing of the fifth Convertible Loan Agreement, see Note 31), and the FFG did not make use of its authorization to withdraw any due amounts on December 31, 2014. The formal written confirmation of the extension until April 30, 2015 was issued on February 2, 2015. In the course of the extension the interest rate was raised to 5.0% per annum.

In 2010 the Company took out a loan of €3,500 from the ERP Fund, 85% of which were secured by a guarantee from the Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH (“AWS”). The ERP Fund is part of the AWS organization, and the ERP Loan and the AWS guarantee are often granted in combination. The remaining 15% of the loan were secured by cash on a pledged account (see Note 18). This loan had a fixed interest rate of 2.25%. In 2014 the loan was fully repaid in advance in anticipation of entering into the Kreos loan. Apart from the repayment of the outstanding principal amount of €1,458, an early repayment penalty in the amount of €18 was paid. Future interest payments as well as future fees for the AWS guarantee were forfeited.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Non-current borrowings

     

ERP Loan

   503       —     

Kreos Loan 2014

     —           2,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current borrowings

503    2,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current borrowings

FFG Loan

  1,565      1,685   

Kreos Loan 2014

  —        1,278   

ERP Loan

  804      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current borrowings

2,369    2,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

2,872    5,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maturity of borrowings is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

No later than 1 year

   2,369       2,963   

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

     503         2,834   

Later than 5 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

2,872    5,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The nominal interest rates on the loans were as follows:

 

Lender

   Nominal value
(in thousands)
     Carrying amount
(in thousands)
     Maturity      Nominal
interest rate
    Effective
interest rate
 

FFG Loan

   1,685       1,685         31.12.2014         2.50     2.50

Kreos Loan 2014

     4,808         4,112         31.07.2017         11.9     25.1

The FFG Loan and the ERP Loan carry subsidized interest rates. The carrying amounts of these loans, shown in the table below, equal their fair values, which were calculated using an interest rate of 33.40%, based on the effective interest rate of a loan obtained from Kreos Capital in 2009, which was considered to be the best estimate for a market interest rate for Nabriva at the time of the fair value calculation.

 

December 31, 2013, (in thousands)

   Nominal value      Carrying amount  

FFG Loan

   1,685       1,565   

ERP Loan

     1,750         1,307   

Total

   3,435       2,872   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014, (in thousands)

   Nominal value      Carrying amount  

FFG Loan

   1,685       1,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

1,685    1,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The difference between nominal and fair value (carrying amount) is shown under other liabilities according to IAS 20.10A.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Kreos Loan 2014

On July 4, 2014 Nabriva entered into a loan agreement with Kreos Capital IV (“Kreos”) to obtain a loan in the amount of €5,000 (“Kreos Loan 2014”). The loan ranks senior to the Convertible Loan (see Note 23). In connection with the loan agreement, Nabriva granted Kreos options to purchase shares of the company. The Company’s intellectual property, fixed assets exceeding a value of €1, the receivables related to the research premium and bank accounts were pledged as collaterals for the loan. The Company may sell or otherwise disburse of any of pledged fixed asset in the ordinary course of business, and may also withdraw any amounts from the pledged bank accounts, as long as it is not in default of the provisions of the loan agreement. The Company shall undertake all necessary measures to ensure the receipt of the research premium and transfer to a pledged account. Nabriva is entitled to prepay the loan in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.

 

(in thousands)    Year ended December 31, 2014  

Nominal loan amount

   5,000   

Withheld transactions costs and instalment

     (355
  

 

 

 

Amount paid-out to Nabriva

4,645   

Separation of call options

  (704

Effective interest accrued

  419   

Interest paid

  (248
  

 

 

 

Carrying amount as of December 31,

4,112   
  

 

 

 

 

23. Convertible Loans

On July 27, 2011, the Company entered into a Convertible Loan Agreement (“CLA1”) with an aggregate principal amount of €8,000, made available to the Company by some of its shareholders in two tranches of €5,000 and €3,000 respectively. The first tranche was drawn down in August 2011, the second tranche was drawn down in December 2011.

On March 16, 2012 the Company entered into a second Convertible Loan Agreement (“CLA2”) with some of its shareholders with an aggregate principal amount of €633, which was drawn down in April 2012.

On November 25, 2013 the Company entered into a third Convertible Loan Agreement (“CLA3”), as amended on February 11, 2014, with some of its shareholders with an aggregate principal amount of €3,050,. The first tranche in the amount of €1,500 was drawn down in December 2013, the second tranche in the amount of €1,550 was drawn down in February 2014.

On July 4, 2014 the Company entered into a fourth Convertible Loan Agreement (“CLA4”) with some of its shareholders with an aggregate principal amount of €2,000, which was drawn down in July 2014.

For an overview of the participating shareholders please refer to Note 29.

The Lenders of all CLAs have the right to convert their entire claim for repayment of the loans as paid to Nabriva into preferred shares. Upon closing of the CLA3, the repayment date for all CLAs was set to December 31, 2014. The repayment date was extended to December 31, 2015 by an amendment agreement, which was executed on January 8, 2015. If a loan is not converted, it shall be redeemed on this date. In the course of the Series B financing round, which was signed on March 31, 2015 and closed in April 2015 (see Note 31), the CLAs will convert into preferred shares of this financing. Based on the mutually signed term sheet for this financing, dated December 30, 2014, the conversion of the CLAs was already anticipated as of the end of the reporting period, and taken into consideration for the valuation of the financial instruments (see Note 4.1).

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For all CLAs (except the second CLA) interest of 7.73% per annum for each tranche accrue from the respective disbursement date under each tranche until repayment. The second CLA does not bear interest, however a repayment premium equal to one time the principal amount has been agreed, i.e. in case of repayment the lenders would receive double the principal amount of the CLA2.

In addition, the Lenders of the first and second Convertible Loan Agreement have received call options to acquire preferred shares reflecting the value of 20% of their participation in the loans. After consideration of the value of these call options as well as of the equity conversion feature and separation of these embedded derivatives on initial recognition and after consideration of the amendments (extended maturity), the weighted average effective interest rate of the convertible loans is 43,44% per annum (2013: 42,82% per annum). For more details on the call options please refer to Note 26.

By executing the Investment and Subscription Agreement 2015 (see Note 31), the CLA lenders waived all rights and claims they had in connection with the CLAs, in particular as all call option rights as well as claims on payments of the interest accrued on the loans.

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Carrying amount at January 1

   8,769       9,008   

Proceeds of issue

     1,500         3,550   

Separation of equity conversion feature

     (392      (963

Effective interest accrued

     2,933         4,658   

Adjustment of carrying amount according to IAS 39.40

     (3,802      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amount at December 31

9,008    16,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. Other Financial Liabilities

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

     

Call Options

   1,435       2,638   

Equity conversion rights from CLAs

     5,045         4,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities at FVTPL

6,480    7,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Others

AWS Profit Share

42    192   

Substance Participation Rights (nominal value)

  5      5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Others

47    197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

6,527    7,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Thereof

Current

—      5,942   

Non-current

  6,527      1,817   

In connection with the Convertible Loan Agreements entered into in 2011 and 2012 (i.e. CLA1 and CLA2), the Lenders received call options to acquire 7,554 preferred shares reflecting the value of 20% of their participation in the loans based on the preferred A purchase price of €228.57. The number of preferred shares a Lender will ultimately receive upon exercise of the call options may vary and will be calculated by dividing 20% of a

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

respective Lenders’ nominal value of the loans by the preferred share price as agreed for the most recently completed financing round prior to exercise. In no event will the price used to determine the number of preferred shares to be awarded upon exercise of the call options be less than €123.28 for the options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 in connection with CLA1 and CLA2, respectively. The lenders are entitled to exercise the call options at an exercise price of €1.00 at any time between the disbursement date of the individual loans and the fifth anniversary of the respective CLA.

In 2014 the Company entered into an Option Agreement which entitled Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited to buy 3,281 preferred shares in Nabriva based on the preferred A purchase price of €228.57. The Option Agreement was entered into in connection with a Loan Agreement between Nabriva and Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited (a related party to Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited). The call options can be exercised at an exercise price of €1.00 at any time between the funding date of the loan by Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited and the earlier of (a) the tenth anniversary of the date of the Option Agreement, (b) consummation of the sale of the entire issued share capital of the Company or (c) the fifth anniversary of an initial public offering (IPO) of the Company. The number of preferred shares that Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited will ultimately receive upon exercise of the call options may vary and will be calculated by dividing 15% of the nominal value of the loan in the amount of €5 million by the preferred share price as agreed for the most recently completed financing round prior to exercise.

The fair value of the call options was as follows:

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Fair value as of January 1

   1,184       1,435   

Separation (recognition) of call options

     0         704   

Fair value adjustment

     251         499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31

1,435    2,638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Further, the equity conversion right from the Convertible Loan Agreements represents an embedded derivative that is not closely related to the host debt and consequently accounted for separately at fair value. The development of fair value of the conversion right was as follows:

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Fair value as of January 1

   721       5,045   

Separation (recognition) of equity conversion right

     392         963   

Fair value adjustment

     3,932         (1,084
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value as of December 31

5,045    4,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities also include a liability resulting from a profit–related guarantee fee (“AWS Profit Share”), which Nabriva granted to AWS in connection with the guarantee from AWS for 85% of the ERP loan (see Note 22). The obligation from the AWS profit share is payable upon the occurrence of one of the following events: (a) initial public offering (IPO), (b) sale of more than 25% of the shares in Nabriva to a strategic investor (not a financial investor, e.g. venture capital or private equity funds), or (c) reaching accumulated revenues of €10,000. It started with the drawdown of the loan and ends 2 years after full repayment of the loan. Further, the nominal value of Substance Participation Rights represents a financial liability. For further information on these please refer to Note 20.2.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

25. Trade Payables

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Domestic trade payables

   160       165   

Foreign trade payables

     198         119   

Outstanding invoices

     19         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade payables

377    292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average credit period on purchases of goods is 30 days. No interest is charged on the trade payables for the first 30 days from the date of the invoice. Thereafter, interest is charged at 3-month EURIBOR + 1-3 BP per annum on the outstanding balance. The Company has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the credit period.

 

26. Other Liabilities

Other non-current liabilities include an obligation to pay jubilee benefits arising under the collective bargaining agreement for the chemical industry, by which employees are entitled to receive jubilee payments after being employed for a certain number of years. For this obligation a provision of €68 (2013: €48) has been made.

The Company’s net obligation in respect of the jubilee payments is calculated annually by an independent actuary in accordance with IAS 19.156 using the projected unit credit method. The principle actuarial assumptions used were as follows: discount rate of 2.0% (2013: 3.5%) and retirement at the age of 61.5-65 for men and 56.5-65 for women, future annual salary increases of 3%.

Other non-current liabilities also include the difference between the nominal and fair value of non-current financial liabilities according to IAS 20.10A in the amount of €0 (2013: €80).

Other current liabilities include the following:

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Employee bonuses

   684       822   

Substance Participation Rights

     223         —     

Social security contributions on options under the SOP 2007

     537         842   

Accrued expenses for external R&D services

     96         243   

Accounting, tax and audit services

     61         196   

Unconsumed vacation

     182         190   

Overtime

     5         8   

Other

     193         284   

Government grants acc. to IAS 20.10A

     483         —     

Deferred income

     6         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

2,470    2,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

27. Contingencies

The Company has no contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

28. Commitments

Lease Agreements

In March 2007, a lease agreement for an unlimited period starting in December 2007 was entered into with CONTRA Liegenschaftsverwaltung GMBH for the use of business and research premises at Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna. Within the first 10 years the contract can only be terminated under certain conditions. The monthly rental fee for the premises and laboratory furniture is €76 (2013: €76) and includes all operating costs. Additional monthly costs for facility management and security services amount to €8 (2013: €8).

In December 2014, a lease agreement for a two-year period starting December 2014 was entered into with EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC, for the use of office premises at 1000 Continental Drive, Suite 450, King of Prussia, PA 19406, USA. The monthly rental fee is $9.

The obligations under the lease agreements are payable as follows:

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

No later than 1 year

   914       1,025   

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

     2,743         1,932   

Later than 5 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

3,657    2,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other contractual commitments

In addition to the agreements above, the Company has entered into a number of other agreements also entailing financial commitments for the future and relating mainly to services provided by third parties in connection with the conduct of clinical trials and other research and development activities. Some of these commitments are also subject to early termination clauses exercisable at the option of the Company. The remaining payments to be made under these agreements, if all milestones and other conditions are met, are estimated to be as follows:

 

     As of December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

No later than 1 year

   529       867   

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

     31         80   

Later than 5 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

560    947   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29. Related Party Transactions

Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc.

Effective August 28, 2014, the Company and its 100% owned subsidiary Nabriva US entered into a service agreement, pursuant to which Nabriva US provides to the Company certain management services and services related to the research and development activities of the Company at arm’s length. Nabriva’s CEO as well as the majority of the clinical development team are employed with the U.S. subsidiary. There is no profit transfer or loss compensation agreement between these two entities. Intercompany balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiary have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Details of transactions between the Company and other related parties are disclosed below.

Key management benefits

In 2014 the members of the Management Board of Nabriva were:

 

    Colin Broom (since August 28, 2014)

 

    Ralf Schmid

 

    Dr. William Prince

 

    Dr. Werner Heilmayer (until September 11, 2014)

 

    Dr. Zrinka Ivezić Schönfeld (until September 16, 2014)

Effective as of January 1, 2015, Dr. Steven Gelone was appointed member of the Management Board.

In 2014 and 2013 the members of the Management Board received salaries and short term benefits in the aggregate amount of €1,022 and €1,029, respectively. The members of the Management Board are entitled to receive a bonus of up to 35% of their annual fixed salary. The bonus percentage is based on the Company’s performance in the relevant year and is determined by the Supervisory Board.

Supervisory Board compensation

The members of the Supervisory Board were:

 

    Dr. Denise Pollard-Knight (chair)

 

    Mr. Axel Bolte (deputy chair)

 

    Dr. David Chiswell

 

    Dr. Robert Möllering (deceased on February 24, 2014)

 

    Dr. George Talbot

 

    Dr. Anja König (until July 2, 2014)

On January 8, 2015, Mr. Charles A. Rowland, Jr., CPA, MBA, was appointed member of the Supervisory Board. On April 2, 2015, Mr. Chen Yu, M.D., MBA, and Mr. Chau Quang Khuong were appointed members of the Supervisory Board.

The aggregate compensation of the members of the Supervisory Board amounted to €99 (2013: €184). In addition, Dr. George Talbot was engaged by the Company in 2014 for scientific consultancy services, for which he received a total of €138 (2013: €0), including fees related to his service as the chairman of the Clinical Advisory Board and travel expenses. All services of Dr. Talbot were agreed with the Supervisory Board and rendered at arm’s length.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Convertible Loan Agreements

The company entered into Convertible Loan Agreements see (Note 23) with some of its shareholders with an aggregate principle amount of €13,683 as of December 31, 2014 (2013: €10,133). The following shareholders and other related parties participated in the four Convertible Loan Agreements entered into up to the end of the reporting period:

 

     CLA1      CLA2      CLA3      CLA4  
   July 27,
2011
     March 16,
2012
     November 25,
2013
     July 4,
2014
 

Phase4 Ventures III LP (“Phase4”)

                               

The Wellcome Trust Limited (“Wellcome Trust”)

                          

Wellcome Trust Investments 3 Unlimited

                

HBM Healthcare (Cayman) Ltd. (before HBM BioVentures (Cayman) Ltd.) (“HBM Healthcare”)

                               

HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd. (“HBM BioCapital”)

                               

The Global Life Science Ventures Fund II Limited Partnership (“GLSV Fund”)

                          

The Global Life Science Ventures Fonds II GmbH & Co KG (“GLSV Fonds”)

                          

Novartis Bioventures, Ltd. (NBV)

                     

Novartis International Pharmaceutical Investment Ltd. (NIPI)

                

George Talbot

                

As of July 11, 2014 Wellcome Trust Investments 3 Unlimited transferred it rights and obligations under the CLA2 to The Wellcome Trust Limited.

Forest Stock Purchase Agreement 2012

By entering into the Stock Purchase Agreement in 2012, Forest obtained the exclusive right to acquire 100% of the shares of Nabriva until the first anniversary of the agreement (see Note 4.2). According to IAS 27, stock purchase options that are currently exercisable must be considered in the assessment of controlling parties. Hence, Forest was a controlling party until it decided not to exercise the option in May 2013.

Pursuant to the agreement Forest reimbursed Nabriva for the external research and development costs incurred in connection with the joint development plan during the twelve months period. The reimbursements from Forest were recorded under other income and amounted to €2,906 in 2013 (see Note 5). In 2012 Forest also provided a $25,000 loan to the Company. According to the agreement the Company could repurchase the loan for €1.00 after Forest decided not to exercise the option, resulting in a non-recurring income of €20,871 in 2013 (see Note 5).

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

30. Auditor Fees

The auditors PwC Österreich GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft have performed the following services for the company:

 

     Year ended December 31  
(in thousands)    2013      2014  

Audit fees Financial Statements

   20       103   

Audit related services

     54         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

74    134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

31. Events after the Reporting Period

Convertible Loan Agreement 2015

On January 8, 2015, the Company entered into fifth Convertible Loan Agreement (“CLA5”) with Phase4 Ventures III LP, The Wellcome Trust Limited, HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd., HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd., Colin Broom and George Talbot, for an aggregate principle amount of €3,096 and otherwise on the same terms and conditions as the Convertible Loan Agreement, dated July 4, 2014. In conjunction with the CLA5 the repayment dates of the CLA1, CLA2, CLA3 and CLA4 were extended to December 31, 2015.

Silent Partnership 2015

On January 20, 2015, the Company entered into a silent partnership agreement with BTHT GmbH & Co KG (“BTHT”) for a contribution of €1,000. The terms and conditions of the silent partnership agreement with BTHT are equal to the terms and conditions of the silent partnership agreement with HTBT.

Series B Financing Round

On March 31, 2015, the Company and its existing shareholders signed an Investment and Subscription Agreement with Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P., Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P., OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P., OrbiMed Global Healthcare Master Fund, L.P., Omega Fund IV, L.P., EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P., EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P. and Tavistock Life Sciences (together the “New Investors”, and together with the following existing investors – Phase4, Wellcome Trust, HBM Healthcare, HBM BioCapital, GLSV Fund, GLSV Fond and NBV – the “Series B Investors”), providing for a total investment in the amount of up to $120,000, to be paid in two tranches consisting of (i) a first tranche in the amount of €44,643, and (ii) a contingent second tranche up to the amount of Euros equal to the quotient of $70,000 divided by the agreed exchange rate, each by way of capital contribution in cash into the Company. The payment of the second tranche is contingent upon a qualified public offering not having been consummated within specified parameters or by a specified date and the discretion of a certain number of preferred B-1 shareholders.

In the course of the first tranche, claims for repayment, excluding accrued interest, under all 5 Convertible Loan Agreements, shall be converted into preferred B-1 shares. Any accrued interest, as well as the additional call option rights under CLA1 and CLA2 are forfeited. The claims for repayment of the silent partnership interests, including interest accrued thereon, shall also be converted into preferred B-1 shares in the course of the first tranche.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

 

 

             American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Representing              Common Shares

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Leerink Partners RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

Needham & Company Wedbush PacGrow

 

                    , 2015

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We have provided directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the members of our management and supervisory boards against civil liabilities, which they may incur in connection with their activities on behalf of our company. We intend to expand their insurance coverage against such liabilities, including by providing for coverage against liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or Securities Act.

Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement, which sets forth the registrant’s and the underwriters’ respective agreement to indemnify each other and to provide contribution in circumstances where indemnification is unavailable.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below are the securities we issued within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act.

(a) Issuances of Securities

In July 2011, March 2012, November 2013, July 2014 and December 2014, we sold convertible notes in the aggregate principal amount of €16.8 million in private placements to certain of our existing shareholders. The holders of the convertible notes were also entitled to convert their claims for repayment of the loan amounts into an aggregate of 135,450 preferred B shares out of conditional capital ( bedingtes Kapital ). In connection with our preferred B share financing in April 2015, the holders of the convertible notes converted a portion of their claims for repayment, excluding accrued interest, into an aggregate of 135,450 preferred B shares. These issuances were made outside of the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, or Regulation S, or to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

In June 2010, December 2010, June 2011, June 2014 and January 2015, we entered into five silent partnership agreements with certain investors for an aggregate consideration of €4.8 million. A “silent partnership” under Austrian law is a non-corporate legal form in which an investor makes a cash or in-kind contribution to the business of another person in exchange for a proportionate share in the fair value of the company. Investors, called silent partners, generally do not take part in the management or representation of the business. Pursuant to our silent partnership agreements, we settled our obligations under the silent partnerships by issuing an aggregate of 25,332 preferred shares in exchange for the in-kind contribution ( Einbringung ) of the silent partners’ interests in the silent partnership. The 25,332 preferred shares consisted of 10,108 preferred A shares and 15,224 preferred B shares, the latter of which were issued in connection with our preferred B financing in April 2015. The silent partnerships have been dissolved and all special rights belonging to the silent partners, such as information and approval rights, have terminated. These issuances were made outside of the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

In April 2015, we issued and sold an aggregate of 730,162 preferred B shares to 20 investors, including the sale of 511,188 preferred B shares at a price per share of €82.35 for €42.1 million in cash consideration and the sale of 218,974 preferred B shares in exchange for the in-kind contributions from certain investors consisting of the conversion of claims for repayment under our convertible loan agreements and the transfer of claims for repayment under our silent partnership interests. This issuance was made outside of the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(b) Option Grants

Between January 1, 2012 and June 15, 2015, we issued to certain employees, supervisory board members, advisors and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 1,275 common shares. Between January 1, 2012 and June 15, 2015, options to purchase 235 common shares were exercised or forfeited. As of June 15, 2015, there were, in the aggregate, options outstanding to purchase 24,133 common shares, at a weighted-average exercise price of €6.72 per share.

The grant of the option awards and the issuance of shares upon the exercise of options described in this paragraph (b) of Item 7 were or will be made pursuant to Regulation S or pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, supervisory board members, advisors and consultants in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, or Rule 701. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information. No underwriters were involved in the issuances of such securities.

(c) Issuance of Warrant

We, as borrower, and Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited, as lender, entered into a venture loan agreement dated July 4, 2014 in the amount of €5,000,000 to fund our business and development. In connection with this loan agreement, we and Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited entered into a warrant agreement pursuant to which Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited was granted a warrant to acquire up to a certain number of our preferred shares. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, Kreos may, at its option, acquire either up to 3,281 preferred A shares or up to 9,107 preferred B shares, in each case, at an exercise price of €1.00 per share. In June 2015, pursuant to the exercise by Kreos of a warrant, we issued to Kreos 9,107 preferred B shares for an aggregate purchase price of €9,107. These issuances were made outside of the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to U.S. persons pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

(a) The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Vienna, Austria on June 18, 2015.

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS AG
By:  

    /s/ Colin Broom

Name:   Colin Broom
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Colin Broom and Ralf Schmid, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Colin Broom

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 18, 2015
Colin Broom     

/s/    Ralf Schmid

Ralf Schmid

  

Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 18, 2015
    

/s/    Denise Pollard-Knight

   Chairman of the Supervisory Board   June 18, 2015
Denise Pollard-Knight     

/s/    Axel Bolte

  

Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board

  June 18, 2015
Axel Bolte     

/s/    Chen Yu

   Supervisory Board Member   June 18, 2015
Chen Yu     

/s/    Chau Khuong

   Supervisory Board Member   June 18, 2015
Chau Khuong     

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    David Chiswell

   Supervisory Board Member   June 18, 2015
David Chiswell     

/s/    George H. Talbot

   Supervisory Board Member   June 18, 2015
George H. Talbot     

/s/    Charles A. Rowland, Jr.

   Supervisory Board Member   June 18, 2015
Charles A. Rowland, Jr.     

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS AG

    Authorized Representative in the United States

By:      

    /s/    Colin Broom

Name:   Colin Broom
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Articles of Association of the Registrant
  3.2    By-Laws of the Supervisory Board of the Registrant
  3.3    By-Laws of the Management Board of the Registrant
  4.1*    Form of Deposit Agreement among Registrant, The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and all Owners and Holders of ADSs issued thereunder
  4.2*    Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.1)
  4.3    Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2015, by and among the Registrant and the parties listed therein
  4.4*    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2015, by and among the Registrant and the parties listed therein
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
  8.1    Form of Tax Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
  8.2*    Form of Tax Opinion of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP
10.1    Stock Option Plan 2007, as amended
10.2*    Stock Option Plan 2015, as amended
10.3    Lease Agreement dated December 1, 2014 by and between the Registrant and EOS at 1000 Continental, LLC
10.4   

Lease Agreement dated March 16, 2007 by and between the Registrant and CONTRA Liegenschaftsverwaltung GmbH

10.5    Employment Agreement dated August 28, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Colin Broom
10.6*    Employment Agreement dated                      by and between the Registrant and Ralf Schmid
10.7    Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Steven Gelone
10.8    Employment Agreement dated April 14, 2015 by and between the Registrant and Elyse Seltzer
10.9    Loan Agreement dated July 4, 2014 between the Registrant and Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited
10.10    Consultancy Service Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between the Registrant and Talbot Advisors LLC
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of PwC Wirtschaftsprüfung GmbH
23.2*    Form of Consent of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Form of Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.4*    Form of Consent of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment

Exhibit 3.1

ENGLISH TRANSLATION

FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

I.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

§ 1 Company Name and Corporate Seat

 

(1)

The name of the company is: “ Nabriva Therapeutics AG ”.

 

(2)

The corporate seat shall be in Vienna.

§ 2 Business Objects

 

(1)

The business object of the company is research and development in the area of medicine and pharmacy, in particular the development of antibiotics, the registration and commercial exploitation of intellectual property rights and licenses in these areas as well as trade in goods of any kind.

 

(2)

The business object of the company further comprises the participation in other companies of the same or of a related type, the assumption of management activities in such companies and asset management, with the exception of banking transactions pursuant to the Austrian Banking Act.

 

(3)

The company shall be entitled to enter into any and all business transactions and to take any and all measures which seem to be necessary or useful to achieve the company’s object; its activities extend to Austria and abroad.

§ 3 Duration of the Company

The company shall be established for an unlimited period of time.

§ 4 Financial Year

The financial year of the company shall be the calendar year.

§ 5 Announcements

Announcements of the company shall be published in the official gazette ( Amtsblatt ) of the “ Wiener Zeitung ”.


II.

SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY AND SHARES

§ 6 Registered Share Capital and Shares

 

(1)

The registered share capital of the company amounts to EUR 1,057,684 (Euro one million fifty-seven thousand six hundred and eighty-four) and is paid up in full.

 

(2)

The registered share capital is divided into 1,057,684 (one million fifty-seven thousand six hundred and eighty-four) no-par-value shares, each no-par-value share representing an equal holding in the company’s share capital.

 

(3)

The registered share capital of the company is conditionally increased by up to EUR 22,111 (Euro twenty-two thousand one hundred eleven), divided into 22,111 (twenty-two thousand one hundred eleven) no-par-value bearer shares (conditional capital). The conditional capital increase is used to service the stock options granted to the employees, executive employees or members of the management board or supervisory board of the company. The conditional capital increase shall be effected only to the extent that the beneficiaries exercise their stock options. The issuing price per share, which corresponds to the exercise price, shall be determined by an authorized auditor admitted in Austria which shall be selected by the company. The calculation of the issuing price is carried out in accordance with the gross method of the discounted cash flow method in consideration of the probabilities of success of each individual development stage of the product candidates (“risk-adjusted Net Present Value”), whereby the first effective date is on 31 (thirty-first) July 2007 (two thousand and seven) and after that date on 31 (thirty-first) December of each financial year of the company. The calculation according to the gross method of the discounted cash flow method shall be based on the expert opinion of the Austrian Professional Committee for Business Economics and Organization of the Institute for Business Economics, Tax Law, and Organization of the Austrian Chamber of Public Accountants and Tax Advisers for the Valuation of Businesses ( KFS BW 1 ) as well as in consideration of sector-specific characteristics taking into account the valuation of the assumed ownership structure and the provisions on the liquidation preference. For the exercise of the options by the beneficiaries the last issuance price calculated prior to their participation in the employee stock option program shall apply for all accumulated options.

The registered share capital of the company is conditionally increased by up to EUR 6,200 (Euro six thousand two hundred), divided into 6,200 (six thousand two hundred) no-par-value registered shares (conditional capital). The conditional capital increase is used to service the stock options granted to the employees, executive employees or members of the management board and supervisory board of the company or external advisors of the company. The conditional capital increase shall be effected only to the extent that the beneficiaries exercise their stock options. The issuing price per share, which corresponds to the exercise price, shall be EUR 6.72 (Euro six point seventy-two).

 

Page 2


The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association which result from the issuance of shares out of conditional capital.

 

(4)

The management board is authorized until 24 (twenty-fourth) April 2019 (two thousand nineteen) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 1,969 (Euro one thousand nine hundred sixty-nine) by issuing up to 1,969 (one thousand nine hundred sixty-nine) no-par-value registered shares against contribution in cash or in-kind (authorized capital). The management board is entitled to exercise this authorization at once or in several steps and to determine the issuing price and the conditions of the issuance of shares in agreement with the supervisory board. The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association resulting from the issuance of shares out of authorized capital. The subscription rights of the existing shareholders have been excluded for the share capital increase out of authorized capital.

The management board is authorized until 17 (seventeenth) June 2019 (two thousand nineteen) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 1,312 (Euro one thousand three hundred twelve) by issuing up to 1,312 (one thousand three hundred twelve) no-par-value registered shares against contribution in cash or in kind (authorized capital). The management board is entitled to exercise this authorization at once or in several steps and to determine the issuing price and the conditions of the issuance of shares in agreement with the supervisory board. The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association resulting from the issuance of shares out of authorized capital. The subscription rights of the existing shareholders have been excluded for the share capital increase out of authorized capital.

The management board is authorized until 1 (first) April 2020 (two thousand twenty) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 5,826 (Euro five thousand eight hundred twenty-six) by issuing up to 5,826 (five thousand eight hundred twenty-six) no-par-value registered shares against contribution in cash or in kind (authorized capital). The management board is entitled to exercise this authorization at once or in several steps and to determine the issuing price and the conditions of the issuance of shares in agreement with the supervisory board. The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association resulting from the issuance of shares out of the authorized capital. The subscription rights of the existing shareholders have been excluded for the share capital increase out of authorized capital.

The management board is authorized until 1 (first) April 2020 (two thousand twenty) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 11,343 (Euro eleven thousand three hundred forty-three) by issuing up to 11,343 (eleven thousand three hundred forty-three) no-par-value registered shares (authorized capital). This authorized capital shall be used to service the stock options granted to the employees, executive employees or members of the management board or

 

Page 3


supervisory board of the company and external advisors of the company. The authorized capital increase shall be effected only to the extent that the beneficiaries exercise their stock options. The issuing price per share, which corresponds to the exercise price, shall be determined by an authorized auditor admitted in Austria to be selected by the company. The calculation of the issuing price is carried out in accordance with the gross method of the discounted cash flow method in consideration of the probabilities of success of each individual development stage of the product candidates (“risk-adjusted Net Present Value”), whereby the first effective date is on 31 (thirty-first) July 2007 (two thousand seven) and after that date on 31 (thirty-first) December of each financial year of the company. The calculation according to the gross method of the discounted cash flow method shall be based on the expert opinion of the Austrian Professional Committee for Business Economics and Organization of the Institute for Business Economics, Tax Law, and Organization of the Austrian Chamber of Public Accountants and Tax Advisers for the Valuation of Businesses ( KFS BW 1 ) as well as in consideration of sector-specific characteristics taking into account the valuation of the assumed ownership structure and the provisions on the liquidation preference, unless the company’s shares are publicly traded in which case the issuance price shall be the closing price of the company’s shares on the day before the stock option is exercised. For the exercise of the options by the beneficiaries the last issuance price calculated prior to their participation in the employee stock option program shall apply for all accumulated options.

§ 7 Category of Shares

 

(1)

The shares are registered shares ( Namensaktien ).

 

(2)

In the event of a capital increase the new shares shall also be registered shares.

 

(3)

The form and content of the share certificates and dividend and renewal coupons shall be determined by the management board. The same applies to partial debentures, bonds, interest coupons and stock warrants.

III.

MANAGEMENT BOARD

§ 8 Management Board and Representation of the Company

 

(1)

The management board shall consist of at least three and of a maximum of five members. If the management board consists of more than one member, the supervisory board shall be authorized to appoint a member of the management board as chairman of the management board and another member of the management board as deputy of the chairman of the management board. The appointment of a Prokurist (special agent) is permitted.

 

(2)

If the management board consists of one member only, the company shall be represented by such member of the management board. If the management

 

Page 4


 

board consists of more than one person, the company shall be represented by two members of the management board collectively or by one member of the management board jointly with a Prokurist (special agent). The supervisory board is entitled to vest members of the management board with single representation power.

 

(3)

The management board shall make all decisions and take all dispositions that are not reserved by law, these articles of association or by-laws of the management board to the shareholders’ meeting or the supervisory board. In conducting the management of the company, the management board members shall act with the care of a prudent business man and comply with the restrictions as determined by law, the articles of association or the by-laws of the management board, if any.

 

(4)

The supervisory board shall determine and adopt an allocation of duties and by-laws for the management board.

 

(5)

Resolutions of the management board shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast. In case of a voting tie the chairman of the management board shall have the casting vote.

 

(6)

The following matters shall only be conducted by the management board with the prior approval of the supervisory board:

 

  a)

audit and approval of the budget presented by the management board (business and financial budget);

 

  b)

granting of exclusive rights or licenses in respect of material industrial property rights of the company;

 

  c)

entering into, amendment or termination of contracts, (i) whereby the value of the contractual obligation exceeds EUR 150,000 (Euro one hundred fifty thousand) or (ii) which have been concluded with an affiliated company;

 

  d)

acquisition of all or substantially all the assets or business assets of or shareholdings in other companies or legal persons;

 

  e)

incurring of liabilities which, taken together, exceed EUR 250.000 (Euro two hundred fifty thousand);

 

  f)

significant amendments to contracts with the management board members of the company;

 

  g)

initiation of court proceedings with a significant value in dispute or conclusion of a settlement agreement in relation to such court proceedings;

 

  h)

all measures which require the approval of the supervisory board pursuant to Section 95 para. 5 Austrian Stock Corporation Act;

 

(7)

If necessary or legally required, the supervisory board is entitled to stipulate that certain types of transactions may only be conducted with the approval of the supervisory board.

 

Page 5


§ 9 Reports to the Supervisory Board

 

(1)

The reports from the management board to the supervisory board according to Section 81 Austrian Stock Corporation Act shall inform about the course of business, the situation of the company and any affiliated companies. The supervisory board may determine the reportable transactions as well as the scope of reporting at any time to the extent permitted by law.

 

(2)

The supervisory board is also entitled to demand further reports from the management board at any time about issues in relation to the company or other companies in which the company holds a participation.

IV. S UPERVISORY B OARD

§ 10 Composition and Election of the Supervisory Board

 

(1)

The supervisory board shall consist of a minimum of three and a maximum of ten members elected by the shareholders’ meeting or delegated by the shareholders.

 

(2)

The members of the supervisory board shall – if not elected for a shorter term – be elected for a term expiring at the end of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting which resolves on the discharge from liability ( Entlastung ) for the fourth financial year after the election; the financial year in which the member of the supervisory board was elected shall not be counted for such purpose. Members of the supervisory board may be re-elected.

 

(3)

If a member of the supervisory board retires before the end of the term of appointment, the election of a substitute is not required before the next ordinary shareholders’ meeting. Nevertheless a substitute shall be elected promptly in an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting if the number of the supervisory board members falls below three.

 

(4)

A substitute shall be elected for the remaining term of the leaving supervisory board member. The re-election of a resigned supervisory board member shall be permissible. If a member of the supervisory board is elected by an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, the first year of office shall be deemed terminated with the end of the next shareholders’ meeting.

 

(5)

Any member of the supervisory board may withdraw from its position without giving any reasons by written notice to the chairman of the management board or to the chairman of the supervisory board, subject to a notice period of four weeks. If not otherwise announced, the resignation shall become effective four weeks after the notice has been received by the recipient. In case the chairman of the supervisory board is not available, or in case he also resigns from his office, the notice shall be given to his deputy or to the management board.

 

Page 6


§ 11 Chairman and Deputy Chairman, Rules of Procedure

 

(1)

The supervisory board shall elect a chairman and a deputy chairman from among its members. Re-election shall be permitted.

 

(2)

If no absolute majority can be obtained in an election, a runoff shall be held between the two members who have received most votes. If the runoff results in a tie, the decision shall be made by drawing lots.

 

(3)

The chairman and deputy chairman may resign at any time from their office by written declaration to the chairman or, if he is unavailable, to the deputy chairman of the management board. If not otherwise announced, the resignation shall become effective four weeks after the notice has been received by the recipient. The chairman and the deputy chairman may resign from their function without resigning from the supervisory board at the same time.

 

(4)

If the position of the chairman or of the deputy chairman becomes vacant, the supervisory board shall promptly hold an election to fill such vacancy. Re-election of the resigned chairman or deputy chairman shall be permitted.

 

(5)

The deputy chairman shall have the same rights and duties as the chairman when presiding the supervisory board.

 

(6)

The supervisory board shall adopt its own by-laws.

 

(7)

Declarations of intention by the supervisory board shall be made by the chairman.

§ 12 Meetings and Resolutions of the Supervisory Board

 

(1)

The supervisory board shall meet at least once each quarter. A meeting may also be called at the request of either a member of the supervisory board or the management board.

 

(2)

The meetings of the supervisory board shall be convened by the chairman by letter to each member’s address most recently notified to the company, telephone, telefax or any other similar way specifying the time, the location and the agenda. The period between the convocation and the meeting of the supervisory board shall be at least two weeks; in urgent cases the chairman of the supervisory board can shorten this period. For each item on the agenda all necessary documents required shall be provided in time.

 

(3)

The chairman of the supervisory board shall preside the meeting of the supervisory board and shall determine the respective voting procedures.

 

(4)

The supervisory board shall have a quorum if at least half of the members of the supervisory board, among them the chairman or his deputy, but in any case at least three members are personally present.

 

Page 7


(5)

A member of the supervisory board can authorize another member in writing, to represent him at a meeting. The represented member shall not be counted for purposes of determining the quorum of a meeting. The right to preside a meeting cannot be delegated. Persons who are not members of the supervisory board may participate in the meetings of the supervisory board and its committees in lieu of members prevented from attending if authorized by the relevant members in writing. Such persons may also hand over a written vote of the respective supervisory board member.

 

(6)

Resolutions may also be adopted in writing, by telefax, by telephone or in any other similar way without a meeting of the supervisory board, provided that the chairman requests such form of resolution and provided that all members of the supervisory board consent to this. In case of written resolutions, no supervisory board member may be represented.

 

(7)

Resolutions on items not included on the original meeting agenda may be made only if all members of the supervisory board are present or represented and no member of the supervisory board objects.

 

(8)

The members of the management board shall participate in the meetings of the supervisory board unless the chairman of the supervisory board determines otherwise; the members of the management board shall have no voting right.

 

(9)

Minutes shall be taken on the debates and resolutions of the supervisory board which shall be signed by the chairman of the meeting.

§ 13 Responsibilities of the Supervisory Board

 

(1)

The supervisory board shall monitor the management board’s conduct of the company’s business and examine the management to the extent required by law. The supervisory board shall examine the management board’s reports and motions and to resolve on the latter.

 

(2)

The supervisory board shall examine and report to the shareholders’ meeting on the financial statements, the status report and the proposed distribution of net profits. Within two months after receipt, the supervisory board shall comment on the annual financial statements vis-à-vis the management board.

 

(3)

All matters that the management board intends the shareholders’ meeting to deal with must be notified to the supervisory board beforehand.

 

(4)

The supervisory board shall convene a shareholders’ meeting if the company’s best interests so require.

§ 14 Committees

 

(1)

The supervisory board may set up committees ( Ausschüsse ) from among its members. The tasks and areas of competence of such committees are determined by the supervisory board, which may also adopt by-laws for such committees. Committees may be vested with the power to make decisions.

 

Page 8


(2)

If the committee consists of two members, the committee shall only have a quorum if both members are present. The provisions of Section § 13 shall apply mutatis mutandis .

§ 15 Compensation

 

(1)

The members of the supervisory board are entitled to reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in relation to the exercise of their duties as supervisory board members. The shareholders’ meeting may determine further remunerations to the supervisory board or single members of the supervisory board. The allocation shall be determined by the supervisory board.

 

(2)

Any supervisory board member pursuing activities on behalf of the company can be accorded a special compensation for this purpose, with this to occur by resolution of the shareholders’ meeting.

 

(3)

If the term of office of a supervisory board member should commence or end during the financial year, such member shall be entitled to a pro-rata remuneration.

 

(4)

Members of the first supervisory board can only be granted remuneration for their services by the shareholders’ meeting resolving on their discharge of liability ( Entlastung ).

V. S HAREHOLDERS ’ M EETING

§ 16 Invitation, Attention

 

(1)

Shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the seat of the company, at one of its Austrian branch offices or group companies or in any Austrian provincial capital.

 

(2)

Shareholders’ meetings shall be called by the chairman of the management board or the chairman of the supervisory board. The convocation of the shareholders’ meeting may be made by registered letter or e-mail to each shareholder’s (electronic) address most recently notified to the company within the statutory deadline.

 

(3)

The entitlements to attend a shareholders’ meeting and exercise shareholders’ rights in the course of such meeting is based on the records in the share register at the beginning of the meeting.

§ 17 Chairmanship in the Shareholders’ Meetings

 

(1)

Shareholders’ meetings shall be presided by the chairman of the supervisory board or, in his absence, by his deputy. If both are not present, the notary public shall preside the meeting until the election of a chairman.

 

Page 9


(2)

The chairman of the shareholders’ meeting shall preside at the debates and confirm the quorum, the sequence of agenda items and the type of voting.

§ 18 Voting Right, Resolutions

 

(1)

The shareholders’ meeting shall have a quorum if more than half of the registered share capital is present or represented. If this is not the case, a new shareholders’ meeting with the same agenda is to be convened. Such shareholders’ meeting shall have a quorum irrespective of the nominal capital present or represented at the meeting.

 

(2)

Each share represents one vote.

 

(3)

Voting rights may be exercised by proxies only on the basis of a written power of attorney or a handwritten signed and by telefax submitted power of attorney. Such power of attorney shall be retained by the company.

 

(4)

It is determined that shareholders which have concluded a shareholders’ agreement may be represented in the shareholders’ meeting by a jointly authorized representative in order to ensure a proper implementation of the resolutions according to the shareholders’ agreement.

 

(5)

Unless otherwise provided for by mandatory law or the articles of association, the shareholders’ meeting shall adopt its resolutions by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

(6)

Each resolution of the shareholders’ meeting requires the certification of the meeting minutes by an Austrian notary public.

§ 19 Responsibilities of the Shareholders’ Meeting

 

(1)

The ordinary shareholders’ meeting shall resolve annually, during the first eight months of the financial year, on the discharge of the members of the management board and the supervisory board, on the appointment of the auditor, on the adoption of the annual financial statements as well as on the use of the distributable profit.

 

(2)

The shareholders’ meeting shall also make decisions on matters, expressly reserved to it by law and these articles of association, in particular as regards the election and dismissal of members of the supervisory board or amendments to the articles of association.

 

(3)

The shareholders’ meeting can only decide on management matters, if requested by the management board or – concerning matters which are subject to the approval of the supervisory board in accordance with § 95 para 5 of Austrian Stock Corporation Act – the supervisory board,.

 

Page 10


VI.

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

 

(1)

Within the first five months of every financial year, the management board shall prepare the financial statements plus annex for the preceding financial year as well as the annual report. After auditing by the auditor the management board shall submit the financial statements plus annex for the preceding financial year, the annual report as well as a proposal for the distribution of profits to the supervisory board.

 

(2)

The supervisory board shall examine the financial statements plus annex for the preceding financial year as well as the annual report and the proposal for the distribution of profits and report on them to the shareholders’ meeting.

 

(3)

The shareholders’ meeting shall resolve upon the distribution of profits and, in the cases provided by law, on the adoption of the annual financial statements.

 

(4)

The distributable profits shall be divided among the shareholders in proportion to their contributions. The shareholders’ meeting can exclude the annual profit partly or as a whole from allocation against the proposal for the distribution of profits. The respective amendments to the financial statements shall be made by the management board.

 

(5)

Unless otherwise decided by the shareholders’ meeting, the dividends shall be due for payment to the shareholders within ten days from the date of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting. Dividends not collected by the shareholders within three years after becoming due shall be forfeited and accrued to the free reserves of the company.

VII.

FORMATION EXPENSES

The company shall bear the costs of the transformation up to a total amount of EUR 40,000 (Euro forty thousand).

 

Page 11

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

of the

SUPERVISORY BOARD

of

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

(Hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

According to IV section 11, paragraph 6 of the Articles of Association the Supervisory Board of the Company has adopted the following By-Laws for the Supervisory Board:

§1

General Provisions

The Supervisory Board shall exercise its rights and duties pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated 30 January 2006 as currently in force, the Articles of Association and these By-Laws; in case of inconsistency of the provisions of these documents, the Shareholders Agreement shall prevail over the Articles of Association, whereas the Articles of Association shall prevail over these by-laws. The members of the Supervisory Board are not bound by any directives. The Supervisory Board may request a report on the affairs of the Company from the Management Board. Also, an individual member may request a report; however, only to be directed to the Supervisory Board as such.

§2

Election and Term of the Supervisory Board

 

2.1 The Supervisory Board shall consist of at least three members; the maximum number of members shall be ten. There may also be one observing member.

 

2.3 Immediately following the annual General Shareholders’ Meeting, the Supervisory Board shall elect one of its members as Chairperson and one of its members as Deputy Chairperson.

 

-1-


2.4 Each member of the Supervisory Board may resign without specification of reasons by written notice to the Chairperson, or in his/her lieu, to the Deputy Chairperson subject to a four-week notice period states a different date.

 

2.5 Unless they are elected for a shorter term of office, the Supervisory Board members shall be elected for the period up to the end of the General Meeting which resolves on the discharge from liability of the Supervisory Board members for the fourth financial year following their election. The financial year in which the individual Supervisory Board member was elected shall not be counted for such purpose. The members of the Supervisory Board may be re-elected.

 

2.6 If Supervisory Board members resign before the end of their term of office, replacements need not be elected until the next ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting. Should, however, the number of elected Supervisory Board members fall below three, an extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting is to be convened immediately in order to elect replacements.

 

2.7 Replacements are elected for the remaining term of the member of the Supervisory Board that is being replaced. A resigning member may be re-elected. If a member of the Supervisory Board is elected through an extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting, his/her first term ends at the end of the next regular General Shareholders’ Meeting.

§3

Meetings and Resolutions

 

3.1. The Supervisory Board shall hold a meeting at least once quarterly. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board shall convene a meeting if requested by a member of the Supervisory Board or by a member of the Management Board.

 

3.2. Notice of a meeting, containing the agenda and the place and the date of the meeting, shall be given by written invitations, invitations by phone, by fax or by other comparable method to the addresses of the members last communicated to the Company.

 

3.3. The Supervisory Board shall have a quorum if at least half of its members, including the Chairperson or the Deputy Chairperson, In any case, however, not fewer than three members, are present.

 

-2-


3.4. The Chairperson of the Supervisory Board takes the chair. In his/her absence then the Deputy Chairperson takes the chair. If both are absent the member with the longest tenure will chair the meeting. In the case that two or more members have the same tenure then the eldest member will chair the meeting. The Chairperson of the meeting shall determine the order of the topics of the agenda and the method of voting.

 

3.5. Resolutions are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast. Only ordinary members of the Supervisory Board have one vote each. The observing member has only the right to be invited to and to take part in the meeting but may not cast a vote. In case of a tie, the chairperson of the meeting shall have a casting vote. In the event a majority of the Supervisory Board agrees that a member has a conflict of Interest within the meaning of the Shareholders’ Agreement (Syndikatsvertrag), such member shall be excluded from voting on the issue.

 

3.6. Minutes of meetings, including resolutions passed, shall be taken and the Chairperson of the meeting shall sign the minutes.

 

3.7. Resolutions may also be adopted in writing, by phone, by fax or by other comparable method, if, the Chairperson or in his/her absence, the Deputy Chairperson requests such written resolution and no member of the Supervisory Board expressly objects to this method of procedure.

 

3.8. Expressions of intent of the Supervisory Board shall be made by the Chairperson.

§4

Duties of the Supervisory Board

 

4.1. The following measures and transactions of the Management Board need the prior approval of the Supervisory Board:

 

  a) approval of the Company’s operating and capital budgets;

 

  b) grant of an exclusive option or license to any of the Company’s material intellectual property rights;

 

  c) entery Into, amending or terminating contracts that (i) involve a contractual commitment by the Company to spend more than EUR 150,000 (Euro onehundred and fifty thousand) or (li) are concluded with an affiliated company;

 

-3-


  d) acquisition of all or substantially all of the properties, assets or stock of any other company or entity;

 

  e) the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of EUR 250,000 (Euro two-hundred and fifty thousand) In the aggregate;

 

  f) material alterations of the management contracts of the Management Board of the Company;

 

  g) commencement or settlement of material litigation;

 

  h) all measures requiring approval of the Supervisory Board pursuant to section 95, paragraph 5 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act and

 

  i) the passing of any resolution to request the holders of Preferred A Shares to pay the Further Funding Amount (as defined in the Subscription Agreement as amended).

 

4.2. By way of resolution, the Supervisory Board may subject further types of business transactions to its approval, if required by law or deemed necessary.

§5

Confidentiality

Each member of the Supervisory Board is obliged to keep all information confidential which he/she has received during his/her term of office and which constitutes business or trade secrecies of the Company. This, however, shall not limit the right of each member of the Supervisory Board to pass on any information to shareholders of the Company, provided that such shareholder is subject to the confidentiality obligation set out in section 7 of the Shareholders’ Agreement. Such obligation shall persist even after the termination of the function as a member of the Supervisory Board.

§6

Entry into Force, Term of the By-Laws

These By-laws shall enter into force on the day of the adoption by the Supervisory Board. They shall be in force for an indefinite period of time.

 

-4-

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

 

of the

MANAGEMENT BOARD

of

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

(Hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

According to III section 8, paragraph 4 of the Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board of the Corporation has adopted the following By-Laws for the Management Board:

§ 1

General Provisions

 

1.1 The Management Board shall have direct responsibility for managing the Company in a way that is required for the benefit of the undertaking, taking into consideration the interest of the shareholders and the employees as well as the public interests in accordance with the provisions of the law and the Articles of Association.

 

1.2 In conducting the Company’s business, the Management Board shall observe the provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act, the Articles of Association and these By-Laws (rules of procedure).

§ 2

Management

 

2.1 The Management Board shall consist of at least one but not more than five members. The appointment of authorized signatories ( Prokuristen ) is permitted.


2.2 If only one Management Board member is appointed, this member shall represent the Company individually, otherwise the Company shall be represented jointly by two Management Board members or by one Management Board member together with an authorized signatory. The Supervisory Board may grant all or particular members of the Management Board individual power of representation.

 

2.3 The Management Board shall make all decisions and directives, which are not reserved by statutory law, by the Articles of Association or by the By-Laws of the Management Board to the General Shareholders’ Meeting or the Supervisory Board. In conducting business, the members of the Management Board shall manage the business of the Company with the care of a prudent and diligent business manager and with all the restrictions stipulated by statutory law, the Articles of Association or these By-Laws, if any.

 

2.4 The Management Board conducts the business of the Company in its own responsibility according to consistent objectives, plans and guidelines. Notwithstanding the overall responsibility of the Management Board, each member of the Management Board acts in his/her own responsibility with regard to the department allocated to him/her but is required to subordinate the interests relating to such department to the welfare of the entire Company.

§ 3

Allocation of Business Responsibility

 

3.1 The Supervisory Board regulates the distribution of tasks within the Management Board and determines the rules of procedure. The allocation of the Business Responsibility is specified in Annex ./1.

 

3.2 In case of disagreements between individual members of the Management Board with regard to the delimitation of departments, the Supervisory Board shall decide.

§ 4

Collective Responsibility

Notwithstanding the responsibility for their departments, all members of the Management Board will regularly follow all generated information with regard to the progress of business operations of the Company in order to be able at any time to strive for minimizing threatening disadvantages or towards desirable improvements or useful alterations by appealing to the entire Management Board or in any other suitable manner.

 

- 2 -


§ 5

Legal Transactions Requiring Approval

 

5.1 Notwithstanding its management competences and duties, the Management Board requires the prior approval of the Supervisory Board for the following business transactions:

 

  a) approval of the Company’s operating and capital budgets;

 

  b) grant of an exclusive option or license to any of the Company’s material intellectual property rights;

 

  c) entry into, amending or terminating contracts that (i) involve a contractual commitment by the Company to spend more than EUR 150,000 (Euro one hundred and fifty thousand) unless the contractual commitment is part of the approved budget or (ii) are concluded with an affiliated company;

 

  d) acquisition of all or substantially all of the properties, assets or stock of any other company or entity;

 

  e) the incurrence of indebtedness excess of EUR 250,000 (Euro two hundred and fifty thousand) in the aggregate;

 

  f) material amendments of the management contracts of the Management Board of the Company;

 

  g) commencement or settlement of material litigation;

 

  h) all measures requiring approval of the Supervisory Board pursuant to section 95, paragraph 5 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act.

 

5.2 By way of resolution, the Supervisory Board may subject further types of business transactions to its approval, if required by law or deemed necessary.

 

- 3 -


§ 6

Granting of Approval

 

6.1 The approval of the business transactions listed in section 5, paragraph 1 will be granted by the Supervisory Board in accordance with the Articles of Association.

 

6.2 The right and/or the obligation of the Management Board to obtain such approval from the General Shareholders’ Meeting in case of a denial remains unaffected.

§ 7

Coordination

The members of the Management Board regularly inform each other about all essential occurrences and the state of business in their departments.

§ 8

Information of the Supervisory Board

 

8.1 The Management Board shall report to the Supervisory Board at regular intervals about the business situation and the general development as well as about all individual issues of a basic type or of higher importance (section 81 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act).

 

8.2 The above information and the information under section 9 below shall be provided to the entire Supervisory Board in each case.

§ 9

Right to Information of the Members of the Supervisory Board

 

9.1 The reports to be submitted to the Supervisory Board pursuant to section 81 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act shall provide information on the course of business, the situation of the company and of the companies in which the Company has shareholdings. The Supervisory Board shall be entitled to re-determine the catalogue of transactions to be reported and the scope of the reporting obligation at any time within the limits of statutory provisions.

 

- 4 -


9.2 The Management Board is obligated to submit an investment program and a business plan for each budget period and to obtain the approval of the Supervisory Board thereto.

 

9.3 The Supervisory Board shall be entitled to request, at any time, further reports from the Management Board on any matter pertaining to the Company or the companies in which the Company has shareholdings.

 

9.4 Furthermore, the Management Board informs the members of the Supervisory Board about all significant occurrences in connection with the Company without undue delay ( unverzüglich ).

§ 10

Assumption of Offices

Members of the Management Board require, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the prior approval of the Supervisory Board for the assumption of a public office or the office as supervisory board member or a similar position in an Austrian or international company, corporation or institution, or in an Austrian or international association.

§ 11

Meetings and Resolutions

 

11.1 In principle, the Management Board makes its decisions in meetings of the Management Board. Meetings shall, as a rule, take place every two weeks. In case of urgency or upon a request from a member of the Management Board, a meeting of the Management Board shall take immediately. Meetings of the Management Board must always take place if the welfare of the Company requires. Resolutions may also be adopted in writing, if a member of the Management Board requests such written resolution and no other member of the Management Board expressly objects to this method of procedure.

 

11.2 Each member of the Management Board has the right to request that issues identified by him/her are included in the agenda.

 

11.3 The agenda and the necessary documents relating to the items on the agenda are to be made available to each member of the Management Board in due time so that a sufficient preparation of the entire Management Board is possible.

 

- 5 -


11.4 If possible, the Management Board shall pass its resolutions unanimously. Resolutions that were not passed unanimously will be marked in the minutes of the meeting with the respective number of votes cast.

 

11.5 The Management Board is only quorate if two-thirds of its members are present. Representation is only permitted by another member of the Management Board. Resolutions are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast. In case of a tie of votes the vote of the Chief Executive Officer shall count double.

 

11.6 Matters from the department of a member of the Management Board who is not present at the meeting shall only be negotiated and decided if it is expected that the respective member will also be absent at the next meeting and if the matter allows no delay. The respective member of the Management Board must be immediately informed about the decision.

 

11.7 Minutes of meeting shall be drawn up of all Management Board meetings and shall be signed by the Management Board members attending.

§ 12

Decision-Making Powers of the Management Board

 

12.1 The entire Management Board makes decisions on all matters that are of particular importance and significance for the Company or its subsidiaries and participation companies, in particular upon:

 

  a) matters for which the statutory law, the Articles of Association or the By-Laws provide a decision by the Management Board,

 

  b) the annual financial statements of the Company,

 

  c) matters that are to be presented to the Supervisory Board,

 

  d) convening of the General Shareholders’ Meeting and applications as well as proposals of the Management Board with regard to the passing of resolutions by the General Shareholders’ Meeting.

 

12.2 Furthermore, matters that are presented for decision by the other members of the Management Board to the entire Management Board are also subject to the majority decision of the entire Management Board.

 

- 6 -


§ 13

Implementation of Decisions

The implementation of the measures resolved upon by the entire Management Board is initiated by the respective competent members of the Management Board. Insofar as an allocation of business responsibilities has not yet been made, the initiation and execution are incumbent on the Supervisory Board.

§ 14

Committees

The Management Board has the right to establish committees and to determine their tasks. The committees are obliged to report to the entire Management Board.

§ 15

Entry into Effect

These By-Laws shall enter into force on 1 July 2012.

01 July 2012

 

The Chairperson of the
Supervisory Board:

/s/ Denise Pollard-Knight

Dr. Denise Pollard-Knight

 

- 7 -


Annex ./1

Allocation of Business Responsibilities

According to section 3 of these By-Laws, the Business Responsibilities are allocated as follows:

Dipl Vw Ralf Schmid, Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer – Strategy and Business Development and Finance & Administration Department:

 

    Strategy and internal organization of management board activities

Including company strategy, general management, internal organization of management board activities, business development, public relations, project management

 

    Finance and Administration

Including accounting, controlling, finance, legal, financial business planning, compensation system, IT, purchasing and facility management

Dr William T. Prince, Chief Medical Officer – Clinical Department:

 

    Clinical strategy, oversight and guidance activities

Including clinical development and general development, design and implementation of all clinical studies, regulatory affairs and safety

Dr Zrinka Ivezić Schönfeld, Vice President Non-clinical – Non clinical department:

 

    Non-clinical Development

Including pharmacology, non-clinical safety, preclinical regulation, discovery and clinical development support with clinical microbiology and clinical pharmacology

 

- 8 -


Dr Werner Heilmayer, Vice President CMC and IP – Chemistry manufacturing and controls department:

 

    Compound development

Including manufacturing of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and finished dosage forms (FDFs), CMC regulations, discovery

 

    IP management

 

- 9 -

Exhibit 4.3

Execution version

S HAREHOLDERS A GREEMENT 2015

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

and the Shareholders thereof

being

Sandoz GmbH

Gerd Ascher

Rodger Novak

Intertrust Trustees Ltd

Ralf Schmid

William Prince

ARAX 2009.eins Private Equity GmbH & Co KG

ARAX 2010 Private Equity GmbH & Co KG

ARAX 2010.eins Private Equity GmbH & Co KG

Kreos Capital III Limited

Phase4 Ventures III LP

The Wellcome Trust Limited

HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd.

HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd.

The Global Life Science Ventures Fund II Limited Partnership

The Global Life Science Ventures Fonds II GmbH & Co KG i.L.

Novartis Bioventures, Ltd.

BTHT GmbH & Co KG

HTBT GmbH & Co KG

David Chiswell

George Talbot

Colin Broom

on the one hand

and

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P.

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP

Omega Fund IV, L.P.

EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P.

EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P.

Boxer Capital, LLC

on the other hand

dated [2 April] 2015


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

1.

P REAMBLE

  4

2.

D EFINITIONS   6

3.

S TRUCTURE   OF   THE  B USINESS 15

4.

S HARE  C APITAL   OF   THE  C OMPANY 16
4.1

General

16
4.2

Voting Rights

17
4.3

Preferred Dividend Rights

18

4.3.1

Preferred Dividend and Preferred Dividend Event

18

4.3.2

Payment of Preferred Dividend

18

4.3.3

Survival

19

4.3.4

Other Dividends

20
4.4

Liquidation Preference

20

4.4.1

Liquidation Event

20

4.4.2

Liquidation Preference

21

4.4.3

Partial Liquidation

23

4.4.4

Termination

23
4.5

Conversion into Common Shares

23

4.5.1

Voluntary Conversion Right

23

4.5.2

Automatic Conversion

24

4.5.3

Anti-Dilution Adjustment

24

4.5.4

Survival

25

4.5.5

Fractional Shares

25

4.5.6

Pay to Play / Forced Conversion / Preferred   B-2 shares

25
4.6

Anti-dilution Provision

26

4.6.1

Conversion Rate

26

4.6.2

Anti-Dilution Event

26
4.7

Registration Rights

28

4.7.1

Registration Rights Agreement

28

4.7.2

Registration Expenses; Indemnification

29

4.7.3

Transfer of Registration Rights

29

4.7.4

Market Standoff Agreement

29
4.8

Mandatory Redemption

30

4.8.1

Preferred A Shares

30

4.8.2

Preferred B-1 Shares

30
4.9

Statutory Subscription Rights ( Bezugsrecht )

31
4.10

Transfer of Preference Rights

32

5.

C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE 32
5.1

Board of Directors ( Vorstand )

32
5.2

Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat )

32
5.3

Shareholder Rights

35


5.4 Blocking Rights 35

5.4.1

General 35

5.4.2

Subsidiaries 37

6.

T RANSFER   OF  S HARES

37
6.1 General Transfer Restrictions 37
6.2 Permitted Transfers 37
6.3 Right of First Refusal 38
6.3.1 Procedure 38
6.3.2 Purchase Price in Special Cases 40
6.3.3 Insolvency Issues 41
6.4 Drag-Along Right 41
6.5 Tag-Along Right 41

7.

R EPORTING   AND  C ONTROL  R IGHTS

42
7.1 Information Rights 42
7.2 Inspection Rights 44

8.

C ONFIDENTIALITY

44
8.1 Confidentiality Obligation 44
8.2 Exceptions 45

9.

A CCESSION   OF  N EW  I NVESTORS

45

10.

C OVENANTS

46
10.1 Employee Pool 46
10.2 Management Plan 46
10.3 Tax Status 47
10.4 Survival 49
10.5 Anti-Corruption Laws 49
10.6 Obligation to give Effect to this Agreement 50

11.

T ERM   AND  T ERMINATION

50

12.

M ISCELLANEOUS

50
12.1 Governing Law 50
12.2 Arbitration 50
12.3 Notices 51
12.4 Amendments, Supplementation 56
12.5 Headings 56
12.6 Appendices 56
12.7 Entire Agreement 57
12.8 Severability 57
12.9 Costs 57
12.10 Assignment 57
12.11 Provisions Regarding KfW-Refinancing 58
12.12 Obligations of The Wellcome Trust Limited 59
12.13 Several Liability 59


This Shareholders Agreement 2015 (the Shareholders Agreement 2015 or the Agreement ) is entered into on the date set out on the title page hereof by and among:

 

(1) Sandoz GmbH, a limited liability company with its corporate seat in Kundl and its business address in Biochemiestrasse 10, A-6250 Kundl, registered with the Commercial Registry of the country court of Innsbruck under FN 50587 v ( Sandoz );

Gerd Ascher, born on 17 July 1941, with address at Pyrkergasse 15/1a+b, 1190 Vienna ( Ascher );

Rodger Novak, born on 22 June 1967, with address at Apollogasse 26/26, 1070 Vienna, Austria ( Novak );

 

(2) the members of the consortium of initial investors (each hereinafter referred to as an Initial Investor and collectively as the Initial Investors ) consisting of:

 

  (a) Phase4 Ventures III L.P., a limited partnership with its seat in London and its business address in 15 Stratton Street, London W1J 8LQ, United Kingdom ( Phase 4 );

 

  (b) The Wellcome Trust Limited, a company registered in England and Wales, company registration number 2711000, whose registered office is at 215 Euston Road London NW1 2BE (in its capacity as trustee of the Wellcome Trust, a charity registered in England and Wales, charity registration number 210183) ( Wellcome Trust );

 

  (c) HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd., a company registered in the Cayman Islands with its registered office at Centennial Towers, 3 rd Floor, 2454 West Bay Road, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands ( HBM Healthcare );

 

  (d) HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd., a company registered in the Cayman Islands with its registered office at Centennial Towers, 3 rd Floor 2454 West Bay Road, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands ( HBM BioCapital );

 

  (e) The Global Life Science Ventures Fund II Limited Partnership, 1 Royal Plaza, Royal Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2HL, represented by its liquidator, Global Life Science Ventures (GP) Ltd., 1 Royal Plaza, Royal Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2HL ( Global 1 );

 

  (f) The Global Life Science Ventures Fonds II GmbH & Co KG i.L., Tal 26, D-80331 Munich, Germany, represented by its liquidator, The Global Life Science Ventures GmbH i.L., Tal 26, D-80331 Munich, Germany ( Global 2 );

 

  (g) Novartis Bioventures, Ltd., a limited liability company with its seat in Hamilton, Bermuda and its business address in 131 Front Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, company registration number EC29833 ( Novartis Bioventures );


  (j) David Chiswell, born on 20 August 1953, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna ( Chiswell );

 

(3) the members of the consortium of new investors (each hereinafter referred to as a New Investor and collectively as the New Investors ) consisting of:

 

  (a) Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P., a limited partnership with its seat in Palo Alto, United States, and its business address in 575 High Street, Suite 201, Palo Alto, CA 94301, United States ( Vivo Capital );

 

  (b) Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P., a limited partnership with its seat in Palo Alto, United States, and its business address in 575 High Street, Suite 201, Palo Alto, CA 94301, United States ( Vivo Surplus , and together with Vivo Capital, Vivo );

 

  (c) OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP, with its seat in Delaware, United States, and its business address in 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10022, United States ( OrbiMed );

 

  (d) HBM Healthcare;

 

  (e) Omega Fund IV, L.P., with its seat in Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, and its business address in 185 Dartmouth Street, Suite 502, Boston MA 02116, United States ( Omega );

 

  (f) EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P., with its seat in San Francisco, United States, and its business address in 409 Illinois Street, San Francisco, CA 94158, United States ( EcoR1 Capital )];

 

  (g) EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualfied, L.P., with its seat in San Francisco, United States, and its business address in 409 Illinois Street, San Francisco, CA 94158, United States ( EcoR1 Qualified , and together with EcoR1 Capital, EcoR1 );

 

  (h) Boxer Capital, LLC, with its seat in Delaware, United States, and its business address in 440 Stevens Avenue, Suite 100, Solana Beach, CA 92075, United States ( Boxer ); and

 

  (i) the following Initial Investors: Phase 4, Wellcome Trust, GLSV 1 and GLSV 2.

 

(4) Intertrust Trustees Ltd in its capacity as trustee of the Cloudwood Trust, a trust registered in Guernsey, with its address at PO Box 119, Martello Court, Admiral Park, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3HB (the Guernsey Trust );

 

(5) Dipl.Vw. Ralf Schmid, born on 12 April 1967, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria ( Schmid );

 

2


(6) William Prince, born on 6 January 1946, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria ( Prince );

 

(7) ARAX 2009.eins Private Equity GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 335728 v ( ARAX 2009 );

 

(8) ARAX 2010 Private Equity GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 347213 h ( ARAX 2010 );

 

(9) ARAX 2010.eins Private Equity GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 355017 i ( ARAX 2010 II );

 

(10) Kreos Capital III Limited, a company with its corporate seat in London and business address in 25-28 Old Burlington Street, London, W1S 3AN ( Kreos );

 

(11) George Talbot, born on 30 May 1948, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria ( Talbot );

 

(12) Colin Broom, born on 11 October 1955, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria ( Broom );

 

(13) HTBT GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 402888 h, represented by its General Partner, ARAX Capital Partners GmbH, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 300668 i ( HTBT );

 

(14) BTHT GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 421485 g, represented by its General Partner, ARAX Capital Partners GmbH, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 300668 i ( BTHT ); and

 

(15) Nabriva Therapeutics AG, a stock company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Leberstraße 20, A-1112 Vienna registered with the Commercial Registry ( Firmenbuch ) of the court of Vienna under FN 269261 y (the Company or Nabriva ).

 

3


The parties set out under (1) to (14) above shall hereinafter be referred to as the Shareholders and each individually as a Shareholder and together with Nabriva as the Parties and each individually as a Party .

 

1. P REAMBLE

 

1.1 WHEREAS, Sandoz, on the basis of a contribution agreement dated 30 January 2006, has agreed to contribute the so-called ABRI Business into its then wholly-owned subsidiary, the Company;

 

1.2 WHEREAS, all Initial Investors except for Chiswell subscribed to approximately 84% of the then entire outstanding registered share capital ( Grundkapital ) of the Company by way of a share capital increase pursuant to the terms and conditions of a subscription agreement as of 30 January 2006 (the Subscription Agreement 1 ) and Chiswell, Ascher and Novak subscribed for their shares in the Company by way of share capital increases resolved upon on 13 September 2006 and 12 September 2007, respectively. The subscription price paid by the Initial Investors for each EUR 1 (Euro one) of the registered share capital of the Company equaled EUR 228.57 (the Preferred A Purchase Price ).

 

1.3 WHEREAS, all Initial Investors except for Chiswell entered into a shareholders agreement on 30 January 2006 (the Shareholder Agreement ) which was subsequently amended and restated on 13 September 2006 in the course of Chiswell’s accession thereto (the Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement 1 ). The Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement was once more amended on 16 November 2007 in the course of Gerd Ascher’s and Rodger Novak’s accession thereto (the Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement 2 ). The Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement 2 was amended and restated on 17 September 2009 (the Shareholder Agreement 2009 ). The Company and the Initial Investors desire that this Shareholders Agreement 2015 supersedes and replaces the Shareholder Agreement, the Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreements 1 and 2, and the Shareholder Agreements 2009 (together, the Existing Agreements ), such that upon the execution of this Shareholders Agreement 2015, the Existing Agreements shall have no further force or effect.

 

1.4

WHEREAS, all Initial Investors except for Chiswell subscribed for 65,626 (sixty five thousand six hundred twenty six) Preferred A Extension Shares of the then outstanding registered share capital ( Grundkapital ) of the Company by way of a share capital increase pursuant to the terms and conditions of a subscription agreement as of 17 September 2009 (the Subscription Agreement 2 ); The subscription price paid by (i) the Initial Investors for each EUR 1 (Euro one) of the registered share capital of the Company to be subscribed by them equaled the

 

4


  Preferred A Purchase Price, and (ii) the Guernsey Trust for each EUR 1 (Euro one) of the registered share capital of the Company to be subscribed by them equaled EUR 6.72.

 

1.5 WHEREAS, the Guernsey Trust subscribed for 13,400 (thirteen thousand four hundred) Common Shares of the outstanding registered share capital ( Grundkapital ) of the Company by way of a share capital increase pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement 2;

 

1.6 WHEREAS, the Company has entered into five convertible loan agreements dated 27 July 2011, 16 March 2012, 18 November 2013, 2 July 2014 and 19 December 2014 (the Convertible Loan Agreements ) on the basis of which the lenders under the Convertible Loan Agreements are entitled to convert their claims for repayment of the loan amounts into an aggregate of 135,450 Preferred Shares to be issued by the Company out of conditional capital ( bedingtes Kapital );

 

1.7 WHEREAS, in order to secure the Company’s further financing needs, the New Investors have agreed to provide additional funding to the Company. Therefore, it is intended that the registered share capital of the Company shall be increased in the course of such new financing round and that the New Investors shall subscribe for all of the newly issued shares to be furnished with certain preference rights. The total investment by the New Investors shall be paid in two tranches consisting of (i) a first tranche up to the amount of EUR 44,642,831 (the First Tranche ), and (ii) a contingent second tranche up to the amount of Euros equal to the quotient of US $70,000,000 divided by the Agreed Exchange Rate (the Second Tranche and together with the First Tranche, the Tranches , and each a Tranche ), each by way of capital contribution in cash into the Company pursuant to the terms of Subscription Agreement 3 (described below).

 

1.8 WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed that all New Investors shall subscribe in the course of the First Tranche for 511,188 (five hundred eleven thousand one hundred and eighty eight) preferred B-1 shares of the outstanding registered share capital ( Grundkapital ) of the Company by way of a share capital increase pursuant to the terms and conditions of a subscription agreement as of the date hereof (the Subscription Agreement 3 ).

 

1.9

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed that if a Qualified Public Offering (as defined herein) is not consummated by the earlier of (i) 31 March 2016 or such later date requested by the Company and approved by (x) the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Preferred B-1 Shares, or (y) the Requisite New Investors) or (ii) a date no later than two months before the Company’s cash balance is projected to fall to zero, as determined by the Company’s supervisory board, including the affirmative approval of at least two (2) of the Preferred B Members, (the projected “cash out” date) then, either (a) the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Preferred B-1 Shares, or (b) the Requisite New Investors, may in their respective sole discretion

 

5


  deliver written notice to the Company and each of the other Investors stating that they wish to execute the Second Tranche. In such case all New Investors shall subscribe for, and the Company shall promptly issue, that number of Preferred B-2 Shares equal to the quotient of $70,000,000 divided by the Agreed Exchange Rate of the outstanding registered share capital ( Grundkapital ) of the Company, subject to adjustment as provided in the Subscription Agreement 3, and further divided by the Preferred B-2 Purchase Price, by way of a share capital increase pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement 3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding Preferred B-1 Shares, or (B) the Requisite New Investors may, at any time prior to the consummation of the closing of the Second Tranche, elect to withdraw and terminate the written notice for the Second Tranche, in which event the Second Tranche shall not occur.

 

1.10 WHEREAS, the Parties hereby intend to set up the terms governing their future cooperation as shareholders of the Company;

NOW THEREFORE the Parties agree as follows:

 

2. D EFINITIONS

In this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings set opposite them below, being understood that each defined term used in this Agreement shall have a comparable meaning when used in its plural or singular form except where otherwise explicitly stated:

 

ABRI Business Has the meaning set out in the Contribution Agreement
Acceptance Notice Has the meaning set out in section 6.5(a)
Accession Agreement Has the meaning set out in section 9
Act Means the Austrian Stock Corporation Act ( österreichisches Aktiengesetz ), BGBl 1965/98 as amended
Admission Agreement Has the meaning set out in section 6.2
Affiliates Means with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with such Person or has rights of control or management over such Person, and in the case of Investors, including venture funds under common control. For purposes of this definition, control shall include the ownership of 50% or more of the legal or beneficial interest in any Person or the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise

 

6


Agreed Exchange Rate Means the exchange rate as reported by the Wall Street Journal at the close of business on the Initial Closing, provided, however, that the Agreed Exchange Rate shall in no event be increased or decreased by more than 10% of 1.12 US $/Euro
Agreement Has the meaning given to it in the first paragraph of this agreement
Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement 1 Has the meaning given to it in the third Recital of the Preamble
Amended and Restated Shareholder Agreement 2 Has the meaning given to it in the third Recital of the Preamble
Annual Financial Statement Has the meaning set out in section 7.1(a)
Anti-Dilution Event Has the meaning set out in section 4.6
ARAX 2009 ARAX 2009.eins Private Equity GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 335728 v
ARAX 2010 ARAX 2010 Private Equity GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 347213 h
ARAX 2010 II ARAX 2010.eins Private Equity GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 355017 i
Ascher Gerd Ascher, born on 17 July 1941, with address at Pyrkergasse 15/1a+b, 1190 Vienna
Austrian General Civil Code Means (österreichisches) Allgemeines Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch, JGS 1811/946 as amended.
Automatic Conversion Has the meaning set out in section 4.5.2
Boxer Boxer Capital, LLC, with its seat in Delaware, United States, and its business address in 440 Stevens Avenue, Suite 100, Solana Beach, CA 92075, United States
Broom Colin Broom, born on 11 October 1955, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria
BTHT BTHT GmbH & Co KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 421485 g, represented by its General Partner, ARAX Capital Partners GmbH, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 300668 i

 

7


Business Day Means any day in Austria on which banks are open in Vienna for general commercial business
Chiswell David Chiswell, born on 20 August 1953, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1112 Vienna
Common Share(s) Has the meaning set out in section 4.1
Common Shareholders Means Sandoz, Gerd Ascher, Rodger Novak, Ralf Schmid, William Prince, NBV, HBM Healthcare, Cloudwood Trust and, with respect to their respective Common Shares only. GLSV Guernsey and GLSV Germany, and Common Shareholder means any of them
Company Nabriva Therapeutics AG a stock company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Leberstraße 20 A-1112 Vienna registered with the commercial registry ( Firmenbuch ) of the court of Vienna under FN 269261 y
Company Group Has the meaning set out in section 7.2(a)
Conflicted Supervisory Board Member Has the meaning set out in section 5.2
Conflict Issue Has the meaning set out in section 5.2
Contribution Agreement Means the contribution agreement as of 30 January 2006, by means of which Sandoz has contributed the ABRI Business to its then wholly-owned subsidiary, the Company
Conversion Rate Means the conversion rate calculated pursuant to section 4.6
Convertible Loan Agreements Has the meaning set out in sixth Recital of the Preamble
Current Shareholders Means the Common Shareholders and the Investors collectively and Current Shareholder means any of them
Disapproval Right Has the meaning set out in section 5.2
Drag-Along Notice Has the meaning set out in section 6.4
Drag-Along Right Has the meaning set out in section 6.4
EcoR1 Means EcoR1 Capital and EcoR1 Qualified

 

8


EcoR1 Capital EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P., with its seat in San Francisco, United States, and its business address in 409 Illinois Street, San Francisco, CA 94158, United States
EcoR1 Qualified EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P., with its seat in San Francisco, United States, and its business address in 409 Illinois Street, San Francisco, CA 94158, United States
Election Notice Has the meaning set out in section 6.3.1(b)
Employee Pool Has the meaning set out in section 10.1
Existing Agreements Has the meaning given to it in the third Recital of the Preamble
Exiting Seller(s) Has the meaning set out in section 6.4
First Tranche Has the meaning set out in the seventh Recital of the Preamble
Global 1 The Global Life Science Ventures Fund II Limited Partnership, 1 Royal Plaza, Royal Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 2HL, represented by its liquidator, Global Life Science Ventures (GP) Ltd., 1 Royal Plaza, Royal Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 2HL
Global 2 The Global Life Science Ventures Fonds II GmbH & Co KG i.L., Tal 26, D-80331 München, Germany, represented by its liquidator, The Global Life Science Ventures GmbH i.L., Tal 26, D-80331 München, Germany
Guernsey Trust Intertrust Trustees Ltd in its capacity as trustee of the Cloudwood Trust, a trust registered in Guernsey, with its address at PO Box 119, Martello Court, Admiral Park, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3HB
HBM BioCapital HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd., a company registered in the Cayman Islands with its registered office at Centennial Towers, 3 rd Floor 2454 West Bay Road, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
HBM Healthcare HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd., a company registered in the Cayman Islands with its registered office at Centennial Towers, 3 rd Floor, 2454 West Bay Road, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
HTBT HTBT GmbH & CO KG, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 402888 h, represented by its General Partner, ARAX Capital Partners GmbH, a company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Handelskai 94-96/OG 9., A-1200 Vienna, Austria, registered with the commercial register ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 300668 i

 

9


Initial Investors Means the members of the consortium of initial investors consisting of Phase4, Global 1, Global 2, Wellcome Trust, Novartis Bioventures, HBM Healthcare, HBM BioCapital, and Chiswell
Investors Means the Initial Investors and the New Investors together.
Key Blocking Rights Has the meaning set out in section 5.4.1
KfW Means Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau
KfW-Refinanced Preferred Shareholders Means Global 1 and Global 2
Kreos Kreos Capital III Limited, a company with its corporate seat in Jersey and business address in 47 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JEE10BD
Liquidation Event Has the meaning set out in section 4.4.1
Liquidation Preference Amount Has the meaning set out in section 4.4.2
Liquidation Preference Rights Has the meaning set out in section 4.4.2
Nabriva Nabriva Therapeutics AG a stock company with its corporate seat in Vienna and its business address in Leberstraße 20 A-1112 Vienna, registered with the commercial registry ( Firmenbuch ) of the commercial court of Vienna under FN 269261 y
New Conversion Price Has the meaning set out in section 4.6
New Investors Means the members of the consortium of new investors consisting of Vivo, OrbiMed, HBM Healthcare, Omega, EcoR1, Boxer and certain Initial Investors, being Phase 4, Wellcome Trust, GLSV 1, GLSV 2 and Novartis Bioventures.
New Securities Has the meaning set out in section 4.6
Novak Rodger Novak, born on 22 June 1967, with address at Siebenbuergenweg 20, 48151 Muenster, Germany
Novartis Novartis International Pharmaceutical Investment Ltd., a limited liability company with its seat in Hamilton, Bermuda, and its business address in 131 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda
Novartis Bioventures Novartis Bioventures, Ltd., a limited liability company with its seat in Hamilton, Bermuda and its business address in 131 Front Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, company registration number EC29833

 

10


Obliged Seller(s) Has the meaning set out in section 6.5
Offer Notice Has the meaning set out in section 6.3.1(a)
Omega Omega Fund IV, L.P., with its seat in Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, and its business address in 185 Dartmouth Street, Suite 502, Boston MA 02116, United States, United States
OrbiMed OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP, a limited partnership with its seat in New York, United States, and its business address in 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10022, United States
Other Blocking Rights Has the meaning set out in section 5.4.1
Parties Means the Shareholders and the Company and Party means any of them
Partner Means each shareholder, partner, member or other equity holder of an entity and any person holding an option to acquire a share, partnership interest, membership interest or other equity interest in such entity and any direct or indirect equity owner of such shareholder, partner, member, other equity holder or optionholder.
Permitted Transferee Means any Person to whom shares may be transferred under the Permitted Transfer provisions of section 6.2 of this Agreement
Permitted Transfers Has the meaning set out in section 6.2
Person Means any individual, firm, company, partnership entity, government (including agencies, departments, bureaus, boards, divisions and instrumentalities thereof), trustee, receiver, liquidator, state, regional authority, municipality or agency of a state or any joint venture, association, partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) and unless specified otherwise, includes its successors and permitted assignees.
Phase4 Means Phase4 Ventures III L.P., a limited partnership with its seat in London and its business address in 15 Stratton Street, London W1J 8LQ, United Kingdom
Preference Rights Means all preferential rights of holders of Preferred Shares as set out in this Agreement.
Preferred A Extension Shares Means the Shares with Preference Rights as set out in section 4.1
Preferred A Existing Shares Means the Shares with certain preference rights as set out in section 4.1

 

11


Preferred A Member Has the meaning set out in section 5.2
Preferred A Purchase Price Has the meaning given to it in the fourth Recital of the Preamble
Preferred A Pro Rata Amount Has the meaning set out in section 4.4.2(c)(ii)
Preferred A Shareholders Shareholders holding Preferred A Shares
Preferred A Shares Means the Preferred A Existing Shares and Preferred A Extension Shares together
Preferred B Shareholders Shareholders holding Preferred B Shares
Preferred B Shares Means the Preferred B-1 Shares and Preferred B-2 Shares together
Preferred B-1 Member Has the meaning set out in section 5.2
Preferred B-2 Member Has the meaning set out in section 5.2
Preferred B-1 Purchase Price Has the meaning set out in section 3
Preferred B-2 Purchase Price Has the meaning set out in section 3
Preferred B-1 Shareholders Shareholders holding Preferred B-1 Shares
Preferred B-2 Shareholders Shareholders holding Preferred B-2 Shares
Preferred B-1 Shares Means the Shares with Preference Rights as set out in section 4.1
Preferred B-2 Shares Means the Shares with Preference Rights as set out in section 4.1
Preferred Dividend Has the meaning set out in section 4.3.1
Preferred Dividend Event Has the meaning set out in section 4.3.1
Preferred Shareholders Shareholders holding Preferred Shares
Preferred Shares Means Preferred A Shares and Preferred B-1 Shares and, as the case may be, Preferred B-2 Shares together
Prince Means William Prince, born on 6 January 1946, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria
Proposed Purchaser Has the meaning set out in section 6.3.1
Purchaser’s Offer Has the meaning set out in section 6.5(a)
Qualified Public Offering Means a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Shares or American depositary receipts representing Common Shares (a) on the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market (or any other exchange approved by either (1) the Requisite New Investors, or (2) at least 60% of the then-outstanding Preferred B Shares), and (b) either (i) at a fully diluted pre-money valuation (assuming full exercise of all outstanding exercisable securities, rights, options and warrants, including all convertible stock and any shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Pool or similar arrangements) of at least US $ 120,000,000 (USD one-hundred twenty million) with gross proceeds to the Company (before deducting underwriting discounts or commissions and other offering expenses) of not less than US $ 40,000,000 (USD forty million) or (ii) as may be approved by either (A) the Requisite New Investors, or (B) at least 60% of the then-outstanding Preferred B Shares

 

12


Quarterly Balance Sheet Has the meaning set out in section 7.1(b)
Redemption Has the meaning set out in section 4.8
Registration Rights Agreement Has the meaning set out in section 4.7
Requisite New Investors Means (a) Vivo, OrbiMed and any one of the other New Investors that is not an Initial Investor, each of which must continue to hold directly or through their affiliates the Preferred B-1 Shares subscribed for in the course of the First Tranche, (b) if one of either Vivo or OrbiMed does not hold Preferred B-1 Shares, then either Vivo or OrbiMed (to the extent they hold Preferred B-1 Shares) and any one of the other New Investors that is not an Initial Investor, and (c) if neither Vivo nor OrbiMed hold Preferred B-1 Shares, then the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Preferred B-1 Shares held by all New Investors that are not Initial Investors
Right of First Refusal Has the meaning set out in section 6.3
Sale Has the meaning set out in section 6.3.1
Sandoz Means Sandoz GmbH, a limited liability company with its corporate seat in Kundl and its business address in Biochemiestrasse 10, 6250 Kundl, Austria, registered under FN 50587 v with the commercial register of the country court of Innsbruck
Sandoz Preferred A Shares Has the meaning set out in section 8.9.1 of the Subscription Agreement 1
Schedules Means the Schedules referred to in this Agreement
Schmid Means Dipl.Vw. Ralf Schmid, born on 12 April 1967, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria
Second Tranche Has the meaning set out in the sixth Recital of the Preamble
Seller Has the meaning set out in section 6.3.1
Series A Preferred Return Amount Has the meaning set out in section 4.4.2(c)(ii)
Share Means any share in the Company representing a shareholding in the nominal amount subscribed by a Shareholder.

 

13


Share To Be Sold Has the meaning set out in section 6.3.1
Shareholder Agreement Has the meaning given to it in the third Recital of the Preamble
Shareholders Means the Common Shareholders, the Initial Investors, the Guernsey Trust, Schmid, Prince, ARAX 2009, ARAX 2010, ARAX 2010 II, Kreos and the New Investors and Shareholder means any of them
Shareholders Agreement 2015 Has the meaning given to it in the first paragraph of this agreement
Shareholders Meeting Has the meaning set out in section 5.3
Subscription Agreement 1 Means the subscription agreement as of 30 January 2006
Subscription Agreement 2 Means the subscription agreement as of 17 September 2009
Subscription Agreement 3 Means the subscription agreement as of today executed between the Parties and the Company
Supervisory Board Means the supervisory board ( Aufsichtsrat ) to be maintained by the Company pursuant to section 5.2
Tag-Along Rights Notice Has the meaning set out in section 6.5(a)
Tag-Along Sale Has the meaning set out in section 6.5
Talbot George Talbot, born on 30 May 1948, with address at Leberstraße 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria
Total Liquidation Preference Amount); the Preferred A Liquidation Preference Amount together with the Liquidation Preference Amount
Total A Liquidation Preference Amount Has the meaning given to it in section 4.4.2(c)
Transfer Has the meaning set out in section 6.1
Vivo Means Vivo Capital and Vivo Surplus; if this Agreement provides for a notification, declaration, consent, approval, waiver or similar action from Vivo , a notification, declaration, consent, approval, waiver or similar action from either Vivo Capital or Vivo Surplus shall be sufficient.
Vivo Capital Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P., a limited partnership with its seat in Palo Alto, United States, and its business address in 575 High Street, Suite 201, Palo Alto, CA 94301, United States
Vivo Surplus Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P., a limited partnership with its seat in Palo Alto, United States, and its business address in 575 High Street, Suite 201, Palo Alto, CA 94301, United States
Voluntary Conversion Has the meaning set out in section 4.5.1

 

14


Wellcome Trust The Wellcome Trust Limited, a company registered in England and Wales, company registration number 2711000, whose registered office is at 215 Euston Road London NW1 2BE (in its capacity as trustee of the Wellcome Trust, a charity registered in England and Wales, charity registration number 210183)

 

3. S TRUCTURE OF THE B USINESS

The Company is, and the Parties shall procure that the Company shall remain, for the time being and unless otherwise agreed upon in accordance with this Agreement, a stock company established and existing under the laws of Austria.

After implementation of the First Tranche of the share capital increase effected pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement 3, the Parties will hold the shareholdings in the Company set out in Schedule 3(a)(i); after implementation of the Second Tranche of the share capital increase, if any, effected pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement 3, the Parties will hold the shareholdings in the Company set out in Schedule 3(a)(ii) , subject to adjustment as described in the Subscription Agreement 3.

For the purposes of this Agreement, the subscription price paid by the New Investors for each EUR 1 (Euro one) of the registered share capital of the Company to be subscribed by them shall be

 

  (i) EUR 82.35 with regard to the First Tranche (the Preferred B-1 Purchase Price ), whereby the New Investors (excluding Vivo, OrbiMed, HBM Public, Omega, EcoR1 and Boxer) shall convert their claims for repayment of the convertible loans granted to the Company under the Convertible Loan Agreements, excluding, however, any accrued interest under the Convertible Loan Agreements and the exercise of the additional call options granted to the lenders pursuant to the Convertible Loan Agreements dated 27 July 2011 and 16 March 2012, which accrued interest and call options have been terminated in full pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 3, and which termination is hereby acknowledged and ratified; and

 

  (ii) EUR 84.21 with regard to the Second Tranche (the Preferred B-2 Purchase Price ).

The Company is the sole shareholder of Company US subsidiary, and does not hold shares or other interests in any other legal entity.

The rights and obligations of the Parties with respect to the Company as set out herein shall be reflected as appropriate in the articles of association of the Company

 

15


as set out in Schedule 3(b) . Therefore, the Parties undertake to provide that the articles of association of the Company will be established in the form as set out in Schedule 3(b) .

 

4. S HARE C APITAL OF THE C OMPANY

 

4.1 General

As of this day, Nabriva’s registered share capital ( Nennkapital ) consists of 327,522 (three hundred twenty seven thousand five hundred twenty two) shares which are divided, on a contractual basis but not pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, into 84,102 (eighty four thousand one hundred and two) common shares (the Common Shares ), and 243,420 (two hundred forty three thousand four hundred and twenty) Preferred A Shares.

28,311 (twenty eight thousand three hundred eleven) additional shares could be issued out of conditional capital ( bedingtes Kapital ) on the basis of a stock option scheme in favor of the Company’s employees, the Company’s management, selected members of the Company’s supervisory board and further participants. Furthermore, 135,450 (one hundred thirty five thousand four hundred fifty) additional shares could be issued out of conditional capital ( bedingtes Kapital ) to lenders under the existing convertible loan agreements between the Company and certain of its shareholders or their Affiliates in the event of a conversion of the claims for repayment of the loans granted to the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions of such convertible loan agreements.

Finally, 3,281 (three thousand two hundred eighty one) additional shares could be issued out of authorized capital ( genehmigtes Kapital ) granted by the Company’s shareholders to fulfill the Company’s obligations vis-à-vis Kreos Capital IV (UK) Ltd.

After implementation of the First Tranche of the share capital increase pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 3, the registered share capital of the Company will amount to EUR 1,057,684 (Euro one million fifty seven thousand six hundred and eighty four) and will be fully paid-in; after implementation of the Second Tranche of the share capital increase, if any, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 3, the share capital of the Company will amount to EUR 1,799,877 (Euro one million seven hundred and ninety nine thousand eight hundred and seventy seven), subject to adjustment as described in section 2.2.1 of the Subscription Agreement 3, and will be fully paid-in.

All Shares shall carry equal rights, except as provided for in this Shareholders Agreement 2015.

For the purposes of this Shareholders Agreement 2015, the Shares held by the Initial Investors initially before the implementation of the Subscription Agreement 2 and the Sandoz Preferred A Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of this Shareholders

 

16


Agreement 2015, their successors and assignees shall be defined as the Preferred A Existing Shares and (i) the Shares held initially by Sandoz (other than Sandoz Preferred A Shares), (ii) the Shares held by Rodger Novak and Gerd Ascher, (iii) the treasury shares held by the Company to fulfill its obligations under the stock option scheme in favor of the Company’s employees, the Company’s management, selected members of the Company’s supervisory board, further participants and the founder’s program, (iv) any Preferred A Shares converted into shares with the same rights and obligations as the Shares held initially by Sandoz, (other than Sandoz Preferred A Shares), and (v) the Shares subscribed for by the Guernsey Trust in the course of the capital increase pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 2, shall together be defined as the Common Shares .

The Shares subscribed to by the Initial Investors (except for Chiswell) in the course of the two tranches of the capital increase pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 2 shall be referred to as Preferred A Extension Shares and together with the Preferred A Existing Shares the Preferred A Shares .

The Shares issued in the course of the First Tranche pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 3 shall be referred to as Preferred B-1 Shares ; and the Shares issued in the course of the Second Tranche, if any, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement 3 shall be referred as Preferred B-2 Shares . The Preferred B-1 Shares and the Preferred B-2 Shares shall be referred to as the Preferred B Shares ; and the Preferred B Shares together with the Preferred A Shares, the Preferred Shares .

Without prejudice to the provisions of section 6, the transfer of Shares is subject to the prior approval of the Shareholders Meeting (as defined below) which requires a simple majority resolution ( Vinkulierung ). The Shareholders Meeting must, however, give its approval if the provisions of section 6 are complied with; the Parties undertake to exercise their respective voting rights respectively.

 

4.2 Voting Rights

For each EUR 1 of the registered share capital represented by a Common Share, the respective Shareholder shall have 1 (one) vote.

Each holder of a Preferred Share shall, with respect to the Preferred Share held by it, have such number of votes equal to the number of votes attached to the Common Share such holder would hold had it converted its Preferred Share at the date of such shareholders’ resolution at the then applicable Conversion Rate in a Voluntary Conversion, irrespective whether such Voluntary Conversion actually takes place. To the extent permitted by Austrian corporate law, the holders of Common Shares in such case shall waive the respective part of their voting right in order to provide the holders of Preferred Shares with the amount of additional votes required pursuant to this provision.

 

17


4.3 Preferred Dividend Rights

 

4.3.1 Preferred Dividend and Preferred Dividend Event

Each holder of a Preferred B Share shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares and Preferred A Shares, an annual preference dividend of 8% (eight percent) of the Preferred B-1 Purchase Price or Preferred B-2 Purchase Price respectively (as applicable), for each Euro of the registered share capital represented by its respective Preferred B Shares (the Preferred Dividend ), for each business year, including, on a pro rata basis based on the actual days elapsed from and after the date of issuance of each Preferred B Share, for the business year in which such Preferred B Shares are issued, only when, if and as declared by the Company’s shareholders’ meeting, and if declared shall only be payable to the holders of Preferred B Shares upon (i) a Liquidation Event in accordance with section 4.4, (ii) a conversion in accordance with section 4.5, (iii) a Redemption in accordance with section 4.8, or (iv) a resolution of the Shareholders Meeting regarding Preferred Dividends (each a Preferred Dividend Event ). If a Preferred Dividend Event takes place during a business year, the Preferred Dividend for the respective business year shall be calculated pro rata based on the actual days elapsed in such business year until the date of the Preferred Dividend Event. The Company shall, in the event of a Liquidation Event or conversion pursuant to section 4.5.2(i), provide each holder of Preferred B Shares written notice at least ten (10) days before a Preferred Dividend Event. All Shareholders hereby covenant to vote in favor of, consent to or otherwise approve the payment of any and all declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends, if any, upon any Preferred Dividend Event, as may be required under Austrian or other applicable law.

 

4.3.2 Payment of Preferred Dividend

In the case of a Preferred Dividend Event, the holders of Preferred B Shares as a group shall be entitled upon a resolution of the Preferred B Shareholders holding 60% or more of the Preferred B Shares to opt for one of the following options:

 

  (a) Cash payment of the amount of all declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends, if any, by the Company within 14 (fourteen) days following the Company’s receipt of the resolution of the Preferred B Shareholders, to the extent permitted by law and the Company provides for a sufficient amount of distributable profits; or

 

  (b)

The subscription for that number of additional Shares calculated by dividing the value of all declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends, if any, by the Fair Market Value per Preferred B Share at the time of any Preferred Dividend Event, which such additional Shares shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of Preferred B Shares on an as-converted to Common Shares basis. Such additional Shares shall be furnished with all rights of the Preferred B

 

18


  Shares, if any at the time of such Preferred Dividend Event. For the purposes of this section 4.3.2(b), Fair Market Value means the value of one Preferred B Share as (i) agreed to among the Company and either the Requisite New Investors or at the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding Preferred B Shares, or (ii) if the Fair Market Value has not been agreed upon within ten (10) days following the Company’s receipt of the resolution of the Preferred B Shareholders, determined by an independent auditor mutually acceptable to the Company and either the Requisite New Investors or the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding Preferred B Shares, the costs of which shall be bourne by the Company, provided, however, that the Fair Market Value shall be reduced by an amount equal to any per-share amount paid by the holders of the Preferred B Shares in connection with the issuance of additional Shares pursuant to this section 4.3.2(b), including any payments required in connection with any ordinary share capital increase. Any such additional Shares shall be created, to the extent possible and legally permitted, (A) by issuing new Preferred B Shares according to the Austrian Act of Capital Adjustment ( Kapitalberichtigungsgesetz ) or otherwise (B) by issuing new Preferred B Shares by way of an ordinary share capital increase against payment of EUR 1 (Euro one) for each EUR 1 (Euro one) of the nominal share capital increased. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends shall be reduced by an amount corresponding to the value of the new Preferred B Shares issued. The Parties agree to vote in favor of any such share capital increase, whether pursuant to the Austrian Act of Capital Adjustment or by way of an ordinary share capital increase, and to waive their subscription right, to the extent they are not permitted or entitled pursuant to this Agreement to subscribe to such new Preferred B Shares. All holders of Common Shares and Preferred A Shares agree to transfer all the new Preferred B Shares received by them (pursuant to Austrian law and under the terms of this section 4.3.1(b)), to the existing holders of Preferred B Shares without payment and in such proportions that correspond with the number of Preferred B Shares held by each holder of Preferred B Shares immediately prior to a capital increase according to the terms of this section 4.3.2(b).

For the avoidance of doubt, the preferred dividend rights of the Preferred A Shareholders provided for in any of the Existing Agreements are herewith cancelled and terminated and, hence, any entitlement of the Preferred A Shareholders to any dividend accrued is permanently extinguished effective immediately.

 

4.3.3 Survival

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including section 11, sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 shall only terminate on the date that (a) no Preferred B Shares remain outstanding and (b) all declared Preferred Dividends, if any, have been fully paid and, if applicable, the additional Shares have been registered and issued to the holders of Preferred B Shares, in accordance with section 4.3.2.

 

19


4.3.4 Other Dividends

The holders of Preferred Shares and the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to participate pro rata on any dividends declared by a resolution of the Shareholders Meeting and paid by the Company outside of a Preferred Dividend Event; the entitlement of the Shareholders in such dividend shall be determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares. For the avoidance of doubt such a dividend declared under this section 4.3.4 shall be paid in cash.

 

4.4 Liquidation Preference

 

4.4.1 Liquidation Event

(a) For the purposes of this Agreement, each of the following events shall be deemed a Liquidation Event :

(i) an exclusive license of or the sale, the lease or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(ii) a sale or other disposal (for the avoidance of doubt, the term disposal shall not include a pledge) in any transaction or series of transactions to which the Company is a party of 50% or more of the voting power of the Company, other than any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof;

(iii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any third party, other than any merger or consolidation in which the Shares of the Company immediately preceding such merger or consolidation continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after the closing of such merger or consolidation; and

(iv) a liquidation, winding up or any other form of dissolution of the Company.

(b) An event specified in section 4.4.1(a) shall only be deemed a Liquidation Event if effected prior to a Qualified Public Offering. Upon a Qualified Public Offering, the Liquidation Preference shall terminate. The Company shall ensure that the definitive agreement for any such transaction constituting a Liquidation Event provides that the consideration payable to the shareholders of the Company in connection therewith will be allocated among the holders of the Company’s capital stock in accordance with this section 4.4.

 

20


For the purposes of this Agreement, the proceeds of any such Liquidation Event shall be the consideration and/or other proceeds received by (i) the Company or (ii) the Shareholders as a result of such Liquidation Event. If the Liquidation Event is a merger or consolidation pursuant to subsection 4.4.1(a)(iii) above or if the consideration and/or other proceeds are in a form other than cash, the consideration received shall be valuated pursuant to the procedure set out in section 6.3.2.

 

4.4.2 Liquidation Preference

Upon occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the proceeds of such Liquidation Event available for distribution shall be distributed as follows (the Liquidation Preference Rights ):

 

  (a) The holders of Preferred B Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the proceeds or assets of the Company available for distribution and in preference to the holders of Preferred A Shares and Common Shares, an amount equal to (a) one (1) times the Preferred B-1 Purchase Price for each Preferred B-1 Share held by such holders and (b) two (2) times the Preferred B-2 Purchase Price for each Preferred B-2 Share held by such holders, if any, in each case to the extent already paid by such New Investor to the Company, plus for all Preferred B Shares then outstanding, all declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends at the date of the Liquidation Event, if any (in total the Liquidation Preference Amount ). The Liquidation Preference Amount shall not be abrogated or diminished in the event a part of the proceeds of a Liquidation Event is subject to escrow, earn out or similar features in connection with a Liquidation Event. The holders of Preferred B Shares shall be entitled to receive the greater amount such holders would receive either as holders of Preferred B Shares or had they converted their Shares into Common Shares, after taking into account the effect of escrows, earn outs and other similar features;

 

  (b) If there are insufficient proceeds available for distribution to pay the Liquidation Preference Amount in full to all holders of Preferred B Shares, the total proceeds, if any, available for distribution shall be paid to the holders of Preferred B Shares on a pro rata basis based on the portion of the full Liquidation Preference Amount to which each such holder would otherwise be entitled, and the Preferred B Shares shall in any event have preference over the Preferred A Shares and the Common Shares with respect to any distributions made upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event.

 

  (c)

After such payment of the Liquidation Preference Amount has been made pursuant to section 4.4.2(a) above, and therefore in addition to the Liquidation Preference Amount, the remaining proceeds or assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Preferred B Shares, the holders of Preferred A Shares and the holders of Common Shares, on the basis as if all Shares have been converted into

 

21


  Common Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the aggregate portion of proceeds or assets of the Company distributable to the holders of Preferred A Shares and the holders of Common Shares, such proceeds or assets of the Company shall be distributed as follows:

 

  (i) the holders of Preferred A Shares shall be entitled to receive, out of the remaining proceeds or assets of the Company available for distribution to the holders of Preferred A Shares and Common Shares and in preference only to the holders of Common Shares (and without reducing the pro rata interest of the Preferred B Shareholders in the remaining proceeds), an amount equal to (i) 2 (two) times the Preferred A Purchase Price for each Preferred A Existing Share held by such holders and (b) 1 (one) time the Preferred A purchase Price for each Preferred A Extension Share held by such holders, in each case to the extent already paid by such holder of Preferred A Shares to the Company (the Total A Liquidation Preference Amount )

 

  (ii) After payment of the Total A Liquidation Preference Amount has been made, and therefore in addition to the Total A Liquidation Preference Amount, the holders of Preferred A Existing Shares and Preferred A Extension Shares shall be entitled to receive pro rata with the holders of Common Shares the amount of any remaining proceeds or assets of the Company then available for distribution to the holders of Preferred A Shares and Common Shares (the Preferred A Pro Rata Amount and together with the Total A Liquidation Preference Amount the Series A Preferred Return Amount ).

 

  (d) If there are insufficient proceeds available for distribution to pay the Total A Liquidation Preference Amount in full to all holders of Preferred A Shares, the total proceeds, if any, available for distribution to the holders of Preferred A Shares and Common Shares (and, for the avoidance of doubt, after payment of the Liquidation Preference Amount and all other distributions to which the holders of Preferred B Shares are entitled pursuant to this section 4.4.2) shall be paid to the holders of Preferred A Shares based on the portion of the full Total A Liquidation Preference Amount to which each such holder would otherwise be entitled, and the Preferred A Shares shall in any event have preference over the Common Shares with respect to the Total A Liquidation Preference Amount:

 

  (e)

If the proceeds available for distribution to pay the Series A Preferred Return Amount in total exceed EUR 120 million (Euro one-hundred and twenty million), the holders of Preferred A Shares shall be entitled to receive pari passu with the holders of Common Shares (as if they were all holders of the same class of Shares and as if for the purpose of calculating such entitlements

 

22


  all rights of conversion had been exercised in full) the proceeds available for distribution, provided, however, that if as a result of such pari passu distribution of proceeds the holders of Preferred A Shares receive less than the Series A Preferred Return Amount with a value of EUR 120 million (Euro one-hundred twenty million), the holders of Preferred A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to any holder of Common Shares, the amount equal to their applicable Series A Preferred Return Amount with a value of EUR 120 million (Euro one-hundred twenty million) and thereafter the remaining proceeds shall be distributed to the holders of Common Shares pro rata the total shareholding represented by Common Shares.

 

4.4.3 Partial Liquidation

In case the Liquidation Event results (i) from an exclusive license of less than 100% (one hundred percent) of the assets of the Company, (ii) from a sale of less than 100% (one hundred percent) of the assets of the Company, or (iii) from a sale of less than 100% (one hundred percent) of the shares of the Company, all Parties participating in such sale shall participate and/or dispose of their Shares on a pro rata basis and the sales proceeds shall be distributed amongst such Parties participating in such sale pursuant to the calculation of the Liquidation Preference pursuant to section 4.4.2 whereby the implied value of 100% (one hundred percent) of the assets and/or the Shares of the Company shall be used for such calculation. In each such case, the remaining assets and/or shares not covered by such partial liquidation shall be deemed the new 100% basis for determining whether and to what extent a subsequent Liquidation Event occurs pursuant to this section 4.4.

 

4.4.4 Termination

Upon the conversion of any Preferred Shares pursuant to section 4.5, all Liquidation Preference Rights attached to such converted Preferred Shares shall automatically cease.

 

4.5 Conversion into Common Shares

 

4.5.1 Voluntary Conversion Right

Each holder of Preferred Shares shall be entitled at any time to waive its preferential rights set out in this Agreement (the Preference Rights ) so that such holder of Preferred Shares shall thereafter be furnished with the same shareholder rights as the holders of Common Shares (a Voluntary Conversion ). A Voluntary Conversion may be triggered with respect to all Preferred Shares held by such Investor or any part thereof, provided, however, that a Voluntary Conversion may only be triggered with respect to whole shares of Preferred Shares. To the extent a Voluntary Conversion has only been triggered with respect to a portion of a holder’s Preferred Shares, such holder shall be entitled to trigger the Voluntary Conversion for the remaining part of

 

23


its Preferred Shares or further fractions thereof, subject to the limitations set forth in the preceding sentence, at any time and repeatedly. After a Voluntary Conversion the respective Preferred Shares for which the Voluntary Conversion has been triggered shall henceforth be deemed Common Shares and the parts of the respective Preferred Shares for which the Voluntary Conversion has not been triggered, if any, shall continue to be deemed Preferred Shares for the purposes of this Agreement.

The number of Common Shares to which a holder of Preferred Shares is entitled upon conversion of Preferred Shares is the product obtained by multiplying, for each series of Preferred Shares being converted, the Conversion Rate applicable for such series of Preferred Stock, as determined in accordance with section 4.6, by the number of Preferred Shares of such series of Preferred Shares being converted.

Upon any Voluntary Conversion of Preferred B Shares, the holder of such Preferred B Shares being converted shall be entitled to any and all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, for such holder’s converted Preferred B Shares, pursuant to section 4.3.

 

4.5.2 Automatic Conversion

Each Preferred Share will automatically convert into Common Shares based on the then-effective applicable Conversion Rate upon (i) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) the consent to such conversion of the holders of at least 60% of the Preferred B Shareholders, or (iii) the consent of the Requisite New Investors to such conversion in connection with any initial public offering, so that all Preference Rights of the Preferred Shares shall automatically be deemed waived and therefore all Preferred Shares forthwith be regarded as Common Shares (the Automatic Conversion ).

Upon any Automatic Conversion of Preferred B Shares, the holder of such Preferred B Shares being converted shall be entitled to any and all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, for such holder’s converted Preferred B Shares, pursuant to section 4.3.

 

4.5.3 Anti-Dilution Adjustment

If prior to or concurrently with a Voluntary Conversion or an Automatic Conversion (each, a Conversion ), an Anti-Dilution Event is effected, each holder of Preferred Shares, upon the Conversion of such holder’s Preferred Shares, shall receive additional shareholding in the Company furnished with the same rights and obligations as the Common Shares reflecting the Conversion Rate calculated pursuant to section 4.6. Any such additional shareholding to which the holders of Preferred Shares are entitled shall be satisfied, to the extent possible and permitted by law, by issuing new Common Shares according to the Austrian Act of Capital Adjustment or otherwise by issuing new Common Shares by way of an ordinary

 

24


share capital increase against payment of EUR 1 (Euro one) for each EUR 1 (Euro one) of the registered share capital increased. Each holder of Preferred Shares receiving new Common Shares pursuant to this section 4.5.3 shall be entitled to receive, in addition to any additional shareholding to which such holder of Preferred Shares is entitled pursuant to this section 4.5.3, that number of new Common Shares equal to the quotient of (a) any amounts paid by such holder of Preferred Shares pursuant to the preceding sentence, divided by (b) the applicable Conversion Rate calculated pursuant to section 4.6. The Parties agree to vote in favor of any such share capital increase, whether (i) pursuant to the Austrian Act of Capital Adjustment or (ii) by way of an ordinary share capital increase, and to waive their subscription right, to the extent they are not entitled to additional shareholding pursuant to this section 4.5. All holders of Common Shares agree to transfer all of the new Preferred Shares received by them (pursuant to Austrian law and the terms of this section 4.5.3, to the existing holders of Preferred Shares without payment and in such proportions that correspond with the number of Preferred Shares held by each holder of Preferred Shares immediately prior to a capital increase according to the terms of this section 4.5.3.

 

4.5.4 Survival

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including section 11, the provisions of sections 4.5 and 4.6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent required for the Company to register and issue to holders of Preferred Shares all new Common Shares issuable in connection with any conversion of Preferred Shares.

 

4.5.5 Fractional Shares

No fractional Common Shares shall be issued upon a Conversion of Preferred Shares. All Common Shares (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares of a holder shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after such aggregation, a Conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional Common Share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, round down the number of Shares issued to such holder to the next full single digit, without paying any compensation.

 

4.5.6 Pay to Play / Forced Conversion / Preferred B-2 shares

In the event an Investor or such Investor’s Affiliates, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Blocker Entity (as defined in the Subscription Agreement 3) (a B-2 Non-Funding Investor ) fails to subscribe for at least its full portion of Preferred B-2 Shares of the outstanding registered share capital ( Grundkapital ) of the Company by way of a share capital increase of the Second Tranche pursuant to the terms and

 

25


conditions of the Subscription Agreement 3 and subject to adjustment as provided therein, the following consequences shall apply:

The B-2 Non-Funding Investor’s Preferred B-1 Shares shall automatically be converted into Common Shares immediately after the closing of the Second Tranche according to the following ratio: one (1) Common Share for six (6) Preferred B-1 Shares, and all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, for such B-2 Non-Funding Investor shall be cancelled, waived and of no further force or effect. Such conversion eliminates any and all Preference Rights provided for in this Shareholders Agreement 2015 and attributed to the Preferred B-1 Shares so converted. Furthermore, each B-2 Non-Funding Investor shall also lose its right to designate a member of the Supervisory Board pursuant to section 5.2.

 

4.6 Anti-dilution Provision

 

4.6.1 Conversion Rate

As of the date hereof and for purposes of sections 4.5 and 4.6, both the applicable purchase price and the conversion price for the Preferred Shares are as follows: for the Preferred A Existing Shares and the Preferred A Extension Shares, the Preferred A Purchase Price; for the Preferred B-1 Shares, the Preferred B-1 Purchase Price; and for the Preferred B-2 Shares, the Preferred B-2 Purchase Price. The conversion rates for each series of Preferred Shares (for each series of Preferred Shares, the Conversion Rate ) in effect from time to time is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable purchase price for such series of Preferred Shares by the applicable conversion price for such Preferred Shares as determined pursuant to this section 4.6, such that, as of the date hereof, each Preferred Share is convertible into one Common Share. For the avoidance of doubt, no issuance of Preferred B Shares will be considered an Anti-Dilution Event with respect to the Preferred A Shares.

 

4.6.2 Anti-Dilution Event

In the event of an issuance by the Company of new Shares, warrants, share equivalents or convertible securities of whatever nature or rights to purchase Shares, warrants, share equivalents or convertible securities of whatever nature (collectively New Securities ) after the date hereof for consideration received or receivable by the Company for the issue of each New Security (the New Security Consideration ) less than the then-applicable conversion price with respect to the Preferred A Existing Shares, the Preferred A Extension Shares, the Preferred B-1 Shares or the Preferred B-2 Shares, as the case may be ( Anti-Dilution Event ), then:

 

  (a)

if the then-applicable conversion price with respect to the Preferred B-1 Shares or the Preferred B-2 Shares is greater than the New Security Consideration, the conversion price applicable to the Preferred B-1 Shares or the Preferred B-2 Shares with respect to any Voluntary Conversions and/or

 

26


  Automatic Conversions taking place simultaneously or after such Anti-Dilution Event shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue of New Securities, to the New Security Consideration; and

 

  (b) if the then-applicable conversion price with respect to the Preferred A Existing Shares or Preferred A Extension Shares is greater than the New Security Consideration, the conversion price applicable to the Preferred A Existing Shares or Preferred A Extension Shares with respect to any Voluntary Conversions and/or Automatic Conversions taking place simultaneously or after such Anti-Dilution Event shall be calculated on the following broad-based weighted average formula: NCP = CCP x (CSO + DS) / (CSO + NS)).

For the purposes of this section 4.6.2(b):

NCP means the new conversion price for the Preferred A Existing Shares and Preferred A Extension Shares to be determined by the formula;

CCP means the current conversion price for the Preferred A Existing Shares and Preferred A Extension Shares;

CSO means the nominal capital amount in Euro represented by Shares, warrants, share equivalents or convertible securities of whatever nature or rights to purchase Shares, warrants, share equivalents or convertible securities of whatever nature outstanding immediately prior to such Anti-Dilution Event;

DS means the nominal capital amount in Euro represented by the New Securities that would have been issued by the Company in the course of the Anti-Dilution Event had the Anti-Dilution Event been carried out at the Preferred A Purchase Price; and

NS means the nominal capital amount in Euro represented by the New Securities that were actually issued in the course of the Anti-Dilution Event.

If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first Preferred B Share is issued, the Company effects a subdivision or combination of its registered share capital, the then-applicable conversion prices for the Preferred Shares will be proportionately decreased or increased, respectively. Any adjustment to the applicable conversion price for the Preferred Shares will also be subject to proportional adjustments for share dividends, recapitalizations or similar corporate events, if any.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, issuance of the following securities by the Company will not be considered an Anti-Dilution Event:

 

  (i) Preferred B Shares;

 

27


  (ii) Common Shares issued or issuable upon the conversion of Preferred Shares;

 

  (iii) Up to 95,000 Common Shares issued pursuant to the Employee Pool as foreseen in section 10.1;

 

  (iv) Shares issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of convertible securities outstanding as of the date hereof;

 

  (v) Securities that the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding Preferred B Shares elect in writing to exclude from the definition of “New Securities” for the purposes of this section 4.6; and

 

  (vi) Securities issued in the course of an initial public offering, the valuation of which is at least at a fully diluted pre-money valuation (assuming full exercise of all outstanding exercisable securities, rights, options and warrants, including all convertible stock and any shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Pool or similar arrangements) of at least US $ 120,000,000 (USD one-hundred twenty million) with gross proceeds to the Company (before deducting underwriting discounts or commissions and other offering expenses) of not less than US $ 40,000,000 (USD forty million).

 

4.7 Registration Rights

 

4.7.1 Registration Rights Agreement

Following the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering and the date that is three (3) years after the Initial Closing, the holders of at least 60% of the Preferred B Shareholders, and the Requisite New Investors each shall have the right to demand the listing and, if applicable, the registration of the Common Shares (or American depositary receipts representing Common Shares) to be issued upon conversion of the Preferred B Shares owned by them in the Company or held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreement (the Registration Rights Agreement ) on customary terms acceptable to (1) the holders of at least 60% of the Preferred B Shareholders, or (2) the Requisite New Investors, and in any case to be negotiated and fully executed prior to the consummation of any Qualified Public Offering, and as expeditiously as reasonably possible. The Preferred B Shareholders may demand registration (A) if such demand is made prior to a Qualified Public Offering, on the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market (or any other exchange approved by either (y) the Requisite New Investors, or (z) 60% of the then-outstanding Preferred B Shares), or (B) if such demand is made following a Qualified Public Offering, at the stock exchange on which the Company’s shares or American depositary receipts representing Common Shares are listed after the Qualified Public Offering. The Company will use its best efforts to effect such registration as soon as reasonably possible following receipt of such demand. All Investors and Sandoz will be entitled to demand registration, piggyback registration and short form registration, both in the

 

28


United States and European markets, pursuant to this section 4.7 and the Registration Rights Agreement. Upon execution and effectiveness of the Registration Rights Agreement, the terms and provisions of sections 4.7.1, 4.7.2 and 4.7.3 hereof shall automatically terminate and shall have no further force or effect.

 

4.7.2 Registration Expenses; Indemnification

The Company will pay the expenses of the exercise of any registration rights under this section 4.7 (other than underwriting discounts and selling concessions to be paid by the Investors selling under the related registration statement), including the reasonable fees and expenses of one special counsel of the selling shareholders and any fees and expenses related to the deposit of Common Shares for the issuance of American depositary receipts representing Common Shares to be registered. The Registration Rights Agreement shall provide that the Company will pay any fees and expenses related to the deposit of Common Shares for the issuance of American depositary receipts representing Common Shares in connection with any sale or distribution of such Common Shares not involving a registration.

To the extent permitted by law, which shall in particular include, without limitation, applicable provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act (the Act ) and any other Austrian mandatory law dealing with the legal relations between an Austrian stock corporation and its shareholders, the Company will indemnify the Investors and their Affiliates, partners, members, officers and directors and any underwriters (collectively, Indemnified Parties ) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) in connection with the registration and sale of the Common Shares under a registration statement to which such Indemnified Parties may become subject under applicable securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any violation or alleged violation by the Company of applicable securities laws or any material omission or misstatement in such registration statement, prospectus or similar document, in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement.

 

4.7.3 Transfer of Registration Rights

The Preferred B Shareholders may transfer any registration rights under this section 4.7 to (a) any partner, retired partner or affiliated fund of any holder which is a partnership, or (b) any member or former member of any holder which is a limited liability company, provided the Company is given written notice thereof.

 

4.7.4 Market Standoff Agreement

Each Investor hereby agrees that such Investor will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares (or other securities) of the Company held by such Investor (other than those included in

 

29


a registration statement or pursuant to a Permitted Transfer pursuant to section 6.1(a)) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the initial offering; provided, that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements.

 

4.8 Mandatory Redemption

 

4.8.1 Preferred A Shares

As long as no Qualified Public Offering or Liquidation Event has taken place and no Preferred B Shares remain outstanding:

 

  (i) Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred A Existing Shares shall have the option, at any time, to redeem to the Company (to the extent legally permissible) all or portions of their Preferred A Existing Shares; and

 

  (ii) Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred A Extension Shares shall have the option, at any time, to redeem to the Company (to the extent legally permissible) all or portions of their Preferred A Extension Shares;

in each case, to the extent such Shares have not yet been converted into Common Shares.

The redemption price of each Euro of the nominal amount of each Preferred A Existing Share shall equal the Preferred A Purchase Price. The redemption price of each Euro of the nominal amount of each Preferred A Extension Share shall equal the Preferred A Purchase Price .

Redemption of the Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares shall take place in accordance with Austrian law and in particular the Act. If the cash amount that the Company would be allowed to pay under the Act upon such redemption in respect of all Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares falls short of the cash amount required to pay the full redemption price according to the above provisions for all Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares, the Company shall only redeem such number of Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares for which it is able to pay full consideration. In such case the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of the Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares from each holder of Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares.

 

4.8.2 Preferred B-1 Shares

As long as no Qualified Public Offering or Liquidation Event has taken place, but in no event before 31 March 2019, shareholders holding 60% or more of the Preferred B Shares or the Requisite New Investors shall have the option, at any time, to redeem to the Company (to the extent legally permissible) all or portions of their Preferred B Shares not yet converted into Common Shares.

 

30


The redemption price of each Euro of the nominal amount of each Preferred B Share shall equal the Preferred B-1 Purchase Price or Preferred B-2 Purchase Price, as applicable, plus all declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends, if any.

Redemption of the Preferred B Shares shall take place in preference to the holders of Preferred A Shares and in accordance with Austrian law and in particular the Act. If the cash amount that the Company would be allowed to pay under the Act upon such redemption in respect of all Preferred B Shares and Preferred A Shares falls short of the cash amount required to pay the full redemption price according to the above provisions for:

 

  (i) all Preferred B Shares, the Company shall only redeem such number of Preferred B Shares for which it is able to pay full consideration. In such case the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of the Preferred B Shares from each holder of Preferred B Shares; or

 

  (ii) all Preferred Shares, the Company shall redeem Preferred B Shares first and shall use the surplus only to redeem a pro rata portion of the Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares from each holder of Preferred A Existing Shares and/or Preferred A Extension Shares.

Upon the redemption of Preferred B Shares, the holder of such Preferred B Shares being redeemed shall be entitled to any and all declared but unpaid dividends, if any, for such holder’s redeemed Preferred B Shares, pursuant to section 4.3.

 

4.9 Statutory Subscription Rights ( Bezugsrecht )

Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, the holders of Preferred Shares shall have the right to maintain their percentage ownership in the Company (calculated on an as-converted to Common Shares basis) by subscribing to a pro rata portion of any issuance of New Securities by the Company. This subscription right shall not apply with respect to (i) Common Shares issued to employees under the Employee Pool, or (ii) Common Shares issued pursuant to a licensing transaction involving the intellectual property rights or assets of the Company which has been approved by Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and the Requisite New Investors, or (iii) Shares issued in the course of acquisitions, or (iv) Shares offered in a public offering, or (v) Preferred B Shares; or (vi) Shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares, or (vii) Shares issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships, provided that any such exclusion from statutory subscription rights is approved by the supervisory board, including the

 

31


affirmative approval of at least two (2) Preferred B Members, or (viii) Shares issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction, provided that any such exclusion from statutory subscription rights is approved by the supervisory board, including the affirmative approval of at least two (2) Preferred B Members. Furthermore, such right of first refusal will not apply to, and will terminate upon a Qualified Public Offering. The shareholders may waive or exclude their subscription rights for the issuance of any New Securities. Any New Securities not subscribed for by an eligible Investor shall be reallocated among the other eligible Investors.

 

4.10 Transfer of Preference Rights

In case of a Permitted Transfer of Preferred Shares to any person, such person shall receive such Preferred Shares with the same rights and obligations as set out herein. To the extent required under Austrian law, any changes to the articles of association of the Company shall be agreed by the Parties as shareholders of the Company in order to furnish such person with the respective rights set out herein for holders of Preferred Shares.

 

5. C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE

 

5.1 Board of Directors ( Vorstand )

The members of the Board of Directors ( Vorstand ) shall be appointed and dismissed by the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act. The Board of Directors ( Vorstand ) shall consist of at least three (3) but not more than five (5) members.

 

5.2 Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat )

 

5.2.1 Ordinary Members .

The Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) shall consist of seven (7) members. The quorum for a meeting of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) shall be a majority of the Supervisory Board members.

The holders of Preferred B Shares shall be entitled to elect four members (each a Preferred B Member ) as follows: (a) one (1) Preferred B Member shall be designated by and appointed for and on behalf of Vivo Capital (the Vivo Capital Member ), and shall initially be Chen Yu; (b) one (1) Preferred B Member shall be designated by and appointed for and on behalf of Vivo Surplus (the Vivo Surplus Member ), and shall initially be George Talbot; (c) one (1) Preferred B Member shall be designated by and appointed for and on behalf of HBM Healthcare, and shall initially be Axel Bolte; and (d) one (1) Preferred B Member shall be designated and appointed for and on behalf of OrbiMed (the OrbiMed Member ), and shall initially

 

32


be Chau Khuong. One of the members elected by the holders of the Preferred B Shares shall be appointed chairman of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ). To the extent there are subcommittees of the Supervisory Board, Vivo shall have the right to designate one of the members of any compensation subcommittee and any corporate governance committee.

The Preferred A Shareholders shall be entitled to elect two members (each a Preferred A Member ) as follows: (a) one (1) Preferred A Member shall be designated and appointed for and on behalf of Phase4; and (b) one (1) Preferred A Member shall be designated by, and appointed for and on behalf of Wellcome Trust.

One (1) member must be approved by (a) the holders of at least 60% of the Preferred B Shareholders, or (b) the Requisite New Investors, and such member shall be an independent director not affiliated with the Company or any Investors or Shareholders and must also be a financial expert, and shall initially be Charles A. Rowland.

 

5.2.2 Observer Rights .

Vivo shall be entitled to appoint one person as an observer or equivalent attendant on the Supervisory Board meetings. Such observer shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and participate in discussions at all meetings of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) but shall not be allowed to vote or count in the quorum at meetings of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ). Such observer shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided. The Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

5.2.3 Each Shareholder agrees to vote all of his, her or its Shares (and any other Shares over which he, she or it exercises voting control), for the appointment and removal respectively, of any member of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) upon the request of the Shareholder then entitled to designate such Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) member as set forth in this section 5.2 and for the appointment to the Supervisory Board of a substitute designated by such party.

 

5.2.4 The Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) shall be organized pursuant to the by-laws (which shall be adopted by it) of the Supervisory Board substantially in the form as set out in Schedule 5.2 .

 

5.2.5 The Company shall reimburse reasonable expenses of all members and observers of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) actually incurred by such members and observers in connection with attending and participating in meetings of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ).

 

33


5.2.6 In the event the Company completes an initial public offering of its Shares or American depositary receipts representing Common Shares, the Shareholders shall ensure that, if and as requested by Vivo, one (1) or both of the Vivo Capital Member and the Vivo Surplus Member, and if requested by OrbiMed, the OrbiMed Member, will be appointed as Supervisory Board members for a period ending one year following such public offering (First Class Members).

 

5.2.7 The following issues shall require prior approval of a majority of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ), which shall always include a majority of the Preferred B Members:

 

  (a) approval of the Company’s operating and capital budgets;

 

  (b) grant of an exclusive option or license to any of the Company’s material intellectual property rights;

 

  (c) entering into, amending or terminating contracts that (i) involve a contractual commitment by the Company to spend more than EUR 150,000 (Euro one-hundred fifty thousand) or (ii) are concluded with a Related Party;

 

  (d) acquisition of all or substantially all of the properties, assets or stock of any other company or entity;

 

  (e) the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of EUR 250,000 (Euro two-hundred fifty thousand) in the aggregate;

 

  (f) material alterations of the employment agreements of the management of the Company;

 

  (g) commencement or settlement of material litigation;

 

  (h) execution of a management plan or equivalent program to incent management through a potential sale of the Company;

 

  (i) amendments to the vesting of all stock and stock equivalents issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers pursuant to section 4.9; and

 

  (j) all other measures which require the prior approval of the Supervisory Board pursuant to § 95 (5) of the Act.

In the event a majority of the Supervisory Board agrees that any member of the Supervisory Board (the Conflicted Supervisory Board Member ) has a conflict of interest (the Conflict Issue ) relating to the business of the Company such Conflicted Supervisory Board Member shall be excluded from voting on the Conflict Issue.

 

34


5.3 Shareholder Rights

The Shareholders Meeting of the Company shall be organized pursuant to the articles of association of the Company in its current version and as set out in Schedule 3(b) . With respect to resolutions of the Shareholders Meeting the majority requirements set out in section 5.4 shall apply, provided, however, that the Guernsey Trust shall in any event be obliged to vote its Common Shares alongside (in the same manner as) the holders of 60% of the Preferred B Shares.

 

5.4 Blocking Rights

 

5.4.1 General

In addition to the mandatory requirements in compliance with the provisions of Austrian corporate law, the following actions shall not be taken in relation to the Company without the prior written approval of either (i) Preferred B Shareholders holding at least 60% of the Preferred B Shareholders (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) voting separately as one class; or (ii) the Requisite New Investors (the Key Blocking Rights ):

 

  (a) Any action that materially and adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred B Shareholders in a manner different than the other Shareholders; or

 

  (b) Any amendment or waiver of any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association, Shareholders Agreement 2015 or other charter documents that materially and adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred B Shareholders in a manner different than the other Shareholders.

In addition to the Key Blocking Rights above, the following actions shall not be taken in relation to the Company without the prior written approval of each of (i) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) voting separately as one class, and (ii) the Requisite New Investors (the Other Blocking Rights ). If the approval of each of (i) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares), and (ii) the Requisite New Investors, each voting separately as one class is reached in respect of the matters set at (a) to (p) below and subject to section 12.4, the other holders of Preferred Shares and the holders of Common Shares shall have the obligation to vote in favor of the matters set out at (a) to (p) below at a Shareholders Meeting or by a written shareholders’ resolution of the Company:

 

  (a) any alteration to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares;

 

35


  (b) creation of any class of shares ranking senior to or pari passu to the Preferred Shares or grant any shareholder equal or superior rights or preferences to the rights and preferences of holders of Preferred Shares or in any manner otherwise adversely affecting the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares;

 

  (c) declaration and/or payment of dividends of whatever sort, or other distributions of capital stock (except for the Preferred Dividend contemplated in Section 4.3);

 

  (d) redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, other than as provided in section 4.8;

 

  (e) any reorganization of the Company, in particular mergers, spin-offs, split-ups, or the sale of assets representing all or substantially all of the market value of the Company;

 

  (f) any recapitalization, reorganization, liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

  (g) consummation of any transaction resulting in a change of control with respect to any agreement the Company is subject to;

 

  (h) issue of any security of any subsidiary of the Company other than to the Company itself;

 

  (i) implementation or increase of the size of the Employee Pool;

 

  (j) conclusion of any material transactions with any affiliate or associate of the Company;

 

  (k) any amendment or repeal of any provision of the articles of association and or any by-laws ( Geschäftsordnung ) of any board of the Company;

 

  (l) any corporate agreements within the meaning of § 238 of the Act ( Gewinnabführungsverträge );

 

  (m) approval of a public offering that is not a Qualified Public Offering;

 

  (n) appointment of the Company’s auditors; and

 

  (o) the disapplication or amendment of the rights of the holders of the Preferred Shares set out in section 4.4 (Liquidation Preference).

Subject always to the terms of section 12.4, the Parties agree to any amendment that is necessary to this Agreement resulting from any resolution adopted pursuant to this section 5.4.1.

 

36


5.4.2 Subsidiaries

Section 5.4.1 shall apply analogously to all actions in respect of or to be taken by a subsidiary if any, of the Company; i.e., each Shareholder and the Company shall promptly take all necessary or desirable actions within his or its control (including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy, and calling special board and shareholder meetings, and in particular the giving of instructions to the management of such subsidiary) in order to give rise and effect to the Blocking Rights pursuant to section 5.4.1.

 

6. T RANSFER OF S HARES

 

6.1 General Transfer Restrictions

Except for Permitted Transfers, the Shareholders shall not

 

  (a) pledge, mortgage, charge or otherwise encumber any of their Shares or any interest in any of its Shares;

 

  (b) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or grant an option over any of their Shares or any interest in their Shares; or

 

  (c) enter into any agreement in respect of the votes attached to any of their Shares with any Person that is not a Party to this Agreement;

(each a Transfer ).

In addition, to the extent management and/or employees of the Company shall at any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering hold Shares of whichever class in the Company, such individuals shall not Transfer their respective Shares, except (i) for any Transfer of Shares to Affiliates of the Company, subject to the conditions set out for such Transfers in this Agreement, and (ii) any Transfers pursuant to a Drag-Along Right triggered by other Shareholders. Accordingly, other Permitted Transfers shall not apply to such management and/or employees shareholders within this period of time.

 

6.2 Permitted Transfers

The following Transfers of Shares shall not be subject to the restrictions set out at section 6.1 or sections 6.3 – 6.5 ( Permitted Transfers ):

 

  (a) a Transfer of Shares, in whole or in part, to (a) an Affiliate, (b) any partner, retired partner or affiliated fund of any Shareholder that is a partnership, or (c) any member or former member of any Shareholder that is a limited liability company, provided, however, that in case of a Transfer to an Affiliate the transfer agreement shall include effective and enforceable provisions, or a separate instrument, obliging and entitling the transferor to reacquire such Shares from the Affiliate if it ceases to be an Affiliate of the transferor;

 

37


  (b) a Transfer of Shares, in whole or in part, made in accordance with the provisions of sections 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5; and

 

  (c) any Transfer of Shares by The Wellcome Trust Limited, or any successor or additional trustee or trustees of the Wellcome Trust from time to time, or any company whose shares are all held directly or indirectly by the Wellcome Trust, or any nominee or custodian of any such person to any such successor or additional trustee or trustees of the Wellcome Trust from time to time, or to any such company or nominee or custodian of any such person.

In case of a Permitted Transfer it shall be provided that the respective transferee agrees to be bound in the form of a written agreement (the Admission Agreement ) by the provisions of this Agreement in the position of the respective transferor; a Permitted Transferee shall therefore also have all rights of the respective transferor hereunder, including without limitation the respective appointment right, if any, set out in section 5.2. Such Admission Agreement shall be (i) in the form as set out in Schedule 6.2 and (ii) delivered to the Company prior to the effectiveness of the respective Transfer. No transfer, including but not limited to the Permitted Transfers, shall be permitted if such Admission Agreement is not timely delivered to the Company.

 

6.3 Right of First Refusal

 

6.3.1 Procedure

If, at any time prior to a Qualified Public Offering, a holder of Shares wishes to sell or otherwise transfer (such Shareholder for the purposes of such transaction hereinafter being referred to as Seller ) its Shares to another Shareholder or a third party (a Proposed Purchaser ), such transfer ( Sale ) shall be made pursuant to the following procedures:

 

  (a) The Seller shall deliver a written notice (the Offer Notice ) to the Company which shall immediately forward a copy thereof to all holders of Preferred Shares. The Offer Notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the Proposed Purchaser, the proposed number of Shares to be sold ( Shares To Be Sold ) and the proposed terms and conditions (including the proposed price in cash and/or the proposed consideration other than cash). The proposed terms and conditions of the offer must include a provision (pursuant to a resolution of Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and the Requisite New Investors) that the holders of all Preferred Shares shall be entitled to force the Seller and the Proposed Purchaser to consummate the proposed sale of the Share To Be Sold, in case the holders of the Preferred Shares do not exercise their Right of First Refusal.

 

38


  (b) The holders of Preferred Shares shall, pro rata to their shareholdings as opposed to the joint shareholding of all holders of Preferred Shares, be entitled to purchase all of the respective pro rata portion of the Shares To Be Sold specified in the Offer Notice at the price and on the terms specified therein by delivering written notice of such election (the Election Notice ) to the Seller within 20 (twenty) days after delivery of the Offer Notice. If not all of the holders of Preferred Shares elect to purchase their respective pro rata portion of the Shares To Be Sold in an Election Notice, the Seller shall re-offer such portion of the Shares To Be Sold for which the Right of First Refusal has not been exercised to such holders of Preferred Shares that have exercised their Right of First Refusal with respect to their respective pro rata portion of the Shares To Be Sold. For this portion of the Shares To Be Sold, the procedure set out in this Subsection (b) shall be re-applied, provided, however, that the final Election Notice shall be delivered to the Seller within 10 (ten) days. Refusal of a holder of Preferred Shares to exercise his Right of First Refusal for such additional portion of the Shares To Be Sold results also in a refusal of the entire Right of First Refusal with respect to such Sale, including with respect to the portion of the Shares To Be Sold in the first offer round.

 

  (c) In case the Right of First Refusal has been validly exercised in accordance with this section 6.3.1, the transfer of the Shares To Be Sold shall be consummated as soon as practicable after the timely delivery of the final Election Notice, but in any event within 14 (fourteen) days after such delivery.

 

  (d) In the event that the Right of First Refusal has not been exercised with respect to the entire Shares To Be Sold, the Seller may, within 90 (ninety) days after delivery of the final Election Notice sell such Shares To Be Sold to the Proposed Purchaser at a price and/or consideration other than cash no more favorable than the price and/or consideration other than cash specified in the Offer Notice and on terms no more favorable to the Proposed Purchaser than specified in the Offer Notice, provided that in the case the Proposed Purchaser is a third party, the Proposed Purchaser agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the Seller. Any Shares To Be Sold not sold within such 90-day period shall be re-offered to the holders of Preferred Shares pursuant to this section 6.3.1 prior to any subsequent sale.

Pursuant to Section 1078 of the Austrian Civil Code ( Allgemeines Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch ), the Parties agree that this Right of First Refusal covers all kinds of transfers of Shares including without limitation by way of barter (e.g., share-for-share transactions, mergers, contributions) or donation. The time limitation set forth

 

39


in Section 1075 of the Austrian General Civil Code shall be replaced by the provisions of this section 6.3.1. Sections 1075 and 1077 last sentence of the Austrian General Civil Code shall explicitly be excluded.

If as a result of such Sale, the holders of Preferred Shares would remain with an entire stake of less than 50% (fifty percent) of the entire registered share capital of the Company (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares), the Right of First Refusal shall also apply to the holders of Common Shares. In such case, the provisions of this section 6.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis and wherever reference is made to holders of Preferred Shares, such reference shall be to all Shareholders and wherever reference is made to Preferred Shares, such reference shall be to all Shares.

Irrespective of whether the Right of First Refusal expands also to the holders of Common Shares, the Company shall simultaneously with sending such document to the holders of Preferred Shares forward the Offer Notice also to all holders of Common Shares for information purposes.

 

6.3.2 Purchase Price in Special Cases

If a Sale of Shares occurs (in full or in part) for other consideration than cash, the Parties agree that the price for the respective Shares To Be Sold shall be the market value of such other consideration plus the consideration in cash, if any. In the event the market value cannot be determined or the Seller and (a) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and (b) the Requisite New Investors do not agree on a value for such consideration, then the market value shall be determined by an independent auditor in a procedure commencing within 14 (fourteen) days after delivery of the Offer Notice. If the Seller and (i) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and (ii) the Requisite New Investors do not agree on the appointment of such independent auditor within another period of 14 (fourteen) days, the Seller and (y) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred B Shares and (z) the Requisite New Investors shall individually be entitled to ask the president of the Austrian Chamber of Accountants ( Präsident der Kammer der Wirtschaftstreuhänder Österreichs ) to elect an independent auditor with binding effect for both parties. The valuation of such independent auditor shall be binding for the Seller and the holders of Preferred Shares. The costs of such independent auditor shall be borne by the Seller and the holders of Preferred Shares equally, whereby the holders of Preferred Shares amongst themselves bear such costs on a pro rata basis.

 

40


6.3.3 Insolvency Issues

The Right of First Refusal shall also apply in case of a commencement of insolvency proceedings of whatever sort, not withdrawn or repealed within 30 (thirty) days for other cause than insufficient assets, of any Shareholder. With respect to the purchase price applicable in such scenario, section 6.3.2 applies.

For the avoidance of doubt the terms of this section 6.3 shall not apply in the case of a Permitted Transfer.

 

6.4 Drag-Along Right

In the event that (i) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and (ii) the Requisite New Investors (together, the Exiting Sellers ) desire to accept an offer from (one or more) third party(ies) to acquire all of the Shares of the Company, such Exiting Sellers shall have the right to force all Shareholders to sell or otherwise transfer all of such shareholders’ Shares to such third party(ies) according to the following procedures.

The Exiting Sellers shall send a written notice (the Drag-Along Notice ) to the Company outlining the purchase price and/or the consideration other than cash and the conditions offered by the proposed purchaser(s) for the purchase of all of the Shares of the Company. The Company shall immediately thereafter forward such notice to all other Shareholders. Within 14 (fourteen) days of the receipt of such notice or any later date set forth in such notice, all Shareholders shall sell all their Shares to the respective proposed purchaser according to the terms of the respective offer.

Such Drag-Along Right shall also apply in case of a merger, a sale of assets or any other form of an acquisition of the Company or its assets, which is consented to by (i) the Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and (ii) the Requisite New Investors. In such case all Shareholders shall take whatever action is required to effect the respective transaction, including without limitation voting in favor of a respective shareholders’ resolution.

 

6.5 Tag-Along Right

In the event a Shareholder (the Obliged Seller ) intends to sell or otherwise transfer Shares to a third party or a Shareholder (such sale being a Tag-Along Sale ), and provided that the Right of First Refusal has not been exercised pursuant to section 6.3, the Obliged Seller is under the obligation to arrange for those holders of Preferred Shares who wish to do so, to be able to sell or otherwise transfer their pro rata shareholdings to such person(s) under the same terms and conditions. Pro rata

 

41


means that all holders of Preferred Shares who wish to participate in such Tag-Along Sale may do so in proportion to their respective shareholdings amongst all holders of Preferred Shares and to this extent replace the shares to be sold by the Obliged Seller to the proposed purchaser. The following provisions shall apply to each Tag-Along Sale:

 

  (a) If an Obliged Seller wishes to proceed with a Tag-Along Sale, and the Right of First Refusal according to section 6.3 has not been exercised, it shall deliver a written notice ( Tag-Along Rights Notice ) to the Company. The Company shall immediately thereafter inform all holders of Preferred Shares of such Tag-Along Rights Notice. The Tag-Along Rights Notice shall disclose in reasonable detail the proposed purchaser, the proposed number of shares to be sold, the proposed terms and conditions of the sale (including the proposed price) as well as a statement by the proposed purchaser that it is offering to all holders of Preferred Shares to purchase their Shares in the pro rata amount set forth above and under the terms and conditions of the sale (including the proposed price) notified in the Tag-Along Rights Notice by the Obliged Seller(s) (the Purchaser’s Offer ). Within 14 (fourteen) days of receipt of the Tag-Along Rights Notice, each holder of Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company, declare acceptance of the Purchaser’s Offer (partial acceptance shall not be deemed an acceptance, except where the Obliged Seller explicitly agrees) (the Acceptance Notice ). In the event that not all other Investors participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the remaining (fraction of) Shares shall be sold by the Obliged Seller(s).

 

  (b) The transfer of the Shares to be Sold and the Shares covered by an accepted Purchaser’s Offer shall be consummated as soon as practical after the delivery of the Acceptance Notice but in any event within 14 (fourteen) days after the delivery of the last Acceptance Notice.

For the avoidance of doubt the terms of this section 6.5 shall not apply in the case of a Permitted Transfer.

 

7. R EPORTING AND C ONTROL R IGHTS

 

7.1 Information Rights

As long as a Qualified Public Offering has not been effected, the Company as well as any of its subsidiaries shall deliver to each Shareholder the following information:

 

  (a)

within 90 (ninety) days after the end of each fiscal year of the respective company (i) a consolidated audited financial statement of the Company and audited financial statements of any of its subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal year, (ii) the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, prepared in accordance with Austrian

 

42


  GAAP and restated in accordance with US-GAAP or IAS (as determined by the Supervisory Board) and both versions certified by a firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing selected by the Shareholders Meeting (the Annual Financial Statement ), and (iii) any related letters from such accounting firm. The Annual Financial Statement should also include comparative statements from the prior fiscal year and the most recent 12-month budget delivered by the respective company pursuant to this section 7.1 below;

 

  (b) within 30 days (thirty) after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the respective company (other than the last quarter in each fiscal year) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and an unconsolidated balance sheet of any of its subsidiaries and the related consolidated and unconsolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, audited, unless otherwise approved by the Supervisory Board, and prepared in accordance with US-GAAP or IAS (in case of the consolidated documents) and Austrian-GAAP (in case of the unconsolidated documents) and certified by the management board of the respective company (the Quarterly Balance Sheet ); The Quarterly Balance Sheet shall be accompanied by the quarterly management report describing the current status of the respective company and its respective operations and prospects. The Quarterly Balance Sheet should be prepared as of the end of such quarter with consolidated statements of income and cash flows to be for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such quarter;

 

  (c) within 20 (twenty) days after the end of each month a management report reflecting the key financial figures in regard to income/loss, cash flow and capital expenditure of the respective company;

 

  (d) no later than year end, consolidated and unconsolidated capital and operating expense budget, cash flow projections and income and loss projections for the respective company in respect of such fiscal year, all itemized in reasonable detail and prepared on a monthly basis, and, promptly after preparation, any revisions to any of the foregoing;

 

  (e) promptly, and in any event within five days after notice has been received by the respective company, of any material litigation or an adverse claim, dispute or any other developments which may be deemed material to operations, assets, or properties of the respective company;

 

  (f) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the business, prospects, financial condition, operations, property or affairs of the respective company that a Shareholder reasonably may request; and

 

  (g) annual budgets after approval by the Supervisory Board of the respective company.

 

43


7.2 Inspection Rights

 

  (a) The Company and any of its legal successors and/or subsidiaries (the Company Group ) shall permit each Shareholder, who owns 5% or more of the Company, or his authorized representative, to visit and inspect the properties of the respective company, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss its business and finances with officers of the respective company, during normal business hours following reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested provided (with the exception of Sandoz but subject always to section 7.2(b) below) that such shareholder is not employed with a competitor of the respective company. For the avoidance of doubt all information in respect of the Company received by a Shareholder pursuant to this section 7.2(a) shall be kept confidential in accordance with the terms of section 8.

 

  (b) Unless otherwise approved by (x) Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and (y) the Requisite New Investors, any (i) shareholder that has a conflict of interest relating to the business of the Company (the Shareholder Conflict ) and/or (ii) any Conflicted Supervisory Board Member shall be prohibited from (a) inspecting the research and development business of the Company and related documents, the corporate and financial records of any member of the Company Group and (b) discussing the business and finances of the Company Group with officers of the Company Group only to the extent such matters relate to the Conflict Issue and/or the Shareholder Conflict as applicable.

 

8. C ONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1 Confidentiality Obligation

Each Party hereto undertakes for itself and shall cause its Affiliates, if any, to keep confidential the following information regarding the business operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and to prevent the passing on of this confidential information to third parties:

 

  (a) any information that is specifically marked as “Confidential”;

 

  (b) information which the management of the Company or a member of a Party has requested in writing to be kept confidential;

 

  (c) information which by its nature must be kept confidential in order to prevent adverse consequences to the business of the Company;

 

  (d) information relating to this Agreement and the Schedules attached to it.

The Parties shall endeavor to give access to said confidential information only to such persons who are either bound by professional duty of confidentiality or who

 

44


require knowledge of the information as employees, officers or directors of the respective Party, a Permitted Transferee, or one of their Affiliates for orderly conduct of business of the Party concerned. The Party shall also require such persons to undertake to keep the confidential information secret.

The obligations under this Section shall continue in force even after a Party shall have ceased to be a party to this Agreement or a Shareholder of the Company.

 

8.2 Exceptions

For the purpose of this Section the following information shall not be considered to be confidential

 

  (a) information already the public domain;

 

  (b) information getting known through no fault of the disclosee;

 

  (c) information which became known independently of the disclosure.

Nothing herein shall be construed as preventing a Party from disclosing confidential information where it is under a duty, under applicable law, regulation, court or administrative decision to make such disclosure.

The Company hereby waives for itself and any of its subsidiaries any right to confidentiality with respect to matters which are disclosed by members of the Board of Directors ( Vorstand ) or of the Supervisory Board ( Aufsichtsrat ) of the respective company to the Party having nominated them.

 

8.3 This section 8 shall not restrict in any way the ability of Vivo, Omega or OrbiMed to invest in portfolio companies that may be considered competitors of the Company, and Vivo shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, the investment by Vivo in any entity competitive with the Company or actions taken by any partner, officer, agent or other representative of Vivo to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company, or otherwise subject in each case to this section 8, any other applicable confidentiality arrangement and any fiduciary obligations or restrictions owing to the Company and its shareholders by Vivo under applicable law.

 

9. A CCESSION OF N EW I NVESTORS

In case (i) the Shareholders vote on a capital increase in the Company or (ii) Shares are issued under a stock option scheme in favor of the Company’s employees, the Company’s management, selected members of the Company’s supervisory board and certain founders, the new shareholder(s), if any, shall accede to this Agreement by signing an accession agreement, substantially as set forth in Schedule 9 (the

 

45


Accession Agreement ). The Parties agree that, following execution of such Accession Agreement between the new shareholder(s) and the Company (represented by the managing director(s), to be approved by the Supervisory Board [ Aufsichtsrat ]), the Parties to this Agreement and the new shareholder(s) shall equally be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and the new shareholder(s) shall become Parties to this Agreement. In such case, each Party to this Agreement grants a Power of Attorney to Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, Attorneys-at-Law, Seilergasse 16, A-1010 Vienna, Austria, to sign and execute on their behalf any amendment and/or supplement to this Agreement necessary or desirable in order to effect such accession of new shareholder(s).

 

10. C OVENANTS

 

10.1 Employee Pool

 

  (a) The Company has established an employee stock option scheme and has reserved for a maximum of 95,000 (ninety five thousand (such number stemming from conditional capital and, to the extent no conditional capital is available, authorized capital and shares to meet the requirements set forth under the stock option scheme)) options of Common Shares (the Employee Pool ). Any increase in the size of the Employee Pool shall only be valid if approved in accordance with section 5.4.1(i) of this Agreement.

 

  (b) All stock and stock equivalents issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers will be subject to vesting as follows (unless different vesting is approved by the Supervisory Board, including at least two Preferred B Members, pursuant to section 5.2(i)): 25% to vest at the end of the first year following such issuance, with the remaining 75% to vest monthly over the next three years. If employees are permitted to exercise unvested shares, the repurchase option shall provide that upon termination of the employment of the shareholder, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under applicable securities law qualification) retains the option to repurchase at the lower of (i) the price per share paid by such shareholder and (ii) the fair market value of a Common Share, any unvested shares held by such shareholder. Any issuance of shares in excess of the Employee Pool not approved by the holders of at least 60% Preferred B Shares will be an Anti-Dilution Event pursuant to section 4.6 and will be subject to the subscription rights pursuant to section 4.9.

 

10.2 Management Plan

Upon request by a majority of the Supervisory Board [ Aufsichtsrat ] and to the extent permissible under Austrian law, the Company agrees to implement a management plan or equivalent program to incentivize management in connection with a potential sale of the Company.

 

46


10.3 Tax Status

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s bylaws or the Company’s Articles of Association to the contrary:

 

  (a) The Company shall not engage in a transaction that, to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry with qualified United States tax advisers, is likely to materially increase the U.S. tax liability of a U.S. Holder under Subpart F of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code ) without that U.S. Holder’s consent.

 

  (b) Not later than the sixty (60) day anniversary following the end of the Company’s taxable year, the Company will provide a capitalization table as of the end of such taxable year to each shareholder and the following information to each New Investor that is not an Initial Investor, including any Blocker Entity affiliated with each such New Investor, if any (each, a U.S. Holder ), only: a complete and accurate report, acceptable to at least the majority of the U.S. Holders, regarding the Company’s status as a controlled foreign corporation (a CFC ), as defined in section 957of the Code.

 

  (c) If the Company or its tax advisors become aware that the Company is, or if in the reasonable opinion of at least the majority of the U.S. Holders after due inquiry the Company is, a CFC, the Company shall: (1) use reasonable efforts to avoid generating material amounts of income that will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder under Section 951 of the Code, and (2) to the extent permitted by law, pay to each U.S. Holder (whether by way of distribution or otherwise) an amount equal to 50% of the undistributed earnings of the Company that are includible in the gross income of such U.S. Holder (or its Partners) pursuant to Section 951 of the Code, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to comply with (1) and (2) of this section 10.3(a), if the Company delivers to such U.S. Holder an opinion of a qualified United States tax adviser, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to at least a majority of the U.S. Holders to the effect that the Company is not a CFC. Payment under this section 10.3(a) shall be made to each U.S. Holder entitled thereto not later than sixty (60) days following the end of such U.S. Holder’s taxable year.

 

  (d)

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid being a passive foreign investment company (a PFIC ), as defined in Section 1297 of the Code. The Company will make due inquiry with its U.S. tax advisors at least annually regarding the Company’s status as a PFIC and if the Company becomes a PFIC, or if there is a likelihood of the Company being a PFIC for any taxable year, the Company shall promptly notify each U.S. Holder of such status or risk, as the case may be. The Company will, as soon as reasonably

 

47


  practicable following the end of each taxable year of the Company (but in no event later than sixty (60) days following the end of each taxable year) provide each U.S. Holder with an accurate and complete PFIC Annual Information Statement in the form set out in Schedule 10.3 and the Company will permit each U.S. Holder and its direct or indirect owners to inspect and copy the Company’s permanent books of account, records and such other Company documents as are necessary to establish that the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. income tax principles.

 

  (e) If any U.S. Holder makes a qualified electing fund election (a QEF Election ) pursuant to Section 1295 of the Code with respect to its investment in the Company and such U.S. Holder is required to include an amount in gross income for a particular taxable year pursuant to Section 1293 of the Code, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay such U.S. Holder (whether by way of a distribution or otherwise) 50% of the amount that such U.S. Holder (or its Partners) is required to include in its gross income as set forth in a properly completed PFIC Annual Information Statement for such year. Payment under this section 10.3(e) shall be made to such US Investor not later than sixty (60) days following the end of the taxable year of such U.S. Holder in which such amount is required to be included in the gross income of such U.S. Holder.

 

  (f) The Company shall not change its characterization as an association taxable as a corporation (for United States tax purposes) without the prior written consent of at least the majority of the U.S. Holders.

 

  (g) If the tax advisors of any U.S. Holder or its Partners reasonably determine that they are subject to U.S. information and reporting requirements that require the disclosure of information about the Company or Company transactions not readily available to such U.S. Holder or its Partners, the Company agrees to provide such information to such U.S. Holder and its Partners as may be necessary to allow such U.S. Holder and its Partners to fulfill their U.S. tax reporting obligations.

 

  (h) The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply in all material respects with all record-keeping, reporting, and other reasonably requests necessary to comply with any applicable U.S. tax law or to allow any U.S. Holder or its Partners to comply with the applicable provisions of U.S. tax law with respect to the direct or indirect ownership of the Company. The Company will provide each U.S. Holder or its Partners with any information available to the Company and reasonably requested to allow such U.S. Holder or its Partners to comply with U.S. tax law with respect to the direct or indirect ownership of the Company.

 

48


  (i) The Company will not withhold any tax against any amounts payable or distributable to any U.S. Holder without first providing notice of such withholding and a reasonable opportunity for such U.S. Holder to obtain reduced rates of withholding or other available exemptions, if any, to the extent such notice and reasonable opportunity for the U.S. holder does not cause the Company to violate any legal requirement to make such withholding or to pay any tax on such payable or distributable amounts.

 

  (j) To the extent any consent, affirmative vote, or other action is required by the Company, its officers or directors, or any of the Company’s shareholders to implement the provisions of this section 10.3, such consent, vote or other action is hereby given or will be given at the applicable time and the Company, its officers and directors, and each of the Company’s shareholders shall fully cooperate in carrying out the provisions of this section 10.3 as required after each closing.

 

10.4 Survival

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including section 11, as to any U.S. Holder, the covenants of the Company in section 10.3(d) and 10.3(i) shall survive for one year following the end of the taxable year of the Company in which such U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of all of its Shares acquired pursuant to Subscription Agreement 3 or acquired or held in the future, and section 10.3(c) and 10.3(e) shall survive until the earlier of (i) a Qualified Public Offering (first day of listing) and (ii) one year following the end of the taxable year of the Company in which such U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of all of its Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall be required to make the payments set forth in sections 10.3(c) and 10.3(e) for the portion of the taxable year of the Company that precedes a Qualified Public Offering.

 

10.5 Anti-Corruption Laws

The Company shall, and shall ensure that any subsidiaries controlled by it, if any, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ( Anti-Corruption Laws ). The Company shall establish and maintain an anti-corruption program that is satisfactory to the Supervisory Board [ Aufsichtsrat ], including the Preferred B Members, pursuant to which the Company will implement and maintain appropriate systems, safeguards, policies, procedures and training sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that the Company, its directors, officers, employees and agents act in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws. This program shall be implemented within sixty (60) days of the date hereof.

 

49


10.6 Obligation to give Effect to this Agreement

Each Shareholder shall promptly vote all of his Shares and shall promptly take all other necessary or desirable actions within his control (whether in his capacity as a Shareholder or otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings and exercise, to the extent permissible by law, his influence over members of the Supervisory Board [ Aufsichtsrat ]), and the Company shall promptly take all necessary and desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special board and shareholder meetings) in order to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11. T ERM AND T ERMINATION

Upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering (first day of listing), this Agreement shall automatically terminate (except for those terms that survive as specifically set forth herein).

This Agreement may be terminated by each Party (solely with respect to such terminating Party) by written notice to all other Parties effective as of the end of each calendar year, such written notice to be delivered to all other Parties no less than three (3) months before the end of each calendar year. However, all Parties waive their termination right in such manner that this Agreement may first be terminated with legal effect as per 31 December 2025.

 

12. M ISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, Austrian law, excluding its conflict of laws rules.

 

12.2 Arbitration

All disputes arising out of this Agreement or related to its violation, termination or nullity, shall be finally settled under the ICC Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce in London (the Rules ) by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be London. The language of arbitration shall be English. The Parties are nevertheless entitled to submit documents in the German language with a translation if it is the original language of the document.

As more than two persons are party to this Agreement, it is expressly stipulated that more than one claimant and/or more than one defendant are permitted. For the purpose of the nomination of arbitrators, there is deemed to be only one claimant party and one defendant party, regardless of whether multiple parties appear. Unless

 

50


otherwise agreed, the nomination and the appointment of arbitrators shall be made in accordance with the Rules. In the event of conflicting legal acts by joint parties, the provisions of the Austrian Code of Civil Procedure concerning the joinder of parties shall be applicable.

This arbitration section shall also be applicable for disputes between Parties hereto and the legal successors of other Parties or between the legal successors of all Parties hereto. This arbitration section shall furthermore be applicable for disputes regarding amendments or additional agreements to this contract.

 

12.3 Notices

All notices or other communications given by one Party to any other Party under, or in connection with, this Agreement shall be in writing. It shall be served by sending it by fax to the respective number set out below, or by delivering it by hand, or by sending it by registered mail to the respective address set out below and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant Party. Any notice so served by hand, fax or registered post shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered and (b) in the case of registered mail, on the third Business Day or, if sent to a foreign country, on the fifth Business Day following the date of posting and (c) in the case of fax, at the time of transmission, provided that in each case where delivery by hand or by fax occurs after 6.00 p.m. on a Business Day or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9.00 a.m. on the next following Business Day. This section 12.3 does not supersede any provision in this Agreement that provides other or more specific requirements for notices.

If to Sandoz, to:

Sandoz GmbH

Biochemiestrasse 10

6250 Kundl

Austria

Attention:           Dr. Chris Mader, LL.M.

Telephone:         +43 5338 200 2207

Telecopier:         +43 5338 8828

If to Ascher, to:

Gerd Ascher

Pyrkergasse 15/1a+b

1190

Austria

Telephone:         +43 6766 100 324

 

51


If to Novak, to:

Rodger Novak

Apollogasse 26/26

1070 Vienna

Austria

Telephone:         +43 664 867 928

Telecopier:         +43 1 74093 1900

If to Phase4, to:

Phase4 Ventures III LP

15 Stratton Street

London

W1J 8LQ

United Kingdom

Attention:           Denise Pollard-Knight

Telephone:         +44 203 036 0350

If to Wellcome Trust, to:

The Wellcome Trust Limited

215 Euston Road

London NW1 2BE

England

Attention:           Head of Investment Services

Telephone:         +44 207 611 8666

Telecopier:         +44 207 611 7268

If to HBM Healthcare, by courier service or facsimile only, to:

HBM Partners AG

Bundesplatz 1

CH-6300 Zug

Switzerland

Attention:           Dr. Ulrich Geilinger

Telephone:         +41 43 888 71 10

Telecopier:         +41 43 888 71 72

If to HBM BioCapital, by courier service or facsimile only, to:

HBM Partners AG

Bundesplatz 1

CH-6300 Zug

Switzerland

Attention:           Dr. Ulrich Geilinger

Telephone:         +41 43 888 71 10

Telecopier:         +41 43 888 71 72

 

52


If to Global 1, to:

The Global Life Science Ventures Fund II Limited Partnership

represented by its liquidator

Global Life Science Ventures (GP) Limited

1 Royal Plaza

Royal Avenue

St. Peter Port

Guernsey GY1 2HL

Attention:           Barry McClay

Telephone:         +44 1481 – 735804

Telecopier:         +49 1481 - 714 846

If to Global 2, to:

The Global Life Science Ventures Fonds II GmbH & Co KG i.L.

represented by its liquidator

The Global Life Science Ventures GmbH i.L.

Tal 26

D- 80331 Munich

Attention:           Hanns-Peter Wiese

Telephone:         +49 89 - 288 151-0

Telecopier:         +49 89 - 288 151-30

If to Novartis Bioventures, to:

Novartis Bioventures Ltd

131 Front Street

Hamilton HM 12

Bermuda

Attention:           Chairman & David Middleton

Telephone:         +1 441 296 8025

Telecopier:         +1 441 296 5083

If to Chiswell, Broom, Talbot, Schmid, or Prince to:

Leberstraße 20

A-1112 Vienna

Austria

Telephone:         +44 771 114 2858

Telecopier:         +43 1 74093 1900

If to Vivo, to:

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P.

575 High Street

Suite 201

Palo Alto, CA 94301

United States

Telephone:         +1 650-688-0818

Facsimile:          +1 650-688-0815

 

53


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice to Vivo) to:

Cooley LLP

Attn: Gordon Empey

1700 Seventh Avenue, Suite 1900

Seattle, WA 98101-1355

Facsimile:         206-452-8800

If to OrbiMed, to:

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP

c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

United States

Telephone:         +1 212-739-6400

Facsimile:          +1 212-739-6444

If to Omega, to:

Omega Fund IV, L.P.

c/o Omega Fund Management (US) Inc.

185 Dartmouth Street, Suite 502

Boston MA 02116

United States

Attention:           Anne-Mari Paster

Telephone:         +1 617-502-6538

Facsimile:          +1 617-421-8664

If to EcoR1, to:

EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P.

EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P.

c/o EcoR1 Capital, LLC

409 Illinois Street

San Francisco, CA 94158

United States

Attention:           Oleg Nodelman

Telephone:         +1 415-754-3517

If to Boxer, to:

Boxer Capital, LLC

c/o Tavistock Life Sciences

440 Stevens Avenue, Suite 100

Solana Beach, CA 92075

United States

Attention:           Christopher Fuglesang

Telephone:         +1 858-400-3112

 

54


If to Guernsey Trust, to

Cloudwood Trust

PO Box 119

Martello Court

Admiral Park

St. Peter Port

Guernsey GY1 3HB

Attention:           Justin Jager

Telephone:         +44 1481 211 000

Telecopier:         +44 1481 211 001

If to ARAX 2009, ARAX 2010, ARAX 2010 II, BTHT and HTBT, to:

ARAX Capital Partners GmbH

Handelskai 94-96/OG 9.

A-1200 Vienna

Austria

Attention:           Rumman Syed

Telephone:         +43 1 370 74 74 0

Telecopier:         +43 1 370 74 74 22

If to Kreos, to:

Kreos Capital III Limited

25-28 Old Burlington Street

London, W1S 3AN

Attention:           Sean Dunne

Telephone:         +44 20 7758 3450

Telecopier:         +44 20 7409 1034

If to the Company, to:

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Leberstrasse 20

1110 Vienna

Austria

Attention:           Ralf Schmid

Telephone:         +43 1 74093 1202

Telecopier:         +43 1 74093 1900

 

55


In all cases, with a copy to:

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer

Seilergasse 16

1010 Vienna

Austria

Attention:           Thomas Zottl

Telephone:         +43 1 51515 209

Telecopier:         +43 1 515 15 409

 

12.4 Amendments, Supplementation

Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the (i) affirmative vote or written consent Preferred Shareholders holding 50% or more of the Preferred Shares (determined on the basis as if all Shares would have been converted into Common Shares) and (ii) the Requisite New Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Shareholder without the written consent of such Shareholder, unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Shareholders in the same fashion, and (b) any amendment or waiver to this Agreement that adversely affects the holders of Common Shares (solely in their capacity as holders of Common Shares) shall require the written consent of the holders of 50% of the Common Shares, it being always understood that in the case of a future financing only amendments to sections 4.2 (voting rights), 4.3.3 (participation in non-preferred dividends), 4.4 (liquidation preference), 5.4.1 (Blocking Rights, but excluding 5.4.1(i)), 6 (transfer of shares), 7 (reporting and control rights), 10 (covenants), 11 (Term and termination), 12.4 (amendments), 12.9 (costs) and 12.10 (Assignment), that adversely affects the rights of holders of Common Shares (solely in their capacity as holders of Common Shares) shall require the written consent of 50% of the Common Shares such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

12.5 Headings

The headings and sub-headings of the sections contained herein are for convenience and reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

12.6 Appendices

All Appendices and/or Schedules attached hereto form an integral part of this Agreement.

 

56


12.7 Entire Agreement

This Shareholders Agreement 2015 constitutes the full understanding of the Parties and the complete and exclusive statements of the terms and conditions of the Parties’ agreements relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, that may exist between some or all Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement or parts thereof. For any avoidance of doubt, upon the execution of this Agreement, the Term Sheet between Nabriva and Vivo, dated 30 December 2014, former versions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015 between the Parties (or several thereof) and each of the Existing Agreements, shall be null and void as of the date hereof.

 

12.8 Severability

Should any provision of this Agreement be or become invalid, ineffective or unenforceable as a whole or in part, the validity, effectiveness and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. Any such invalid, ineffective or unenforceable provision shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed replaced by such valid, effective and enforceable provision as comes closest to the economic intent and purpose of such invalid, ineffective or unenforceable provision.

 

12.9 Costs

Except as set forth in the Subscription Agreement 3, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, execution and consummation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all professional fees and charges of its advisors.

 

12.10 Assignment

A transfer of the rights and obligations under this Agreement is subject to the prior consent of all other Parties to this Agreement, provided, however, that the rights granted to each Shareholder hereunder may be assigned without the consent of any other party hereto to any transferee in case of a Permitted Transfer and that the rights granted to each Investor hereunder may be assigned without the consent of any other party hereto to any Affiliate or general partner, limited partner or managing partner of such Investor, as applicable, provided always, that the Company is given written notice by the transferee at the time of such transfer stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the Shares with respect to which such rights are being assigned; and, provided, further, as a condition precedent to any such transfer, the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Phase4 may assign, in whole or in part, its rights and delegate its obligations (including, without limitation, the rights to purchase any or

 

57


all of the Preferred A Existing Shares and/or the Preferred A Extension Shares and the obligation to pay all or any portion of the purchase price (i.e. the Preferred A Purchase Price) to any successor fund or to any of its Affiliates. The same shall apply to Global 1 and Global 2.

 

12.11 Provisions Regarding KfW-Refinancing

12.11.1 The Parties acknowledge that the KfW-refinanced Preferred Shareholders require the internal approval of KfW for to the termination of Subscription Agreement 2 and the execution of this Shareholders Agreement 2015.

12.11.2 The KfW-refinanced Preferred Shareholders refinanced a portion of their investment in the Company by KfW. The financial means so refinanced are bound to a specific purpose and must only be used to finance small and middle sized trading enterprises ( kleine und mittlere Unternehmen der gewerblichen Wirtschaft ) the annual turnover of which (including any Affiliates) does not exceed EUR 500million (euro five hundred million). The management of the Company herewith declares that the Company matches such criteria as of the correct and valid registration of the Capital Increase. KfW is entitled, by way of an agreement in favor of third parties ( echter Vertrag zugunsten Dritter ) to audit the utilization of said financial means pursuant to their purpose. To this end, KfW may inspect the business accounts and books of the Company and to review the assets of the Company. KfW is also entitled to have an auditor perform such audit.

12.11.3 The KfW-refinanced Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to pass on to the KfW the audited financial statements of the Company. The Company shall, in addition, and for the purpose of forwarding such information to KfW, immediately inform the KfW-refinanced Preferred Shareholders of all material events and circumstances regarding the Company, in particular:

 

  a) any changes in the shareholder structure, of shareholders or their shareholdings in the Company;

 

  b) institution ( Eröffnung ) of insolvency proceedings over the assets of the Company or rejection of an insolvency filing due to the insufficiency of assets ( Ablehnung mangels Masse );

 

  c) entering into a voluntary settlement or composition agreement (payment extension, pro rata deduction or liquidation settlement) with all or a group of comparable creditors of the Company;

 

  d) deterioration of the financial or economic situation of the Company to such degree that the Company has defaulted payment obligations to a material extent;

 

58


  e) circumstances, which indicate that the KfW-refinanced funds have been used for purposes other than described in the investment agreement and the specific KfW refinancing terms, as set out in section 12.11.2 above, or that the use for such purpose is at risk or in doubt;

 

  f) circumstances, which indicate that earlier statements by the Company with regard to its assets and financial situation have been incorrect.

 

12.12 Obligations of The Wellcome Trust Limited

Each of the other Parties acknowledges and agrees that The Wellcome Trust Limited is entering into this Agreement solely in its capacity as the trustee for the time being of the Wellcome Trust and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in this Agreement:

 

  (a) the obligations incurred by The Wellcome Trust Limited under or in consequence of this agreement shall be enforceable against it or the other trustees of the Wellcome Trust from time to time;

 

  (b) the liabilities of The Wellcome Trust Limited (or such other trustees are as referred to in sub-clause (a) above) in respect of such obligations shall be limited to such liabilities as can and may lawfully and properly be met out of the assets of the Wellcome Trust for the time being in the hands or under the control of The Wellcome Trust Limited or such other trustees from time to time.

 

12.13 Several Liability

Obligations and liabilities expressed to be assumed together by more than one shareholder under this Agreement shall be assumed on a several and not joint basis. The failure of one shareholder to perform any obligation hereunder shall in no circumstances increase the liability or obligations of any of the other shareholders. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a representation or warranty, on the part of one shareholder, that any other shareholder will comply with its obligations under this Agreement or that any such shareholder will take any steps to procure such compliance by any other shareholder.

 

59


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, by their respective officers duly authorized, have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date hereof.

27 March , 2015

 

/s/ Ralf Schmid                                        /s/ Stefan Reisinger

/s/ Christopher Mader                                /s/ Hans-Peter Amon

Nabriva Therapeutics AG Sandoz GmbH

/s/ Gerd Ascher

/s/ Rodger Novak

Gerd Ascher Rodger Novak

/s/ Denise Pollard-Knight

/s/ Peter Pereira Gray

Phase 4 Partners Limited as Manager for

Phase4 Ventures III LP

The Wellcome Trust Limited

as Trustee of the Wellcome Trust

/s/ Jean-Marc Lesieur

/s/ Jean-Marc Lesieur

HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd

/s/ Peter Touzeau

/s/ Hans-Peter Wiese

Director

Global Life Science Ventures (GP) Limited as Liquidator

The Global Life Science Ventures Fund II Limited Partnership

The Global Life Science Ventures Fonds II GmbH & Co KG i.L.

/s/ H. S. Zivi                                /s/ Laurieann Chaikowsky

/s/ David Chiswell

Chairman                                         Authorized Signatory

Novartis Bioventures, Ltd.

David Chiswell


/s/ Beatrix Schuberth                                         /s/ Michael Stranz

/s/ Beatrix Schuberth                                /s/ Michael Stranz

ARAX 2009.eins Private Equity GmbH& Co KG ARAX 2010 Private Equity GmbH& Co KG

/s/ Beatrix Schuberth                                         /s/ Michael Stranz

/s/ Raoul Stein

ARAX 2010.eins Private Equity GmbH& Co KG Kreos Capital III Limited

/s/ James Grant Howitt                                        /s/ Tony Rigden

/s/ Ralf Schmid

For and behalf of Intertrust Trustees (Guernsey) Limited as Trustees of Cloudwood Trust Dipl. Vw. Ralf Schmid

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P.

By:

Vivo Capital VIII LLC, its General Partner

By: Vivo Capital VIII LLC, its General Partner

By:

/s/ Frank Kung

By:

/s/ Frank Kung

Name: Frank Kung Name: Frank Kung
Title: Managing Member Title: Managing Member
OribMed Private Investments V, LP
By:

OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC, its
General Partner

Boxer Capital, LLC
By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC, its
Managing Member

By:

/s/ Aaron Davis

Name: Aaron Davis
By:

/s/ Carl Gordon

Title: CEO
Name:

Carl Gordon

Title:

Member

/s/ George Talbot, MD

George Talbot


EcoR1 Capital Fund, L.P. Omega Fund IV, L.P.
    By: EcoR1 Capital, LLC, its General Partner     By: Omega Fund IV GP, L.P., its General Partner
    By:

Omega Fund IV GP Manager, Ltd.,

its General Partner

By:

/s/ Oleg Nodelman

Name: Oleg Nodelman
Title: Managing Director By:

/s/ Richard Lim

Name:

Richard Lim

EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, L.P. Title: Director
    By: EcoR1 Capital, LLC, its General Partner
By:

/s/ Oleg Nodelman

/s/ Beatrix Schuberth                            /s/ Michael Stranz

Name: Oleg Nodelman HTBT GmbH & Co KG
Title: Managing Director

/s/ William Prince

/s/ Beatrix Schuberth                            /s/ Michael Stranz

William Prince BTHT GmbH & Co KG


Schedule 3(a)(i)

 

     Share Capital after B-1 Tranche  

Shareholder

   number of shares in total      shareholding in per cent.  

Phase4 Ventures III LP

     153.122         14,52

The Wellcome Trust Ltd.

     117.787         11,17

HBM Healthcare Investments, Ltd

     152.432         14,45

HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd

     38.749         3,67

GLSV Fund II LP

     28.987         2,75

GLSV Fonds II GmbH&Co. KG

     37.277         3,53

Novartis Bioventures Ltd

     22.091         2,09

Kreos Capital III Limited

     4.515         0,43

Arax 2009

     2.371         0,22

Arax 2010

     5.405         0,51

Arax 2010 eins

     2.332         0,22

HTBT

     4.903         0,46

BTHT

     10.321         0,98

Sandoz

     35.438         3,36

Chiswell

     2.342         0,22

Ascher

     2.491         0,24

Novak

     3.288         0,31

Schmid

     2.329         0,22

Prince

     1.416         0,13

Cloudwood

     13.400         1,27

George Talbot

     1.214         0,12

Colin Broom

     6.071         0,58

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

     166.717         15,80

Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P.

     23.022         2,18

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP

     171.669         16,27

Omega Fund IV, LP

     22.588         2,14

EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, LP

     8.809         0,84

EcoR1 Capital Fund, LP

     4.744         0,45

Boxer Capital, LLC

     9.035         0,86
     1.054.865         100,00

Nabriva treasury shares

     2.819      
     1.057.684      

 

* Table does not include SOP shares (22,111 and 95,000) and the authorised capital for the Kreos option (9,107)


Schedule 3(a)(ii)

 

     Share Capital after B-2 Tranche  

Shareholder

   number of shares in total      shareholding in per cent.  

Phase4 Ventures III LP

     182.051         10,13

The Wellcome Trust Ltd.

     140.040         7,79

HBM Healthcare Investments, Ltd

     268.997         14,97

HBM BioCapital Invest Ltd

     38.749         2,16

GLSV Fund II LP

     34.828         1,94

GLSV Fonds II GmbH&Co. KG

     44.788         2,49

Novartis Bioventures Ltd

     26.541         1,48

Kreos Capital III Limited

     4.515         0,25

Arax 2009

     2.371         0,13

Arax 2010

     5.405         0,30

Arax 2010 eins

     2.332         0,13

HTBT

     4.903         0,27

BTHT

     10.321         0,57

Sandoz

     35.438         1,97

Chiswell

     2.342         0,13

Ascher

     2.491         0,14

Novak

     3.288         0,18

Schmid

     2.329         0,13

Prince

     1.416         0,08

Cloudwood

     13.400         0,75

George Talbot

     1.214         0,07

Colin Broom

     6.071         0,34

Vivo Capital Fund VIII, L.P.

     394.965         21,98

Vivo Capital Surplus Fund VIII, L.P.

     54.541         3,04

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP

     406.696         22,63

Omega Fund IV, LP

     53.513         2,98

EcoR1 Capital Fund Qualified, LP

     20.313         1,13

EcoR1 Capital Fund, LP

     11.794         0,66

Boxer Capital, LLC

     21.405         1,19
     1.797.057         100,00

Nabriva treasury shares

     2.819      
     1.799.876      

 

* Table does not include SOP shares (22,111 and 95,000) and the authorised capital for the Kreos option (9,107)


CONVENIENCE TRANSLATION

FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY

Schedule 3(b)

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

I.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

§ 1 Company Name and Corporate Seat

 

(1) The name of the company is: “ Nabriva Therapeutics AG ”.

 

(2) The corporate seat shall be in Vienna.

§ 2 Business Objects

 

(1) The business object of the company is research and development in the area of medicine and pharmacy, in particular the development of antibiotics, the registration and commercial exploitation of intellectual property rights and licenses in these areas as well as trade in goods of any kind.

 

(2) The business object of the company further comprises the participation in other companies of the same or of a related type, the assumption of management activities in such companies and asset management, with the exception of banking transactions pursuant to the Austrian Banking Act.

 

(3) The company shall be entitled to enter into any and all business transactions and to take any and all measures which seem to be necessary or useful to achieve the company’s object; its activities extend to Austria and abroad.

§ 3 Duration of the Company

The company shall be established for an unlimited period of time.

§ 4 Financial Year

The financial year of the company shall be the calendar year.

§ 5 Announcements

Announcements of the company shall be published in the official gazette ( Amtsblatt ) of the “ Wiener Zeitung ”.


II.

SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY AND SHARES

§ 6 Registered Share Capital and Shares

 

(1) The registered share capital of the company amounts to EUR 1,057,684 (Euro one million fifty-seven thousand six hundred and eighty-four) and is paid up in full.

 

(2) The registered share capital is divided into 1,057,684 (one million fifty-seven thousand six hundred and eighty-four) no-par-value shares, each no-par-value share representing an equal holding in the company’s share capital.

 

(3) The registered share capital of the company is conditionally increased by up to EUR 22,111 (Euro twenty-two thousand one hundred eleven), divided into 22,111 (twenty-two thousand one hundred eleven) no-par-value bearer shares (conditional capital). The conditional capital increase is used to service the stock options granted to the employees, executive employees or members of the management board or supervisory board of the company. The conditional capital increase shall be effected only to the extent that the beneficiaries exercise their stock options. The issuing price per share, which corresponds to the exercise price, shall be determined by an authorized auditor admitted in Austria which shall be selected by the company. The calculation of the issuing price is carried out in accordance with the gross method of the discounted cash flow method in consideration of the probabilities of success of each individual development stage of the product candidates (“risk-adjusted Net Present Value”), whereby the first effective date is on 31 (thirty-first) July 2007 (two thousand and seven) and after that date on 31 (thirty-first) December of each financial year of the company. The calculation according to the gross method of the discounted cash flow method shall be based on the expert opinion of the Austrian Professional Committee for Business Economics and Organization of the Institute for Business Economics, Tax Law, and Organization of the Austrian Chamber of Public Accountants and Tax Advisers for the Valuation of Businesses ( KFS BW 1 ) as well as in consideration of sector-specific characteristics taking into account the valuation of the assumed ownership structure and the provisions on the liquidation preference. For the exercise of the options by the beneficiaries the last issuance price calculated prior to their participation in the employee stock option program shall apply for all accumulated options.

The registered share capital of the company is conditionally increased by up to EUR 6,200 (Euro six thousand two hundred), divided into 6,200 (six thousand two hundred) no-par-value registered shares (conditional capital). The conditional capital increase is used to service the stock options granted to the employees, executive employees or members of the management board and supervisory board of the company or external advisors of the company. The conditional capital increase shall be effected only to the extent that the beneficiaries exercise their stock options. The issuing price per share, which corresponds to the exercise price, shall be EUR 6.72 (Euro six point seventy-two).

 

Page 2


The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association which result from the issuance of shares out of conditional capital.

 

(4) The management board is authorized until 24 (twenty-fourth) April 2019 (two thousand nineteen) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 1,969 (Euro one thousand nine hundred sixty-nine) by issuing up to 1,969 (one thousand nine hundred sixty-nine) no-par-value registered shares against contribution in cash or in-kind (authorized capital). The management board is entitled to exercise this authorization at once or in several steps and to determine the issuing price and the conditions of the issuance of shares in agreement with the supervisory board. The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association resulting from the issuance of shares out of authorized capital. The subscription rights of the existing shareholders have been excluded for the share capital increase out of authorized capital.

The management board is authorized until 17 (seventeenth) June 2019 (two thousand nineteen) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 1,312 (Euro one thousand three hundred twelve) by issuing up to 1,312 (one thousand three hundred twelve) no-par-value registered shares against contribution in cash or in kind (authorized capital). The management board is entitled to exercise this authorization at once or in several steps and to determine the issuing price and the conditions of the issuance of shares in agreement with the supervisory board. The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association resulting from the issuance of shares out of authorized capital. The subscription rights of the existing shareholders have been excluded for the share capital increase out of authorized capital.

The management board is authorized until 1 (first) April 2020 (two thousand twenty) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 5,826 (Euro five thousand eight hundred twenty-six) by issuing up to 5,826 (five thousand eight hundred twenty-six) no-par-value registered shares against contribution in cash or in kind (authorized capital). The management board is entitled to exercise this authorization at once or in several steps and to determine the issuing price and the conditions of the issuance of shares in agreement with the supervisory board. The supervisory board is authorized to resolve on amendments of the articles of association resulting from the issuance of shares out of the authorized capital. The subscription rights of the existing shareholders have been excluded for the share capital increase out of authorized capital.

The management board is authorized until 1 (first) April 2020 (two thousand twenty) to increase the registered capital of the company with the approval of the supervisory board by up to EUR 11,343 (Euro eleven thousand three hundred forty-three) by issuing up to 11,343 (eleven thousand three hundred forty-three) no-par-value registered shares (authorized capital). This authorized capital shall be used to service the stock options granted to the employees, executive employees or members of the management board or

 

Page 3


supervisory board of the company and external advisors of the company. The authorized capital increase shall be effected only to the extent that the beneficiaries exercise their stock options. The issuing price per share, which corresponds to the exercise price, shall be determined by an authorized auditor admitted in Austria to be selected by the company. The calculation of the issuing price is carried out in accordance with the gross method of the discounted cash flow method in consideration of the probabilities of success of each individual development stage of the product candidates (“risk-adjusted Net Present Value”), whereby the first effective date is on 31 (thirty-first) July 2007 (two thousand seven) and after that date on 31 (thirty-first) December of each financial year of the company. The calculation according to the gross method of the discounted cash flow method shall be based on the expert opinion of the Austrian Professional Committee for Business Economics and Organization of the Institute for Business Economics, Tax Law, and Organization of the Austrian Chamber of Public Accountants and Tax Advisers for the Valuation of Businesses ( KFS BW 1 ) as well as in consideration of sector-specific characteristics taking into account the valuation of the assumed ownership structure and the provisions on the liquidation preference, unless the company’s shares are publicly traded in which case the issuance price shall be the closing price of the company’s shares on the day before the stock option is exercised. For the exercise of the options by the beneficiaries the last issuance price calculated prior to their participation in the employee stock option program shall apply for all accumulated options.

§ 7 Category of Shares

 

(1) The shares are registered shares ( Namensaktien ).

 

(2) In the event of a capital increase the new shares shall also be registered shares.

 

(3) The form and content of the share certificates and dividend and renewal coupons shall be determined by the management board. The same applies to partial debentures, bonds, interest coupons and stock warrants.

III.

MANAGEMENT BOARD

§ 8 Management Board and Representation of the Company

 

(1) The management board shall consist of at least three and of a maximum of five members. If the management board consists of more than one member, the supervisory board shall be authorized to appoint a member of the management board as chairman of the management board and another member of the management board as deputy of the chairman of the management board. The appointment of a Prokurist (special agent) is permitted.

 

(2)

If the management board consists of one member only, the company shall be represented by such member of the management board. If the management

 

Page 4


  board consists of more than one person, the company shall be represented by two members of the management board collectively or by one member of the management board jointly with a Prokurist (special agent). The supervisory board is entitled to vest members of the management board with single representation power.

 

(3) The management board shall make all decisions and take all dispositions that are not reserved by law, these articles of association or by-laws of the management board to the shareholders’ meeting or the supervisory board. In conducting the management of the company, the management board members shall act with the care of a prudent business man and comply with the restrictions as determined by law, the articles of association or the by-laws of the management board, if any.

 

(4) The supervisory board shall determine and adopt an allocation of duties and by-laws for the management board.

 

(5) Resolutions of the management board shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes cast. In case of a voting tie the chairman of the management board shall have the casting vote.

 

(6) The following matters shall only be conducted by the management board with the prior approval of the supervisory board:

 

  a) audit and approval of the budget presented by the management board (business and financial budget);

 

  b) granting of exclusive rights or licenses in respect of material industrial property rights of the company;

 

  c) entering into, amendment or termination of contracts, (i) whereby the value of the contractual obligation exceeds EUR 150,000 (Euro one hundred fifty thousand) or (ii) which have been concluded with an affiliated company;

 

  d) acquisition of all or substantially all the assets or business assets of or shareholdings in other companies or legal persons;

 

  e) incurring of liabilities which, taken together, exceed EUR 250.000 (Euro two hundred fifty thousand);

 

  f) significant amendments to contracts with the management board members of the company;

 

  g) initiation of court proceedings with a significant value in dispute or conclusion of a settlement agreement in relation to such court proceedings;

 

  h) all measures which require the approval of the supervisory board pursuant to Section 95 para. 5 Austrian Stock Corporation Act;

 

(7) If necessary or legally required, the supervisory board is entitled to stipulate that certain types of transactions may only be conducted with the approval of the supervisory board.

 

Page 5


§ 9 Reports to the Supervisory Board

 

(1) The reports from the management board to the supervisory board according to Section 81 Austrian Stock Corporation Act shall inform about the course of business, the situation of the company and any affiliated companies. The supervisory board may determine the reportable transactions as well as the scope of reporting at any time to the extent permitted by law.

 

(2) The supervisory board is also entitled to demand further reports from the management board at any time about issues in relation to the company or other companies in which the company holds a participation.

IV. S UPERVISORY B OARD

§ 10 Composition and Election of the Supervisory Board

 

(1) The supervisory board shall consist of a minimum of three and a maximum of ten members elected by the shareholders’ meeting or delegated by the shareholders.

 

(2) The members of the supervisory board shall – if not elected for a shorter term – be elected for a term expiring at the end of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting which resolves on the discharge from liability ( Entlastung ) for the fourth financial year after the election; the financial year in which the member of the supervisory board was elected shall not be counted for such purpose. Members of the supervisory board may be re-elected.

 

(3) If a member of the supervisory board retires before the end of the term of appointment, the election of a substitute is not required before the next ordinary shareholders’ meeting. Nevertheless a substitute shall be elected promptly in an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting if the number of the supervisory board members falls below three.

 

(4) A substitute shall be elected for the remaining term of the leaving supervisory board member. The re-election of a resigned supervisory board member shall be permissible. If a member of the supervisory board is elected by an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, the first year of office shall be deemed terminated with the end of the next shareholders’ meeting.

 

(5) Any member of the supervisory board may withdraw from its position without giving any reasons by written notice to the chairman of the management board or to the chairman of the supervisory board, subject to a notice period of four weeks. If not otherwise announced, the resignation shall become effective four weeks after the notice has been received by the recipient. In case the chairman of the supervisory board is not available, or in case he also resigns from his office, the notice shall be given to his deputy or to the management board.

 

Page 6


§ 11 Chairman and Deputy Chairman, Rules of Procedure

 

(1) The supervisory board shall elect a chairman and a deputy chairman from among its members. Re-election shall be permitted.

 

(2) If no absolute majority can be obtained in an election, a runoff shall be held between the two members who have received most votes. If the runoff results in a tie, the decision shall be made by drawing lots.

 

(3) The chairman and deputy chairman may resign at any time from their office by written declaration to the chairman or, if he is unavailable, to the deputy chairman of the management board. If not otherwise announced, the resignation shall become effective four weeks after the notice has been received by the recipient. The chairman and the deputy chairman may resign from their function without resigning from the supervisory board at the same time.

 

(4) If the position of the chairman or of the deputy chairman becomes vacant, the supervisory board shall promptly hold an election to fill such vacancy. Re-election of the resigned chairman or deputy chairman shall be permitted.

 

(5) The deputy chairman shall have the same rights and duties as the chairman when presiding the supervisory board.

 

(6) The supervisory board shall adopt its own by-laws.

 

(7) Declarations of intention by the supervisory board shall be made by the chairman.

§ 12 Meetings and Resolutions of the Supervisory Board

 

(1) The supervisory board shall meet at least once each quarter. A meeting may also be called at the request of either a member of the supervisory board or the management board.

 

(2) The meetings of the supervisory board shall be convened by the chairman by letter to each member’s address most recently notified to the company, telephone, telefax or any other similar way specifying the time, the location and the agenda. The period between the convocation and the meeting of the supervisory board shall be at least two weeks; in urgent cases the chairman of the supervisory board can shorten this period. For each item on the agenda all necessary documents required shall be provided in time.

 

(3) The chairman of the supervisory board shall preside the meeting of the supervisory board and shall determine the respective voting procedures.

 

(4) The supervisory board shall have a quorum if at least half of the members of the supervisory board, among them the chairman or his deputy, but in any case at least three members are personally present.

 

Page 7


(5) A member of the supervisory board can authorize another member in writing, to represent him at a meeting. The represented member shall not be counted for purposes of determining the quorum of a meeting. The right to preside a meeting cannot be delegated. Persons who are not members of the supervisory board may participate in the meetings of the supervisory board and its committees in lieu of members prevented from attending if authorized by the relevant members in writing. Such persons may also hand over a written vote of the respective supervisory board member.

 

(6) Resolutions may also be adopted in writing, by telefax, by telephone or in any other similar way without a meeting of the supervisory board, provided that the chairman requests such form of resolution and provided that all members of the supervisory board consent to this. In case of written resolutions, no supervisory board member may be represented.

 

(7) Resolutions on items not included on the original meeting agenda may be made only if all members of the supervisory board are present or represented and no member of the supervisory board objects.

 

(8) The members of the management board shall participate in the meetings of the supervisory board unless the chairman of the supervisory board determines otherwise; the members of the management board shall have no voting right.

 

(9) Minutes shall be taken on the debates and resolutions of the supervisory board which shall be signed by the chairman of the meeting.

§ 13 Responsibilities of the Supervisory Board

 

(1) The supervisory board shall monitor the management board’s conduct of the company’s business and examine the management to the extent required by law. The supervisory board shall examine the management board’s reports and motions and to resolve on the latter.

 

(2) The supervisory board shall examine and report to the shareholders’ meeting on the financial statements, the status report and the proposed distribution of net profits. Within two months after receipt, the supervisory board shall comment on the annual financial statements vis-à-vis the management board.

 

(3) All matters that the management board intends the shareholders’ meeting to deal with must be notified to the supervisory board beforehand.

 

(4) The supervisory board shall convene a shareholders’ meeting if the company’s best interests so require.

§ 14 Committees

 

(1) The supervisory board may set up committees ( Ausschüsse ) from among its members. The tasks and areas of competence of such committees are determined by the supervisory board, which may also adopt by-laws for such committees. Committees may be vested with the power to make decisions.

 

Page 8


(2) If the committee consists of two members, the committee shall only have a quorum if both members are present. The provisions of Section § 13 shall apply mutatis mutandis .

§ 15 Compensation

 

(1) The members of the supervisory board are entitled to reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in relation to the exercise of their duties as supervisory board members. The shareholders’ meeting may determine further remunerations to the supervisory board or single members of the supervisory board. The allocation shall be determined by the supervisory board.

 

(2) Any supervisory board member pursuing activities on behalf of the company can be accorded a special compensation for this purpose, with this to occur by resolution of the shareholders’ meeting.

 

(3) If the term of office of a supervisory board member should commence or end during the financial year, such member shall be entitled to a pro-rata remuneration.

 

(4) Members of the first supervisory board can only be granted remuneration for their services by the shareholders’ meeting resolving on their discharge of liability ( Entlastung ).

V. S HAREHOLDERS MEETING

§ 16 Invitation, Attention

 

(1) Shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the seat of the company, at one of its Austrian branch offices or group companies or in any Austrian provincial capital.

 

(2) Shareholders’ meetings shall be called by the chairman of the management board or the chairman of the supervisory board. The convocation of the shareholders’ meeting may be made by registered letter or e-mail to each shareholder’s (electronic) address most recently notified to the company within the statutory deadline.

 

(3) The entitlements to attend a shareholders’ meeting and exercise shareholders’ rights in the course of such meeting is based on the records in the share register at the beginning of the meeting.

§ 17 Chairmanship in the Shareholders’ Meetings

 

(1) Shareholders’ meetings shall be presided by the chairman of the supervisory board or, in his absence, by his deputy. If both are not present, the notary public shall preside the meeting until the election of a chairman.

 

Page 9


(2) The chairman of the shareholders’ meeting shall preside at the debates and confirm the quorum, the sequence of agenda items and the type of voting.

§ 18 Voting Right, Resolutions

 

(1) The shareholders’ meeting shall have a quorum if more than half of the registered share capital is present or represented. If this is not the case, a new shareholders’ meeting with the same agenda is to be convened. Such shareholders’ meeting shall have a quorum irrespective of the nominal capital present or represented at the meeting.

 

(2) Each share represents one vote.

 

(3) Voting rights may be exercised by proxies only on the basis of a written power of attorney or a handwritten signed and by telefax submitted power of attorney. Such power of attorney shall be retained by the company.

 

(4) It is determined that shareholders which have concluded a shareholders’ agreement may be represented in the shareholders’ meeting by a jointly authorized representative in order to ensure a proper implementation of the resolutions according to the shareholders’ agreement.

 

(5) Unless otherwise provided for by mandatory law or the articles of association, the shareholders’ meeting shall adopt its resolutions by a simple majority of the votes cast.

 

(6) Each resolution of the shareholders’ meeting requires the certification of the meeting minutes by an Austrian notary public.

§ 19 Responsibilities of the Shareholders’ Meeting

 

(1) The ordinary shareholders’ meeting shall resolve annually, during the first eight months of the financial year, on the discharge of the members of the management board and the supervisory board, on the appointment of the auditor, on the adoption of the annual financial statements as well as on the use of the distributable profit.

 

(2) The shareholders’ meeting shall also make decisions on matters, expressly reserved to it by law and these articles of association, in particular as regards the election and dismissal of members of the supervisory board or amendments to the articles of association.

 

(3) The shareholders’ meeting can only decide on management matters, if requested by the management board or – concerning matters which are subject to the approval of the supervisory board in accordance with § 95 para 5 of Austrian Stock Corporation Act – the supervisory board,.

 

Page 10


VI.

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

 

(1) Within the first five months of every financial year, the management board shall prepare the financial statements plus annex for the preceding financial year as well as the annual report. After auditing by the auditor the management board shall submit the financial statements plus annex for the preceding financial year, the annual report as well as a proposal for the distribution of profits to the supervisory board.

 

(2) The supervisory board shall examine the financial statements plus annex for the preceding financial year as well as the annual report and the proposal for the distribution of profits and report on them to the shareholders’ meeting.

 

(3) The shareholders’ meeting shall resolve upon the distribution of profits and, in the cases provided by law, on the adoption of the annual financial statements.

 

(4) The distributable profits shall be divided among the shareholders in proportion to their contributions. The shareholders’ meeting can exclude the annual profit partly or as a whole from allocation against the proposal for the distribution of profits. The respective amendments to the financial statements shall be made by the management board.

 

(5) Unless otherwise decided by the shareholders’ meeting, the dividends shall be due for payment to the shareholders within ten days from the date of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting. Dividends not collected by the shareholders within three years after becoming due shall be forfeited and accrued to the free reserves of the company.

VII.

FORMATION EXPENSES

The company shall bear the costs of the transformation up to a total amount of EUR 40,000 (Euro forty thousand).

 

Page 11


Schedule 5.2

BY-LAWS

of the

SUPERVISORY BOARD

of

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

(Hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

According to IV section 11, paragraph 6 of the Articles of Association the Supervisory Board of the Company has adopted the following By-Laws for the Supervisory Board:

§1

General Provisions

The Supervisory Board shall exercise its rights and duties pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement dated 30 January 2006 as currently in force, the Articles of Association and these By-Laws; in case of inconsistency of the provisions of these documents, the Shareholders Agreement shall prevail over the Articles of Association, whereas the Articles of Association shall prevail over these by-laws. The members of the Supervisory Board are not bound by any directives. The Supervisory Board may request a report on the affairs of the Company from the Management Board. Also, an individual member may request a report; however, only to be directed to the Supervisory Board as such.

§2

Election and Term of the Supervisory Board

 

2.1 The Supervisory Board shall consist of at least three members; the maximum number of members shall be ten. There may also be one observing member.

 

2.3 Immediately following the annual General Shareholders’ Meeting, the Supervisory Board shall elect one of its members as Chairperson and one of its members as Deputy Chairperson.

 

-1-


2.4 Each member of the Supervisory Board may resign without specification of reasons by written notice to the Chairperson, or in his/her lieu, to the Deputy Chairperson subject to a four-week notice period states a different date.

 

2.5 Unless they are elected for a shorter term of office, the Supervisory Board members shall be elected for the period up to the end of the General Meeting which resolves on the discharge from liability of the Supervisory Board members for the fourth financial year following their election. The financial year in which the individual Supervisory Board member was elected shall not be counted for such purpose. The members of the Supervisory Board may be re-elected.

 

2.6 If Supervisory Board members resign before the end of their term of office, replacements need not be elected until the next ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting. Should, however, the number of elected Supervisory Board members fall below three, an extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting is to be convened immediately in order to elect replacements.

 

2.7 Replacements are elected for the remaining term of the member of the Supervisory Board that is being replaced. A resigning member may be re-elected. If a member of the Supervisory Board is elected through an extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting, his/her first term ends at the end of the next regular General Shareholders’ Meeting.

§3

Meetings and Resolutions

 

3.1. The Supervisory Board shall hold a meeting at least once quarterly. Furthermore, the Supervisory Board shall convene a meeting if requested by a member of the Supervisory Board or by a member of the Management Board.

 

3.2. Notice of a meeting, containing the agenda and the place and the date of the meeting, shall be given by written invitations, invitations by phone, by fax or by other comparable method to the addresses of the members last communicated to the Company.

 

3.3. The Supervisory Board shall have a quorum if at least half of its members, including the Chairperson or the Deputy Chairperson, In any case, however, not fewer than three members, are present.

 

-2-


3.4. The Chairperson of the Supervisory Board takes the chair. In his/her absence then the Deputy Chairperson takes the chair. If both are absent the member with the longest tenure will chair the meeting. In the case that two or more members have the same tenure then the eldest member will chair the meeting. The Chairperson of the meeting shall determine the order of the topics of the agenda and the method of voting.

 

3.5. Resolutions are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast. Only ordinary members of the Supervisory Board have one vote each. The observing member has only the right to be invited to and to take part in the meeting but may not cast a vote. In case of a tie, the chairperson of the meeting shall have a casting vote. In the event a majority of the Supervisory Board agrees that a member has a conflict of Interest within the meaning of the Shareholders’ Agreement (Syndikatsvertrag), such member shall be excluded from voting on the issue.

 

3.6. Minutes of meetings, including resolutions passed, shall be taken and the Chairperson of the meeting shall sign the minutes.

 

3.7. Resolutions may also be adopted in writing, by phone, by fax or by other comparable method, if, the Chairperson or in his/her absence, the Deputy Chairperson requests such written resolution and no member of the Supervisory Board expressly objects to this method of procedure.

 

3.8. Expressions of intent of the Supervisory Board shall be made by the Chairperson.

§4

Duties of the Supervisory Board

 

4.1. The following measures and transactions of the Management Board need the prior approval of the Supervisory Board:

 

  a) approval of the Company’s operating and capital budgets;

 

  b) grant of an exclusive option or license to any of the Company’s material intellectual property rights;

 

  c) entery Into, amending or terminating contracts that (i) involve a contractual commitment by the Company to spend more than EUR 150,000 (Euro onehundred and fifty thousand) or (li) are concluded with an affiliated company;

 

-3-


  d) acquisition of all or substantially all of the properties, assets or stock of any other company or entity;

 

  e) the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of EUR 250,000 (Euro two-hundred and fifty thousand) In the aggregate;

 

  f) material alterations of the management contracts of the Management Board of the Company;

 

  g) commencement or settlement of material litigation;

 

  h) all measures requiring approval of the Supervisory Board pursuant to section 95, paragraph 5 of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act and

 

  i) the passing of any resolution to request the holders of Preferred A Shares to pay the Further Funding Amount (as defined in the Subscription Agreement as amended).

 

4.2. By way of resolution, the Supervisory Board may subject further types of business transactions to its approval, if required by law or deemed necessary.

§5

Confidentiality

Each member of the Supervisory Board is obliged to keep all information confidential which he/she has received during his/her term of office and which constitutes business or trade secrecies of the Company. This, however, shall not limit the right of each member of the Supervisory Board to pass on any information to shareholders of the Company, provided that such shareholder is subject to the confidentiality obligation set out in section 7 of the Shareholders’ Agreement. Such obligation shall persist even after the termination of the function as a member of the Supervisory Board.

§6

Entry into Force, Term of the By-Laws

These By-laws shall enter into force on the day of the adoption by the Supervisory Board.

They shall be in force for an indefinite period of time.

 

-4-


Schedule 6.2

Admission Agreement

We, [ name of affiliate ], [ address ], herewith declare the following:

 

1. Reference is made to the Shareholders Agreement 2015 between Nabriva Therapeutics AG on the one hand and its shareholders on the other hand dated [●] 2015 (the Shareholders Agreement 2015 ), a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A . Capitalized terms and expressions used herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement 2015, unless otherwise set forth herein.

 

2. We hereby confirm that by way of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to section 6.2 of the Shareholders Agreement 2015 we have acquired [●] Preferred B Shares from [ name of transferring shareholder ] with effectiveness as of [ the date hereof ]. We hereby confirm that we have full knowledge of the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015 and that we agree to be bound by all provisions of the attached Shareholders Agreement 2015 applicable to [ name of transferring shareholder ]. We hereby declare that we shall be bound by and comply with all such provisions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015, including without limitation sections 6 (Transfer of Shares) and 12.2 (Arbitration), pursuant to the respective terms and conditions set out therein.

 

3. This declaration shall injure to the benefit of all parties to the Shareholders Agreement 2015 upon delivery to Nabriva Therapeutics AG.

            , dated         


Schedule 9

Accession Agreement

Between

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Leberstraße 20, A-1112, Austria, FN 269261 y

and

[ Investor ]

 

1. Reference is made to the Shareholders Agreement 2015 between Nabriva Therapeutics AG on the one hand and its shareholders other hand dated [●] 2015 (the Shareholders Agreement 2015 ), a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A . Capitalized terms and expressions used herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement 2015, unless otherwise set forth herein.

 

2. [ Investor ] confirms that he/she has full knowledge of the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015.

Pursuant to this agreement (the Accession Agreement ), [ Investor/Beneficiary ] shall accede to the Shareholders Agreement 2015 so that [ Investor ] shall become an Investor as defined in the Shareholders Agreement 2009.

Hence, upon this Accession Agreement becoming effective, (i) a new Cap Table, attached hereto as Annex B , shall replace Schedule 3 (a) of the Shareholders Agreement 2015, (ii) [ Investor ] shall be bound by and shall comply with all provisions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015 applicable to the Investors and Shareholders, respectively, including without limitation its section 6 (Transfer of Shares, in particular the Right of First Refusal, the Drag-Along Right and the Tag-Along Right), pursuant to the respective terms and conditions set out therein, and (iii) the Parties shall be bound by and shall comply with all provisions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015 also vis-à-vis [ Investor ].

 

3. This Accession Agreement shall become effective upon the transfer of shares in Nabriva Therapeutics AG to [ Investor ].

 

4. Unless otherwise provided for in this Accession Agreement, all provisions of the Shareholders Agreement 2015 shall be applicable to this Accession Agreement mutatis mutandis .

 

5.

All disputes arising out of this Accession Agreement or related to its violation, termination or nullity, shall be finally settled under the ICC Rules of


  Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce in London (the Rules ) by three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be London. The language of arbitration shall be English. The Parties are nevertheless entitled to submit documents in the German language with a translation if it is the original language of the document.

This arbitration section shall also be applicable for disputes between Parties hereto and the legal successors of other Parties or between the legal successors of all Parties hereto. This arbitration section shall furthermore be applicable for disputes regarding amendments or additional agreements to this Accession Agreement.

            , dated         

 

Page 2


Schedule 10.3

PFIC A NNUAL I NFORMATION S TATEMENT

N ABRIVA T HERAPEUTICS AG

This Information Statement is for the taxable year of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (the Company ) beginning on January 1, 201     and ending on December 31, 201     (the Taxable Year ) and is issued to [U.S. Holder and its Partners] ( Investor ).

For the Taxable Year, the Company:

         was a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”).

          was not a PFIC (Skip Sections 3 and 4).

Investor’s pro-rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) for the Taxable Year follows:

Ordinary Earnings:                     

Net Capital Gain :                     

The amount of cash and fair market value of other property distributed or deemed distributed by the Company to Investor during the Taxable Year was -

Cash: U.S. $             

Fair Market Value of Property: U.S. $             

The Company will permit Investor and its direct or indirect owners to inspect and copy the Company’s permanent books of account, records, and such other Company documents as are necessary to establish that the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. income tax principles.

 

Date:                  , 201    
Nabriva Therapeutics AG
By:

 

Name:

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

+1 212 230 8800 (t)

+1 212 230 8888 (f)

wilmerhale.com

[                        ], 2015

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Leberstrasse 20

1110 Vienna, Austria

Re: Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the public offering of common shares, par value €1.00 per share (the “Shares”), represented by American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”) of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (the “Company”), pursuant to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), originally filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on [                        ], 2015 (File No. 377-                    ) (as so filed and as amended, the “Registration Statement”), you have requested our opinion concerning the statements in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation—Taxation in the United States.”

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied on the Registration Statement and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or relevant as a basis for the opinion set forth below, including representations from officers and employees of the Company. We have not independently verified any factual matters.

For purposes of rendering our opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal capacity of all persons executing all instruments or documents examined or relied on by us.

Our opinion is based upon the relevant provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and interpretations of the foregoing as expressed in court decisions and administrative determinations, all as in effect on the date of this opinion and all of which are subject to change at any time (possibly with retroactive effect). A change in the authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions expressed herein. We undertake no obligation to update or supplement this opinion to reflect any changes of law or fact.

Our opinion is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court. Thus, no assurance can be given that a position taken in reliance on our opinion will not be challenged by the IRS or rejected by a court.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing and in reliance on the assumptions described above, subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Statement, we are of the opinion that the

 

LOGO


LOGO

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

[                    ], 2015

Page 2

 

statements of law or legal conclusions in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation—Taxation in the United States” fairly summarize the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as defined therein) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs and of the Shares.

This opinion is limited to the matters of federal income tax law of the United States set forth in the Registration Statement, and we express no opinion with respect to any other federal, state, local or foreign tax issues, consequences or matters related to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs or of the Shares.

This opinion is furnished to you solely in connection with the Registration Statement and may not be relied upon by anyone else or used for any other purpose without our prior written consent, provided, however, that it may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities laws.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, nor do we thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Sincerely,

 

WILMER CUTLER PICKERING

HALE AND DORR LLP

 

 

By:    

 

                                         , Partner

Exhibit 10.1

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Stock Option Plan 2007

 

I.

Introduction

  2   

II.

Structure of the Stock Option Plan

  2   

A.

Options

  2   

1.

Vesting

  3   

2.

Exercise Price

  4   

3.

Exercising vested options

  5   

4.

Rights and restrictions attached to vested options

  6   

B.

Termination of Employment or Board Position

  6   

1.

Good Leaver Events

  6   

2.

Bad Leaver Events

  7   

3.

Exercised options

  8   

4.

Accelerated Vesting

  8   

C.

Duration, Expiry, Amendments to and Termination of the Stock Option Plan

  8   

1.

Duration and Expiry

  8   

2.

Termination

  9   

D.

Future participants

  9   

E.

Risks

  9   

F.

Miscellaneous

  10   

1.

Stock Adjustments

  10   

2.

No business practice (“ Betriebliche Übung” )

  11   

3.

Taxes, duties and social contributions

  11   

4.

Notices

  12   

5.

Saving provisions

  12   

6.

English Version

  12   

7.

Governing law and jurisdiction

  12   


I. INTRODUCTION

On 12 September 2007 the Managing Board and the Supervisory Board of Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs AG (“ Nabriva ” or the “ Company ”) resolved to implement a stock option plan for all employees ( for the avoidance of doubt including members of the Managing Board) being employed with the Company for an indefinite period of time at 28 September 2007 and selected members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and further participants (the “ Beneficiaries ”, see below Annex ./2) subject to the provisions as set forth herein (the “ Stock Option Plan ” or “ SOP ”).

When the conditions of the Stock Option Plan are met, options will be granted to the Beneficiaries. These options will grant the Beneficiaries the right to acquire Shares in Nabriva or otherwise settle the options under the conditions set forth herein. Nabriva believes that this Stock Option Plan enhances the commitment of the Beneficiaries to contribute to Nabriva’s success by allowing them to participate in the increase in the value of the Company.

The potential Beneficiaries have been personally informed about the Stock Option Plan. The provisions set forth herein regulate the Stock Option Plan in its entirety. If any of the information communicated to the potential participants of the SOP diverges from this SOP, the provisions of this SOP shall prevail.

Options pursuant to this SOP are neither granted as remuneration nor as bonus in exchange for the performance of Beneficiaries during a specific period. Rather, the participation in this SOP and the vesting of options pursuant to this SOP constitute a voluntary benefit of the Company. Following the nature of voluntary benefits these are solely granted to foster the motivation and solidarity of all Beneficiaries.

II. STRUCTURE OF THE STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

A. Options

The aggregate and overall number of options eligible to be granted and vested to all Beneficiaries under the Stock Option Plan shall not exceed 29,889 (the “ Overall Number of Options ”). The number of options eligible to be granted per Beneficiary is set out in Annex ./2 hereto. Notwithstanding the date and duration of their participation herein and without prejudice to the provisions of this Stock Option Plan, Beneficiaries shall not be entitled to (further) options under this Stock Option Plan once the Overall Number of Options are granted.

 

- 2 -


1. Vesting

The period in which granted options are vested in accordance with the SOP (“ Vesting Period ”) shall be four years. The Vesting Period shall commence on the date of participation of the Beneficiaries in this SOP (“ Date of Participation ”) as set out in Annex ./3 hereto, but in any event not before 28 September 2007. The total number of granted options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary is set out in Annex ./2 hereto.

 

  (i) Year 1

On the last day of the last calendar month of the first year of the Vesting Period following the Date of Participation, 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically with that Beneficiary.

 

  (ii) Year 2

On the last day of the last calendar month of the second year of the Vesting Period following the Date of Participation, 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically with that Beneficiary.

 

  (iii) Year 3 and Year 4

During the third and fourth year of the Vesting Period following the Date of Participation, the remaining 50 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested with that Beneficiary on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083 % per month). Options eligible to be vested for any given month in years three and four of the Vesting Period will be vested automatically on the last day of each calendar month.

Notwithstanding the above, regarding all Beneficiaries that have worked for the Company prior to their Date of Participation in the SOP, (i) 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically on the last day of the month marking the (first) anniversary of their employment with the Company following their Date of Participation and (ii) 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically on the last day of the month marking the following next anniversary of their employment with the Company. The remaining 50 % of the options shall be vested with that Beneficiary on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083 % per month) as set forth in (iii) above.

 

- 3 -


Certain Beneficiaries that have worked for the Company for a minimum period of at least one year prior to their Date of Participation in the SOP (the “ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) shall be vested 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary under the SOP as set forth in Annex ./2 and ./3 immediately on the Date of Participation of the Qualified Beneficiaries. 25 % of the options eligible to be vested shall be vested on the last day of the month marking the anniversary of their employment with the Company following their Date of Participation, whereas anniversary of their employment with the Company always means February 1 if the Qualified Beneficiary started working for the Company before 1 February 2006. The remaining 50 % of the options shall be vested with that Beneficiary on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083 % per month) as set forth in (iii) above.

The Company believes this will further enhance the Qualified Beneficiaries’ motivation and solidarity with Nabriva.

Options shall be vested to Beneficiaries taking maternity leave (“ Maternity Leave Employees ”) in accordance with this Clause II.A.1, provided that (i) options shall not be vested during the time the Maternity Leave Employee is on maternity leave and (ii) options shall only be vested when the Maternity Leave Employee has worked for Nabriva for a continuous period (such period calculated from the first day the Maternity Leave Employee resumes work after maternity leave) of at least (x) 12 months or (y) 1 month if the Maternity Leave Employee is participating in the third or fourth year of the Vesting Period pursuant to item (iii) in this Clause.

For the avoidance of doubt, options vested prior to the Maternity Leave Employee having taken maternity leave shall not be forfeited.

 

2. Exercise Price

The exercise price shall be determined by an Austrian Independent Certified Public Accountant ( Wirtschaftsprüfer ) appointed by the Company (“ Expert Evaluator ”) based on the fair market value of the Shares initially as of 31 July 2007, and thereafter as of 31 December of each financial year of the Company (“ Exercise Price Date ”) pursuant to the Gross Procedure of the Discounted Cash Flow Method based on the rules and guidelines of the Chamber of Public Accountants on the Company value ( KFS BW1 - Fachgutachten des Fachsenats für Betriebswirtschaft und Organisation des Instituts für Betriebswirtschaft, Steuerrecht und Organisation der Kammer der Wirtschaftstreuhänder über die Unternehmensbewertung ) (“ Exercise Price ”).

 

- 4 -


Subject to the provisions set forth herein, each vested option entitles a Beneficiary to acquire one Share at the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price so determined for the most recent Exercise Price Date prior to the participation of the employee shall apply to all vested options exercised by a Beneficiary under this SOP.

The Company shall pay for any costs arising in connection with the determination of the Exercise Price.

 

3. Exercising vested options

The exercise of a vested option is only permissible in case of a Liquidation Event or a Qualified Public Offering. The Beneficiaries are entitled to exercise the vested options from 28 September 2007 until 27 September 2017 (“ Exercise Period ”). Save for the case of a Liquidation Event the Beneficiaries are entitled to exercise vested options exclusively within a period commencing the day after the Company’s annual general meeting and ending six weeks after that day.

In order to exercise a vested option, the Beneficiary must notify the Company by submitting an exercise notice to the Company in the form of Annex ./4 (“ Exercise Notice ”) one week prior to the date he wishes to exercise the option as specified in the Exercise Notice.

In case of a Qualified Public Offering, the transfer of the shares to the Beneficiaries due to the exercise of options under this SOP is effected only upon completion of the Qualified Public Offering.

In case of a Liquidation Event, the Beneficiaries will – following their exercise of options – only receive a portion of the remainder, if any, of the proceeds from such Liquidation Event after satisfaction of the holders of certain preferred shares pursuant to liquidation preference agreements as in force at the date of exercise of options, whereas the Beneficiaries will participate in such remainder, if any, pro rata corresponding to their shareholding in the Company (in case Shares would have been transferred to the Beneficiaries); whereas the Company in case of a distributable remainder in its sole discretion may opt to provide the Beneficiaries with Shares in the Company rather than with cash amounts. A Beneficiary’s obligation to deposit the Exercise Price shall be subject to notification by the Company that a distributable remainder exists.

 

- 5 -


4. Rights and restrictions attached to vested options

The Beneficiaries shall not be entitled to transfer vested options, except to individuals by way of inheritance or bequest. For the avoidance of doubt, Beneficiaries shall also not be entitled to transfer vested options by virtue of bilateral legal transactions causa mortis with or without consideration.

The Beneficiaries shall not be entitled to grant rights to, encumber or dispose of vested options in any other manner (in particular pledge, transfer by way of security or derivative transactions having the same commercial effect).

Options do not entitle the Beneficiary to exercise any shareholder rights. The Beneficiary may only exercise shareholder rights if and to the extent it holds Shares.

In the event of a Bankruptcy of a Beneficiary, the options not yet exercised by such Beneficiary shall automatically be forfeited.

Any options not exercised by the end of the Exercise Period shall automatically and finally lapse and be forfeited.

 

B. Termination of Employment or Board Position

In case employment or board position of a Beneficiary is terminated, the following shall apply:

 

1. Good Leaver Events

If a Beneficiary’s service or employment relationship ends during the term of the SOP due to (and each of the following a “ Good Leaver Event ”)

 

  (i) retirement due to age or permanent disability ( Ausscheiden aufgrund Alters oder dauernder Arbeitsunfähigkeit );

 

  (ii) death;

 

  (iii) ordinary termination by maintaining the contractual or statutory periods and deadlines ( ordentliche Kündigung ) by the Company or the Beneficiary;

 

- 6 -


  (iv) justified premature resignation with immediate effect ( berechtigter vorzeitiger Austritt );

 

  (v) unjustified discharge with immediate effect ( ungerechtfertigte Entlassung );

 

  (vi) mutual termination ( einvernehmliche Auflösung );

 

  (vii) expiry of a Managing Board or Supervisory Board mandate ( Nichtverlängerung eines Mandats );

 

  (viii) premature revocation of a Managing Board or Supervisory Board mandate without good cause ( Abberufung ohne wichtigen Grund ); or

 

  (ix) resignation of a member of the Managing Board or Supervisor Board with good cause ( Rücktritt aus wichtigem Grund );

all rights and entitlements under the SOP to the options which have not been vested upon the occurrence of a Good Leaver Event shall be automatically forfeited. Options eligible to be vested to a Beneficiary in a fiscal year which are not actually vested in respect of such Beneficiary in that fiscal year shall not be available to that Beneficiary at any other time.

Beneficiaries with options vested but not exercised at the time of a Good Leaver Event shall retain such options and be entitled to exercise such options according to the provisions set forth herein.

 

2. Bad Leaver Events

If a Beneficiary’s service or employment relationship with the Company ends during the term of the SOP due to an event other than a Good Leaver Event (a “ Bad Leaver Event ”), all options of the Beneficiary vested but not exercised at the time a Bad Leaver Event occurs shall forfeit. The revocation of a member of the Managing Board pursuant to a vote of non confidence by the General Assembly shall not constitute a Bad Leaver Event as long as no reason for justified dismissal is set by the Beneficiary.

The Supervisory Board may within its discretion decide whether to grant to a Beneficiary advantages as from a Good Leaver event even though the end of a Beneficiary’s service or employment relationship constitutes a Bad Leaver Event as described in B.2. In case the Beneficiary concerned functions as a member of the Supervisory Board, the shareholders shall decide on the advantages granted to the Beneficiary as set forth above.

 

- 7 -


3. Exercised options

The termination of a service or an employment relationship with the Company shall have no effect on options that were exercised prior to the date of a declaration of termination of employment or board position.

 

4. Accelerated Vesting

In case a Liquidation Event occurs, 50% of the remaining options not yet vested with a Beneficiary at this point in time, shall vest with the Beneficiaries with immediate effect.

In case of unjustified termination of the Beneficiary by the Company or justified premature termination of employment by the Beneficiary (e.g. due to reduction in compensation, diminution of job responsibilities, permanent relocation of more than 50 kilometers) within one year after such Liquidation Event occurred, all remaining options of a Beneficiary not yet vested at this point in time shall vest with the Beneficiary with immediate effect.

The exercise of options vested pursuant to II.B.4 shall be subject to the provisions herein and in particular in II.A.3 except that the exercise period as defined under II.A.3. shall not apply.

 

C. Duration, Expiry, Amendments to and Termination of the Stock Option Plan

 

1. Duration and Expiry

The Stock Option Plan shall become effective on 28 September 2007.

Beneficiaries shall have the right to exercise vested (but non-exercised) options until 27 September 2017. Thereupon, the Stock Option Plan shall expire and all rights of the Beneficiaries under the Stock Option Plan shall terminate, in particular the right to exercise vested but non-exercised options.

 

- 8 -


2. Termination

The Company may terminate the SOP in relation to a Beneficiary for good cause if that Beneficiary breaches significant statutory or contractual obligations in connection with its service or employment relationship with the Company. Such good cause shall be a reason pursuant to sec 75 Austrian Stock Company Act ( Aktiengesetz ) for members of the Managing Board and the Supervisory Board of the Company and pursuant to sec 27 Austrian Employees Act ( Angestelltengesetz ) for employees of the Company whereby the revocation of a member of the Managing Board pursuant to a vote of non confidence by the General Assembly shall not constitute such good cause in the meaning of this paragraph as long as no reason for justified dismissal is set by the Beneficiary. To the extent the members of the Managing Board are affected, the Supervisory Board shall exercise such termination right. To the extent members of the Supervisory Board are affected, the Company’s shareholders shall be competent to resolve upon such termination by simple majority.

 

D. Future participants

The Managing Board may at its sole discretion decide on the conditions for the inclusion of future participants other than those listed in Annex ./2 including but not limited to employees of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Stock Option Plan (“ Future Participants ”). The Supervisory Board shall have such right of decision in relation to Future Participants which are members of the Managing Board. The shareholders shall have such right of decision in relation to Future Participants which are members of the Supervisory Board.

 

E. Risks

Neither the Company nor any shareholder of the Company (or any of their officers, employees or consultants)

 

  (i) assumes any responsibility or liability for the development of the value of the market price of the Shares;

 

  (ii) warrant, assure or guarantee any increase in value of the Shares, in particular it is neither warranted, assured or guaranteed that a Beneficiary will be able to sell his participation in the Company with a profit in the future nor that no loss will be incurred;

 

  (iii) warrant, assure or guarantee a profit of a Beneficiary from this Stock Option Plan.

 

- 9 -


Each Beneficiary declares with his participation in the SOP that the participation is voluntary. Each Beneficiary is aware of the fact that he alone bears the risk of a decrease in or total loss of value of his investments. Each Beneficiary accepts the offer to participate in the Stock Option Plan at his own risk and assumes any liability relating thereto.

Each Beneficiary is responsible for obtaining legal and tax advice before participating in the SOP and for evaluating the tax effects connected with the Stock Option Plan. Each Beneficiary accepts and declares that he has not been advised by or on behalf of the Company with respect to his participation in the Stock Option Plan (in particular regarding legal and tax issues of the participation).

The Company declares to undertake the best efforts for a risk minimal and tax efficient settlement of this SOP.

 

F. Miscellaneous

 

1. Stock Adjustments

If, during the term of the SOP, changes to the capital of the Company or restructuring measures have an effect on the capital of the Company, such as a stock split or reverse split of stocks, (together “ Stock Adjustments ”) which result in a change in the value of the options, the Company is entitled to adjust the price or the amount of the options respectively, to the extent necessary to compensate changes in value (but not a dilution of shareholding) resulting from any Stock Adjustments. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause shall not apply to measures, such as future financing rounds, in which new shareholders of the Company are introduced.

The Supervisory Board decides on an adjustment based on a proposal by the Managing Board. After execution of the Stock Adjustments the total value of the granted options shall equal the total value of the options before execution of such Stock Adjustments. The Company will inform the Beneficiaries about the Stock Adjustment and the effective date of the Stock Adjustment.

 

- 10 -


2. No business practice (“ Betriebliche Übung )

The granting of options and the implementation of the SOP is the free and discretionary choice of the Company, constitutes a voluntary benefit and shall not give rise to any legal claim by a Beneficiary for the future, not even in the case of repeated granting.

Beneficiaries of the SOP do not have a right for the introduction of another option plan or any vesting of options in addition to those under the Stock Option Plan, even if the Company implements any other option plan or vests further options under any other option plan.

Vested options under this Stock Option Plan do not affect the calculation of severance, premiums, royalties, pension plans or any other remuneration of the Beneficiary.

 

3. Taxes, duties and social contributions

All taxes, social contributions, further duties and costs accrued by the Beneficiary in connection with its participation in the SOP or due to the distribution of profits shall be borne by each Beneficiary. Each Beneficiary is obliged to pay taxes relating to the respective options granted/exercised under the SOP to the competent tax authorities, also in the course of tax audits or any other procedures. Each Beneficiary shall fully indemnify the Company in respect of all such liabilities and obligations against tax authorities.

The employer of the Beneficiary is entitled, if required by statutory law, to withhold wage tax or any other taxes or duties or social contributions to be paid by the Beneficiary. This applies even after termination of the employment of a Beneficiary with the Company, if the vested options granted are non-lapsable but not yet exercisable. The Company is entitled to demand the full cooperation of the Beneficiary even after his leave with respect to the withholding of taxes, social contributions, other duties and costs in connection with this Stock Option Plan. The Beneficiary undertakes to co-operate.

Withholdings mentioned above do not release the Beneficiary from his responsibility and obligation to pay all taxes, social contributions, further duties and costs being due and accruing in connection with his participation in the SOP or in connection with the distribution of profits.

 

- 11 -


4. Notices

Notifications to the Company with respect to the terms of the Stock Option Plan shall only be made to:

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Corporate Human Resources

fax: +43 1 866 59 785
email: ralf.schmid@nabriva.com

Notifications by the Company of the Beneficiary relating to the SOP shall be made in writing (including email or fax) to each Beneficiary to the respective Beneficiary’s address last disclosed to the Company.

 

5. Saving provisions

If any provision of this SOP in full or in part is or becomes invalid, this shall not affect the validity of all other provisions or the valid part of an invalid provision. To the extent legally possible, an agreement shall be made replacing the invalid provision by a provision which best meets the intent of the terms of the SOP. The same applies to loopholes of the terms of the SOP, which may arise in the course of implementation of the terms of the SOP.

 

6. English Version

This SOP is concluded in a German and English version. For disputes pursuant to this SOP, the English version shall prevail.

 

7. Governing law and jurisdiction

The terms of the SOP, its interpretation and all rights and obligations arising there from shall be governed by Austrian law, except for international private law and the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sales of Goods. The courts of Vienna, Austria, shall, to the extent legally possible, have exclusive jurisdiction regarding all claims in connection with the SOP and the terms of the SOP.

Annex:

 

./1 Definitions

 

./2 List of eligible options per Beneficiary

 

./3 Accession Statement

 

./4 Exercise Notice

 

- 12 -


Annex ./1

I. Definitions

 

Bad Leaver Event has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.C.2 (“ Bad Leaver Events ”).
Bankruptcy means the initiation of bankruptcy proceedings in regard to the assets of a Beneficiary, the dismissal of an application for bankruptcy due to a lack of assets or the initiation of private bankruptcy proceedings pursuant to secs. 181 et seq. of the Austrian Bankruptcy Code ( “KO” ) or any equivalent rule in any other relevant jurisdiction.
Beneficiaries are all employees ( for the avoidance of doubt including members of the Managing Board) being employed with the Company for an indefinite period of time at 28 September 2007 and selected members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and further participants (see below Annex ./2) subject to the provisions as set forth herein under this SOP.
Company Nabriva Therapeutics AG and its legal successors.
Date of Participation means the date of entry of Beneficiaries in this SOP.
Exercise Notice has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A.3 (“ Exercising vested options ”).
Exercise Period has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A.3 (“ Exercising vested options ”).
Exercise Price has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A.2 (“ Exercise Price ”).
Exercise Price Date has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A.2 ( “Exercise Price” ).
Expert Evaluator has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A.2 (“ Exercise Price ”).

 

- 13 -


Future Participants: has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.D. (“ Future Participants ”).
Good Leaver Event has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.C.1 (“ Good Leaver Events ”).
Liquidation Event means (i) an exclusive license of or the sale or other disposal of 50 % or more of the assets of the Company, (ii) a sale or other disposal (for the avoidance of doubt, the term disposal shall not include a pledge) of 50 % or more of the shares of the Company, (iii) a merger of the Company with any third party, or (iv) a consolidation, liquidation, winding up or any other form of a dissolution of the Company.
Managing Board means the managing board ( Vorstand ) of the Company.
Maternity Leave Employees has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A (“ Options ”).
Overall Number of Options has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A (“ Options ”).
Qualified Beneficiary has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A (“ Options ”).
Qualified Public Offering means a qualified public offering of the shares of the Company at a fully diluted pre-money valuation of at least EUR 120 million with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than EUR 40 million.
Shares means the common shares of the Company issued from time to time and each a “Share”.
SOP has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause I (“ Introduction ”).
Stock Option Plan has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause I (“ Introduction ”).

 

- 14 -


Supervisory Board means the supervisory board ( Aufsichtsrat ) of the Company.
Vesting Period has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause II.A.1 (“ Vesting ”).

 

- 15 -


Annex ./2

Eligible Options per Beneficiary

Annex:

 

./ Option Distribution Table

 

- 16 -


Annex ./3

Form of Accession Statement

To:

Ms / Mr [●],

[address]

REF: SOP / Accession Statement

Dear Ms / Mr [●],

You will participate in this SOP with effect as of [●] (Participation Date ).

As Participant in the SOP you will be vested options to acquire shares in the Company pursuant to this SOP in the amounts as set forth in the Vesting Table attached.

 

 

Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs AG:

DATE:

PARTICIPANT:

DATE:

Annex:

 

./ Vesting Table

 

- 17 -


Annex ./4

Form of Exercise Notice

To: Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs AG

Corporate Human Resources

REF: SOP / Exercise Notice

Dear Sirs,

I am a participant in the SOP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the SOP. This is an Exercise Notice.

I hereby irrevocably declare to exercise [●] vested options granted to me [on ●]

 

  ¨ When exercising above number of options, I wish to acquire [●] Shares as determined in the vesting table attached to my Accession Statement at the Exercise Price per Share. Such Shares shall be delivered to my securities account no. [●] with [●] against (i) signing by me of the subscription declaration required pursuant to § 165 Austrian Stock Corporation Act and (ii) payment in cash by me of the Exercise Price for each Share. I acknowledge that my employer will withhold taxes, duties or social contributions, if any, as applicable before determining the number of Shares to be delivered.

 

  ¨ Whereas in the case of a Liquidation Event, (i) I acknowledge that in case of a distributable remainder the Company – in consideration of the Exercise Price – in its sole discretion may opt to provide me with Shares in the Company rather than with the cash amounts attributable to me according to the SOP, (ii) I shall deposit the Exercise Price only upon notification by the Company that a distributable remainder exists, (iii) upon such notification, I shall deposit the Exercise Price within seven (7) business days.

I acknowledge that options have not been granted as remuneration or as a bonus for job performance but rather as a voluntary benefit to encourage motivation and solidarity with the Company and that I have no entitlement to any future comparable benefits.

 

 

 

NAME:
DATE:

 

- 18 -


ADDENDUM

with regard to the

Nabriva Therapeutics AG’s

Stock Option Plan

dated 12 September 2007


PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, on 12 September 2007 the Managing Board and the Supervisory Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG ( Nabriva or the Company ) resolved to implement a stock option plan for all employees being employed by the Company for an indefinite period of time at 28 September 2007 and selected members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and further participants (the Beneficiaries ) , a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the Stock Option Plan or SOP ) ;

WHEREAS, on 17 September 2009 the shareholders of the Company resolved to amend the SOP and thus, the Company is interested in amending the Stock Option Plan according to such shareholders’ resolution through this addendum to the SOP (the Addendum ).

 

1. I NTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

Unless explicitly stated otherwise herein, all capitalized terms used in this Addendum shall have the meaning assigned to them in the SOP.

 

1.2 Supplemental

Except as explicitly provided herein, the SOP shall remain in full force and effect, and this Addendum and the SOP shall be read and construed as one document.

 

2. A MENDMENTS TO THE SOP

Section II. A. 3. of the SOP is replaced so that it reads as follows:

“Exercising vested options

The exercise of a vested option is only permissible in case of a Liquidation Event or a Qualified Public Offering. The Beneficiaries are entitled to exercise the vested options from 28 September 2007 until 27 September 2017 (the Exercise Period ). Save for the case of a Liquidation Event the Beneficiaries are entitled to exercise vested options exclusively within a period commencing the day after the Company’s annual general meeting and ending six weeks after that day.

In order to exercise a vested option, the Beneficiary must notify the Company by submitting an exercise notice to the Company in the form of Annex ./4 ( Exercise Notice ) one week prior to the date he wishes to exercise the option as specified in the Exercise Notice.

In case of a Qualified Public Offering, the transfer of the shares to the Beneficiaries due to the exercise of options under this SOP is effected only upon completion of the Qualified Public Offering.

In case of a Liquidation Event, the Beneficiaries will – following their exercise of options – only receive a portion of the remainder, if any, of the proceeds from such

 

Page 2


Liquidation Event after satisfaction of the holders of certain preferred shares pursuant to liquidation preference agreements as in force at the date of exercise of options, whereas the Beneficiaries will participate in such remainder, if any, pro rata corresponding to their shareholding in the Company (in case Shares would have been transferred to the Beneficiaries); whereas the Company in case of a distributable remainder in its sole discretion may opt to provide the Beneficiaries with Shares in the Company rather than with cash amounts. A Beneficiary’s obligation to deposit the Exercise Price shall be subject to notification by the Company that a distributable remainder exists.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the executives listed in Schedule ./2 hereto of the Company shall be entitled to exercise their respective vested option at any time prior to 31 December 2009 by giving an Exercise Notice regardless of whether a Liquidation Event or a Qualified Public Offering has occurred (the Preferred Vested Option Right ) . In case such Preferred Vested Option Right is exercised, such executive’s receipt of the Shares shall be subject to the executive’s accession to the Shareholders Agreement, then in force, entered into between the shareholders of the Company, and thus, the executive shall become a Party thereto with all rights and obligations entailed therein. Such Preferred Vested Option Right is granted to the above-mentioned executives only because of their valuable contribution and commitment to the Company and as an additional incentive to further enhance the forthcoming the business thereof.

 

Page 3


Schedule ./2

 

Beneficiaries - Preferred Vested Option Right

 

Dr. Rodger Novak - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 22.06.1967 - Mitglied des Vorstandes
Ralf Schmid - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 12.04.1967 - Mitglied des Vorstandes
Dr. William Prince - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 06.01.1946 - Mitglied des Vorstandes


SECOND ADDENDUM

with regard to the

Nabriva Therapeutics AG’s

Stock Option Plan

dated 12 September 2007


PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, on 12 September 2007 the Managing Board and the Supervisory Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG ( Nabriva or the Company ) resolved to implement a stock option plan for all employees being employed by the Company for an indefinite period of time at 28 September 2007 and selected members of the Supervisory Board of the Company and further participants (the Beneficiaries ), a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the Stock Option Plan or SOP );

WHEREAS, on 17 September 2009 the shareholders of the Company resolved to amend the SOP and thus, the Stock Option Plan was amended through the Addendum to the SOP dated 12 September 2007 regarding the implementation of preferred vested option rights for selected executives, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the First Addendum ) .

WHEREAS, on 7 May 2010 the shareholders of the Company resolved to further amend the SOP according to the shareholders’ resolution through this second addendum to the SOP (the Second Addendum ).

 

1. I NTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

Unless explicitly stated otherwise herein, all capitalized terms used in this Second Addendum shall have the meaning assigned to them in the SOP.

 

1.2 Supplemental

Except as explicitly provided herein, the SOP and the First Addendum shall remain in full force and effect, and the First Addendum, this Second Addendum and the SOP shall be read and construed as one document.

 

2. A MENDMENTS TO THE SOP

Section II. A.1 (“ Vesting ”) and A.3 (“ Exercising vested options ”) of the SOP is replaced so that it reads as follows:

“1. Vesting

The period in which granted options are vested in accordance with the SOP (“ Vesting Period ”) shall be four years. The Vesting Period shall commence on the date of participation of the Beneficiaries in this SOP (“ Date of Participation ”) as set out in Annex ./3 hereto, but in any event not before 28 September 2007. The total number of granted options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary is set out in Annex ./2 hereto.

 

Page 2


(i) Year 1

On the last day of the last calendar month of the first year of the Vesting Period following the Date of Participation, 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically with that Beneficiary.

(ii) Year 2

On the last day of the last calendar month of the second year of the Vesting Period following the Date of Participation, 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically with that Beneficiary.

(iii) Year 3 and Year 4

During the third and fourth year of the Vesting Period following the Date of Participation, the remaining 50 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested with that Beneficiary on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083 % per month). Options eligible to be vested for any given month in years three and four of the Vesting Period will be vested automatically on the last day of each calendar month.

Notwithstanding the above, regarding all Beneficiaries that have worked for the Company prior to their Date of Participation in the SOP, (i) 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically on the last day of the month marking the (first) anniversary of their employment with the Company following their Date of Participation and (ii) 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary shall be vested automatically on the last day of the month marking the following next anniversary of their employment with the Company. The remaining 50 % of the options shall be vested with that Beneficiary on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083 % per month) as set forth in (iii) above.

Certain Beneficiaries that have worked for the Company for a minimum period of at least one year prior to their Date of Participation in the SOP (the “ Qualified Beneficiaries ”) shall be vested 25 % of the options eligible to be vested per Beneficiary under the SOP as set forth in Annex ./2 and ./3 immediately on the Date of Participation of the Qualified Beneficiaries. 25 % of the options eligible to be vested shall be vested on the last day of the month marking the anniversary of their employment with the Company following their Date of Participation, whereas anniversary of their employment with the Company always means February 1 if the Qualified Beneficiary started working for the Company before 1 February 2006. The remaining 50 % of the options shall be vested with that Beneficiary on a monthly pro rata basis (i.e. 2.083 % per month) as set forth in (iii) above.

The Company believes this will further enhance the Qualified Beneficiaries’ motivation and solidarity with Nabriva.

Options shall be vested to Beneficiaries taking maternity leave (“ Maternity Leave Employees ”) in accordance with this Clause II.A. 1, provided that (i) options shall not be vested during the time the Maternity Leave Employee is on maternity leave and (ii) options shall only be vested when the Maternity Leave Employee has worked for Nabriva for a continuous period (such period calculated from the first day the Maternity Leave Employee resumes work after maternity leave) of at least (x) 12 months or (y) 1 month if the Maternity Leave Employee is participating in the third or fourth year of the Vesting Period pursuant to item (iii) in this Clause.

 

Page 3


For the avoidance of doubt, options vested prior to the Maternity Leave Employee having taken maternity leave shall not be forfeited.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first 25% of the options eligible to be vested with the beneficiary listed in Schedule 3 after the second year in accordance with (i) above shall be vested automatically with that beneficiary listed in Schedule 3 on 7 May 2010.”

“3. Exercising vested options

The exercise of a vested option is only permissible in case of a Liquidation Event or a Qualified Public Offering. The Beneficiaries are entitled to exercise the vested options from 28 September 2007 until 27 September 2017 (the Exercise Period ). Save for the case of a Liquidation Event the Beneficiaries are entitled to exercise vested options exclusively within a period commencing the day after the Company’s annual general meeting and ending six weeks after that day.

In order to exercise a vested option, the Beneficiary must notify the Company by submitting an exercise notice to the Company in the form of Annex ./4 ( Exercise Notice ) one week prior to the date he wishes to exercise the option as specified in the Exercise Notice.

In case of a Qualified Public Offering, the transfer of the shares to the Beneficiaries due to the exercise of options under this SOP is effected only upon completion of the Qualified Public Offering.

In case of a Liquidation Event, the Beneficiaries will – following their exercise of options – only receive a portion of the remainder, if any, of the proceeds from such Liquidation Event after satisfaction of the holders of certain preferred shares pursuant to liquidation preference agreements as in force at the date of exercise of options, whereas the Beneficiaries will participate in such remainder, if any, pro rata corresponding to their shareholding in the Company (in case Shares would have been transferred to the Beneficiaries); whereas the Company in case of a distributable remainder in its sole discretion may opt to provide the Beneficiaries with Shares in the Company rather than with cash amounts. A Beneficiary’s obligation to deposit the Exercise Price shall be subject to notification by the Company that a distributable remainder exists.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the executives listed in Schedule 2 hereto shall be entitled to exercise their respective vested option at any time prior to 31 December 2009 by giving an Exercise Notice regardless of whether a Liquidation Event or a Qualified Public Offering has occurred. Furthermore, the executive listed in Schedule 3 hereto shall be entitled to exercise his Preferred Vested Option Right at any time after the resolution of the shareholders dated 7 May 2010 but prior to 31 December 2010] by giving an Exercise Notice regardless of whether a Liquidation Event or a Qualified Public Offering has occurred (each a Preferred Vested Option Right ).

 

Page 4


In case such Preferred Vested Option Right is exercised, such executive’s receipt of the Shares shall be subject to the executive’s accession to the Shareholders Agreement, then in force, entered into between the shareholders of the Company, and thus, the executive shall become a Party thereto with all rights and obligations entailed therein. The Preferred Vested Option Rights are granted to the abovementioned executives only because of their valuable contribution and commitment to the Company and as an additional incentive to further enhance the forthcoming the business thereof.

 

Page 5


Schedule ./2

 

Beneficiaries - Preferred Vested Option Right

 

Dr. Rodger Novak - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 22.06.1967 - Mitglied des Vorstandes
Ralf Schmid - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 12.04.1967 - Mitglied des Vorstandes
Dr. William Prince - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 06.01.1946 - Mitglied des Vorstandes


Schedule ./3

 

Beneficiaries - Preferred Vested Option Right

 

Dr. William Prince - Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Wien - geb. 06.01.1946 - Mitglied des Vorstandes

Exhibit 10.3

OFFICE SPACE LEASE

For

Suite 450 at 1000 CONTINENTAL DRIVE

by and between

EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC,

(as Landlord)

And

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC.,

(as Tenant)

Date: 12.01.2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS    Page  

1. Definitions

     1   

2. Premises

     1   

3. Condition of Premises

     1   

4. Commencement Date

     1   

5. Use of Premises

     2   

6. Fixed Basic Rent

     2   

7. Real Estate Taxes

     2   

8. Operating Expenses

     5   

9. Interest and Late Charge

     11   

10. Insurance

     11   

11. Repairs and Maintenance

     14   

12. Utilities and Services

     15   

13. Governmental Regulations

     17   

14. Alterations, Additions and Fixtures

     18   

15. Mechanic’s Liens

     19   

16. Negative Covenants of Tenant

     20   

17. Landlord’s Right of Entry

     23   

18. Damage by Fire or Other Casualty

     23   

19. Non-Abatement of Rent

     25   

20. Indemnification

     25   

21. Eminent Domain

     25   

22. Quiet Enjoyment

     26   

23. Rules and Regulations

     26   

24. Assignment and Sublease

     26   

25. Tenant’s Relocation

     29   

26. Subordination

     30   

27. Curing Tenant’s Defaults

     31   

28. Surrender

     31   

29. Defaults-Remedies

     31   

30. Broker’s Commission

     36   

31. Notices

     36   

32. Inability to Perform

     37   

33. Survival

     38   

34. Authority; Financial Statements

     38   

35. Waiver of Invalidity of Lease

     38   

36. Security Deposit

     38   

37. Estoppel Certificate

     38   

38. Rights Reserved by Landlord

     38   

39. Miscellaneous

     40   

40. OFAC

     42   

41. Additional Definitions

     43   

42. Furniture

     44   

43. TENANT WAIVER

     45   


THIS LEASE is made the      of      2014 between EOS AT 1000

CONTINENTAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein referred to as

“Landlord”), and NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC., a Delaware corporation

(herein referred to as “Tenant”).

PREAMBLE

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND DEFINITIONS

In addition to other terms elsewhere defined in this Lease, the following terms whenever used in this Lease shall have only the meanings set forth in this Section, unless such meanings are expressly modified, limited or expanded elsewhere in this Lease.

 

A. ADDITIONAL RENT shall mean all sums in addition to Fixed Basic Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord or to third parties pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

B. BASE YEAR shall mean calendar year 2015.

 

C. BROKER(S) shall mean CBRE, Inc. and Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

 

D. BUILDING shall mean the building known as 1000 Continental Drive located on the Property.

 

E. BUILDING HOLIDAYS shall be those holidays listed on Exhibit D.

 

F. DELIVERY DATE shall be December 1 , 2014.

 

G. EXHIBITS shall be the following, attached to this Lease and incorporated in this Lease and made a part of this Lease:

 

Exhibit A Legal Description of Property
Exhibit B Premises
Exhibit C Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit D Building Holidays
Exhibit E Janitorial Specifications
Exhibit F Rules and Regulations
Exhibit G                 Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit H Confirmation of Lease Term
Exhibit I Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit J Sustainability Rules and Regulations
Exhibit K Furniture


H. FIXED BASIC RENT shall be calculated and payable as follows:

 

Lease Year (or portion thereof)

   Rentable Sq.
Ft.
     Rate Per
Rentable Sq.
Foot
     Yearly Rate      Monthly
Installment
 

1

     3,238       $ 34.00       $ 110,092.00       $ 9,174.33   

2

     3,238       $ 35.00       $ 113,330.00       $ 9,444.17   

 

I. LEASE YEAR shall mean, with respect to the first Lease Year, the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the month which is twelve (12) consecutive full calendar months following the Commencement Date and, with respect to each Lease Year thereafter, each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period thereafter.

 

J. PERMITTED USE shall be general office use and for no other purpose.

 

K. PREMISES shall be approximately 3,238 rentable square feet known as Suite 450 in the Building as set forth on Exhibit B.

 

L. PROPERTY shall mean the Building and the lot, tract or parcel of land on which the Building is situated and all improvements thereto as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

M. SECURITY DEPOSIT shall be the sum of $36,697.32, which shall be held in accordance with Section 36 of the Lease.

 

N. TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE shall mean 1.6 percent based upon the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of rentable square feet contained within the Premises and the denominator of which is 202,677 being the number of rentable square feet contained in the Building.

 

O. TERM shall mean the period of time commencing on the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4 of the Lease) and ending on the date which is two (2) years (for a total of twentyfour [24] months) following the Commencement Date, unless otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease.


For and in consideration of the covenants contained in this Lease, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions. The definitions set forth in the preceding Preamble shall apply to the same capitalized terms appearing in this Lease. Additional definitions are contained in Section 41 and throughout this Lease.

2. Premises. Landlord hereby demises and leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases and takes the Premises from Landlord for the Term and upon the terms, covenants, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Lease, including the Preamble (this “Lease”). Tenant’s interest in the Premises as tenant shall include the right, in common with Landlord and other occupants of the Building, to use driveways, sidewalks, loading and parking areas, lobbies, hallways and other facilities which are located within the Property and which are designated by Landlord from time to time for the use of all of the tenants of the Building (the “Common Facilities”).

3. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges it is leasing the Premises in its “AS IS” condition, provided, however, the Premises will be delivered with certain Furniture (as such term is defined in Section 42 hereof) located therein, subject to and in accordance with Section 42 hereof.

4. Commencement Date. (i) The Term shall commence on the Delivery Date (the “Commencement Date”). Tenant acknowledges that there is currently a tenant (the “Existing Tenant”) occupying all or a portion of the Premises, and Tenant agrees that the Commencement Date may not occur on the Delivery Date if the Existing Tenant has not vacated the Premises by the day preceding the Delivery Date. If the Premises are not delivered to Tenant on or before the Delivery Date for any reason, whether or not within Landlord’s control, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability to Tenant and no such failure to deliver the Premises by the Delivery Date or any other date shall in any respect affect the validity or continuance of this Lease or any obligation of Tenant hereunder; provided, however, in the event Landlord fails to deliver the Premises by the Delivery Date because the Existing Tenant has not vacated the Premises, then the Commencement Date (and therefore the Delivery Date) shall be deferred to the date immediately following the date the Existing Tenant actually vacates the Premises and the Term will end on the date which is two (2) years (for a total of twenty-four [24] months) following the deferred Commencement Date (unless otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease). Upon Landlord’s request Tenant shall execute the Confirmation of Lease Term attached hereto as Exhibit H.

(ii) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it may not take possession of all or any part of the Premises prior to the date Landlord has received a temporary or final Use and Occupancy permit for the Premises. Landlord shall obtain for the Premises a temporary or final Use and Occupancy permit from the Upper Merion Township, Pennsylvania. Tenant herein waives any damages or claims against Landlord which may result from any delay in the occurrence of the Commencement Date on or by any particular date, whether by reason of Landlord’s failure to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or by a particular date, Landlord’s failure to receive a temporary or final Use and Occupancy permit for the Premises, or otherwise.

(iii) On the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in broom clean condition, free from all tenants, occupants and personal property, except the Furniture.


5. Use of Premises. Tenant shall occupy the Premises throughout the Term and shall use the same for, and only for, the Permitted Use. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord intends to operate the Building under certain LEED TM for Existing Buildings standards and may pursue LEED TM for Existing Buildings certification for the Building (“Building Certification”). Tenant shall reasonably comply at all times with the Sustainability Rules and Regulations established by Landlord attached hereto as Exhibit J, as same may be modified or additional sustainability rules and regulations implemented to obtain or maintain Building Certification or to reduce energy consumption or protect the environment (the “Sustainability Standards”) and shall reasonably endeavor to cause its agents, employees, invitees, visitors, and guests to do so.

6. Fixed Basic Rent. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, throughout the Term, the annual Fixed Basic Rent in the amount specified in the Preamble, without notice or demand and without abatement, setoff or deduction (except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease), in monthly installments equal to one-twelfth of the annual Fixed Basic Rent (specified as Monthly installments in the Preamble), in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the Term. If the Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Fixed Basic Rent shall be due and payable for such month, apportioned on a per diem basis for the period between the Commencement Date and the first day of the next first full calendar month in the Term and such apportioned sum shall be paid on or before the Commencement Date. The first full unabated installment of Fixed Basic Rent payable with respect to the Premises as described in this Lease shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on the date of execution and return of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord. If the Commencement Date and the Delivery Date are delayed, the first installment of Fixed Basic Rent paid on execution of this Lease to Landlord shall be applied against the first full month of the Lease term that occurs.

7. Real Estate Taxes.

a. Definitions . The following terms shall be defined as hereinafter provided:

i. “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all taxes, liens, charges, imposts and assessments of every kind and nature, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, general or special, levied, assessed or imposed by any governmental authority with respect to the Property, as well as all fees or assessments payable on account of the Property being located in any special services district. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(1) if at any time during the Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed or supplemented so that in lieu of or in addition to the ad valorem tax on real property there shall be assessed on Landlord or the Property any tax of any nature which is imposed in whole or in part, in substitution for, addition to, or in lieu of any tax which would otherwise constitute a Real Estate Tax, such tax shall be included within the term “Real Estate Taxes,” but only to the extent that the same would be payable if the Property were the only property of Landlord. Such tax may include, but shall not


be limited to, a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents or gross receipts with respect to the Property, or a federal, state, county, municipal or other local income, franchise, profit, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents or gross receipts;

(2) Real Estate Taxes shall also encompass all of Landlord’s reasonable expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, incurred by Landlord solely related to any effort to minimize Real Estate Taxes whether by contesting proposed increases in assessments, applying for the benefit of any tax abatement program available for the Property, appealing the denial of any such tax abatement, or contesting any challenge to the validity of any tax abatement program or its applicability to the Property or by any other means or procedures appropriate in the circumstances; provided, however, that under no circumstances shall Landlord have any obligation to undertake any contest, appeal or other procedure to minimize Real Estate Taxes or to obtain or maintain the benefits of any tax abatement program for the Property;

(3) except as otherwise provided in Section 7(a)(i)(l) above, there shall be excluded from Real Estate Taxes all net income, excess profit, excise, franchise, transfer, estate, succession and inheritance taxes, penalties due to Landlord’s lateness or failure to pay taxes when due and transfer taxes imposed on Landlord or any increase in Real Estate Taxes resulting solely from Landlord’s sale of or transfer of an interest in the Building; and

(4) following the Commencement Date, Real Estate Taxes should not be reduced by any rebates, credits or reductions obtained by or granted to Landlord on account of Landlord’s installation of capital improvements or processes implemented in connection with the Sustainability Standards or Building Certification unless and until Landlord has recovered all of the costs and expenses pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii)(1)(o) incurred by it in order to make such improvement or to undertake such process.

ii. “Tax Year” shall mean each calendar year, or such other period of twelve (12) months as now or hereafter may be duly adopted as the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes of the governmental unit in which the Property is located, occurring during the Term.

ii. “Tax Statement” shall mean a statement provided by Landlord, setting forth in reasonable detail: (a) the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Year(s) (or portion thereof if less than full Tax Year(s) immediately preceding the Tax Year in which such statement is issued, (b) Tenant’s Tax Payment (defined in Section 7(b)) for such preceding Tax Year(s), prorated if only a part of a Tax Year falls within the Term; (c) the amount of payments made by Tenant on account of Tenant’s Tax Payment during such preceding Tax Year(s); (d) the amount of payments of the Monthly Tax Payment Estimate (defined in Section 7 (b)(i)(l)) made to date by Tenant in the Tax Year in which the Tax Statement is issued; and (e) the Monthly Tax Payment Estimate for the Tax Year in which the Tax Statement is issued.

b. Payment of Tenant’s Tax Payment. Commencing on January 1, 2016, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the total excess, if any, in Real Estate Taxes for such Tax Year over the Real Estate Taxes for the Base Year, prorated for any partial Tax Year within the Term (“Tenant’s Tax Payment”). For any portion of a Tax Year during the Term, Tenant’s Tax Payment shall be prorated on a per diem basis.


i. Such Tenant’s Tax Payment shall be paid in the following manner:

(1) Beginning on January 1, 2016, and continuing thereafter during each Tax Year during the Term on the first day of each month until receipt of the next Tax Statement, Tenant will pay Landlord an amount set by Landlord sufficient to pay Landlord’s estimate (reasonably based on the actual Real Estate Taxes for the preceding Tax Years (but subject to the provision of Section 7(b)(ii) below) and Landlord’s projections of any anticipated increases or decreases thereof) of Tenant’s Tax Payment for the current Tax Year (or remaining portion thereof) (the “Monthly Tax Payment Estimate”). The Monthly Tax Payment Estimate for a period less than a full calendar month shall be duly prorated.

(2) Following the end of each Tax Year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant a Tax Statement setting forth the information described in Section 7 (a)(iii) above. Within thirty (30) days following the receipt of such Tax Statement (the “Tax Expense Share Date”) Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (i) the amount by which the Tenant’s Tax Payment for the Tax Year (or portion thereof) covered by the Tax Statement exceeds the aggregate of Monthly Tax Payment Estimates paid by Tenant with respect to such Tax Year (or portion thereof); and (ii) the amount by which the Monthly Tax Payment Estimate for the current Tax Year as shown on the Tax Statement multiplied by the number of months elapsed to date in the current Tax Year (including the month in which payment is made) exceeds the aggregate amount of payments of the Monthly Tax Payment Estimate theretofore made in the Tax Year in which the Tax Statement is issued. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish Tenant a Tax Statement not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days following the end of each Tax Year.

(3) On the first day of the first month following receipt by Tenant of any annual Tax Statement and continuing thereafter on the first day of each succeeding month until the issuance of the next ensuing Tax Statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the Monthly Tax Payment Estimate shown on the Tax Statement.

(4) If on any Tax Expense Share Date Tenant’s payments of the installments of the Monthly Tax Payment Estimate for the preceding year’s Real Estate Taxes are greater than Tenant’s Tax Payment for such preceding Tax Year, Landlord shall credit Tenant with any excess, which credit may be offset against next due installments of Rent. If the Term expires prior to the Tax Expense Share Date for the applicable Tax Year and if Tenant’s payments of Monthly Tax Payment Estimate either exceed or are less than Tenant’s Tax Payment, Landlord shall send the Tax Statement to Tenant, and an appropriate payment from Tenant to Landlord or refund from Landlord to Tenant shall he made on the Tax Expense Share Date. The provisions of this Section 7(b)(i)(4) shall remain in effect notwithstanding any termination of this Lease; provided however, that if upon termination of this Lease Tenant owes Landlord any sums under this Lease (for Rent or otherwise), Landlord shall have the right to reduce the amount of any refund due Tenant under this Section 7(b)(i)(4) against such sums owed by Tenant to Landlord.


ii. Real Estate Taxes with respect to a Tax Year which is the subject of an appeal filed by or on behalf of Landlord shall be paid on the basis of the amount reflected in the tax bill and shall not be adjusted until the final determination of the appeal. Upon such determination of any appeal, Landlord will notify Tenant in writing of the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Share of the Real Estate Taxes for the year or years which were the subject of the appeal and the amount, if any, remaining due by Tenant in excess of Tenant’s estimated payments. Tenant shall pay such entire amount so due on the due date for the next installment of Fixed Basic Rent, or if this Lease has terminated, Tenant shall pay the amount due within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice. If the final determination of the appeal results in a reduction of the Real Estate Taxes at issue and Landlord receives a cash refund from the taxing authority on account of overpayment of Real Estate Taxes for such year, Tenant shall receive a credit against the installment of Fixed Basic Rent next coming due in the amount by which Tenant’s payments on account of Tenant’s Tax Share of such Real Estate Taxes exceeded the payments actually due for the applicable year.

iii. Any Tax Statement or other notice from Landlord pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be deemed approved by Tenant as correct unless within sixty (60) days after the furnishing thereof, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that it disputes the correctness of the Tax Statement or other notice, specifying in detail the basis for such assertion. Pending the resolution of such dispute, however, Tenant shall make payments in accordance with said Tax Statement or other notice.

c. Tenant’s Personalty. Tenant shall pay all taxes, if any, imposed upon Tenant’s furnishings, trade fixtures, equipment or other personal property.

8. Operating Expenses .

a. Definitions . As used in this Section 8 the following terms shall be defined as hereinafter provided:

i. “Operating Year” shall mean each calendar year, or such other period of twelve (12) months as hereafter may be adopted by Landlord as its fiscal year, occurring either in whole or in part during the Term.

ii. “Operating Expense Statement” shall mean a statement provided by Landlord, setting forth in reasonable detail: (a) the Operating Expenses for the Operating Year (or portion thereof if less than a full Operating Year) immediately preceding the Operating Year in which the statement is issued, reasonably detailed by major categories, (b) the Tenant’s Expense Payment (defined in Section 8(b )) for such preceding Operating Year, prorated if only a part of the Operating Year falls within the Term, (c) the amount of payments made by Tenant on account of the Tenant’s Expense Payment during such preceding Operating Year, (d) the amount of payments of the Monthly Operating Expense Estimate (defined in Section 8(b)(i)(l)) made to date by Tenant in the Operating Year in which the Expense Statement is issued, and (e) the Monthly Operating Expense Estimate for the Operating Year in which the Operating Expense Statement is issued.


iii. “Operating Expenses” shall mean

(1) the reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, repair, maintenance, protection and management of the Property, including by way of example rather than of limitation, the following:

(a) Wages, salaries, fees and other compensation and payments, payroll taxes, contributions to any social security, unemployment insurance, welfare, pension or similar fund and payments for other fringe benefits made to or on behalf of any and all employees of Landlord (up to the level of the Property manager) performing services rendered in connection with the operation, repair, maintenance, protection and management of the Property, including, without limitation: elevator operators; elevator starters; window cleaners; porters; janitors; maids; miscellaneous handymen; watchmen; persons engaged. In patrolling and protecting the Property; carpenters; engineers; firemen; mechanics; electricians; plumbers; landscapers; insurance risk managers; building superintendent and assistants; property manager; and clerical and administrative personnel all of which expenses shall not exceed the market rate for such services for other comparable office buildings in the area of the Building. Landlord may contract for any of the foregoing to be performed by independent contractors, in which event all market rate sums paid to such independent contractors shall be included within Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii)(l)(q) below.

(b) The cost of employee uniforms, and the cleaning, pressing and repair thereof.

(c) Cleaning costs for the Property, including the facade, windows and sidewalks, all costs for snow and rubbish removal and the costs of all labor, supplies, equipment and materials incidental to such cleaning.

(d) Premiums and other charges incurred by Landlord with respect to all insurance relating to the Property and the operation and maintenance thereof, including without limitation: all risk of physical damage or fire and extended coverage insurance; public liability insurance; elevator insurance; workmen’s compensation insurance; boiler and machinery insurance; sprinkler leakage insurance; rent insurance; and health, accident and group life insurance for employees.

(e) The cost of heat, electricity, gas, water, sewer and all other utility services, servicing the Building generally and available to Tenant to the extent not billed directly to Tenant in accordance with Section 12(a) below or separately reimbursed by any other tenant of the Building.

(f) Costs incurred for operation, service, maintenance, inspection and repairs of the Property, including the heating, air-conditioning, ventilating, plumbing, electrical and elevator systems of the Building and the costs of labor, materials, supplies and equipment used in connection with all of the aforesaid items.


(g) Sales and excise taxes and the like upon any of the expenses enumerated herein.

(h) Management fees of the managing agent for the Building not to exceed four percent (4%) of gross revenues of the Building.

(i) The cost of tools, equipment, and supplies to the extent used in connection with the operation of the Property and any replacement thereof.

(j) The cost of repainting or otherwise redecorating any part of the Building other than premises demised to tenants in the Building, and the cost of displays or decorations for the lobby, balconies and other public portions of the Property.

(k) The reasonable cost of telephone, telecopier and courier services, postage and delivery charges, office supplies, maintenance and repair of office equipment, and similar costs.

(l) The cost of licenses, permits and similar fees and charges (except if the same is incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants in the Building, or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, modifying, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for occupancy by tenants or other occupants of the Building).

(m) Reasonable auditing and accounting fees including accounting fees incurred in connection with the preparation and certification of the Tax Statements and the Operating Expense Statements.

(n) All costs incurred by Landlord to comply with governmental requirements enacted after the Commencement Date, whether federal, state or municipal; and all repairs, replacements and improvements which are appropriate for the continued operation of the Building as a first class building, including capital expenditures which under generally applied real estate accounting practice are expensed or are regarded as deferred expenses.

(o) All costs and expenses associated with the acquisition and installation of any energy or cost saving devices or alternative renewable energy devices or sources, but only to the extent of savings realized by Landlord and/or Tenant and/or tax credits received by Landlord as a result of the installation and/or use of such improvements, devices or sources.

(p) Fair market rental with respect to the management office for the Building.

(q) Cost of independent contractors performing services, including, but not limited to, cleaning, janitorial, window-washing, rubbish removal, comprehensive recycling for cardboard, glass, paper, plastic and metal or such other materials as may be required from time to time by the Sustainability Standards, security, landscaping, snow and ice removal services, electrical, painting, plumbing, elevator, heating, ventilation and air conditioning maintenance and repair and all fees due such independent contractors.


(r) Reasonable legal fees with respect to the Property other than those incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of tenant leases.

(s) Capital expenditures necessitated by casualties to the extent the same are not covered by insurance.

(t) Any and all other expenditures of Landlord which are properly expenses in accordance with generally applied real estate accounting practices consistently applied with respect to the operation, repair, maintenance, protection and management of first-class office buildings in the locality of the Building.

(u) If Landlord shall purchase any item of capital equipment or make any capital expenditure as described in Sections 8(a)(iii)(l)(n), or 8(a)(iii)(l)(o), or 8(a)(iii)(l)(s), or 8(a)(iii)(l)(t) above jointly the “Capital Expenditures”) then the costs for same shall be amortized on a straight line basis beginning in the year of installation and continuing for the useful life thereof, with a per annum interest factor equal to the rate of Interest on the date of purchase of any Capital Expenditure. The amount of amortization for such costs shall be included in Operating Expenses for each Operating Year to which the amortization relates. Tenant agrees that the determination by Landlord’s accountants, made in accordance with real estate accounting principles, consistently applied, of the useful life of the subject of such Capital Expenditures shall he binding on Tenant. If Landlord shall lease such items of capital equipment, then the lease shall be included in Operating Expenses for each Operating Year in which they are incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall effectuate savings in labor or energy related costs as a result of the installation of new devices or equipment, then Landlord may, in lieu of the above, elect to include up to the full amount of any such savings in each Operating Year (beginning with the Operating Year in which the equipment is placed in service) as an Operating Expense until Landlord has recovered thereby the cost of installation of said devices or equipment and interest thereon as above provided, even if the result of such application will result in the amortization of such costs over a period shorter than the useful life of such installation. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing if Landlord elects to apply such savings to the cost of such equipment and shall include a statement of the amount of such savings in the Operating Expense Statement for each applicable Operating Year. Operating Expenses shall thereafter be reduced by the amount of any previous capital expenditures included therein expensed pursuant to this Section 8(a)(iii)(1)(u) when such amortization has been completed.

(2) Operating Expenses shall be “net” and, for that purpose, shall be reduced by the amounts of any reimbursement or credit received by Landlord with respect to an item of cost that is included within Operating Expenses (other than reimbursements to Landlord by tenants of the Building pursuant either to operating expense provisions of any lease or separate contractual arrangements).

(3) In determining Operating Expenses for any Operating Year during which less than ninety five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the Building shall have


been occupied by tenants receiving services which form the basis for Operating Expenses for more than thirty (30) days during such year, the variable components of the actual Operating Expenses for such year shall be increased to the amount which normally would have been incurred for such Operating Year had all such services been provided to tenants occupying ninety five percent (95%) of the Building throughout such Operating Year, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and shall include during any year in which construction warranties or guaranties eliminate or reduce the need for service contracts on Building systems or components, the reasonable cost of such service contracts that would otherwise be required notwithstanding such construction warranties or guaranties.

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(a)(iii)(l), “Operating Expenses” shall not include expenditures for any of the following:

(a) Any capital addition made to the Building except a Capital Expenditure.

(b) Repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other insured casualty or hazard, to the extent that Landlord shall receive proceeds of such insurance.

(c) Leasing commissions and advertising expenses incurred in leasing or procuring new tenants.

(d) Repairs or rebuilding necessitated by condemnation to the extent that Landlord has received condemnation proceeds for such repairs or rebuilding.

(e) Depreciation and amortization of the Building, other than as permitted pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii)(l)(u).

(f) Real Estate Taxes.

(g) The salaries and benefits of executive officers of Landlord, if any.

(h) Debt service payments on any indebtedness applicable to the Property, including any mortgage debt.

(i) Costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building, including, without limitation, accounting and legal expenses, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees, or building managers.

(j) Cost and expense of any expenditure made by Landlord to remedy damage caused by, or resulting from, the negligence, tortious acts or willful act or omission of Landlord.

iv. “Monthly Operating Expense Estimate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8(b)(i)(1) hereof.


b. Tenant’s Expense Payment. Commencing on January 1, 2016, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the total excess, if any, in Operating Expenses for such Operating Year over the Operating Expenses for the Base Year (“Tenant’s Expense Payment”). For any portion of an Operating Year less than a full twelve (12) month period occurring within the Term, Tenant’s Expense Payment shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

i. Such Tenant’s Expense Payment shall be paid in the following manner:

(1) Beginning on January 1, 2016, and continuing thereafter during each Operating Year during the Term on the first day of each month until receipt of the next Operating Expense Statement, Tenant will pay Landlord an amount set by Landlord sufficient to pay Landlord’s estimate (reasonably based on the actual Operating Expenses for the preceding Operating Year and Landlord’s projections of any anticipated increases or decreases thereof) of Tenant’s Expense Payment for the current Operating Year (or remaining portion thereof) (the “Monthly Operating Expense Estimate”). The Monthly Operating Expense Estimate for a period less than a full calendar month shall be duly prorated.

(2) Following the end of each Operating Year, Landlord Shall furnish Tenant an Operating Expense Statement setting forth the information described in Section 8(a)(ii) above. Within thirty (30) days following the receipt of such Operating Expense Statement (the “Expense Share Date”) Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (i) the amount by which the Tenant’s Expense Payment for the Operating Year (or portion thereof) covered by the Operating Expense Statement exceeds the aggregate of Monthly Operating Expense Estimates paid by Tenant with respect to such Operating Year (or portion thereof); and (ii) the amount by which the Monthly Operating Expense Estimate for the current Operating Year as shown on the Operating Expense Statement multiplied by the number of months elapsed to date in the current Operating Year (including the month in which payment is made) exceeds the aggregate amount of payments of the Monthly Operating Expense Estimate theretofore made in the Operating Year in which the Operating Expense Statement is issued. Landlord shall endeavor to furnish Tenant an Operating Expense Statement not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days following the end of each Operating Year.

(3) On the first day of the first month following receipt by Tenant of any annual Operating Expense Statement and continuing thereafter on the first day of each succeeding month until the issuance of the next ensuing Operating Expense Statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the Monthly Operating Expense Estimate shown on the Operating Expense Statement.

(4) If on any Expense Share Date Tenant’s payments of the installments of the Monthly Operating Expense Estimate for the preceding year’s Operating Expenses are greater than Tenant’s Expense Payment for such preceding Operating Year,


Landlord shall credit Tenant with any excess, which credit may be offset by Tenant against next due installments of Rent. If the Term expires prior to the Expense Share Date for the applicable Operating Year and if Tenant’s payments of Monthly Operating Expense Estimate either exceed or are less than Tenant’s Expense Payment, Landlord shall send the Operating Expense Statement to Tenant, and an appropriate payment from Tenant to Landlord or refund from Landlord to Tenant shall be made on the Expense Share Date. The provisions of this Section 8(b)(i)(4) shall remain in effect notwithstanding any termination of this Lease; provided however, that if upon termination of this Lease Tenant owes Landlord any sums under this Lease (for Rent or otherwise), Landlord shall have the right to reduce the amount of any refund due Tenant under this Section 8(b)(i)(4) against such sums owed by Tenant to Landlord.

ii. Any Operating Expense Statement or other notice from Landlord pursuant to this Section 8 shall he deemed approved by Tenant as correct unless, within sixty (60) days after the furnishing thereof, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing that it disputes the correctness of the Operating Expense Statement or other notice, specifying in detail the bases for such assertion. Notwithstanding any dispute concerning any Operating Expense Statement or other notice, Tenant shall continue to make payments in accordance with said Operating Expense Statement or other notice pending the resolution of such dispute.

9. Interest and Late Charge. Landlord may charge a late payment charge of three percent (3%) of any installment of Fixed Basic Rent or Additional Rent that is not paid within five (5) days after written notice that the same is past due. Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest (“Interest”) at an interest rate equal to the Prime Rate published from time to time in the Money Rates column of the Wall Street Journal plus 2% (or, if lower, the highest rate then allowed under the usury laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) from the date due until the date paid. The right of Landlord to charge a late charge and interest with respect to past due installments of Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent is in addition to Landlord’s rights and remedies upon an Event of Default.

10. Insurance.

a. Tenant’s Insurance.

i. Tenant covenants and represents, such covenants and representations being specifically designed to induce Landlord to execute this Lease, that during the entire Term, at its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall obtain, maintain and keep in full force and effect the following insurance:

(1) “Special Form” property insurance against fire, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and such additional perils as are now, or hereafter may be, included in a standard extended coverage endorsement from time to time in general use in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania upon property of every description and kind owned by Tenant and or under Tenant’s care, custody or control located within the Premises or for which Tenant is legally liable, including by way of example and not by way of limitation, furniture, fixtures, fittings, installations and any other personal property in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof.


(2) Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage to include personal injury, bodily injury, broad form property damage, operations hazard, contractual liability, products and completed operations liability naming Landlord, its designated agents and Landlord’s mortgagee or trust deed holder and ground lessors (if any) as additional named insureds in limits of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00). Tenant’s insurance shall contain a provision that states that the applicable policy is primary and noncontributing to any insurance otherwise available to Landlord.

(3) Business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or assumed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease or attributable to prevention or denial of access to the Premises or Building as a result of such perils.

(4) Workers’ Compensation insurance in form and amount as required by law. Coverage shall include employer’s liability insurance in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.

(5) Any other form or forms of insurance or any increase in the limits of any of the aforesaid enumerated coverages or other forms of insurance as Landlord or the mortgagees or ground lessors (if any) of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time if in the reasonable opinion of Landlord or said mortgagees or ground lessors said coverage and/or limits become inadequate or less than that commonly maintained by prudent tenants in similar buildings in the area by tenants making similar uses.

ii. All insurance policies shall be taken out with insurers rated A-VIII (or if such ratings are not in effect, the equivalent thereof) by Best Rating Service, or any successor thereto (or if there be none, an organization having a national reputation) who are licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located and shall be in form satisfactory from time to time to Landlord. A policy or certificate evidencing such insurance together with a paid bill shall be delivered to Landlord not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Commencement Date hereof. Such insurance policy or certificate will provide an undertaking by the insurers to notify Landlord and the mortgagees or ground lessors (if any) of Landlord in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any material change, reduction in coverage, cancellation, or other termination thereof. The aforesaid insurance shall be written with commercially reasonable deductibles.

iii. In the event of damage to or destruction of the Building and/or Premises entitling Landlord or Tenant to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 18 of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be so terminated, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord all of its insurance proceeds, if any, relating to the leasehold improvements and alterations (but not Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, furniture or other personal property of Tenant in the Premises) which have become Landlord’s property on installation or would have become Landlord’s property at the Term’s expiration or sooner termination. If the termination of the Lease, at Landlord’s election, is due to damage to the Building, and if the Premises have not been so damaged, Tenant will deliver to Landlord, in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, the improvements and alterations to the Premises which have become an installation or would have become at the Term’s expiration, Landlord’s property.


iv. Tenant agrees that it will not keep or use or offer for sale (if sales of goods is a permitted use pursuant to this Lease) in or upon the Premises or within the Property any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy in force from time to time covering the Property or Premises. In the event Tenant’s particular use or manner of use of the Premises or conduct of business in or on the Premises or Property, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for insurance carried from time to time by Landlord with respect to the Building, the Property or the Premises, Tenant shall pay such increase in premiums as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after being billed therefor by Landlord, until Tenant discontinues such conduct and Landlord’s insurance premiums revert back to same level as they were on before such increase. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use and occupancy a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Property or Premises showing the components of such rate shall be conclusive evidence of the items and charges making up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the Building, the Property or Premises.

v. If any insurance policy carried by either party as required by this Section 10 shall be cancelled or cancellation shall be threatened or the coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced in any way by reason of the use or occupation of the Premises or building or any part thereof by Tenant or any assignee or subtenant of Tenant or anyone permitted by Tenant to be upon the Premises, and if Tenant fails to remedy the conditions giving rise to such cancellation or threatened cancellation or reduction in coverage on or before (i) forty-eight (48) hours after notice thereof from Landlord, or (ii) prior to such cancellation or reduction becoming effective, Tenant shall be in default and an Event of Default shall occur under this Lease and Landlord shall have all of the remedies available to Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

b. Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord covenants and agrees that throughout the Term it will insure the Property and the Building (excluding any property with respect to which Tenant is obligated to insure pursuant to Section lO(a)(i)(l) above) against damage by perils covered by the “special form” of property insurance and commercial general liability insurance in such reasonable amounts with such reasonable deductibles as required by any mortgagee or ground lessor, or, if none, as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the area. In addition, Landlord shall maintain and keep in force and effect during the Term, rental income insurance insuring Landlord against abatement or loss of Fixed Basic Rent, including items of Additional Rent, in case of fire or other casualty similarly insured against, in an amount at least equal to the Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent during, at the minimum, one Lease Year hereunder. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, take out and carry any other forms of insurance as it or the mortgagee or ground lessor (if any) of Landlord may require or reasonably determine available. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for insurance carried by Landlord on the Building and the Property or in connection with its ownership or operation thereof shall be included as Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 8. Notwithstanding its inclusion as an Operating Expense or any contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums by Tenant as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any such insurance policies carried by Landlord although Landlord shall use such proceeds in the repair and reconstruction of the Building, the Property and the


Premises. Tenant further acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 10 as to Tenant’s insurance are designed to insure adequate coverage as to Tenant’s property and business without regard to fault and avoid Landlord obtaining similar coverage for such loss for its negligence or that of its agents, servants or employees which would result in double coverage for the same perils includable as part of Operating Expenses which are payable in part by Tenant. Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s furniture or furnishings, or on any fixtures, equipment, appurtenances or improvements of Tenant under this Lease, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

c. Waiver of Subrogation. Any policy or policies of insurance, which either party obtains in connection with the Premises, Building or Property shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against the other party (i.e. Landlord or Tenant) for all perils covered by such policy. Should such waiver not be available then the policy for which the waiver is not available must name the other party as an additional named insured affording it the same coverage as that provided the party obtaining such coverage. Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant hereby release the other from any and all liability or responsibility to the other or anyone claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise (a) from any and all liability for any loss or damage of the releasing party, (b) for any loss or damage that may result, directly or indirectly, from any loss or damage, and (c) from legal liability for any loss or damage, all to the extent that the releasing party’s loss or damage is insured or, if not insured, was insurable under commercially available “special form” insurance policies, including additional coverages typically obtained by owners and tenants of comparable office buildings in the vicinity of the Building, even if such loss or damage or legal liability shall be caused by or result from the fault or negligence of the other party or anyone for whom such party may be responsible and even if the releasing party is self insured in whole or in part or the amount of the releasing party’s insurance is inadequate to cover the loss or damage or legal liability. It is the intention of the parties that Landlord and Tenant shall look solely to their respective insurance carriers for recovery against any such loss or damage or legal liability, without such insurance carriers having any rights of subrogation against the other party.

11. Repairs and Maintenance.

a. Tenant shall, throughout the Term, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense subject to Section 11(b) of this Lease, keep and maintain the Premises in a neat and orderly condition and in compliance with the Sustainability Standards; and, upon expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall leave the Premises in broom clean condition, ordinary wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty alone excepted, and for that purpose and except as stated in this sentence, Tenant will make all necessary non-structural repairs and replacements to the Premises to deliver it in such condition. Tenant shall not permit any waste, to the Premises. Tenant shall not use any portion of the Common Facilities for other than their intended use as reasonably specified by Landlord from time to time.

b. Landlord shall, throughout the Term, make all necessary repairs to the roof, foundation, structural elements and Building operating systems, mechanical, electrical and HV AC systems and exterior windows and doors of the Premises and other improvements located on the Property and the parking, sidewalks and walkways and the Common Facilities; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no responsibility to make any repairs in the Premises unless


and until Landlord receives written notice of the need for such repair. All interior Premises repairs that are necessary to the Premises and are not Landlord’s responsibility shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall keep and maintain all Common Facilities of the Property and any sidewalks, parking areas, curbs and access ways adjoining the Property in a good order and repair, in a clean and orderly condition, free of accumulation of dirt and rubbish and ice and snow and shall keep and maintain all landscaped areas within the Property in a neat and orderly condition. All repairs and maintenance shall be done in a first class manner in keeping with comparable first class buildings in the locale of the Building. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s obligations under this Section 11 (b) shall be included in Operating Expenses unless such expense is expressly excluded from the definition of Operating Expenses.

c. Except as provided in Sections 11(a) and 11(b), nothing contained herein shall obligate Tenant to make any structural repairs or modifications to the Premises, or repairs or modifications to any portions within the Premises of the Building’s HVAC, fire safety (including without limitation, sprinklers), electrical, plumbing or other utility or mechanical systems, which shall be repaired and maintained by Landlord in as good order and condition as existed on the Commencement Date, unless such repairs or modifications shall (i) be due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any agent, employee, or contractor of Tenant or (ii) as a result of any laws applicable to Tenant’s specific and particular manner of use of the Premises (as opposed to laws applicable to the Premises, the Building or business offices generally), in which event Landlord shall make such repair or modification (to the extent Landlord is obligated under the express terms of this Lease) with the Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs thereof to be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days of receipt of an invoice for such work.

12. Utilities and Services.

a. Services to the Premises.

i. Tenant shall have access to the Premises, including elevators as set forth in Section 12(c) and utilities within the Building and the Premises including HVAC, electricity, water, and heat twenty-four hours per day, seven days per week. Landlord shall furnish the Premises with all utilities, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) to the Premises, between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m., to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (“Business Hours”), of each week during the Term (Building Holidays excepted). Landlord shall provide janitorial service to the Premises in accordance with the Janitorial Specifications attached hereto as Exhibit E five days per week except for Building Holidays. Landlord shall furnish electricity to Tenant for Tenant’s exclusive use on a twenty-four hour per day seven day a week basis.

ii. Tenant agrees to pay monthly as Additional Rent (but not as an Operating Expense) all charges for electricity (to the extent the same is submetered) used by Tenant at the Premises. Tenant shall pay for the consumption of such electricity based upon its submetered usage, provided, however, Landlord shall be permitted to reasonably estimate such usage on a monthly basis but, not less frequently than annually, shall perform a reconciliation of paid amounts against actual amounts due from Tenant. Tenant shall be charged for such


electricity based upon the consumption measured by submeter(s) at the rate Landlord is charged for same without mark-up or fee, and Tenant acknowledges that the rate charged to Tenant may be an average of the rates charged by the electricity provider as the rate charged for electricity supplied to the Property varies depending on service and hours of consumption.

iii. In addition, Tenant agrees to pay as Additional Rent (but not part of Operating Expenses) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all charges for electricity used for Common Facilities at the Property and not within tenantable areas of the Building based upon the metered or submetered usage. In no event will the charges under Section 12(a)(ii) or under this Section 12(a)(iii) as the case may be, duplicate any charges under any other provision. Tenant shall be charged for such electricity at the rate Landlord is charged for same without mark-up or fee, and Tenant acknowledges that the rate charged to Tenant may be an average of the rates charged by the electricity provider as the rate charged for electricity supplied to the Property varies depending on service and hours of consumption.

iv. Tenant shall pay all bills for separately metered utility usage within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, and any non-payment or late payment of such utility bills shall be subject to the remedies for failure to pay rent set forth in this Lease. To the extent Tenant is billed directly for any utility services by such provider, Tenant shall authorize such provider to provide Landlord upon Landlord’s request information about Tenant’s utility consumption and billing (including copies of bills).

v. Tenant’s use of electric energy in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the safe capacity of any of the electric conductors and equipment in or otherwise serving the Premises. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to use electric energy and HV AC systems in a manner consistent with the Sustainability Standards and as required to obtain or maintain Building Certification.

vi. If Landlord is in control of or obtains access to any alternative renewable energy source (“Alternative Energy”), Landlord shall have the option of providing such Alternative Energy to Tenant to satisfy Landlord’s obligations under this Section 12(a) at a rate not to exceed the rate charged to Landlord.

b. Landlord, upon Tenant’s request, shall replace light bulbs, tubes and ballasts for lighting fixtures when required in the Premises. The cost of replacement light bulbs, tubes, lamps, and ballasts, plus the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for such replacement, shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent in accordance with Landlord’s then-current schedule of costs and assessments therefor.

c. Within the Common Facilities of the Building and consistent with other first class buildings in the locale of the Building, Landlord shall furnish: (i) adequate electricity and utilities, (ii) hot and cold water, (iii) lavatory supplies, (iv) automatically operated elevator service; and provided further that at least one elevator shall be available without additional charge on a twenty-four hour, seven day per week basis, (v) cleaning services (on a five-day a week basis except for Building Holidays) after Business Hours in accordance with Exhibit E attached hereto and made a part hereof, (vi) heat and air conditioning in season during Business Hours except for Building Holidays, (vii) landscaping, (viii) parking facility maintenance, (ix)


Common Facilities maintenance, (x) snow and ice removal, (xi) [intentionally omitted] and (xii) extermination as needed. Except as otherwise provided, the cost of the services provided by Landlord pursuant to this Section 12(c) shall be included as part of Operating Expenses. Any additional overtime services requested by Tenant which are not provided to all the tenants of the Building shall be paid by Tenant fifteen (15) days after invoices, together with reasonable backup therefor as Additional Rent but shall not be included as part of Operating Expenses.

d. (i) Landlord shall not be liable for any damages to or incurred by Tenant (and Tenant’s property located in the Premises) resulting from the quality, quantity, failure, unavailability or disruption of any services beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and the same shall not constitute a termination of this Lease or an actual or constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent. Landlord shall not be responsible for providing any services not specifically provided for in this Lease.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the foregoing, provided Tenant is not in default of this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period which may be expressly provided for herein), if there is a failure by Landlord to furnish any HV AC, electricity, water, heat, or any other essential services which under the express terms of this Lease is required to be provided by Landlord, and such service interruption (i) is caused solely as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors (as opposed to Force Majeure) and (ii) Tenant is prevented thereby from using the entire Premises or a Material Portion (hereafter defined) thereof and conducting its business operations for longer than five (5) consecutive business days in the entire Premises or such Material Portion, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes of one (1) day for each day such service interruption continues beyond such five (5) consecutive business days period; provided, that to the extent such failure relates to a Material Portion of the Premises, such abatement of Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of increases in Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes shall be in an amount bearing the same ratio that the Material Portion of the Premises bears to the entire Premises. As used herein, the term “Material Portion” means twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant’s right to a rent abatement as set forth in this subparagraph (ii) shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy under this Lease, at law or equity, or otherwise, for any Landlord’s failure to provide services in the condition required by this Lease. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided for herein, the exercise of any such right or the occurrence of any such failure by Landlord shall not (a) constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, (b) entitle Tenant to any compensation or diminution of Fixed Basic Rent or Additional Rent (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), (c) relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under the Lease except as otherwise expressly provided herein or (d) impose any liability upon Landlord by reason of inconvenience to Tenant, or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise.

13. Governmental Regulations. Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, notices, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal government or any department, commission, board or officer thereof or of the National Board of Fire Underwriters or any other body exercising similar functions, relating to its use and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not knowingly do or commit, or suffer to be done or


committed anywhere in the Building, any act or thing contrary to any of the laws, ordinances, regulations and requirements referred to in this Section. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice of any accident in the Premises and of any breakage, defect or failure in any of the systems or equipment servicing the Premises or any portion of the Premises.

14. Alterations, Additions and Fixtures.

a. Tenant shall have the right to install in the Premises any trade fixtures; provided, however, that no such installation and no removal thereof shall be permitted which affects any structural component or operating system of the Building or Premises or violates or will cause any portion of the Premises or the Building to violate any of the Sustainability Standards or otherwise negatively impacts Building Certification and that Tenant shall repair and restore any damage or injury to the Premises or the Property caused by installation or removal. During the installation of any trade fixtures, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or Property whether prior to or during the Term, Tenant shall comply with the “Building Standards for Alterations and Construction Activities” set forth in Paragraph 6 of Exhibit J.

b. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or Property without on each occasion first presenting plans and specifications to Landlord and obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but may be conditioned upon compliance with the Sustainability Standards, Building Certification impacts, and reasonable requirements of Landlord as provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make decorative alterations to the Premises that do not affect the structure, systems or exterior of the Building and cost less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) without Landlord’s prior consent but upon notice to Landlord at the time such alteration is performed (each, a “Decorative Alteration”). If Landlord consents to any proposed alterations, improvements or additions or Tenant undertakes a Decorative Alteration, then Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, may make the proposed alterations, improvements and additions in accordance with the Sustainability Standards provided that: (i) Tenant supplies any necessary permits and approvals; (ii) such alterations and improvements do not, in Landlord’s judgment, impair the structural strength of the Building, impair Building Certification, or any other improvements or reduce the value of the Property; (iii) Tenant takes or causes to be taken all steps that are otherwise required by Section 15 of this Lease and that are required or permitted by law in order to avoid the imposition of any mechanic’s, laborer’s or materialman’s lien upon the Premises or the Property; (iv) Tenant uses a contractor approved by Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, so long as such contractor shall not disturb labor relations with or interfere with Landlord’s employees, agents, contractors or subcontractors; (v) the occupants of the Building and of any adjoining real estate owned by Landlord are not annoyed or disturbed by such work; (vi) the alterations, improvements or additions shall be installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and completed according to a construction schedule approved by Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (vii) Tenant provides insurance of the types and coverage amounts required by Landlord. Any and all alterations, improvements and additions to the Premises which are constructed, installed or otherwise made by Tenant shall be the property of Tenant until the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease; at that time all such alterations and additions shall remain on the


Premises and become the property of Landlord without payment by Landlord unless, upon the termination of this Lease, Landlord instructs Tenant in writing to remove the same in which event Tenant will remove such alterations, improvements and additions, and repair and restore any damage to the Property or the Premises caused by the installation or removal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord may withhold its approval to any proposed alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises in its absolute and sole discretion with respect to any such alteration, addition or improvement which Landlord determines involves any modification to the Building’s exterior or its structural, electrical, mechanical or plumbing systems, or any components thereof.

15. Mechanic’s Liens.

a. Tenant covenants that it shall not (and has no authority to) create or allow any encumbrance against the Premises, the Property, or any part of any thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein.

b. Tenant covenants that it shall not suffer or permit to be created, or to remain, any lien or claim thereof (arising out of any work done or services, material, equipment or supplies furnished for or at the request of Tenant or by or for any contractor or subcontractor of Tenant, other than such furnished by Landlord) which is or may become a lien upon the Premises, the Property, or any part of any thereof or the income therefrom or any fixture, equipment or similar property therein.

c. If any lien or claim shall be filed in connection with any work performed for or by Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, cause the same to be discharged of record by payment, deposit, bond or otherwise, If Tenant shall fail to cause such lien or claim to be discharged and removed from record within that period, then, without obligation to investigate the validity thereof and in addition to any other right or remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, contest such lien or claim or discharge it by payment, deposit, bond or otherwise; and Landlord shall be entitled, if Landlord so decides, to compel the prosecution of an action for the foreclosure of such lien by the lienor and to pay the amount of the judgment in favor of the lienor with Interest and costs. Any amounts so paid by Landlord and all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, together with Interest from the respective dates of Landlord’s making of the payment or incurring of the cost or expense, shall constitute Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord promptly on demand.

d. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease or in any other writing signed by Landlord, neither this Lease nor any other writing signed by Landlord shall be construed as evidencing, indicating, or causing an appearance that any erection, construction, alteration or repair to be done, or caused to be done, by Tenant is or was in fact for the immediate use and benefit of Landlord. Further, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, nothing contained in or contemplated by this Lease shall be deemed or construed in any way to constitute the consent or request on the part of Landlord for the performance of any work or services or the furnishing of any materials for which any lien could be filed against the Premises or the Property or any part of any thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power, or


authority to contract for or permit the performance of any work or services or the furnishing of any materials for which any lien could be filed against the Premises, the Property or any part of any thereof.

16. Negative Covenants of Tenant.

a. System Changes. Supplementing the provisions of Section 14 above, Tenant shall not install any equipment of any kind or nature whatsoever which would or could, in Landlord’s judgment, necessitate any change, replacement or addition to (or which might cause damage to) the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning or electrical systems serving the Premises or any other portion of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event such consent is granted, all costs in connection with such changes, replacements or additions shall be paid for by Tenant in advance and any such work shall be performed in a manner so as not to violate the Sustainability Standards or otherwise negatively impact Building Certification.

b. Sales. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not exhibit, sell or offer for sale (or permit the exhibition, sale or offering for sale) in the Premises, or at the Property, any article or thing except those articles and things connected with the Permitted Use of the Premises by Tenant.

c. Prohibited Uses. Tenant will not make or permit to be made any use of the Premises or any part thereof which would violate any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or which directly or indirectly is forbidden by public law, ordinance or governmental regulation or which may be dangerous to life, limb or property or which may invalidate or increase the premium cost of any policy of insurance carried on the Property or covering its operation or which will suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner or which would permit anything to be brought into or kept therein which, in the judgment of Landlord, would in any way impair or tend to impair the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a high quality office building or which would impair or interfere with or tend to impair or interfere with any of the services performed by Landlord for the Building or which could threaten the safety of the Building or any of its occupants.

d. Signs. Tenant shall not display, inscribe, print, paint, maintain or affix on any place in or about the Premises or the Property any sign, notice, legend, direction, figure or advertisement, except a suite sign adjacent to the Premises door and on the directory board of the Building and then only such name(s) and matter, and in such color, size, style, place and materials, as shall first have been approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord shall provide Building standard signage at the Premises entrance and on the lobby directory. The listing by Landlord of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises, on the directory of the Building or otherwise, shall not operate to vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises or be deemed to be the written consent of Landlord mentioned in Section 24 hereof, it being expressly understood that any such listing is a privilege extended by Landlord and revocable at will by written notice to Tenant.

e. Advertising. Without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, Tenant shall not: (1) advertise the business, profession or activities of Tenant conducted at the


Premises in any manner which violates the letter or spirit of any code of ethics adopted by any recognized association or organization pertaining to such business, profession or activities; or (2) use the name of the Building for any purpose other than that of the business address of Tenant; or (3) use any picture or likeness of the Building in any circulars, notices, advertisements or correspondence or (4) advertise or otherwise notify third parties that the Premises or any part therefore are available for lease or sublease.

f. Locks. Locks or similar devices may only be attached to or removed from any door or Window in the Premises with Landlord’s prior written consent.

g. Hazardous Substances.

i. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that (1) the Premises shall not be used by Tenant, its employees, licensees, agents, sublessees or contractors (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) for any dangerous, noxious or offensive trade or business and that Tenant Parties will not cause or maintain a nuisance there, (2) Tenant Parties shall not bring, generate, treat, store or dispose of Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) at the Premises (with the exception of de minimis quantities of Hazardous Substances commonly used in the cleaning and maintenance of general business offices in quantities appropriate to such use), (3) Tenant Parties shall at all times comply with all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined) and shall cause the Premises to comply, and (4) Tenant shall keep the Premises free of any lien imposed pursuant to any Environmental Laws by reason of Tenant’s breach of any of the foregoing warranties and covenants. “Premises” for purposes of this Section shall include the Building and the Property including parking areas.

ii. Tenant warrants that it shall promptly deliver to Landlord, (i) copies of any documents received from the United States Environmental Protection Agency and/or any state, county or municipal environmental or health agency concerning Tenant’s operations upon the Premises, and (ii) copies of any documents submitted by Tenant to the United States Environmental Protection Agency and/or any state, county or municipal environmental or health agency concerning its operations on the Premises, including but not limited to copies of permits, licenses, annual filings and registration forms.

iii. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord free of any and all Environmental Defaults (defined below).

iv. An “Environmental Default” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (1) a breach of Tenant’s representation, warranty and covenant contained in Section 16(g)(i), above, (2) a release, spill or discharge of a Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises by any Tenant Parties, or (3) the discovery of an environmental condition requiring response which violation, release, or condition is attributable to the acts or omissions of any Tenant Parties, or (4) Tenant conducts or commissions a study or other investigation concerning the environmental conditions in or of the Premises, including compliance thereof with applicable Environmental Laws, without Landlord’s prior written consent, or (5) an emergency environmental condition caused by or attributable to any Tenant Parties. Upon occurrence of an Environmental Default, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to immediately enter the Premises, to supervise and approve any actions taken by


Tenant to address the violation, release, or environmental condition, or if Landlord deems it necessary, then Landlord may perform, at Tenant’s expense, any lawful actions necessary to address the violation, release, or environmental condition.

v. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel approved by Landlord) and hold Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages (including consequential damages), penalties, fines, liabilities, losses, suits, administrative proceedings, costs and expense of any kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, which arise at any time during or after the Term (including, but not limited to, attorneys’, consultant, laboratory and expert fees and including without limitation, diminution in the value of the Building or Property, damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable space or of any amenity of the Building or Property and damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Building), arising from or related to the occurrence of one or more Environmental Defaults during the Term.

vi. Definitions.

(1) “Hazardous Substances” means, (i) asbestos and any asbestos containing material and any substance that is then defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any Environmental Laws or any applicable laws or regulations as a “hazardous substance”, “Hazardous Material”, “hazardous waste,” “infectious waste”, “toxic substance”, “toxic pollutant” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity, or Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) toxicity, (ii) any petroleum and drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources and (iii) petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, radioactive material (including any source, special nuclear, or byproduct material), and medical waste.

(2) “Environmental Laws” collectively means and includes All present and future laws and any amendments thereto (whether common law, statute, rule, order, regulation or otherwise), permits, and other requirements or guidelines of governmental authorities applicable to the Premises and relating to the environment and environmental conditions or to any Hazardous Substance (including, without limitation, CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. §9601, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. §6901, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §5101, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. §1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f, et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. § 11001, et seq., and any so-called “Super Fund” or “Super Lien” law, any law requiring the filing of reports and notices relating to hazardous substances, environmental laws administered by the Environmental Protection Agency, and any similar state and local laws and regulations, all amendments thereto and all regulations, orders, decisions, and decrees now or hereafter promulgated thereunder concerning the environment, industrial hygiene or public health or safety).

vii. The provisions of this Section 16(g) shall survive any termination of this Lease or the expiration of the Term.


h. Floor Load. Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed upon any floor of the Premises any item of any nature the weight of which shall exceed such floor’s rated floor load limit unless additional floor loads are approved in writing by Landlord in advance.

i. Sustainability Standards. Tenant shall not take or cause or permit to be taken any action that would violate the Sustainability Standards, cause the Premises or the Building to violate the Sustainability Standards or otherwise negatively impact Building Certification.

17. Landlord’s Right of Entry.

a. Tenant shall permit Landlord and the authorized representatives of Landlord and of any mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee to enter the Premises at all reasonable times, with prior notice to Tenant, for the purpose of (i) inspecting the Premises or (ii) making any necessary repairs to the Premises or to the Building and performing any work therein, including any work necessary to obtain or maintain Building Certification and/or maintain the Sustainability Standards. During the progress of any work on the Premises or the Building, Landlord will attempt not to inconvenience Tenant, but shall not be liable for inconvenience, annoyance, disturbance, loss of business or other damage to Tenant by reason of making any repair or by bringing or storing materials, supplies, tools and equipment in the Premises during the performance of any work, and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall not be thereby affected in any manner whatsoever.

b. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times, with prior notice to Tenant, to enter and to exhibit the Premises for the purpose of inspection or showing the Premises in connection with a sale or mortgage and, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to enter upon and to exhibit the Premises to any prospective tenant.

c. If during the last six (6) months of the Term, the Premises are vacated or abandoned by Tenant, Landlord shall be permitted to show the Premises at any time and to prepare the Premises for re-occupancy, including the demolition, alteration and reconstruction of tenant improvements therein provided, however, nothing herein shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay Rent in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

d. Tenant shall use its best efforts to respond and to cause Tenant’s employees and any other occupants of the Premises to respond to any reasonable request for information from Landlord related to Building Certification or the Sustainability Standards.

18. Damage by Fire or Other Casualty.

a. (i) If the Premises or Building is damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord whereupon Landlord shall, subject to the consent of Landlord’s present or future mortgagee and to the conditions set forth in this Section 18,


repair, rebuild or replace such damage and restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as the Premises were in immediately prior to such damage or destruction; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be obligated to restore such damage or destruction to the extent of the proceeds of fire and other extended coverage insurance policies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Premises is destroyed or damaged to the extent that in Landlord’s sole judgment the Premises cannot be repaired or restored within one hundred eighty (180) days after such casualty, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the date of such casualty.

(ii) If it is determined by Landlord in its sole judgment that the Premises cannot be repaired or restored within fifteen (15) months after such casualty, and if (i) all or a substantial portion (i.e., more than 25% of the rentable square footage) of the Premises are rendered untenantable, (ii) access to the Premises has been unavailable as a result of a casualty or (iii) Tenant has suspended its occupancy of the entire Premises for longer than 30 consecutive calendar days as a result of a casualty), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage upon giving notice to Landlord at any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant notice containing said estimate. Unless this Lease is so terminated, Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the Premises in accordance with this Section 18. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease, if such repairs and restoration in fact are not completed within the time period estimated by Landlord.

b. The repair, rebuilding or replacement work shall be commenced promptly and completed with due diligence, taking into account the time required by Landlord to effect a settlement with, and procure insurance proceeds from, the insurer, and for delays beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

c. The net amount of any insurance proceeds recovered by reason of the damage or destruction of the Building (meaning the gross insurance proceeds excluding proceeds received pursuant to a rental coverage endorsement and the cost of adjusting the insurance claim and collecting the insurance proceeds) shall be applied towards the cost of restoration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if in Landlord’s sole opinion the net amount of insurance proceeds will not be adequate to complete such restoration, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease and all the unaccrued obligations of the parties hereto by sending a written notice of such termination to Tenant specifying a termination date no less than ten (10) days after its transmission; provided, however, that Tenant may require Landlord, except during the last two (2) years of the Term, to withdraw the notice of termination by agreeing to pay the cost of restoration in excess of the net insurance proceeds and by giving Landlord adequate security for such payment prior to the termination date specified in Landlord’s notice of termination. If the net insurance proceeds are more than adequate, the amount by which the net insurance proceeds exceed the cost of restoration will be retained by Landlord or applied to repayment of any mortgage secured by the Property.

d. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation or election to restore the Premises under this Section or to terminate this Lease shall be subject to the terms of any present or future mortgage affecting the Premises and to the mortgagee’s consent if required in the mortgage and shall not, in any event, include the repair, restoration or replacement of the fixtures, improvements, alterations, furniture or any other property owned, installed, made by, or in the possession of Tenant.

e. If Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises (in whole or in part) due to fire or other casualty, Tenant will receive a pro-rata abatement of its Fixed Basic Rent (and if Tenant is dispossessed of only part of the Premises, then Tenant will only receive a pro-rated abatement of its Fixed Basic Rent relating to the untenantable portion of the Premises) during the period Tenant is dispossessed to the extent of such dispossession.


19. Non-Abatement of Rent. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, there shall be no abatement or reduction of the Fixed Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable under this Lease for any cause whatsoever and this Lease shall not terminate, nor shall Tenant be entitled to surrender the Premises, in the event of fire, casualty or condemnation or any default by Landlord under this Lease.

20. Indemnification. Unless such loss, costs or damages were caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and its employees, agents and contractors harmless from any loss, costs and damages (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) suffered by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, as a result of any claim by a third party, its agents, employees or contractors arising from or in connection with (a) any breach of Tenant of its obligations contained in this Lease, or (b) Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct or the negligence or willful misconduct of any of Tenant’s agents, contractors or employees. Tenant shall have the right to designate counsel acceptable to Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, to assume the defense of any such third party claim on behalf of itself and Landlord. This indemnity shall survive the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease.

21. Eminent Domain.

a. Total or Partial Taking. In the event of exercise of the power of eminent domain whereby:

i. such portion of the Property is taken that access to the Premises is permanently impaired thereby and reasonable alternate access is not provided by Landlord within a time period which is reasonable under the circumstances; or

ii. all or substantially all of the Premises or the Property is taken; or

iii. less than substantially all of the Property is taken but Landlord, acting in good faith, determines that it is economically unfeasible to continue to operate the uncondemned portion of the Building as a first-class office building; or

iv. less than substantially all of the Premises is taken, but Tenant, acting in good faith, determines that because of such taking it is economically unfeasible to continue to conduct its business in the uncondemned portion of the Premises;


then in the case of (i) or (ii), either party, and in the case of (iii), Landlord, and in the case of (iv), Tenant, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date when possession of that part which was taken is required to be delivered or surrendered to the condemning authority; and in such case all Fixed Basic Rent and other charges shall be adjusted to the date of termination. A “taking” as such term, is used in this Section 21 shall include a transfer of title or of any interest in the Property by deed or other instrument in settlement of or in lieu of transfer by operation of law incident to condemnation proceedings.

b. Temporary Taking. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove provided, in the event of a taking of only the right to or for possession of the Premises for a fixed period of time or for the duration of an emergency or other temporary condition, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any abatement of Fixed Basic Rent or Additional Rent, but the amounts payable by the condemnor with respect to any period of time prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease shall be paid by the condemnor to Landlord and the condemnor shall be considered a subtenant of Tenant. If the amounts payable hereunder by the condemnor are paid in monthly installments, Landlord shall apply the amount of such installments, or as much thereof as may be necessary for the purpose, toward the amount of Fixed Basic Rent and/or Additional Rent due from Tenant for the period, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord any deficiency between the monthly amount thus paid by the condemnor and the amount due from Tenant.

c. Tenant’s Waiver. Regardless of whether this Lease shall terminate, Tenant shall have no right to participate or share in any condemnation claim, damage award or settlement in lieu thereof with respect to any taking of any nature; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be precluded from claiming or receiving payment for Tenant’s relocation and moving expenses and the value of Tenant’s improvements as may be permitted under applicable law so long as the amount of same does not reduce the award which Landlord is entitled to receive.

22. Quiet Enjoyment. Tenant, upon paying the Fixed Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein required and observing and keeping all covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease, shall quietly have and enjoy the Premises during the Term without hindrance or molestation by anyone claiming by or through Landlord, subject, however, to the exceptions, reservations and conditions of this Lease, matters of public record and any mortgage to which this Lease shall be subordinate.

23. Rules and Regulations. Landlord hereby reserves the right to prescribe, from time to time, at its sole discretion, reasonable rules and regulations (herein called the “Rules and Regulations”) governing the use and enjoyment of the Premises and the remainder of the Property and the current Rules and Regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit F. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and such Rules and Regulations, the Lease shall control. Tenant shall comply at all times with the Rules and Regulations and shall cause its agents, employees, invitees, visitors, and guests to do so. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for nonobservance or violation of any of the Rules and Regulations by any tenant of the Building, but shall enforce such Rules and Regulations in a uniform manner.


24. Assignment and Sublease.

a. In the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublease all or part of the Premises to any other party, Tenant shall provide written notice of the terms and conditions of such assignment or sublease to Landlord prior to the effective date of any such sublease or assignment, and, prior to such effective date, Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to Tenant within twenty (20) business days of Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant, to recapture (in the case of subletting) that portion of the Premises to be sublet or all of the Premises (in the case of an assignment) (“Recapture Space”) whereupon this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the Recapture Space and Landlord and Tenant shall be fully released from any and all obligations hereunder with respect to the Recapture Space thereafter accruing, except for any obligations expressly provided herein to survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

b. In the event that Landlord elects not to recapture the Recapture Space as provided in Section 24(a) above, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the whole or any portion of the Premises, subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, on the basis of the following terms and conditions:

i. Tenant shall provide to Landlord the following:

(1) The name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant;

(2) All the terms and conditions of the assignment or subletting;

(3) The nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant;

(4) Banking, financial and other credit information relating to the proposed assignee or subtenant reasonably sufficient to enable Landlord to determine the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s financial responsibility; and

(5) In the event of a subleasing of only a portion of the Premises, plans and specifications for Tenants layout, partitioning, and electrical installations for the portion of the Premises to be subleased.

ii. Tenant acknowledges that it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if Tenant shall seek to assign or sublet to the following:

(1) To a government or quasi-government agency;

(2) To an entity whose financial or business character is not consistent with the other tenants in the Building;

(3) To an existing tenant of the Building;

(4) [intentionally omitted.]; or

(5) To a tenant or prospect with whom Landlord currently is negotiating for existing space in the Building that is available or may become available.


iii. The assignee or subtenant shall assume, by written instrument, all of the obligations of Tenant as provided by this Lease, and a copy of such assumption agreement shall be furnished to Landlord within ten (10) days of its execution, provided, however, any such subtenants shall only be obligated to assume Tenant’s obligations arising under this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises sublet. Any sublease shall expressly acknowledge that said subtenant’s rights in and to the Premises shall be no greater than those of Tenant, In addition, any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease shall not include any option or right of expansion, renewal, first refusal, or any other right or option with respect to the Premises, any other portion of the Building or for any period of time beyond the original Term, Tenant hereby acknowledging that such rights and options, if any, are personal to Tenant.

iv. Tenant and each assignee shall be and remain liable for the observance of all the covenants and provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent reserved herein, through the entire Term, as the same may be renewed, extended or otherwise modified.

v. Tenant and any assignee or subtenant, as applicable, shall promptly pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of the difference between the rent paid by such subtenant or assignee on a monthly basis and the amount of rent due for such month pursuant to this Lease, after deducting its reasonable expenses incurred for brokerage commissions, reasonable legal fees and tenant improvements for such assignment or sublease.

vi. In any event, the acceptance by Landlord of any rent from the assignee or from any of the subtenants or the failure of Landlord to insist upon a strict performance of any of the terms, conditions and covenants herein shall not release Tenant herein, nor any assignee or subtenant, from any and all of the obligations to be performed by it in accordance herewith during and for the entire Term.

vii. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) to cover its handling charges for each consent to any sublet or assignment prior to its consideration of the same. Tenant acknowledges that its sole remedy with respect to any assertion that Landlord’s failure to consent to any sublet or assignment is unreasonable shall be the remedy of specific performance and Tenant shall have no other claim or cause of action against Landlord as a result of Landlord’s actions in refusing to consent thereto.

viii. Tenant or its agent shall not advertise or publicize in a publication any rental information or asking rents of the Premises or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, in a flyer, newspaper, website, trade publication or other literature or venue.

c. If Tenant is a corporation other than a corporation whose stock is listed and traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the provisions of Section 24(a) hereof shall apply to a transfer (however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of


related or unrelated transactions) of stock (or any other mechanism such as, by way of example, the issuance of additional stock, a stock voting agreement or change in class(es) of stock) which results in a change of control of Tenant as if such transfer of stock (or other mechanism) which results in a change of control of Tenant were an assignment of this Lease, and if Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company or joint venture, said provisions shall apply with respect to a transfer (by one or more transfers) of an interest in the distributions of profits and losses of such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture (or other mechanism, such as, by way of example, the creation of additional general partnership or limited partnership or member interests) which results in a change of control of such a partnership, limited liability company or joint venture, as if such transfer of an interest in the distributions of profits and losses of such partnership or joint venture which results in a change of control of such partnership, limited liability company or joint venture were an assignment of this Lease; but said provisions shall not apply to, and Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublet this Lease without Landlord’s prior consent in connection with, transactions with an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred or to any entity which controls or is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant, provided that in the event of such merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (i) the successor to Tenant has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, or (2) the net worth of Tenant herein named on the date of this Lease, and (ii) proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (1 0) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction.

d. Without limiting any of the provisions of this Section 24, if pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code (herein referred to as the “Code”), or any similar law hereafter enacted having the same general purpose, Tenant is permitted to assign this Lease notwithstanding the restrictions contained in this Lease, adequate assurance of future performance by an assignee expressly permitted under such Code shall be deemed to mean the deposit of cash security in an amount equal to the sum of one year’s Fixed Basic Rent plus an amount equal to the Additional Rent for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall he held by Landlord for the balance of the Term, without interest, as security for the full performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to be held and applied in the manner specified for any security deposit required hereunder.

e. Except as specifically set forth above, no portion of the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease may be acquired by any other person or entity, whether by assignment, mortgage, sublease, transfer, operation of law or act of Tenant or change of control of Tenant, nor shall Tenant pledge its interest in this Lease or in any security deposit required hereunder.

25. Tenant’s Relocation. Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the one-time right at any time during the term of this Lease to change the location of the Premises to other space (the “Substituted Leased Premises”) within the Building, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

a. The Substituted Leased Premises shall contain a minimum floor area of approximately the same number of square feet as are contained in the Premises with


approximately the same views as the Premises; and the square footage of any Common Facilities attributable to the Substituted Leased Premises shall be approximately the same as that of the Common Facilities attributable to the Premises.

b. Landlord shall give Tenant notice of Landlord’s decision to relocate Tenant, and Tenant agrees that it shall relocate to the Substituted Leased Premises as soon as same is ready for occupancy.

c. Landlord shall bear and pay for the cost and expense of any such relocation (including relocating the Furniture); provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation for damages for any interference with or interruption of its business during or resulting from such relocation. Landlord shall make reasonable efforts to minimize such interference. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord so as to facilitate the prompt completion by Landlord of its obligations under this Section. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant agrees to provide to Landlord promptly such approvals, instructions, plans, specifications or other information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

d. In connection with any such relocation, Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, (i) furnish and install in (or, if practicable, relocate to) the Substituted Leased Premises all walls, partitions, floors, floor coverings, ceilings, fixtures, wiring and plumbing, if any, (as distinguished from trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings and other personal property belonging to Tenant) required for Tenant’s proper use and occupancy thereof, all of which items shall be comparable in quality to those situated in the Premises, and (ii) reimburse Tenant for the reasonable costs of purchasing a one (1) month’s supply of its printed marketing materials, stationary and business cards to the extent Tenant’s suite number or address is changed due to such relocation.

e. Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease reciting the relocation of the Premises and any changes in the Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder on account of the change in rentable area of the Substituted Lease Premises.

26. Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times in lien and priority to any mortgages or other primary encumbrances now or hereafter placed upon or affecting the Property or the Premises, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant. Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee and any further instrument or instruments confirming the subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or to the lien of any other mortgage, if requested to do so by Landlord with the consent of the mortgagee, and any further instrument or instruments of attornment that may be desired by any such mortgagee or Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any mortgagee may at any time subordinate its mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by giving notice in writing to Tenant and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution and delivery. In that event such mortgagee shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution and delivery of the mortgage and had been assigned to such mortgagee.


27. Curing Tenant’s Defaults. If Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may, without any obligation to do so and in addition to any other rights it may have in law or equity, elect to cure such default on behalf of Tenant after ten (10) days written notice (except in the case of emergency) to Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any sums paid or costs incurred by Landlord in curing such default, including Interest thereon from the respective dates of Landlord’s making the payments and incurring such costs, which sums and costs together with interest thereon shall be deemed Additional Rent payable within ten (10) days of demand.

28. Surrender.

a. At the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly yield up the Premises and all improvements, alterations and additions thereto, and all fixtures and equipment servicing the Premises in a condition which is clean of garbage and debris and broom clean and in the same condition, order and repair in which they are required to be kept throughout the Term, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

b. If Tenant, or any person claiming through Tenant, continues to occupy the Premises after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease or any renewal thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, (i) the tenancy under this Lease shall become, at the option of Landlord, expressed in a written notice to Tenant and not otherwise, a tenancy from month-to-month, terminable by Landlord on thirty (30) days prior notice, under the same terms and conditions set forth in this Lease; (ii) the Fixed Basic Rent during such continued occupancy shall be one hundred seventy-five percent (175%) of the Fixed Basic Rent for the last year of the Term; and (iii) if such holdover is for more than thirty (30) days, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord for any loss or damage incurred by reason of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, any holding over by Tenant without Landlord’s prior written consent shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease and shall be subject to all the remedies set forth in Section 29(b) of this Lease.

29. Defaults-Remedies.

a. Defaults. It shall be an Event of Default under this Lease if any one or more of the following events occurs (each, an “Event of Default”):

i. Tenant fails to pay in full, when due and without demand, any and all installments of Fixed Basic Rent or Additional Rent or any other charges or payments due and payable under this Lease whether or not herein included as rent, and such default shall continue for five (5) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a written notice that same is past due.

ii. Tenant violates or fails to perform or otherwise breaches any other agreement, term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease where such violation or failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant of same.


iii. Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises without notice and without having first paid to Landlord in full all Fixed Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other charges that have become due as well as all which will become due thereafter through the end of the Term.

iv. Tenant fails to furnish a Tenant Estoppel Certificate within the time period provided by Section 37.

v. Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt in any sense or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or if a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement with creditors under any federal or state law is tiled by or against Tenant, or a bill in equity or other proceeding for the appointment of a receiver or similar official for any of Tenant’s assets is commenced, or if any of the real or personal property of Tenant shall be levied upon by any sheriff, marshal or constable.

vi. Any of the events enumerated in Sections (a)(i) through (a)(v) of this Section 29 happen to any guarantor of this Lease.

b. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease, Landlord shall have all of the following rights:

i. Landlord may charge a late payment charge and Interest in accordance with Section 9 above. If Landlord incurs a late charge in connection with any payment which Tenant has failed to make within the times required in this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord, in addition to such payment due, the full amount of such late charge incurred by Landlord. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed as waiving any rights of Landlord arising out of any default of Tenant, by reason of Landlord’s imposing or accepting any such late charge(s) and/or Interest; the right to collect such late charge(s) and/or Interest is separate and apart from any rights relating to remedies of Landlord after default by Tenant including, without limitation, the rights and remedies of Landlord provided herein.

ii. Landlord shall be entitled to damages computed in accordance with Section 29(c) below.

iii. Landlord may reenter the Premises and, at the option of Landlord, remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by self help or by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law or by force or otherwise, without being liable for prosecution or damages therefor, and Landlord may repossess and enjoy the Premises. Upon recovering possession of the Premises by reason of or based upon or arising out of a default on the part of Tenant, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, either terminate this Lease or make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary, as reasonably determined by Landlord, in order to relet the Premises and may relet the Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in Landlord’s name or otherwise, for a term or terms which may, at Landlord’s option, be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and at such rent or rents and upon such other terms and conditions as in Landlord’s sole but reasonable discretion may seem advisable and to such person or persons as may in Landlord’s reasonable discretion seem best; upon each such reletting all rents received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of any costs and expenses of such


reletting, including all costs of alterations and repairs; second, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Fixed Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other charges due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; third, to the payment of Fixed Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as it may become due and payable hereunder. If rentals received from reletting during any month are less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. No such re-entry or taking possession of the Premises or the making of alterations or improvements thereto or the reletting thereof shall be construed as an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless written notice of termination is given to Tenant. Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to relet the Premises or, in the event that the Premises or any part or parts thereof are relet, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such reletting. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.

iv. Landlord may terminate this Lease and the Term without any right on the part of Tenant to waive the forfeiture by payment of any sum due or by other performance of any condition, term or covenant broken.

v. CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR MONEY DAMAGES. TENANT HEREBY KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, IF FIXED BASIC RENT OR ANY CHARGES HEREBY RESERVED AS ADDITIONAL RENT OR DAMAGES, OR ANY OTHER SUM PAYABLE HEREUNDER SHALL REMAIN UNPAID WHEN THE SAME IS DUE BEYOND ANY APPLICABLE GRACE PERIOD (IF ANY), TENANT HEREBY EMPOWERS ANY PROTHONOTARY OR ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA OR ELSEWHERE, AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER OR THROUGH TENANT, TO APPEAR FOR AND CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT FOR SUCH RENT, DAMAGES OR OTHER CHARGES OR EXPENSES AGREED TO BE PAID BY TENANT HEREUNDER; AND IN SUCH SUITS OR ACTIONS TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT FOR ALL OR ANY PART OF SUCH RENT INCLUDING, AT LANDLORD’S OPTION, SUCH RENT FOR THE ENTIRE UNEXPIRED BALANCE OF THE TERM, AND ANY OTHER CHARGES, PAYMENTS, COSTS AND EXPENSES RESERVED AS RENT OR AGREED TO BE PAID BY THE TENANT, AS WELL AS DAMAGES; AND FOR INTEREST AND COSTS TOGETHER WITH AN ATTORNEYS’ COMMISSION OF THREE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($3,500.00), FIFTEEN PERCENT (15%) OF THE AMOUNT SO CONFESSED OR ACTUAL ATTORNEYS’ FEES INCURRED, AS ELECTED BY LANDLORD IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, FOR WHICH THIS AGREEMENT OR A COPY HEREOF VERIFIED BY AFFIDAVIT, SHALL BE A SUFFICIENT WARRANT. SAID AUTHORITY SHALL NOT BE EXHAUSTED BY ONE EXERCISE THEREOF, BUT JUDGMENT MAY BE CONFESSED AS AFORESAID FROM TIME TO TIME AND AS OFTEN AS ANY SUCH RENT OR OTHER CHARGES RESERVED AS SUCH RENT OR DAMAGES SHALL FALL DUE OR BE IN ARREARS IN THE MANNER AND FORM SET FORTH ABOVE. TENANT WAIVES ALL ERRORS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT. SUCH POWERS MAY BE EXERCISED AFTER THE


EXPIRATION OF THE TERM. THE EXERCISE OF SAID AUTHORITY SHALL NOT DEPRIVE LANDLORD OF ANY REMEDIES OR ACTION AGAINST TENANT FOR TERMINATING THIS LEASE, OR TAKING OR RECOVERING POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, NOR SHALL THE RIGHT TO INSIST UPON THE FORFEITURE AND TO OBTAIN POSSESSION IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (VI) BELOW BE CONSTRUED AS A WAIVER OF LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO BRING ANY REMEDY OR ACTION AGAINST TENANT FOR FIXED BASIC RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT OR FOR OTHER SUMS DUE HEREUNDER OR FOR DAMAGES DUE OR TO BECOME DUE FOR THE BREACH OF ANY CONDITION OR COVENANT HEREIN CONTAINED.

vi. CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR POSSESSION. UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR UPON THE EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION OF THE TERM OF THIS LEASE, FOR THE PURPOSE OF OBTAINING POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, TENANT HEREBY AUTHORIZES AND EMPOWERS THE PROTHONOTARY OR ANY ATTORNEY OF ANY COURT OF RECORD IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA OR ELSEWHERE, AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER OR THROUGH TENANT, TO APPEAR FOR AND CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT FOR POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, AND AGAINST ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER OR THROUGH TENANT, IN FAVOR OF LANDLORD, FOR RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION THEREOF, FOR WHICH THIS AGREEMENT OR A COPY HEREOF VERIFIED BY AFFIDAVIT, SHALL BE A SUFFICIENT WARRANT; AND THEREUPON A WRIT OF POSSESSION MAY IMMEDIATELY ISSUE FOR POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER AND WITHOUT ANY STAY OF EXECUTION. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION HAS BEEN COMMENCED THE SAME SHALL BE TERMINATED AND THE POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES REMAINS IN OR IS RESTORED TO TENANT, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY SUBSEQUENT EVENT OF DEFAULT TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN ONE OR MORE FURTHER ACTIONS IN THE MANNER AND FORM SET FORTH ABOVE TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF SAID PREMISES FOR SUCH SUBSEQUENT DEFAULT. TENANT WAIVES ALL ERRORS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT. NO SUCH TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE, NOR TAKING, NOR RECOVERING POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES SHALL DEPRIVE LANDLORD OF ANY REMEDIES OR ACTION AGAINST TENANT FOR MINIMUM RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT OR FOR OTHER SUMS DUE HEREUNDER OR FOR DAMAGES DUE OR TO BECOME DUE FOR THE BREACH OF ANY CONDITION OR COVENANT HEREIN CONTAINED, NOR SHALL THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION FOR RENT AND/OR OTHER SUMS DUE HEREUNDER, OR BREACH OF COVENANT OR CONDITION NOR THE RESORT TO ANY OTHER REMEDY HEREIN PROVIDED FOR THE RECOVERY OF RENT AND/OR OTHER SUMS DUE HEREUNDER OR DAMAGES FOR SUCH BREACH BE CONSTRUED AS A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO INSIST UPON THE FORFEITURE AND TO OBTAIN POSSESSION IN THE MANNER HEREIN PROVIDED.


c. Damages.

i. Without Termination. If Landlord shall not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 29(b)(iv) above, notwithstanding reentry upon the Premises by Landlord and in addition to and without limiting Landlord’s right to other damages upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Tenant shall be and remain liable to Landlord in an amount computed as follows (the “Accelerated Rent Component”): (a) an amount equal to the sum of all Rent then in arrears plus the aggregate of all Rent which is payable under this Lease for the balance of the Term, computed as if no Event of Default had occurred and any reentry had not been made (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses which would be owing for the remainder of the Term, as reasonably estimated by Landlord) and, in calculating such aggregate of Rent which is payable under this Lease for the balance of the Term, using a discount rate of six (6%) percent per annum; plus (b) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the Event of Default and any reletting of the Premises, including, without limitation, (i) costs of reentry, repair and renovation, (ii) the value of all inducements granted or paid to new tenants of the Premises in connection with reletting including, without limitation, construction allowances and the value of rent-free periods, (iii) brokers’ commissions and advertising expenses, (iv) watchman’s wages and any sheriffs, marshal’s, constable’s or other officials’ commissions, whether chargeable to Landlord or Tenant, and (v) attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses; plus (c) Interest accrued on the aggregate of the aforesaid sums from the date each was payable (or, with respect to sums owing under clause (b) from the date each was incurred by Landlord) until paid by Tenant (whether before or after judgment); which sum shall be credited with (d) all rentals actually received by Landlord during the remainder of the Term from any replacement tenant to which the Premises are relet.

ii. With Termination. If Landlord shall elect to terminate this Lease notwithstanding reentry upon the Premises by Landlord upon the occurrence of an Event of Default Tenant shall be and remain liable to Landlord in an amount computed as follows: (a) an amount equal to the sum of all Rent then in arrears plus the aggregate of all Rent which is payable under this Lease for the balance of the Term, computed as if no Event of Default had occurred and any reentry had not been made (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses which would be owing for the remainder of the Term, as reasonably estimated by Landlord); plus (b) all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the Event of Default and any reletting of the Premises, including, without limitation, (i) costs of reentry, repair and renovation, (ii) the value of all inducements granted or paid to new tenants of the Premises in connection with reletting including, without limitation, construction allowances and the value of rent-free periods, (iii) brokers’ commissions and advertising expenses, (iv) watchman’s wages and any sheriff’s, marshal’s, constable’s or other officials’ commissions, whether chargeable to Landlord or Tenant, and (v) attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses; plus (c) Interest accrued on the aggregate of the aforesaid sums from the date each was payable (or, with respect to sums owing under clause (b) from the date each was incurred by Landlord) until paid by Tenant (whether before or after judgment) against which sum Tenant shall be credited with (d) the value of the fair rental value of the Premises.

d. Waiver of Jury Trial; Attorneys Fees. IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT THAT (A) THEY HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTER-CLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE,


THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT. TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES OR CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, AND (B) IN ANY ACTION ARISING HEREUNDER, THE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS OF THE PREVAILING PARTY WILL BE PAID BY THE OTHER PARTY TO THE ACTION.

e. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy provided herein or by law, but each shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. Landlord shall have no duty to mitigate its damages in the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease.

f. Indirect or Consequential Damages. Except as may be expressly provided in Article 28 hereof or this Article 29, Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any indirect, special or consequential damages (including but not limited to, lost profits or interruption of business for any reason whatsoever) incurred or suffered as a result of any matter arising out of or in connection with this Lease.

30. Broker’s Commission. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that the Brokers (as defined in the Preamble) are the sole brokers with whom Tenant has negotiated in bringing about this Lease and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and its mortgagee(s) harmless from any and all claims of other brokers and expenses in connection therewith arising out of or in connection with the negotiation of or the entering into this Lease by Landlord and Tenant. In no event shall Landlord’s mortgagee(s) have any obligation to any broker involved in this transaction. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the Brokers are the sole brokers with whom Landlord has negotiated in bringing about this Lease and Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims of other brokers and expenses in connection therewith arising out of or in connection with the negotiation of or the entering into this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.

31. Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, certificates, and waivers required or permitted hereunder from either party to the other shall be in writing and sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight courier, addressed as follows:

If to Tenant:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC.

318 Winfield Road

Devon, PA 19333

Attention: Colin Broom, Chief Executive Officer

After the Commencement Date:

At the Premises.

Attention: Colin Broom, Chief Executive Officer


If to Landlord:

EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC

c/o KBS Realty Advisors, LLC

590 Madison Avenue, 26 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Shannon W. Hill, Senior Vice President

with a copy to:

EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC

c/o KBS Realty Advisors

620 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1300

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attn: General Counsel

With an additional copy to:

Law Offices of David J. Feit, Esq., PLLC

22 Cortlandt Street, Suite 803

New York, NY 10007

Attention: David J. Feit, Esq.

Either party may at any time, in the manner set forth for giving notices to the other, specify a different address to which notices to it shall thereafter be sent. All notices shall be effective upon receipt or rejection of receipt by the addressee. Notices from Landlord may be given by Landlord or by Landlord’s agent or attorney.

32. Inability to Perform. This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay the rent hereunder and/or the obligations of Landlord and Tenant to comply with the covenants and conditions hereof shall not be affected, curtailed, impaired, or excused because of the other party’s inability to supply any service or material called for herein, by reason of any rule, order, regulation, or preemption by any governmental entity, authority, department, agency, or subdivision or for any delay that may arise by reason of negotiations for the adjustment of any fire or other casualty loss or because of strikes or other labor trouble or for any cause beyond the control of the other party or for any other reason constituting Force Majeure. “Force Majeure” shall mean and include those situations beyond either party’s control, including by way of example and not limitation, acts of God; accidents; repairs; strikes; shortages of labor, supplies, or materials; inclement weather; scheduling of planning board meetings or other municipal action affecting any issuance of construction permits and/or approvals; where applicable, the passage of time while waiting for an adjustment of insurance proceeds; or war,


terrorism, or bioterrorism. Landlord shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder when prevented from so doing by a Force Majeure event provided nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Lease shall be deemed to excuse or permit any delay in the performance of payment obligations on the part of Landlord. Tenant shall similarly be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder when prevented from so doing by a Force Majeure event, provided nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Lease shall be deemed to excuse or permit any delay in the payment of Fixed Basic Rent or Additional Rent by Tenant to Landlord, or any delay in the cure of any Tenant default which may be cured by the payment of money.

33. Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the expiration of the Term, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, shall not relieve Tenant from its obligations accruing prior to the expiration of the Term.

34. Authority; Financial Statements. Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that: Tenant is a duly formed entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located; Tenant will remain qualified to do business in said state throughout the Term; and the persons executing and delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant are duly authorized by such entity to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such entity.

35. Waiver of Invalidity of Lease. Each party agrees that it will not raise or assert as a defense to any obligation under the Lease or make any claim that the Lease is invalid or unenforceable due to any failure of this document to comply with ministerial requirements including, without limitation, requirements for corporate seals, attestations, witnesses, notarizations or other similar requirements and each party hereby waives the right to assert any such defenses or make any claim of invalidity or unenforceability due to any of the foregoing.

36. Security Deposit. As additional security for the full and prompt performance by Tenant of the terms and covenants of this Lease, Tenant has deposited with Landlord the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall not constitute rent for any month (unless so applied by Landlord on account of Tenant’s default hereunder). Tenant shall, upon demand, restore any portion of the Security Deposit which may be applied by Landlord to cure any default by Tenant hereunder. To the extent that Landlord has not applied the Security Deposit or any portion thereof on account of a default, the Security Deposit, or such remaining portion of the Security Deposit, shall be returned to Tenant, without interest, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of this Lease.

37. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall from time to time, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request or that of any mortgagee of Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in recordable form, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or any other party designated by Landlord.

38. Rights Reserved by Landlord. Landlord waives no rights, except those that may be specifically waived herein, and explicitly retains all other rights including, without limitation, the following rights, each of which Landlord may exercise without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business on account of the exercise thereof, and the exercise of any such rights shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises and shall not give rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of Rent or any other claim:

a. To change the name or street address of the Building;


b. The exclusive right to use the name of the Building for all purposes, except that Tenant may use the name on its business address and for no other purpose;

c. To install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Building or the Property;

d. To decorate or to make repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof, and for such purposes to enter upon the Premises and during the continuance of any of such work, to temporarily close doors, entry ways, public space and corridors in the Building and to interrupt or temporarily suspend services or use of Common Facilities, all without affecting any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), so long as the Premises are reasonably accessible and usable;

e. To furnish door keys for the entry door(s) in the Premises on the Commencement Date and to retain at all times, and to use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises. Upon the expiration of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall return all keys to Landlord and shall disclose to Landlord the combination of any safes, cabinets or vaults left in the Premises;

f. To designate and approve all window coverings used in the Building;

g. To approve the weight, size and location of safes, vaults and other heavy equipment and articles in and about the Premises and the Building so as not to exceed the legal load per square foot designated by the structural engineers for the Building, and to require all such items and furniture and similar items to be moved into or out of the Building and Premises only at such times, in such manner and upon such terms as Landlord shall direct in writing;

h. To regulate delivery of supplies and the usage of the loading docks, receiving areas and freight elevators;

i. To erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits, and appurtenances thereto, in and through the Premises;

j. To grant to any person or to reserve unto itself the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building or on the Property;

k. To alter the layout, design and/or use of the Building in such manner as Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, so long as the character of the Building as a first class office building is maintained;


l. The exclusive right to use or dispose of the use of the roof of the Building;

and

m. During the last six (6) months of the Term of this Lease, if during or prior to that time Tenant has vacated the Premises, to decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy, without affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent for the Premises.

39. Miscellaneous.

a. Irrevocable Offer and Required Approval. The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of or option for the Premises, and this Lease becomes effective only upon execution and delivery thereof by both Landlord and Tenant.

b. Non Waiver. The failure of either party hereto in any one or more instances to insist upon the strict performance of any one or more of the agreements, terms, covenants, conditions or obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any right, remedy or election herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of the right to insist upon such performance or exercise in the future, and such right shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission.

c. Partial Payment. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct Fixed Basic Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed to effect or evidence an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law provided.

d. Entire Agreement. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter contained herein. Neither party hereto has made any representations or promises to the other except as expressly contained herein. This Lease supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements, informational brochures, letters, promotional information and other statements and materials made or furnished by Landlord or its agents. No rights, easements or licenses are acquired in the Property or in any land adjacent thereto, by Tenant by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth in this Lease. No agreement hereinafter made shall be effective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

e. Mortgagee Approval. If any mortgagee shall have the right of approval of this Lease and such mortgagee shall, subsequent to the execution hereof by all parties hereto, require a change or changes in this Lease as a condition of its approval thereof and if within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord, Tenant fails or refuses to execute the amendment(s) to this Lease accomplishing the change or changes which are stated by Landlord as being


needed in connection with the approval of this Lease by the mortgagee, Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Lease. It is understood and agreed that any such change or changes required by such mortgagee shall not affect or alter: (1) the Fixed Basic Rent; or (2) the size of the Premises. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that no consent or approval is required from any third party for the execution by Landlord of this Lease.

f. Partial Invalidity. If any of the provisions of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

g. Choice of Law. This Lease has been executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Any action brought to enforce or interpret this Lease shall be brought in the court of appropriate jurisdiction in the county in which the Building is located. Should any provision of this Lease require judicial interpretation, it is agreed that the court interpreting or considering same shall not apply the presumption that the terms hereof shall be more strictly construed against a party by reason of the rule or conclusion that a document should be construed more strictly against the party who itself or through its agent prepared the same. It is agreed and stipulated that all parties hereto have participated equally in the preparation of this Lease and that legal counsel was consulted by each responsible party before the execution of this Lease.

h. No Recordation. This Lease shall not be recorded in whole or in memorandum form by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other.

i. Receipt of Money. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or after the service of any notice or after the commencement of any suit, or alter final judgment for the possession of the Premises, shall reinstate, continue or extend the term of this Lease or affect any such notice, demand or suit or imply consent for any action for which Landlord’s consent is required.

j. No Joint Venture. This Lease shall create only the relationship of Landlord and Tenant between Landlord and Tenant and no estate shall pass out of Landlord. Nothing herein is intended to be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership relationship between the parties hereto.

k. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no provision of this Lease is intended to benefit any party other than the signatories hereto and their permitted heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and no provision of this Lease shall be enforceable by any other party.

l. Exhibits. All exhibits referred to in this Lease are attached hereto and shall be deemed an integral part hereof.


m. Captions. The captions included in this Lease, whether for sections, subsections, paragraphs, Table of Contents, Exhibits, or otherwise, are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof, and are not to be used in interpreting this Lease or for any other purpose in the event of any controversy.

n. Representations. Landlord has made no representation, agreement, condition, warranty, understanding, or promise, either oral or written, other than as set forth herein, with respect to the Lease, the Property, the Premises, or otherwise.

o. Gender; Plural Terms; Persons. The masculine, feminine, or neuter pronoun shall each include the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders. A reference to person shall mean a natural person, a trustee, a corporation, a partnership and any other form of legal entity. All references (including pronouns) in the singular or plural number shall be deemed to have been made, respectively, in the plural or singular number as well, as the context may require.

p. Time. Time is of the essence of this Lease with respect to the performance by Tenant of all of its obligations hereunder.

q. Light and Air. No diminution or shutting off of any light, air or view by any structure now or hereafter erected shall in any manner affect this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or increase any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder.

r. Counterparts; Electronic or Scanned Copies. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Photocopies and electronically scanned or faxed copies of original signature pages shall be deemed originals in all respects. At either party’s request, both parties hereto shall execute and deliver to each other originally executed conforming duplicates of this Lease.

40. OFAC. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that neither Tenant nor any of its officers or directors (i) is listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the Office of Foreign Asset Control, Department of the Treasury (“OF AC”) pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 200 I) (“Order”) and all applicable provisions of Title III of the USA Patriot Act (Public Law No. 107- 56 (October 26, 2001)); (ii) is listed on the Denied Persons List and Entity List maintained by the United States Department of Commerce; (iii) is listed on the Foreign Terrorist Organization List or the Terrorist Exclusion List maintained by the United States Department of State; (iv) is listed on any other publicly available list of terrorists, terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers maintained by the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Commerce or any other governmental authority or pursuant to the Order, the rules and regulations of OFAC (including without limitation the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. I-44; the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06; the unrepealed provision of the Iraq Sanctions Act, Publ. L. No. 101-513; the United Nations Participation Act, 22 U.S.C. § 2349 as-9; The Cuban Democracy Act, 22 U.S.C. §§ 6001-10; The Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act, 18 U.S.C. §§ 2332d and 233; and The


Foreign Narcotic Kingpin Designation Act, Publ. L. No. 106-120 and 107-108, all as may be amended from time to time); or any other applicable requirements contained in any enabling legislation or other Executive Orders in respect of the Order (the Order and such other rules, regulations, legislation or orders are collectively called the “Orders”); (v) is engaged in activities prohibited in the Orders; or (vi) has been convicted, pleaded nolo contendere, indicted, arraigned or custodially detained on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering, drug trafficking, terrorist-related activities or other money laundering predicate crimes or in connection with the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et. seq.). Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including attorney’s fees and costs) arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing representation, warranty and covenant.

41. Additional Definitions.

a. “Date of this Lease” or “date of this Lease” shall mean the date of acceptance and execution of this Lease by Landlord, following execution and delivery thereof to Landlord by Tenant and that date shall be inserted in the space provided in the Preamble.

b. “Landlord” as used in this Lease includes Landlord named above as well as its successors and assigns, each of whom shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, authorities and privileges as it would have had it originally signed this lease as Landlord. Any such person, whether or not named herein, shall have no liability hereunder after ceasing to hold title to the Property. Neither Landlord nor any principal of Landlord nor any owner of the Building or the Property, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of this Lease, the Premises or the Property, and if Landlord is in breach or default with respect to Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or otherwise, Tenant shall look solely to the equity of Landlord in the Premises for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies.

c. “Tenant” as used in this Lease includes Tenant named above as well as its heirs, successors and assigns, each of which shall be under the same obligations, liabilities and disabilities and each of which shall have the same rights, privileges and powers as it would have possessed had it originally signed this Lease as Tenant. Each and every person named above as Tenant shall be bound jointly and severally by the terms, covenants and agreements contained herein. However, no such rights, privileges or powers shall inure to the benefit of any assignee of Tenant, immediate or remote, unless the assignment to such assignee is permitted or has been approved in writing by Landlord. Any notice required or permitted by the terms of this Lease may be given by or to any one of the persons named above as Tenant, and shall have the same force and effect as if given by or to all of them.

d. “Mortgage” or “mortgage” as used in this Lease includes any lien or encumbrance on the Premises, the Building or the Property or on any part of or interest in or appurtenance to any of the foregoing, including without limitation any ground rent or ground lease if Landlord’s interest is or becomes a leasehold estate. The words “mortgagee” and “Mortgagee” are used herein to include the holder of any mortgage, including any ground Landlord if Landlord’s interest is or becomes a leasehold estate. Wherever any right is given to a mortgagee, that right may be exercised on behalf of such mortgagee by any representative or servicing agent of such mortgagee.


e. “Person” as used in this Lease includes a natural person, a partnership, a corporation, an association, and any other form of business association or entity.

f. “Rent” or “rent” as used in this Lease shall mean all Fixed Basic Rent and Additional Rent and any other rent or other sums due from Tenant under this Lease.

42. Furniture.

a. Tenant’s Furniture Use. From the Commencement Date until the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, Tenant may use such furniture (collectively, “Furniture”) which may be then located in the Premises as described on Exhibit “K” annexed hereto (provided, however, Tenant acknowledges that certain items listed, such as desk chairs and/or file cabinets may be removed but the basic furniture and workstations listed shall remain in the Premises). Tenant acknowledges that Landlord makes no representations or warranties with respect to the condition of the Furniture or as to whether or not any third party has a prior right to or lien in and to the Furniture. Tenant covenants that the Furniture shall be accepted by Tenant in its “as-is” condition on the Commencement Date and shall be returned by Tenant to Landlord in its “as-is” condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, on the expiration or sooner termination of the Term.

Tenant hereby confirms that:

(i) Tenant has thoroughly inspected the Furniture;

(ii) Tenant is satisfied with the physical condition of the Furniture based on Tenant’s own judgment and expressly disclaims reliance upon any statements, representations, or warranties made by Landlord;

(iii) The Furniture is clean, functioning, and in good order;

(iv) [intentionally omitted]; and

(v) Landlord is not a manufacturer or vendor of all or any of the Furniture.

b. No Warranty by Landlord. Landlord neither makes nor shall be deemed to have made:

(i) Any warranty or representation, either express or implied, as to the design or condition of, or as to the quality of the material or workmanship in, or as to the suitability for any purpose of, all or any of the Furniture, or as to the ability of all or any of the Furniture to perform any function;

(ii) Any warranty of merchantability of all or any of the Furniture for any particular purpose or as to any other matter relating to all or any of the Furniture, it being agreed that all risk of loss, as between Landlord and Tenant, is to be borne by Tenant, and the benefits of any and all implied warranties and representations of Landlord are hereby waived by Tenant; or

(iii) Any warranty or representation, either express or implied, as to whether or not any third party has a prior right to or lien in and to the Furniture.


c. Maintenance, Repair of Furniture. Landlord shall at all times during the Term of this Lease have no responsibility, and Tenant assumes all responsibility, for the physical condition of the Furniture. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall maintain and repair any damage caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors or employees to the Furniture in a first class manner so as to keep them clean, functioning, and in good order at all times.

d. [Intentionally omitted.]

e. Ownership of Furniture. To evidence Landlord’s continuing ownership of and title to the Furniture, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s demand, execute and deliver to Landlord any and all confirmatory documents, security agreements, and/or financing statements, in form and content satisfactory and acceptable to Landlord. At no time shall Tenant remove from the Premises all or any of the Furniture. Tenant shall do nothing that will result in a lien, claim, or encumbrance being placed against all or any of the Furniture.

f. End of Lease. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, whichever comes sooner, all of the Furniture shall be in the Premises and all the Furniture shall be in the physical condition required under this Article.

43. TENANT WAIVER. TENANT SPECIFICALLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TENANT HAS VOLUNTARILY, KNOWINGLY AND INTELLIGENTLY WAIVED CERTAIN DUE PROCESS RIGHTS TO A PREJUDGMENT HEARING BY AGREEING TO THE TERMS REGARDING CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 29(b) ABOVE. TENANT FURTHER SPECIFICALLY AGREES THAT IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT, LANDLORD MAY PURSUE MULTIPLE REMEDIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, OBTAINING POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES AND RECOVERY OF FIXED BASIC RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT OR DAMAGES, OR ANY OTHER SUM PAYABLE UNDER THIS LEASE WHICH SHALL REMAIN UNPAID WHEN THE SAME IS DUE BEYOND ANY APPLICABLE GRACE PERIOD (IF ANY), PURSUANT TO A JUDGMENT BY CONFESSION. FURTHERMORE, TENANT SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM AGAINST LANDLORD AND LANDLORD’S COUNSEL FOR VIOLATION OF TENANT’S CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS IN THE EVENT THAT JUDGEMENT IS CONFESSED PURSUANT TO THIS LEASE.

 

 

(TENANT INITIALS)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and in consideration of the mutual entry into this Lease and for other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, each party hereto has caused this agreement to be duly executed under seal.

Landlord:

Date Signed: 12-1-14

 

EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: KBS Realty Advisors, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its authorized agent

By: /s/ Shannon W. Hill
Name: Shannon W. Hill
Title: Senior Vice President

Tenant:

Date Signed: 24 Nov 2014

 

NABRIV A THERAPEUTICS US, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Colin Broom
Name: Colin Broom
Title: Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

ALL THAT CERTAIN parcel of land.

SITUATE in Upper Merion Township, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, being shown on the ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey prepared by Chester Valley Engineers, Inc. dated 12/9/2013, last revised 1/27/2014 and being more fully described as follows:

BEGINNING at the Northwesterly comer thereof, a point in line of lands now or formerly of 1030 Continental Associates, said point of beginning being measured South 36 degrees 38 minutes 40 seconds East 52.00 feet from a point on the former title line of Route 202 (S.R. 0202); thence from the point of beginning, along the Required Right of Way Line for Limited Access of Route 202 (S.R. 0202), the following five (5) courses and distances:

(1) North 75 degrees 04 minutes 29 seconds East a distance of 61.01 feet;

(2) North 14 degrees 07 minutes 03 seconds West a distance of 8.10 feet;

(3) North 75 degrees 52 minutes 57 seconds East a distance of 390.00 feet;

(4) South 87 degrees 25 minutes 06 seconds East a distance of 52.20 feet;

(5) North 75 degrees 52 minutes 57 seconds East a distance of 88.72 feet to a point in line of lands now or formerly of Liberty Property LP.; thence along said lands, the following two (2) courses and distances:

(1) Leaving said Required Right of Way Line, South 36 degrees 37 minutes 40 seconds East a distance of 579.98 feet;

(2) South 69 degrees 45 minutes 40 seconds West a distance of 519.75 feet to a point on the Northeasterly Dedicated Right of Way Line of Continental Road (T-501); thence along said Right of Way Line, the following two (2) courses and distances:

(1) North 38 degrees 14 minutes 28 seconds West a distance of 350.65 feet to a point of curvature;

(2) along the arc of a circle curving to the left having a radius of 160.00 feet, an arc length of 40.10 feet, and a chord bearing North 45 degrees 25 minutes 19 seconds West a distance of 40.00 feet to a point on the Legal Right of Way Line of Continental Road; thence along said right of way line, the following three (3) courses and distances:

(1) North 38 degrees 14 minutes 28 seconds West a distance of 41.56 feet;


(2) along the arc of a circle curving to the left having a radius of 175.00 feet, an arc length of 44.77 feet, and a chord bearing North 73 degrees 13 minutes 51 seconds West a distance of 44.65 feet;

(3) along the Northern terminus of the Legal Right of Way Line of Continental Road and also along the line of lands now or formerly of 1030 Continental Associates, North 36 degrees 38 minutes 40 seconds West a distance of 197.25 feet to a point, the first mentioned point and place of beginning.

Tax ID / Parcel No. 58-00-06427-00-4


EXHIBIT B

THE PREMISES


EXHIBIT B

THE PREMISES

LOGO

 


EXHIBIT C

[Intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT D

BUILDING HOLIDAYS

* NEW YEAR’S DAY *

* MEMORIAL DAY *

* INDEPENDENCE DAY *

* LABOR DAY *

* THANKSGIVING DAY *

* CHRISTMAS DAY *


EXHIBIT E

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

 

A. OFFICE CLEANING

 

  1. Vacuum main carpeted traffic areas. All furniture will be replaced to its original position. Vacuum under all desks and large furniture where possible. Remove any carpet stains as needed.

 

  2. Hard surface floors will be swept or vacuumed and damp mopped, moving all light furniture. All furniture will be replaced to its original position. Dust-mop under all desks and large furniture where possible.

 

  3. Spot dust all uncluttered desk tops, file cabinets, counters, sills, and ledges up to 72” in height.

 

  4. Wastebaskets will be emptied, strictly following the Building recycling program requirements, and trash can liners will be replaced as needed.

 

  5. All lights to be extinguished by cleaners after completion of their duties.

 

B. KITCHEN AREAS AND COFFEE STATIONS

 

  1. Empty all waste receptacles, strictly following the Building recycling program requirements.

 

  2. Sweep or vacuum and damp mop all hard flooring.

 

  3. Clean sinks and damp wipe all cleared tabletops, cleared countertops.

 

  4. Arrange furniture neatly.

 

  5. Spot dust all sills and ledges up to 72” in height.

 

C. LAVATORIES

 

  1. Sweep or vacuum and wet mop all hard surface floor areas with a disinfectant cleaner.

 

  2. Clean and disinfect all water closets, urinals, and toilet bowls, inside and out. Particular attention will be given to the interior ledges, channels and traps.

 

  3. Clean and disinfect all toilet seats and leave in the upright position and free of water marks.

 

  4. Clean and polish all mirrors, flushometers, piping, scat hinges, towel dispensers and metal trim.

 

  5. Fill all dispensers for paper hand towels, hand soap, toilet paper, seat covers, sanitary napkins, and tampons.

 

  6. Clean and disinfect all sinks and countertops.

 

D. COMMON AREAS

 

  1. Vacuum all entrance mats and runners.

 

  2. Vacuum all Common Area carpets.

 

  3. Empty and clean all exterior cigarette urns and trash receptacles.

 

  4. All entrance door glass, frames and ledges to be cleaned - both sides.

 

  5. Clean all drinking fountains.


E. THE FOLLOWING TASKS ARE TO BE PERFORMED WEEKLY:

 

  1. Detail vacuum all offices, cubicles, conference rooms and traffic areas. Edge vacuum with an edging tool, paying particular attention to comers, behind doors, and around furniture legs and bases.

 

  2. Dust all uncluttered desk tops, file cabinets, counters, sills and ledges up to 72”.

 

  3. In lavatories, clean, disinfect, and fill with water all floor drains to avoid the escape of sewer gases.

 

  4. All lavatory floors are to be machine scrubbed, using a germicidal solution, detergent, and water. After scrubbing, floors will be rinsed with clean water and dried. All water marks will be removed from walls, partitions, and fixtures. An appropriate floor finish will be applied and buffed as needed.

 

  5. Wipe and disinfect telephones.

 

F. THE FOLLOWING TASKS ARE TO BE PERFORMED MONTHLY:

 

  1. High dust all horizontal and vertical surfaces above 72”.

 

  2. Detail vacuum any upholstered chairs.

 

G. THE FOLLOWING TASKS ARE TO BE PERFORMED QUARTERLY:

 

  1. Dust all ceiling diffusers, vents, and radiant heaters.

 

  2. All non-carpeted floors are to be machine scrubbed.

 

  3. Spray-buff all resilient tile floors if needed throughout the building.

 

  4. Wash and disinfect all ceramic tile walls in the lavatories.

 

H. THE FOLLOWING TASKS ARE TO BE PERFORMED SEMIANNUALLY:

 

  1. Wash windows inside and outside.

 

I. THE FOLLOWING TASKS ARE TO BE PERFORMED ANNUALLY:

 

  1. Strip and refinish the hard surface VCT or ceramic tile flooring if needed.

 

  2. Machine scrub ceramic tile flooring in lavatories and refinish with low slip, high traffic sealer or other process/product as recommended by the flooring manufacturer and approved by Owner.

Cleaning specifications may be varied to comply with manufacturer’s maintenance recommendations. The schedule of cleaning operations may be reviewed from time to time and adjusted as needed in response to changing needs of the building, its occupants, and seasonal needs so long as building standards are maintained.


EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. OBSTRUCTION OF PASSAGEWAYS:

The sidewalks, entrance, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors and public parts of the Building shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress.

 

2. DESIGNATED SMOKING AREA:

Tenant, its employees and guests shall comply with the restrictions on smoking on the Property as provided in the Sustainability Standards.

 

3. WINDOWS:

Windows in the Premises shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant. No bottles, parcels or other articles shall be placed on the window sills, in the halls, or in any other part of the Building other than the Premises. No article shall be thrown out of the doors or windows of the Premises.

 

4. PROJECTIONS FROM BUILDING:

No awnings, air-conditioning units, or other fixtures shall be attached to the outside walls or the window sills of the Building or otherwise affixed so as to project from the Building, without prior written consent of Landlord.

 

5. FLOOR COVERING:

Tenant shall not lay linoleum or other similar floor covering so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the Premises. If linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall first be fixed to the floor by a paste or other material that may easily be removed with water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited. All materials must comply with applicable Sustainability Standards.

 

6. LOCKS:

Tenant, before closing and leaving the Premises, shall ensure that all windows are closed and entrance doors looked. All locks and hardware must conform to Building Standard and be keyed to the Building master.


7. CONTRACTORS:

No contract of any kind with any supplier of towels, water, toilet articles, waxing, rug shampooing, venetian blind washing, furniture polishing, lamp servicing, cleaning of electrical fixtures, removal of waste paper, rubbish, garbage, or other like service shall be entered into by Tenant, nor shall any machine of any kind be installed in the Building or the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not employ any persons other than Landlord’s janitors for the purpose of cleaning the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord. Any of the foregoing approved by Landlord must comply at all times with applicable Sustainability Standards and shall not have a negative impact on Building Certification. Without limiting the foregoing, all cleaning and other products and equipment shall meet applicable Green Seal standards and requirements and/or be Green Seal approved, environmentally preferred products and equipment. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property from the Premises occurring, or for any damage to the effects of Tenant by such janitors or any of its employees, or by any other person or any other cause.

 

8. ACTIVITIES PROHIBITED ON PREMISES:

Tenant shall not conduct, or permit any other person to conduct, any auction upon the Premises, manufacture or store goods, wares or merchandise upon the Premises without the prior written approval of Landlord, except the storage of usual supplies and inventory to be used by Tenant in the conduct of its business, make any unusual noises in the Building, permit to be played musical instrument on the Premises, permit any radio to be played, or television, recorded or wired music in such loud manner as to disturb or annoy other tenants, or permit any unusual odors to be produced on the Premises. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises.

 

9. PLUMBING AND ELECTRIC FACILITIES:

Plumbing facilities shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed; and no sweepings, rubbish, ashes, newspaper or other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them. Waste (including beverages of any kind) and excessive or unusual amounts of water is prohibited.

 

10. MOVEMENT OF FURNITURE, FREIGHT OR BULKY MATTER:

The carrying in or out of freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place during such hours as Landlord may front time to time reasonably determine and only after advance notice to the superintendent of the Building. The persons employed by Tenant for such work must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant may, subject to these provisions, move freight, furniture, bulky matter, and other material into or out of the Premises on Saturdays between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m., provided Tenant pays additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for elevator operators or security guards, and for any other expenses occasioned by such activity of Tenant. To the extent necessary, only the freight elevator shall be used to move freight, furniture or bulky matter. If, at least three (3) days prior to such activity, Landlord requests that Tenant deposit with Landlord, as security of Tenant’s obligations to pay such additional costs, a sum of


which Landlord reasonably estimates to be the amount of such additional cost, Tenant shall deposit such sum with Landlord as security of such cost. There shall not be used in the Building or Premises, either by Tenant or by others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards, and no hand trucks will be allowed in the elevators without the consent of the superintendent of the Building.

 

11. SAFES AND OTHER HEAVY EQUIPMENT:

Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes and other heavy equipment so as to distribute properly the weight thereof and to prevent any unsafe condition from arising.

 

12. AFTER HOURS USE:

Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. and at all hours on Saturdays, Sundays and Building Holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Tenant. Each Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom such a pass is issued and shall be liable to Landlord for the acts of such persons.

 

13. PARKING:

Tenant and its employees shall park their cars only in those portions of the parking area designated by Landlord. Visitor Parking is designated and is clearly marked. Tenant and its employees are prohibited from parking in the visitor parking areas, areas clearly marked as Fire Lanes and the preferred parking spaces described below unless such vehicles satisfy the requirements for use of same. Preferred parking spaces are reserved for low-emitting and fuel-efficient vehicles, which shall mean vehicles that are either classified as Zero Emission Vehicles by the California Air Resources Board or have a green score of at least 40 on the American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy annual vehicle rating guide.

 

14. RECYCLING:

Tenant, its employees and guests shall comply with the requirements for recycling set forth in the Sustainability Standards, placing recyclables in the appropriate containers and avoiding contamination of recycling containers with items that are not being recycled.

 

15. ALTERATIONS:

All Building alterations and construction activities shall be conducted in accordance with applicable Sustainability Standards.

 

16. SPEED LIMIT:

The Speed Limit at the Building’s entrance and within the garage is I 0 MPH. All users of the garage facility are to comply with the posted Speed Limit at all times.


EXHIBIT G

 

[Intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT H

CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM

THIS MEMORANDUM (this “Memorandum”) is made as of the      day of             , 20    , between EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with an office at c/o KBS Realty Advisors, LLC, 590 Madison Avenue, 26 th Floor, New York, New York 10022 (“Landlord”) and NABRIV A THERAPEUTICS US, INC., a Delaware corporation, with an office at 318 Winfield Road, Devon, PA 19333 (“Tenant”), who entered into a lease dated for reference purposes as of 2014 (the “Lease”), covering certain premises located at the Property. All capitalized. terms, if not defined herein, shall be defined as they are defined in the Lease.

1. The parties to this Memorandum hereby agree that the date of             , 20     is the Commencement Date of the Term and the date of 20     is the expiration date of the Lease.

2. Tenant hereby confirms the following:

(a) That it has accepted possession of the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease;

(b) That Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties of an inducement nature or they are otherwise set forth in the Lease;

(c) That there are no offsets or credits against rentals, and the Security Deposit of $36,697.32 has been paid as provided in the Lease;

(d) That there is no default by Landlord or Tenant under the Lease and the Lease is in full force and effect.

3. This Memorandum, each and all of the provisions hereof, shall inure to the benefit, or bind, as the case may require, the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, subject to the restrictions upon assignment and subletting contained in the Lease.


Landlord:
Date Signed:

 

 

EOS AT 1000 CONTINENTAL, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By: KBS Realty Advisors LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its authorized agent

By:

 

Name: Shannon W. Hill
Title: Senior Vice President

 

Attest

 

 

Tenant:
Date Signed:

 

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

Name:
Title:
Attest:

 


EXHIBIT I

[Intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT J

SUSTAINABILITY RULES AND REGULATIONS

Landlord desires to reduce the landfill waste stream from the Building, maintain good air quality in the Building, and promote use of environmentally preferred products, conservation of utilities consumption, and environmentally preferred means of transportation to and from the Building. The following Sustainability Rules and Regulations support those objectives and are supplemental to existing Rules and Regulations. If any of the following conflict with, existing Rules and Regulations, the following will govern and control.

 

1. RECYCLING BUILDING STANDARDS:

The Building policy is to recycle paper, glass, plastics, cardboard (including chipboard such as cereal boxes, and old corrugated cardboard), and metals, to the extent a cost-effective commercial hauler is available, and toner cartridges and all portable dry-cell batteries. Recyclable items may not be placed in trash receptacles. All recycling will be managed by Landlord with commingling or separation as required by the commercial hauler, except that recycling of toner cartridges and portable dry-cell batteries will be each tenant’s responsibility. Options for recycling toner cartridges and portable dry-cell batteries are provided in the appendix to these rules.

Landlord will notify tenant of permitted commingling or required separation of recyclables from time to time, consistent with the capabilities of the commercial hauler. Each tenant must establish clearly labeled designated bins within their space for commingling and separating of recyclables as required. At a minimum, bins for recyclable papers should be located in each copy room or area, and bins for the other recycling should be located in each kitchenette/break room. Tenant, its employees and guests shall comply with requirements for recycling, placing recyclables in appropriate containers and avoiding contamination of recycling containers with items that are not being recycled or are not allowed to be commingled.

 

2. LIGHTING:

The Building policy is, to the extent possible without replacement of fixtures that have not reached their useful life and as feasible, to procure, use and recycle lamps (light bulbs) with reduced mercury content. If a tenant is responsible for lamp replacement, whether for hard-wired or portable fixtures, the tenant must purchase lamps with as reduced mercury content as possible and recycle lamps if feasible. If tenant purchases lamps with no mercury, they must be as energy efficient as comparable mercury-containing lamps.

 

3. USE OF PRODUCTS WITH VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS:

Any work in the Building that requires the use of adhesives, sealants, sealant primers, paints, coatings, primers, carpets, carpet pads, wood and agrifiber products must meet the low or no volatile organic compounds standards provided in the appendix to these rules for that product type, as amended from time to time.


4. CERTIFIED AND ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERRED CLEANING PRODUCTS:

Unless provided otherwise in the lease, a tenant shall not employ any persons other than Landlord’s janitors for the purpose of cleaning the Premises without prior written consent of Landlord. If a tenant is permitted or required to perform or cause to be performed any cleaning and/or purchase any cleaning products, the same must comply at all times with applicable Green Seal standards and be a Green Seal (http://www.greenseal.org/findaprocluct/index.cfm), Environmental Choice (http://www.ecologo.org/en/) or U.S. EPA Comprehensive Procurement Guideline (http://www.epa.gov/opg/products.htm) approved, environmentally preferred product.

 

5. NO-SMOKING BUILDING STANDARDS:

Smoking tobacco is prohibited within the Building and allowed outside the Building only in Landlord designated areas which are at least 25 feet away from Building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows. All other areas, including tenant spaces, sidewalks, entrances, bathrooms, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors and other public parts of the Building are smoke-free areas.

 

6. BUILDING STANDARDS FOR ALTERATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES:

All alteration and construction activities affecting more than one room and utilizing more than one trade shall be conducted under an Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Best Management Practices: Management for Facility Alterations and Additions established and implemented in accordance with the requirements LEED for Existing Buildings (January 2008) EQ Credit 1.5, as amended from time to time. Reasonable efforts shall be made in connection with such alteration and construction activities to meet or exceed the requirements for Sustainable Purchasing: Facility Alterations and Additions and for Solid Waste Management: Facility Alterations and Additions of LEED for Existing Buildings (January 2008) MR Credits 3 and 9, as amended from time to time. See www.usgbc.org/ShowFile.aspx?DocumentiD=3617 for details.

 

7. SUSTAINABILITY PRACTICES AND BENCHMARKING:

Landlord may request from time to time, and tenant shall promptly provide, documentation of compliance with sustainability rules and regulations for verification and benchmarking buildingwide performance. Upon request, a tenant shall also promptly provide Landlord with copies of or access to billing information for any utilities billed directly to tenant by a utility company so that Landlord may complete and maintain benchmarking of the building to the national EnergyStar program.

 

8. PARKING:

Landlord may establish preferred parking spaces reserved for car/van pool vehicles or for low-emitting and fuel-efficient vehicles, which shall mean vehicles that are either classified as Zero Emission Vehicles by the California Air Resources Board or have a green score of at least 40 on the American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy annual vehicle rating guide. Tenant and its employees are prohibited from parking in any preferred parking spaces unless vehicle being parked satisfies the requirements for use of same.


Sustainability Rules and Regulations

Appendix

Tenant guidelines for recycling toner cartridges and portable dry cell batteries:

 

  Toner cartridges may not be disposed of for trash hauling and must be recycled by tenants either through a supplier’s take back program (for more information see http://www.usmayors.org/USCM/uscmprojects_services/buy_recycledltonerbrochure3.htm) or an independent recycler such as:

 

    http://www.empties4cash.com/index.html

 

    http://www.recycleplace.com

 

    http://www.recycle4charity.com/store.tpl?md=5577&cart=C9346DC3-6F05-4935-9443-79E43F0889CE

 

    http://www.cecharity.com/TonerRecycle02.asp

 

  A google search of “recycling toner cartridges” will provide a tenant with additional options for cash or charitable donations programs for recycling toner cartridges.

 

  Dry-cell batteries must be recycled or otherwise disposed of in compliance with law. You may not dispose of dry-cell batteries for trash hauling. To find a recycler nearest to you go to http ://www. ehso.com/ehso2.php?URL=http%JA%2F%2Fwww.earth911.org/master.asp?s=1s&serviceid=126 and enter “batteries” and your zip code in the search boxes provided at the top of the page. For recycling batteries by mail consider programs such as the one found at http://www.batteryrecycling.com/freebattrecprog.htrnl.

Standards for low or no VOCs products:

Adhesives, Sealants and Sealant Primers

Adhesives, sealants and sealant primers must meet the volatile organic compound (VOC) limit requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168. The VOC limits are listed in the table below and correspond to an effective date of July  1, 2005 and rule amendment date of January 7, 2005

 

Architectural Applications

  

VOC Limit

[g/L less water]

Indoor Carpet Adhesives    50
Carpet Pad Adhesives    50
Wood Flooring Adhesives    100
Rubber Floor Adhesives    60
Subfloor Adhesives    50
Ceramic Tile Adhesives    65
VCT & Asphalt Adhesives    50
Drywall & Panel Adhesives    50
Cove Base Adhesives    50
Multipurpose Construction Adhesives    70
Structural Glazing Adhesives    100


Specialty Applications

  

VOC Limit

[g/L less water]

PVC Welding    510
CPVC Welding    490
ABS Welding    325
Plastic Cement Welding    250
Adhesive Primer for Plastic    550
Contact Adhesive    80
Special Purpose Contact Adhesive    250
Special Purpose Contact Adhesive    140
Sheet Applied Rubber Lining Operations    850
Top & Trim Adhesive    250

 

Substrate Specific Applications

  

VOC Limit

[g/L less water]

Metal to Metal    30
Plastic Foams    50
Porous Metal (except wood)    50
Wood    30
Fiberglass    80

 

Sealant Primers

  

VOC Limit

[g/L less water]

Architectural Non Porous    250
Architectural Porous    775
Other    750

 

Sealant

  

VOC Limit

[g/L less water]

Architectural    250
Nonmembrane Roof    300
Roadway    250
Single-Ply Roof Membrane    450
Other    420


Coatings

Architectural paints, coatings and primers applied to interior walls and ceilings may not exceed the VOC content limits of 50 g/L for Flats and 150 g/L for Non-Flats, established in Green Seal Standard GS-11, Paints, First Edition, May 20, 1993.

Anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to interior ferrous metal substrates may not exceed the VOC content limit of 250 giL established in Green Seal Standard GC-03, Anti-Corrosive Paints, Second Edition, January 7, 1997.

Clear wood finishes. floor coatings, stains, and shellacs applied to interior elements may not exceed the following VOC content limits established in South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings, rules in effect on January 1, 2004.

 

    Clear wood finishes: varnish 350 g/L; lacquer 550 g/L

 

    Floor coatings: 100 g/L

 

    Sealers: waterproofing sealers 250 giL; sanding sealers 275 g/L; all other sealers 200 g/L

 

    Shellacs: Clear 730 g/L; pigmented 550 giL

 

    Stains: 250 g/L

Carpets

All carpet installed in the building interior must meet the testing and product requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green Label Plus program.

All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label program.

Wood and Agrifiber Products

Composite wood and agrifiber products used on the interior of the building (defined as inside of the weatherproofing system) must contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins. Laminating adhesives used to fabricate on-site and shop-applied composite wood and agrifiber assemblies must contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins. Composite wood and agrifiber products are defined as: particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, strawboard, panel substrates and door cores. Materials considered fit-out, furniture, and equipment (FF&E) are not considered base building elements and are not restricted, though tenants are encouraged to conform this standard with respect to FF&E.


EXHIBIT K

FURNITURE


Suite 450 Furniture

Reception:

(1) Reception Desk and Chair

(2) Visitor Chairs

(1) Glass Table Top

Conference Room:

(1) Conference Room Table

(8) Conference Room Chairs

(1) Buffet

(1) Whiteboard

Office #1:

(1) Desk and Chair

(2) Visitor Chairs

(2) Book Shelf/File Cabinet Combination

Office #2:

(1) Desk and Chair

(2) Visitor Chairs

Office #3:

(1) Desk and Chair

(2) Visitor Chairs

Office #4:

(1) Desk and Chair

(1) Small Round Table and (2) Chairs

(1) Book Shelf/File Cabinet Combination

Office #5:

(1) Desk and Chair

(2) Visitor Chairs

(1) Book Shelf/File Cabinet Combination


Office #6:

(1) Desk and Chair

(2) Visitor Chairs

(1) Bookcase

Miscellaneous:

(3) Chairs

(4) Workstations

(5) 5-drawer Lateral Filing Cabinets

Exhibit 10.4

ENGLISH TRANSLATION

FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES

 

Lease Agreement        

O R I G I N A L

FEES -

concluded between        

SELF-ASSESSMENT

Date: 16/03/2007

Fee: €22,591.87

Signed/Landlo

CONTRA Liegenschaftsverwaltung GmbH

FN 144749 t

Berggasse 7, 1090 Vienna

(hereinafter referred to also as CONTRA )

on the one side

and

Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs GmbH

FN 269261 y

Brunnerstraße 59, 1235 Vienna

(hereinafter also referred to as Tenant )

on the other side

 

1 Preamble

 

1.1 CONTRA is the registered owner of the property EZ 506 Land Register 01107 Simmering, consisting of plot nos. (Gst.-Nr.) 332/4, 332/5, 335/1 and 1803/1 with the address Leberstraße 20, 1110 Vienna. On this property there is a building together with underground car park, and the owner thereof is CONTRA.

 

1.2 CONTRA shall be establishing a biotechnology research centre in this building. For the renovations and conversions of the building necessary thereto, CONTRA shall be availing itself of funding from the Wiener Wirtschaftsförderungsfonds [Vienna Business Agency (VBA)] in accordance with the Wiener Strukturverbesserungsaktion 2005 [Vienna Structural Improvement Action 2005] (municipal council decision of 17 December 2004, Pr.Z. 05580-2004 / 0001-GFW).

 

1.3 The Tenant declares itself to be eligible for funding according to the conditions of the fund mentioned in section 1.2 and acknowledges that CONTRA shall be obliged to pay back the funding on a pro rata basis in the case of non-compliance with the fund guidelines by the Tenant. This would result in the loss of the rent reduction conditional upon this funding (section 4.1) with retroactive effect. The Tenant is fully informed of said funding and shall submit the necessary applications to the Vienna Business Agency in due time.


1.4 The building referred to in section 1.1 was rebuilt on the basis of a building permit issued after 30 June 1953 without the aid of public funds.

 

2. Lease object

 

2.1 CONTRA shall lease to the Tenant and the latter shall rent from CONTRA the following areas in the basement, on the 1st, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th floor and in the attic of the biotechnological research centre, and some outdoor facilities:

 

    Office premises with a total floor space of around 998m 2

 

    Biology laboratory space, animal unit and biology laboratory side rooms with a total floor area of approximately 740m 2

 

    Chemistry laboratory space, and chemistry laboratory side rooms with a total floor area of approximately 412m 2

 

    Secondary areas (kitchens, sanitary rooms, passage sections and sluices inside the lease object), the areas located in the basement and the outside facilities (outside area) with a total floor area of approximately 738m 2

In addition CONTRA shall lease to the Tenant and the latter shall rent from CONTRA the laboratory furniture newly acquired for the laboratory space for the tenant before the lease commencement for the account of CONTRA.

The premises specified are outlined in colour in the Basic structure - Standard floor plan (Supplement ./1) (approximate figures). The desired room divisions and/or uses have been outlined in red in the “Nabriva” Concept (Supplement ./4 ) .

The premises shall be adapted in consideration of a construction and equipment specification to be determined by mutual agreement between the Tenant and CONTRA.

 

2.2 The actual area of the premises specified shall form the basis for the calculation of the main rent and operating costs. Deviations of up to 3% in the area dimensions forming the basis of these calculations compared to the actual dimensions may be disregarded.

 

2.3 The Tenant may use the lease object only for the purposes of its biotechnology research and production. Any change to the intended use shall require the express written consent of CONTRA. Only the interior of the lease object shall be leased.

CONTRA is aware that the research and production processes of the Tenant are very complex and involve procedures which sometimes react extremely sensitively to external factors. CONTRA will take due consideration for these internal processes of the Tenant accordingly.

 

- 2 -


2.4 The Tenant shall without extra payment to CONTRA be entitled to affix or have a third party affix advertising inscriptions, advertising media etc. of the Tenant to the outer surfaces of the building by mutual agreement with CONTRA.

The Tenant shall be obliged to bear the costs associated with the installation and maintenance of these inscriptions, in particular the public charges to be paid in respect to this, and upon termination of the lease, shall be obliged to remove the inscriptions and advertising media at its own expense and without damaging the fabric of the building.

The attachment of other announcement boards, advertising or orientation signs outside the lease object shall likewise be undertaken by mutual agreement with CONTRA.

Advertisements or boards that are mounted without agreement with CONTRA can be removed by CONTRA at the expense and risk of the Tenant.

 

3. Term of the Agreement, waiver of termination

 

3.1 The lease shall begin upon the structural completion of the lease object in accordance with the construction schedule, which constitutes a component part of this Agreement (Annex), on the first of the month following the contractually compliant handover and acceptance of the lease object and shall be concluded for an indefinite duration. CONTRA shall announce the time of handover to the Tenant at least three months in advance. Minor defects such that do not prevent the contractual intended use of the lease object shall not entitle the Tenant to refuse acceptance of the lease object. CONTRA undertakes to fix minor defects within 30 days of notification.

The handover and acceptance shall take place no later than by 14 December 2007, provided that the following preconditions are fulfilled:

 

    The orders for laboratory furniture (Furniture, section 36. of the construction schedule) shall be placed in due time by the Tenant in its own name and for the account of CONTRA, so that delivery can be carried out on the request of CONTRA from mid-October 2007. The Tenant shall be responsible for the timely delivery of furniture.

 

    The order for the procurement of the autoclave to be provided by the Tenant shall be placed by the Tenant in its own name and for its own account, so that the delivery can be carried out at the request of CONTRA from mid-August 2007. The Tenant shall be responsible for the timely delivery of the autoclave. If the autoclave is not delivered on time and compliance with the handover date (14/12/2007) for the entire lease object is therefore not possible, the contracting parties shall define in writing by mutual agreement which areas associated with the autoclave cannot be handed over by the handover date 14/12/2007).

 

- 3 -


    The existence of such written definition shall mean that the Tenant is not responsible for the delay, the handover date (14/12/2007) and all provisions of this Agreement referring to this date shall continue to apply only for the other parts of building and leased area not covered by this definition, and the late delivery of the autoclave shall not represent a case of application pursuant to section 7.4.

The Tenant is interested in the earliest possible relocation of the administration of its company. CONTRA shall endeavour, regardless of the agreed handover date, to make a part of the planned office space (administration) available at an earlier time and hand this over to Nabriva Therapeutics Research GmbH. For these office areas, this Lease Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis from the point of handover. CONTRA shall thus hand over a floor containing office space ahead of time, namely before 1 June 2007, if possible. The Tenant is aware that it will have to expect restrictions and impairments to its ongoing operations on account of the building works up until the takeover of the entire lease object. For the duration of any possible restrictions and impairments, CONTRA shall grant the Tenant an appropriate rent reduction in analogous application of § 1096, second sentence ABGB [Austrian Civil Code].

The contracting parties shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement by giving six months’ notice to 31 March, 30 June, 30 September or 31 December of each year respectively. The Landlord can terminate the Lease Agreement only for good cause within the meaning of § 30 Mietrechtsgesetz [Austrian Tenancy Law] or dissolve the Lease Agreement only for the reasons specified in § 1118 ABGB.

The Tenant shall waive the exercise of its right of termination for a period of ten years, to be counted from the date on which the Lease Agreement commenced for the entire lease object (this shall be, subject to the fulfilment of the preconditions under section 3.1, second paragraph, no later than 1 January 2008). Nevertheless, the Tenant can terminate the Lease Agreement during that period also with effect to the aforementioned dates in compliance with the above notice periods, but no earlier than after the expiry of two years, to be counted from the date on which the Lease Agreement has commenced for the entire lease object (this shall be, subject to the fulfilment of the preconditions under section 3.1, second paragraph, no later than 1 January 2008), if

 

    the Tenant permanently ceases its business activity due to sustained economic failure;

 

    the Tenant relocates its company headquarters abroad;

 

    the Tenant due to transformations under company law merges with a legal person or is acquired by another legal entity or is incorporated into an existing business, whereby the company site at 1110 Vienna, Leberstraße 20, becomes obsolete;

 

    the Tenant in accordance with the provisions of section 6.2 provides a new sub-tenant, with whom a new lease agreement is concluded.

 

- 4 -


In the case of termination of the lease before the end of the termination waiver period, the Tenant must pay CONTRA termination compensation. The termination compensation shall be

 

    upon termination of the lease within the first six years of the contractual term €200.000 net and

 

    upon termination of the lease from within the seventh up to and including the tenth year of the contractual term €100.000 net.

The above amounts shall be subject to value protection by analogous application of section 4.3.

In the case of termination of the lease before the end of the termination waiver period, the following shall apply with respect to the laboratory furniture:

 

    The Tenant shall be entitled to buy the laboratory furniture from CONTRA. The purchase price shall be calculated from the procurement costs less four per cent (amortisation) for each completed year of the Agreement. The Tenant shall notify CONTRA at least three months before the termination date, as to whether it wishes to buy the laboratory furniture according to the above arrangement. CONTRA shall be entitled to object to this purchase within one month. If CONTRA objects to the purchase of laboratory furniture, the furniture shall remain in the lease object without CONTRA requiring any compensation/payment for the laboratory furniture from the Tenant.

 

    If the Tenant fails to make use of its purchase option pursuant to the above paragraph and laboratory furniture for this reason remains in the lease object, the Tenant shall be obliged to pay for the laboratory furniture/pay compensation to CONTRA. This compensation shall be calculated from the procurement costs less four per cent (amortisation) for each completed year of the Agreement, less a further deduction amount, which shall be determined by agreement between the contracting parties. If the contracting parties cannot agree on this deduction amount, an expert opinion shall be sought to determine the value of this laboratory furniture to CONTRA if it remains in the lease object. This value shall then be used as the deduction amount. The costs for the expert opinion shall be divided equally between the contracting parties. If the contracting parties cannot agree on the who this expert should be, the selection of the expert shall be made by the President of the Vienna Bar Association.

 

    If within six months after the end of this Lease Agreement a lease agreement is successfully concluded with a sub-tenant for the laboratory space that is the subject of this Agreement, there shall be no obligation on the part of the Tenant to pay for the laboratory furniture/compensation. In this case, CONTRA shall repay to the Tenant without delay any compensatory amount pursuant to the above paragraph that has already been paid.

 

- 5 -


The Tenant shall pay CONTRA the termination compensation and the compensatory amount for the laboratory furniture no later than six months after the termination date.

If CONTRA has availed itself of a grant in the sense of section 1.3 for the lease object and, because of the premature termination of the Agreement, a refund of the grant (or part thereof) has to be made under the guidelines of the VBA, the Tenant undertakes to compensate CONTRA for the grant funds on a pro rata basis. The level of this proportion of grant funds (and hence the amount of compensation) shall be calculated from the difference between the main rent required of the Tenant and the main rent that would have been required, if the Tenant had not used any funding from the outset, in each case based on the entire term of the Agreement. The amount of compensation shall be limited to the amount that the VBA requires CONTRA to repay.

The compensation amount shall be due against invoice. The Tenant and CONTRA shall mutually agree prior to the termination, the manner in which the payment of the compensation amount for the repayment of the grant by the Tenant shall be secured. Without such an agreement, CONTRA shall be entitled to reject the termination and to demand the continuation of the lease.

 

3.2 The following reasons are agreed as important reasons for termination within the meaning of § 30 para. 2 line 13 MRG:

 

    The Tenant changes the contractual intended use of the lease object (Section 2.3) without the express written consent of CONTRA.

 

    The Tenant undertakes a transfer of the lease object in violation of the provisions of section 6.2.

 

    The Tenant violates other provisions of this Agreement despite a warning, meaning that the continuation of the Agreement is unreasonable for CONTRA.

In the event of a termination according to the foregoing provisions or the declaration of contract rescission under §1118 ABGB, the Tenant shall be obliged to pay CONTRA termination compensation, purchase the laboratory furniture/pay compensation for this, and pay its pro rata share of the grant funds, in analogous application of the provisions of section 3.1.

 

4. Rent, security deposit

 

4.1 The agreed rent consists of

 

    The main rent base amount of €8.00/m 2 net per month for office premises, laboratory premises and the other premises and areas;

 

    The main rent supplement, the amount of which is dependent on the investments (renovations and conversions) made to the lease object by CONTRA: 8 % of the investment costs, divided according to office premises and laboratory premises, shall be required for the contractual year. Per month and square metre, the supplement shall thus be one-twelfth of these respective amounts, divided by the corresponding usable area. These supplements shall not exceed (net monthly respectively):

 

- 6 -


    for the office space €3.20/m 2 ,

 

    for the biology laboratory space, animal unit and biology laboratory side rooms €14.00/m 2 ,

 

    for the chemistry laboratory space and the chemistry laboratory side rooms €14.00/m 2 ,

 

    for the remaining premises and areas €3.20/m 2 .

According to current calculations, the required supplements will reach the aforementioned maximum amounts. Based on the current planning status, the main rent (MR) for the office space, laboratory space and other premises and areas shall thus be (monthly net respectively):

 

     m 2      MR-base
amount per
m 2
     MR-
supplement
per m 2
     MR in total
per m 2
     results in
MR of:
 

Chemistry laboratory space and chemistry laboratory side rooms:

     412         8,00         14,00         22,00         9.064,00   

Additional areas:

     738         8,00         3,20         11,20         8.265,60   
  

 

 

             

 

 

 

Totals:

  2.888      44.787,20   
  

 

 

             

 

 

 

The investment for infrastructural measures, e.g. freight lift, shall be borne by CONTRA and not charged to the Tenant;

 

    The remuneration for the laboratory furniture depending on its procurement costs: one-twelfth of eight per cent of these procurement costs shall be billed monthly net;

 

    The proportion of operating costs and public charges pursuant to section 4.4;

 

    Statutory value-added tax.

The main rent (net) shall reduce by the pro rata funding of the Vienna Business Agency. The crediting of the funding to the main rent shall be effected according to the guidelines of the Viennese Structural Improvement Action 2005 by reducing the investment costs to be transferred to the Tenant. The reduction of the main rent shall be carried out only if the Tenant is eligible under the Viennese Structural Improvement Action 2005. The above values do not include the reduction by said funding.

 

4.2 The rent shall be due for payment on the first of the month in advance in consideration of a five-day grace period and to an account to be specified by CONTRA. At the request of CONTRA, the Tenant shall grant a collection order in order to settle the rent payments. The Tenant agrees that for costs specified in section 4.4 , monthly advance payments shall be paid against a one-off annual settlement no later than by 30 June of the following year. The advance payment at the beginning of the Lease Agreement shall be €260 per m 2 net per month.

 

- 7 -


In the case of a partial handover of the lease object to the Tenant, only the proportional rent pursuant to section 4. that is attributable to the area already handed over shall be due for payment until the complete handover of all the areas referred to in section 2.1. In the case of partial handover of the lease object, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply in this respect mutatis mutandis. The date on which all listed areas are handed over to the Tenant shall be used, however, to determine the beginning of the termination waiver period.

 

4.3 Stability of value is expressly agreed for the main rent and the payment for the laboratory furniture. The main rent and the consideration for the laboratory furniture shall be value protected using Consumer Price Index 2005. Should this Index no longer be published, the index which corresponds most closely to this index shall apply as a basis for the value protection. The first starting basis for the value protection shall be the index number published for the month of the commencement of the Agreement. Fluctuations of up to and including 5% shall not be taken into consideration; beyond this threshold, however, the entire change shall take effect. The index number thus taken into account for the upward revaluation shall be the new starting basis for the calculation of the following value adjustment.

CONTRA shall also be entitled to apply the rent adjustment retrospectively for past rental periods. Under no circumstances shall the failure to carry out the rent adjustment represent a waiver of the right to value adjustment per se or to appreciation amounts accruing but not yet claimed for the past. A reduction in the main rent by application of the above provision shall be excluded.

 

4.4 The scope of facility management to be organised by CONTRA is at present not yet determined. Insofar as the corresponding services are not already contracted by the Tenant itself, the operating costs shall include

 

    all expenses that are necessary for the proper operation of the biotechnology research centre, or arise through the use of general parts of the biotechnological research centre;

 

    the pro rata costs for heating including the cost of maintenance and repair of the heating system (heating costs);

 

    at least all items referred to in §§ 21 to 25 of the Austrian Tenancy Act (MRG).

The Tenant expressly consents to appropriate insurance for the whole property. Should the Tenant not make use of facilities of the property, this shall not release it from the obligation to pay the pro rata costs. The Tenant agrees that the fee for administering the biotechnology research centre amounts to 2.5 per mille of the appropriate fire insurance for of the whole building taking into consideration the risk to be covered, at least, however, the amount which the property manager determines in accordance with the respective guidelines for fee scales.

The proportion of the operating costs payable by the Tenant that are attributable to the whole property or are not allocated to the lease object of the Tenant shall be determined by the ratio of the floor space of the lease object to the sum of floor space of all leased premises of the biotechnology research centre.

 

- 8 -


Operating costs that are associated with the lease object of the Tenant shall be borne by the Tenant alone. CONTRA shall be entitled to carry out the maintenance of existing or install new sub-meters (measuring devices) at the expense of the Tenant; these shall be used for allocating operating costs to the lease object of the Tenant.

 

4.5 The Tenant shall be responsible for all individual consumption costs on the basis of supply contracts to be concluded in its own name with the respective utility companies. Insofar as this cannot be done, these consumption costs shall be added to the operating costs pursuant to section 4.4. In this case, CONTRA shall in the case of default of payment by the Tenant be entitled to cease supply to the lease object of the supply services in question after a warning and the setting of a grace period of 14 days.

 

4.6 In the event of a delay in payment, default interest at the level of the respective statutory default interest rate for mutual entrepreneurial transactions is agreed. In the case of default in payment, CONTRA shall be entitled, regardless of any designation made by Tenant, to credit partial payments of the Tenant against rent payments designated by the latter. The Tenant shall not be entitled to offset counter-claims against the claims of CONTRA from this Agreement.

 

4.7 The Tenant shall in order to secure all claims of CONTRA in connection with this Lease Agreement provide CONTRA no later than upon handover of the lease object with an irrevocable, abstract bank guarantee issued in favour of CONTRA on first demand without examination of the underlying legal relationship, this to be disbursed by a bank based in Austria in the amount of three months’ gross rent with a term of at least two years or, alternatively, to provide a cash security deposit to CONTRA to be invested at the respective base interest rate and which can also be accessed in partial amounts. The Tenant shall in the event of the payment of a bank guarantee be obliged no later than three months before the expiry of the bank guarantee to seek the extension thereof for at least another two years; failing this, CONTRA shall be entitled to draw the bank guarantee and retain the guarantee amount as a cash deposit, which shall be non-interest bearing. The provision of the previous sentence shall apply analogously also for any extension to the extension of the bank guarantee.

 

5. Use, maintenance obligation, restoration

 

5.1 The Tenant confirms that the condition of the lease object, which is to be prepared according to the equipment specification agreed with CONTRA, shall be one that is suitable for its purposes.

CONTRA shall inform the Tenant of the connected values for the supply and drain lines as well as the maximum ceiling loads. These values may not be exceeded. The Tenant waives any claim against CONTRA in relation to possible adaptations of the lease object requested by the Tenant, which go beyond the renovations and conversions evident from

 

- 9 -


Supplement ./1 and the construction and equipment specification to be agreed upon. CONTRA shall assume no liability for a particular characteristic or a particular suitability of the lease object to a particular use, but guarantees instead that the lease object shall be prepared properly in accordance with the construction and equipment specification (Supplement ./3).

Any regulatory requirements associated with the use of the lease object shall be fulfilled by the Tenant at its own expense. In particular, the Tenant shall organise any necessary business premises permit at its own expense. Insofar as the contractual use of the lease object requires corresponding considerations or regulatory approvals in connection with the renovations and conversions of the building, that are undertaken by CONTRA in connection with the establishment of the biotechnology research centre, CONTRA shall fulfil the relevant requirements and/or obtain the necessary permits (e.g. ensuring compliance with the designation of the building in accordance with the contractual use of the lease object).

 

5.2 The Tenant shall accept the lease object and all the facilities and equipment therein including the cables and pipes of all types running in the walls at its own cost in the lease object in a perfect condition and shall be responsible for carrying out all repairs, maintenance and servicing work at its own expense using certified contractors. In the case of fire, risk of explosion or other danger to life and limb, it shall by way of derogation from the above be the responsibility of the contracting party that first becomes aware of the defectiveness to take the necessary security measures.

If the Tenant fails to meet this obligation in spite of a written warning setting an appropriate grace period, CONTRA shall be entitled to carry out the necessary work at the cost and risk of the Tenant. The requirement for a warning and a grace period shall cease to apply if imminent danger exists.

The Tenant shall notify CONTRA of any material damage in and/or to the lease object or in and/or to the biotechnology research centre with evidence thereof immediately after becoming aware of this. The Tenant shall be liable for the adverse effects of a breach of this obligation to notify.

 

5.3 The Tenant shall treat the lease object together with the equipment contained therein as well as the communal systems and facilities gently and with due care, and make use of the lease object, including the communal facilities, in such way that CONTRA or third persons are not affected. The Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that its employees, customers, contractors and visitors also comply with these obligations.

 

5.4 The Tenant must first obtain express written consent from CONTRA before undertaking structural changes of any kind. Upon termination of the lease, the Tenant shall at CONTRA’s choice either leave in the lease object the structural changes undertaken and other investments that cannot be removed without damaging the building fabric without compensation or remove these; in the latter case, any damage caused to the building fabric by the Tenant must be remedied. CONTRA’s contractual right to choose shall be exercised together with the granting of its approval of the planned structural changes by the Tenant.

 

- 10 -


5.5 After the end of the lease, the Tenant shall hand back the lease object to CONTRA in the condition in which the Tenant accepted it, taking into consideration the usual wear and tear associated with careful use, clear of its own movables and in a clean state. Structural changes and other investments that can be removed without damage to the building fabric shall in this case be removed by the Tenant, insofar as these by agreement between the contracting parties are not becoming the property of CONTRA without compensation. If the Tenant fails to fulfil these obligations or fails to fulfil them in due time, CONTRA can undertake the clearing and cleaning and the removal of the changes/investments at the risk and expense of the Tenant and for this purpose gain access to the lease object, even in the absence of an execution title.

 

5.6 The Tenant shall under no circumstances be entitled to a compensation claim against CONTRA for investments in the lease object (e.g. structural alterations).

 

5.7 CONTRA shall be entitled to make improvements and structural changes of all kinds that relate to the general parts of the building or other leased premises in the building. In this context, CONTRA shall after giving prior notice be entitled to make use of the lease object to the extent necessary. Claims of the Tenant against CONTRA in connection with this shall arise only if said improvements or structural changes would with technically and economically justifiable expense have also been possible without recourse to the lease object.

With regard to the intended use as defined in section 2.3 realised by the Tenant in the lease object, CONTRA shall in connection with said improvements and structural changes be obliged to take all measures to ensure that the property movables owned by the Tenant, in particular the laboratory equipment, are not damaged by emissions of any kind associated with the building work or in any other way negatively affected. The same shall apply in particular with respect to compounds, experiment set-ups etc. used in the lease object.

The Tenant must be notified of foreseeable building measures at least in sufficient time for it to be able to make appropriate arrangements. CONTRA acknowledges that parts of the research undertaken by the Tenant may be seriously affected, damaged and even destroyed by unforeseen disturbances.

The maintenance obligation of the Tenant pursuant to section 5.2 shall remain unaffected. CONTRA or an authorised representative of CONTRA shall generally be entitled to enter the lease object for important reasons at any time during business hours after giving prior notice, in cases of imminent danger, even outside business hours and without prior notice. Important reasons in this sense shall include in particular

 

    the preparation and implementation of works that the Tenant is obliged to tolerate, or

 

    the inspection of the lease object for the purpose of checking compliance with the provisions of this Agreement or for the purpose of preparing a subsequent lease.

 

- 11 -


The Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that access to the lease object by CONTRA is possible in its absence also.

 

5.8 The Tenant declares that it shall not derive any legal claims from temporary disruption or outages of the water, electricity, gas, lighting, heating, ventilation, air-conditioning supply and sewerage lines or such like, unless the disruption (outage) was caused by at least the gross negligence of CONTRA and the Tenant thereby suffers a significant disturbance to its business. The Tenant must be notified of foreseeable outages at least in sufficient time for it to be able to make appropriate arrangements. CONTRA acknowledges that parts of the research undertaken by the Tenant may be seriously affected, damaged and even destroyed by unforeseen disturbances or outages.

 

5.9 The Tenant must take out business liability insurance with sufficient coverage, maintain this throughout the lease term and provide evidence of this to CONTRA upon request.

 

5.10 The Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring the proper disposal of accumulated special waste at its own cost. Special waste includes waste that due to its nature or amount requires separate disposal and in all cases hazardous waste within the meaning of the Abfallwirtschaftsgesetz [Austrian Waste Management Act]. In all other respects the Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring proper waste separation. The rubbish containers provided may only be used according to regulations.

 

6. Other provisions

 

6.1 The Tenant shall be obliged to comply with a set of house rules yet to be issued, in their respective current version, insofar as these do not contradict the provisions of this Lease Agreement. CONTRA shall be entitled to issue or amend regulations on the use of the general parts of the building, provided these regulations do not adversely interfere with the contractual rights of the Tenant or compromise the achievement of the contractual intended use.

 

6.2 The Tenant may not transfer its rights arising from this Agreement, based on whatever legal title, in full or part to third parties, either for free or in return for payment (e.g. sublease). This shall also apply for a transfer by way of a possible company relationship or long-term lease agreement. The Tenant shall not be permitted to assign to third parties any rights arising from this Agreement.

The Tenant shall, however, be entitled to sublease the lease object to a group company or transfer its rights and obligations from this Lease Agreement to a group company, provided CONTRA does not object to such a sublease or transfer for good cause. A group company shall be any company in which the Tenant has a direct or indirect involvement of more than 25% or which has a direct or indirect involvement of more than 25% in the Tenant’s company or which will become the legal successor of the Tenant through the sale of the company. A good cause entitling CONTRA to object shall be in particular if the group company does not have its headquarters in Austria. The Tenant must inform CONTRA in advance of an intended sublease or contract transfer.

 

- 12 -


6.3 Amendments or supplements to this Agreement must be made in writing. This shall also apply to any deviation from this written form requirement. Verbal ancillary agreements do not exist and/or shall lose their validity upon signature to this Agreement by all parties.

 

6.4 Unless the Tenant provably informs CONTRA of a different address, legal declarations to the Tenant from CONTRA may be delivered until handover of the lease object to the address stated at the top of this Agreement; after handover these shall be delivered to the address of the lease object.

 

6.5 For all disputes arising from of or in connection with this Agreement, including the validity thereof, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court Vienna’s First District is agreed as the place of jurisdiction.

 

6.6 Legal transaction fees triggered by this Agreement shall be borne by the Tenant. CONTRA is obliged by law to calculate the legal transaction fees itself. The contracting parties shall each bear the costs of their own legal advice.

 

6.7 This Agreement shall be drawn up in two copies, one of which is intended for each contracting party.

 

7. Tenant’s right of withdrawal, contractual penalties, postponement of deadlines

 

7.1 The Tenant shall be entitled to withdraw from this contractual relationship by written declaration setting a grace period of six weeks, if

 

    CONTRA does not hand over the lease object by 14 November 2007 at the latest;

 

    CONTRA does not obtain all the mandatory official permits necessary for its intended building project thatare related to the whole property or the plot; official permits relating to the Tenant’s intended use of the lease object are not in any event included in the aforementioned permits to be obtained by CONTRA; or

 

    CONTRA fails to remedy major deficiencies in the lease object - these being deficiencies which prevent the contractual intended use of the lease object - also with respect to the contractually agreed facilities within a reasonable time following notification thereof.

 

7.2 The contracting parties agree that in the event that CONTRA does not offer the lease object for transfer to the Tenant as per the Agreement by 14 December 2007 at the latest, CONTRA shall pay a contractual penalty to the Tenant, to which the provisions of ÖNORM B2110, Issue 2003-02 -01, section 5.36.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis. This contractual penalty shall be

 

- 13 -


    €83,333.00 in the event that CONTRA offers handover of the lease object as per the Agreement to the Tenant in the period from 15 December 2007 to 7 January 2008,

 

    a further €83,333.00 in the event that CONTRA offers handover of the lease object as per the Agreement to the Tenant in the period from 8 January 2008 to 30 January 2008, and

 

    a further €83,333.00 in the event that CONTRA offers handover of the lease object as per the Agreement to the Tenant after 30 January 2008 or a possible contract withdrawal declared by the Tenant becomes effective.

The aforementioned amounts shall be due for payment on the first day of the delay period, thus on 15 December 2007, 8 January 2008 and 31 January 2008 respectively.

The Parties declare themselves to be informed of the provisions of ÖNORM [Austrian Standard] B2110, Issue 2003-02-01, section 5.36.1: According to these, the Tenant’s claim for payment of the agreed contractual penalty arises if CONTRA is not able to prove that it or its vicarious agents have not been responsible for the delay. Evidence of any damage shall not be required. Damages in excess of the contractual penalty shall be replaced only in the case of intent or gross negligence on the part of CONTRA. The provisions of § 1336 ABGB concerning judicial discretion shall be applied. If an extension of the performance period has been agreed, the penalty agreed for the original date shall cease to apply unless otherwise agreed.

The Tenant is aware that CONTRA shall enter a contractual penalty agreement conforming to customary practices and thus ÖNORM B2110, Issue 2003-02-01, section 5.36.1 with the professionals appointed to carry out the structural measures in the lease object and thus cannot on its part make any commitments beyond the scope of the preceding paragraphs with respect to a contractual penalty. The agreements between CONTRA and the professionals appointed by CONTRA shall not affect this Agreement.

 

7.3 Upon withdrawal from the Agreement for the reasons mentioned in section 7.1 b) or c), the Tenant shall only be entitled to additional claims against CONTRA, if CONTRA is guilty of gross negligence in the reason for the withdrawal.

 

7.4 Delays in the implementation of the construction schedule (Annex) for which the Tenant is responsible shall result in a corresponding postponement of all dates and deadlines mentioned in this Agreement. A delay in the implementation of the construction schedule (Annex) for which the Tenant is responsible shall thus result in a corresponding postponement of the latest handover date (14 December 2007) and the due dates for the contractual penalty instalments.

 

Annex Construction schedule (attached)

 

- 14 -


Supplements :

 

    Basic structure -Standard floor plan (leased areas)

 

    Technical specification of the engineering firm Mahr & Partner GmbH

 

    General construction and equipment specifications “Nabriva” Concept

 

Vienna, 16 March 2007
/s/ Ralf Schmid [stamp]
for for
Nabriva Therapeutics Forschungs GmbH CONTRA Liegenschaftsverwaltung GmbH

 

- 15 -

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is made as of August 28, 2014 by and between Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. (the “Company”), and Colin Broom (the “Executive”) (together, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive as its Chief Executive Officer and as Chief Executive Officer of its group of companies; and

W HEREAS , the Executive has agreed to accept such employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , In consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the Parties herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall commence on August 28, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) and end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 below or extended pursuant to the provisions herein (the “Term of Employment”). On the second anniversary of the Effective Date and on each yearly anniversary of such date thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for an additional one-year term unless either Party notifies the other in writing of such Party’s intention not to renew this Agreement not less than ninety (90) days prior to the applicable term’s expiration date (such ninety (90) day notice period constituting the “Termination Notice Period”).

2. Position. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG, working out of his home office in Pennsylvania until he establishes a business office in the state, and travelling as required by his job duties. The Executive shall also, during the Term of Employment, serve as a member of the Managing Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. In connection with his service on the Managing Board, the Executive shall enter into the Board Member Agreement attached hereto as Attachment A, and shall abide by the terms and conditions therein and in the By-Laws of the Management Board, which are attached hereto as Attachment B.

3. Scope of Employment. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be responsible for the performance of those duties consistent with his position as Chief Executive Officer and his position on the Managing Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. The Executive shall be accountable to the Supervisory Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (the “Board”) and shall perform and discharge faithfully, diligently, and to the best of his ability, his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall devote his entire business time, loyalty, attention and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company, Nabriva Therapeutics AG, and their affiliates. The Executive’s continued membership on the board of directors of NPS Pharmaceuticals is permitted, so long as such participating does not interfere with the Executive’s duties hereunder. Membership on boards of directors of any additional companies will be permitted only with the express approval of the Board. The Executive agrees to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company and/or Nabriva Therapeutics AG.


4. Compensation. As full compensation for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG, and any affiliate thereof, during the Term of Employment, the Company will provide to the Executive the following:

(a) Base Salary. The Executive shall receive a base salary at the annualized rate of $400,000 (the “Base Salary”), paid in equal monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedure. Such Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company’s remuneration committee and the Board in the first quarter of each fiscal year; any adjustment to the Executive’s Base Salary shall be retroactively effective as of the first day of such fiscal year.

(b) Annual Discretionary Bonus. Following the end of each fiscal year and subject to the approval of the Board, the Executive may be eligible to receive a discretionary annual retention and performance bonus of up to 35% of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”), based on the Executive’s performance and the performance of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG during the applicable fiscal year, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Any bonus would be pro-rated for the 2014 fiscal year.

(c) Equity Award. The Executive is further entitled to participate in the Nabriva Therapeutics AG Option Program and shall be granted options to purchase up to 15,827 ordinary shares of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (representing 3.75% of the current fully diluted share capital of 422,056 ordinary shares). The options shall vest over a period of 4 years and in all other respects be subject to the terms of the Nabriva Therapeutics AG Option Program.

(d) Vacation. The Executive shall be eligible for up to 20 days of paid vacation per calendar year. The number of vacation days for which the Executive is eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that he is employed during such calendar year. At the end of a calendar year, the Executive may carry over to the next year any accrued but unused vacation days, but any such carried over days will be forfeited if not used by six (6) months following the end of the calendar year.

(e) Benefits. The Executive may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided that the Executive is eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. Benefits are subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.

(f) Withholdings. All compensation payable to the Executive shall be subject to applicable taxes and withholdings.

5. Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable business and travel expenses incurred by him on the Company’s behalf during the course of his employment, upon the presentation by the Executive of documentation itemizing such expenditures and attaching all supporting vouchers and receipts. Reimbursement will be

 

- 2 -


made no later than 30 calendar days after the expense is substantiated (which must occur within 30 calendar days after the expense is incurred). The expenses eligible for reimbursement under this provision may not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

6. Restrictive Covenants Agreement. As a condition of his employment, the Executive shall execute the Non-Disclosure, Inventions, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement provided to him contemporaneously with this Agreement.

7. Employment Termination. This Agreement and the employment of the Executive shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) Non-renewal of the applicable term in accordance with Section 1; provided, however, that the Company may, in its sole discretion, either direct the Executive not to come into the office during the Termination Notice Period or, in lieu of all or part of the Termination Notice Period, pay the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary that would otherwise have been payable to him had he remained employed for the duration of the Termination Notice Period. In such instance, the termination of the Executive shall become effective on the date set forth in a written notice of termination to be provided by the Company (the “Early Termination Date”) and the Executive shall be paid an amount equal to the Base Salary he would have received had he remained employed by the Company between the Early Termination Date and the end of the Termination Notice Period (the “Early Termination Pay”), with payment to be made no later than the 30 th day following the end of the Termination Notice Period.

(b) Upon the death or “Disability” of the Executive. As used in this Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental illness or disability that prevents the Executive from performing the duties of his position for a period of more than any three consecutive months or for periods aggregating more than twenty-six weeks. The Company shall determine in good faith and in its sole discretion whether the Executive is unable to perform the services provided for herein.

(c) At the election of the Company, with or without “Cause” (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Executive. As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean a finding by the Board that the Executive:

 

  (i) failed to perform (other than by reason of physical or mental illness or disability for a period of less than three consecutive months or in aggregate less than twenty-six weeks) his assigned duties diligently or effectively or was negligent in the performance of these duties, provided that the Executive was given prior written notice of such deficiencies and was granted a reasonable opportunity of not less than thirty (30) days to correct any such deficiencies.

 

  (ii) materially breached this Agreement;

 

  (iii) breached his Non-Disclosure, Inventions, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement, or any similar agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

- 3 -


  (iv) engaged in willful misconduct, fraud, or embezzlement;

 

  (v) engaged in any conduct that is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially harmful to the business, interests or reputation of the Company; or

 

  (vi) was convicted of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor relating to the Company, a crime involving moral turpitude, or any felony.

8. Effect of Termination .

(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to Section 7(c), the Executive shall be entitled to the Base Salary that has accrued and to which the Executive is entitled as of the effective date of such termination. In addition, and subject to the conditions of Section 8(c), the Company shall, for the remainder of the applicable term of this Agreement (except as otherwise set forth in 8(b)(ii) below): (i) continue to pay to the Executive, in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedure, his Base Salary as severance; and (ii) provided the Executive is eligible for and timely elects to continue receiving group medical insurance pursuant to the “COBRA” law, continue to pay (but in no event longer than eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s termination date) the share of the premium for health coverage that is paid by the Company for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage, unless the Company’s provision of such COBRA payments will violate the nondiscrimination requirements of applicable law, in which case this benefit will not apply (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”).

(b) All Other Terminations . If the Executive’s employment is terminated under any circumstances other than a termination by the Company without Cause (including a termination by the Company for Cause pursuant to Section 7(c), due to the Executive’s death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(b), or by notice of non-renewal pursuant to Section 1 and Section 7(a)), the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall immediately cease and the Executive shall be entitled to only the Base Salary that has accrued and to which the Executive is entitled as of the effective date of such termination, as well as any Early Termination Pay, if applicable. The Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or consideration, including any bonus not yet paid, that the Executive may have received had his Term of Employment not ceased.

(c) Release . As a condition of the Executive’s receipt of the Severance Benefits, the Executive must execute and deliver to the Company a severance and release of claims agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (which will include, at a minimum, a release of all releasable claims and confidentiality, non-disparagement, and cooperation obligations) (the “Severance Agreement”), which Severance Agreement must become irrevocable within 60 days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (or such shorter period as may be directed by the Company). Severance Benefits will commence in the first regular payroll beginning after the Severance Agreement becomes effective, provided that if the foregoing 60 day period would end in a calendar year

 

- 4 -


subsequent to the year in which the Executive’s employment ends, the Severance Benefits will not begin before the first payroll of the subsequent calendar year. The Executive must continue to comply with the Non-Disclosure, Inventions, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement in order to be eligible to continue receiving the Severance Benefits.

9. Absence of Restrictions. The Executive represents and warrants that he is not bound by any employment contracts, restrictive covenants or other restrictions that prevent him from entering into employment with, or carrying out his responsibilities for, the Company, or which are in any way inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement.

10. Amendments. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be made in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.

11. Notice. Any notice delivered under this Agreement shall be deemed duly delivered three (3) business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, one (1) business day after it is sent for next-business day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, or immediately upon hand delivery, in each case to the address of the recipient set forth below.

To Executive:

At the address set forth in the Executive’s personnel file

To Company :

Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Leberstrasse 20

A-1110 Vienna

Austria

Attention: Supervisory Board

Either Party may change the address to which notices are to be delivered by giving notice of such change to the other Party in the manner set forth in this Section 11.

12. Applicable Law; Jury Trial Waiver. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania), and the Company and the Executive each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Executive each hereby irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

13. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both Parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned by him.

 

- 5 -


14. Effect of Section 409A of the Code .

(a) Six Month Delay . If and to the extent any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Executive in connection with his employment termination is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code) and the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determination Executive hereby agrees that he is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) or (ii) the tenth day following the date of his death following such separation from service (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to him in a lump sum in the first payroll period beginning after such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

(b) General 409A Principles . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment will mean a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided will be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and any payments that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code or are paid in a manner covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) will not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Neither the Company nor the Executive will have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and this Agreement shall, to the extent practicable, be construed in accordance therewith. Terms defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given such terms under Section 409A of the Code if and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In any event, the Company makes no representations or warranty and will have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of or payments under this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

15. Acknowledgment . The Executive states and represents that he has had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Agreement with an attorney. The Executive further states and represents that he has carefully read this Agreement, understands the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assents to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and signs his name of his own free act.

16. No Oral Modification, Waiver, Cancellation or Discharge . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the

 

- 6 -


Executive. No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

17. Captions and Pronouns . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

18. Interpretation . The Parties agree that this Agreement will be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the drafting Party. References in this Agreement to “include” or “including” should be read as though they said “without limitation” or equivalent forms.

19. Severability . Each provision of this Agreement must be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. Moreover, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines any of the provisions contained in this Agreement to be unenforceable because the provision is excessively broad in scope, whether as to duration, activity, geographic application, subject or otherwise, it will be construed, by limiting or reducing it to the extent legally permitted, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with then applicable law to achieve the intent of the Parties.

20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Offer Letter dated August 11, 2014.

[Signatures on Page Following]

 

- 7 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC.
By:

/s/ Denise Pollard-Knight

Name: DENISE POLLARD-KNIGHT
Title: CHAIRMAN
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Colin Broom

Colin Broom

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is made as of December 1 st , 2014 by and between Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. (the “Company”), and Steven Gelone (the “Executive”) (together, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive as its Chief Development Officer and as Chief Development Officer of its group of companies; and

W HEREAS , the Executive has agreed to accept such employment on the terms and conditions set form in this Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , In consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the Parties herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment . The term of this Agreement shall commence on December 1 st , 2014 (the “Effective Date”) and end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 below or extended pursuant to the provisions herein (the “Term of Employment’’). On the second anniversary of the Effective Date and on each yearly anniversary of such date thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for an additional one-year term unless either Party notifies the other in writing of such Party’s intention not to renew this Agreement not less than ninety (90) days prior to the applicable term’s expiration date (such ninety (90) day notice period constituting the “Termination Notice Period”).

2. Position . During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Development Officer of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG, working out of the Company’s office in Pennsylvania, and travelling as required by his job duties. The Executive shall also, during the Term of Employment, serve as a member of the Managing Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. In connection with his service on the Managing Board, the Executive shall enter into the Board Member Agreement attached hereto as Attachment A, and shall abide by the terms and conditions therein and in the By-Laws of the Management Board.

3. Scope of Employment . During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be responsible for the performance of those duties consistent with his position as Chief Development Officer and his position on the Managing Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. The Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall be accountable to the Supervisory Board of, Nabriva Therapeutics AG (the “Board”) and shall perform and discharge faithfully, diligently and to the best of his ability, his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall devote his entire business time, loyalty, attention and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company, Nabriva Therapeutics AG, and their affiliates. Membership on boards of directors of any additional companies will be permitted only with the express approval of the Board. The Executive agrees to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company and/or Nabriva Therapeutics AG.


4. Compensation. As full compensation for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG, and any affiliate thereof, during the Term of Employment, the Company will provide to the Executive the following:

(a) Base Salary . The Executive shall receive a base salary at the annualized rate of $300,000 (the “Base Salary”), paid in equal monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedure. Such Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company’s remuneration committee and the Board in the first quarter of each fiscal year; any adjustment to the Executive’s Base Salary shall be retroactively effective as of the first day of such fiscal year.

(b) Annual Discretionary Bonus . Following the end of each fiscal year and subject to the approval of the Board, the Executive may be eligible to receive a discretionary annual retention and performance bonus of up to 35% of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”), based on the Executive’s performance and the performance of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG during the applicable fiscal year, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Any bonus would be pro-rated for the 2014 fiscal year.

(c) Equity Award . The Executive is further entitled to participate in the Nabriva Therapeutics AG Option Program and shall be granted options to purchase up to 4,221 ordinary shares of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (representing 1.00% of the current fully diluted share capital of 422,056 ordinary shares). The options shall vest over a period of 4 years and in all other respects be subject to the terms of the Nabriva Therapeutics AG Option Program.

(d) Vacation . The Executive shall be eligible for up to 20 days of paid vacation per calendar year. The number of vacation days for which the Executive is eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that he is employed during such calendar year. At the end of calendar year, the Executive may carry over to the next year any accrued but unused vacation days, but any such carried over days will be forfeited if not used by six (6) months following the end of the calendar year.

(e) Benefits . The Executive may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided that the Executive is eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. Benefits are subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.

(f) Withholdings . All compensation payable to the Executive shall be subject to applicable taxes and withholdings.

5. Expenses . The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable business and travel expenses incurred by him on the Company’s behalf during the course of his employment, upon the presentation by the Executive of documentation itemizing, such expenditures and attaching all supporting vouchers and receipts. Reimbursement will be made no later than 30 calendar days after the expense is substantiated (which must occur within 30

 

- 2 -


calendar days after the expense is incurred). The expenses eligible for reimbursement under this provision may not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

6. Restrictive Covenants Agreement . As a condition of his employment, the Executive shall execute the Non-Disclosure, Inventions, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement provided to him contemporaneously with this Agreement.

7. Employment Termination . This Agreement and the employment of the Executive shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) Non-renewal of the applicable term in accordance with Section 1 provided, however, that the Company may, in its sole discretion, either direct the Executive not to come into the office during the Termination Notice Period or, in lieu of all or part of the Termination Notice Period, pay the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary that would otherwise have been payable to him had he remained employed for the duration of the Termination Notice Period. In such instance, the termination of the Executive shall become effective on the date set forth in a written notice of termination to be provided by the Company (the “Early Termination Date”) and the Executive shall be paid an amount equal to the Base Salary he would have received had he remained employed by the Company between the Early Termination Date and the end of the Termination Notice Period (the “Early Termination Pay”), with payment to be made no later than the 30 th day following the end of the Termination Notice Period.

(b) Upon the death or “Disability” of the Executive. As used in this Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental illness or disability that prevents the Executive from performing the duties of his position for a period of more than any three consecutive months or for periods aggregating more than twenty-six weeks. The Company shall determine in good faith and in its sole discretion whether the Executive is unable to perform the services provided for herein.

(c) At the election of the Company, with or without “Cause” (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Executive. As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean a finding by the Board that the Executive:

 

  (i) failed to perform (other than by reason of physical or mental illness or disability for a period of less than three consecutive months or in aggregate less than twenty-six weeks) his assigned duties diligently or effectively or was negligent in the performance of these duties, provided that the Executive was given prior written notice of such deficiencies and was granted a reasonable opportunity of not less than thirty (30) days to correct any such deficiencies.

 

  (ii) materially breached this Agreement;

 

- 3 -


  (iii) breached his Non-Disclosure, Inventions, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement, or any similar agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

  (iv) engaged in willful misconduct, fraud, or embezzlement;

 

  (v) engaged in any conduct that is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially harmful to the business, interests or reputation of the Company; or

 

  (vi) was convicted of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor relating to the Company, a crime involving moral turpitude, or any felony.

8. Effect of Termination .

(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to Section 7(c), the Executive shall be entitled to the Base Salary that has accrued and to which the Executive is entitled as of the effective date of such termination. In addition, and subject to the conditions of Section 8(c), the Company shall, for the remainder of the applicable term of this Agreement (except as otherwise set forth in 8(b)(ii) below): (i) continue to pay to the Executive, in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedure, his Base Salary as severance; and (ii) provided the Executive is eligible for and timely elects to continue receiving group medical insurance pursuant to the “COBRA” law, continue to pay (but in no event longer than eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s termination date) the share of the premium for health coverage that is paid by the Company for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage unless the Company’s provision of such COBRA payments will violate the nondiscrimination requirements of applicable law, in which case this benefit will not apply (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”).

(b) All Other Terminations . If the Executive’s employment is terminated under any circumstances other than a termination by the Company without Cause (including a termination by the Company for Cause pursuant to Section 7(c), due to the Executive’s death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(b), or by notice of non-renewal pursuant to Section 1 and Section 7(a)), the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall immediately cease and the Executive shall be entitled to only the Base Salary that has accrued and to which the Executive is entitled as of the effective date of such termination, as well as any Early Termination Pay, if applicable. The Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or consideration, including any bonus not yet paid, that the Executive may have received had his Term of Employment not ceased.

(c) Release . As a condition of the Executive’s receipt of the Severance Benefits, the Executive must execute and deliver to the Company a severance and release of claims agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (which will include, at a minimum, a release of all releasable claims and confidentiality, non-disparagement, and cooperation obligations) (the “Severance Agreement’’), which Severance Agreement must become irrevocable within 60 days following the date of the Executive’s termination of

 

- 4 -


employment (or such shorter period as may be directed by the Company). Severance Benefits will commence in the first regular payroll beginning after the Severance Agreement becomes effective, provided that if the foregoing 60 day period would end in a calendar year subsequent to the year in which the Executive’s employment ends, the Severance Benefits will not begin before the first payroll of the subsequent calendar year. The Executive must continue to comply with the Non-Disclosure, Inventions, Non-Competition, and Non-Solicitation Agreement in order to be eligible to continue receiving the Severance Benefits.

9. Absence of Restrictions . The Executive represents and warrants that he is not bound by any employment contracts, restrictive covenants or other restrictions that prevent him from entering into employment with, or carrying out his responsibilities for, the Company, or which are in any way inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement.

10. Amendments . Any amendment to this Agreement shall be made in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.

11. Notice . Any notice delivered under this Agreement shall be deemed duly delivered three (3) business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, one (1) business day after it is sent for next-business day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, or immediately upon hand delivery, in each ease to the address of the recipient set forth below.

To Executive :

At the address set forth in the Executive’s personnel file

To Company :

Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc.

1000 Continental Drive, Suite 450

King of Prussia, PA 19406

USA

Attention: Colin Broom

Either Party may change the address to which notices are to be delivered by giving notice of such change to the other Party in the manner set forth in this Section 11.

12. Applicable Law, Jury Trial Waiver . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania), and the Company and the Executive each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Executive each hereby irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

 

- 5 -


13. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both Parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned by him.

14. Effect of Section 409A of the Code .

(a) Six Month Delay . If and to the extent any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Executive in connection with his employment termination is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code) and the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determination Executive hereby agrees that he is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) or (ii) the tenth day following the date of his death following such separation from service (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to him in a lump sum in the first payroll period beginning after such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

(b) General 409A Principles . For purposes of the Agreement a termination of employment will mean a “separation from service”‘ as defined in Section 409A of the Code, each amount to be paid or benefit, to be provided will be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and any payments that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code or are paid in a manner covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) will not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Neither the Company nor the Executive will have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments, or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and this Agreement shall, to the extent practicable, be construed in accordance therewith. Terms defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given such terms under Section 409A of the Code if and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In any event, the Company makes no representations or warranty and will have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of or payments under this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

15. Acknowledgment . The Executive states and represents that he has had an opportunity to fully discuss and review, the terms of this Agreement with an attorney. The Executive further states and represents that he has carefully read this Agreement, understands the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assents to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and signs his name of his own free act.

 

- 6 -


16. No Oral Modification, Waiver, Cancellation or Discharge . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive. No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

17. Captions and Pronouns . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

18. Interpretation . The Parties agree that this Agreement will be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the drafting Party. References in this Agreement to “include” or “including” should be read as though they said “without limitation” or equivalent forms.

19. Severability . Each provision of this Agreement must be interpreted in such, manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this is Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. Moreover, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines any of the provisions contained in this Agreement to be unenforceable because the provision is excessively broad in scope, whether as to duration, activity, geographic application, subject or otherwise, it will be construed, by limiting or reducing it to the extent legally permitted, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with then applicable law to achieve the intent of the Parties.

20. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement including, without limitation, the Offer Letter dated October 7 th , 2014.

[ Signatures on Page Following ]

 

- 7 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC. NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS AG
By:

/s/ Colin Broom

By:

/s/ Denise Pollard-Knight

Name: Colin Broom Name: Denise Pollard-Knight
Title: Chief Executive Officer Title: Chair, Supervisory Board
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Steven Gelone

Steven Gelone

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 10.8

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is made as of April 14 th , 2015 by and between Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. (the “Company”), and Elyse Seltzer, M.D. (the “Executive”) (together, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company desires to employ the Executive as its Chief Medical Officer and as Chief Medical Officer of its group of companies; and

W HEREAS , the Executive has agreed to accept such employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , In consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the Parties herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The term of this Agreement shall commence on May 4 th , 2015 (the “Effective Date”) and end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 below or extended pursuant to the provisions herein (the “Term of Employment”). On the second anniversary of the Effective Date and on each yearly anniversary of such date thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for an additional one-year term unless either Party notifies the other in writing of such Party’s intention not to renew this Agreement not less than ninety (90) days prior to the applicable term’s expiration date (such ninety (90) day notice period constituting the “Termination Notice Period”).

2. Position. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Medical Officer of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG, working out of the Company’s office in Pennsylvania, and travelling as reasonably required by her job duties. The Executive shall also, during the Term of Employment, serve as a member of the Managing Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. In connection with his service on the Managing Board, the Executive shall enter into the Board Member Agreement attached hereto as Attachment A, and shall abide by the terms and conditions therein and in the By-Laws of the Management Board.

3. Scope of Employment. During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be responsible for the performance of those duties consistent with her position as Chief Medical Officer and her position on the Managing Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG. The Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall be accountable to the Supervisory Board of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (the “Board”) and shall perform and discharge faithfully, diligently, and to the best of her ability, her duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall devote substantially all of her business time, loyalty, attention and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company, Nabriva Therapeutics AG, and their affiliates. Membership on boards of directors of any additional companies will be permitted only with the express approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the Executive may engage in charitable activities and serve on a charitable board with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer. The Executive agrees to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG and any changes therein that may be adopted from time to time by the Company and/or Nabriva Therapeutics AG.


4. Compensation. As full compensation for all services rendered by the Executive to the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG, and any affiliate thereof, during the Term of Employment, the Company will provide to the Executive the following:

(a) Base Salary. The Executive shall receive a base salary at the annualized rate of $358,000 (the “Base Salary”), paid in equal bi-monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedure. Such Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Company’s remuneration committee and the Board in the first quarter of each fiscal year; any adjustment to the Executive’s Base Salary shall be retroactively effective as of the first day of such fiscal year.

(b) Annual Discretionary Bonus. Following the end of each fiscal year and subject to the approval of the Board, the Executive may be eligible to receive a discretionary annual retention and performance bonus of up to 35% of the Executive’s then current Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”), based on the Executive’s performance and the performance of the Company and Nabriva Therapeutics AG during the applicable fiscal year, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Any bonus determined by the Board to be payable to the Executive with respect to 2015 shall be determined as if the Executive were employed by the Company for the entire 2015 fiscal year (i.e., such bonus, if any, shall not be pro-rated).

(c) Equity Award. The Executive is further entitled to participate in the Nabriva Therapeutics AG Option Program and shall be granted options to purchase up to 8,879 ordinary shares of Nabriva Therapeutics AG (representing 0.75% of the current fully diluted share capital of 1,183,902 ordinary shares as of the date hereof). The options shall vest over a period of 4 years and in all other respects be subject to the terms of the Nabriva Therapeutics AG Option Program.

(d) Vacation. The Executive shall be eligible for up to 20 days of paid vacation per calendar year. The number of vacation days for which the Executive is eligible shall accrue at the rate of 1.67 days per month that she is employed during such calendar year. At the end of a calendar year, the Executive may carry over to the next year any accrued but unused vacation days, but any such carried over days will be forfeited if not used by six (6) months following the end of the calendar year.

(e) Benefits. The Executive may participate in any and all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its senior executive employees from time to time, provided that the Executive is eligible under (and subject to all provisions of) the plan documents governing those programs. Benefits are subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.

(f) Withholdings. All compensation payable to the Executive shall be subject to applicable taxes and withholdings.

5. Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable business and travel expenses incurred by her on the Company’s behalf during the course of her employment, upon the presentation by the Executive of documentation itemizing

 

- 2 -


such expenditures and attaching all supporting vouchers and receipts. Reimbursement will be made no later than 30 calendar days after the expense is substantiated (which must occur within 30 calendar days after the expense is incurred). The expenses eligible for reimbursement under this provision may not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year, and the right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

6. Restrictive Covenants Agreement. As a condition of her employment, the Executive shall execute the Proprietary Rights, non-Disclosure and Developments Agreement provided to her contemporaneously with this Agreement.

7. Employment Termination. This Agreement and the employment of the Executive shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) Non-renewal of the applicable term in accordance with Section 1; provided, however, that the Company may, in its sole discretion, either direct the Executive not to come into the office during the Termination Notice Period or, in lieu of all or part of the Termination Notice Period, pay the Executive an amount equal to the Base Salary that would otherwise have been payable to her had she remained employed for the duration of the Termination Notice Period. In such instance, the termination of the Executive shall become effective on the date set forth in a written notice of termination to be provided by the Company (the “Early Termination Date”) and the Executive shall be paid an amount equal to the Base Salary she would have received had she remained employed by the Company between the Early Termination Date and the end of the Termination Notice Period (the “Early Termination Pay”), with payment to be made no later than the 30 th day following the end of the Termination Notice Period.

(b) Upon the death or “Disability” of the Executive. As used in this Agreement, the term “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental illness or disability that prevents the Executive from performing the duties of her position for a period of more than any three consecutive months or for periods aggregating more than twenty-six weeks. The Company shall determine in good faith and in its sole discretion whether the Executive is unable to perform the services provided for herein.

(c) At the election of the Company, with or without “Cause” (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Company to the Executive. As used in this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean a finding by the Board that the Executive:

 

  (i) failed to perform (other than by reason of physical or mental illness or disability for a period of less than three consecutive months or in aggregate less than twenty-six weeks) her assigned duties diligently or effectively or was negligent in the performance of these duties, provided that the Executive was given prior written notice of such deficiencies and was granted a reasonable opportunity of not less than thirty (30) days to correct any such deficiencies.

 

  (ii) materially breached this Agreement;

 

- 3 -


  (iii) materially breached her Proprietary Rights, Non-Disclosure and Developments Agreement, or any similar agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

  (iv) engaged in willful misconduct, fraud, or embezzlement;

 

  (v) engaged in any conduct that is materially harmful to the business, interests or reputation of the Company; or

 

  (vi) was convicted of, or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to a crime involving moral turpitude or any felony.

(d) At the election of the Executive, with or without “Good Reason” (as defined below), immediately upon written notice by the Executive to the Company. As used in this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

  (i) The Company’s failure to pay or provide in a timely manner any material amounts owed to Executive in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (ii) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Executive’s duties, responsibilities, or authority;

 

  (iii) the Company’s requiring Executive to relocate Executive’s primary office more than fifty (50) miles from King of Prussia; or

 

  (iv) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company not otherwise covered by this paragraph;

provided, however, that in each case, the Company shall have a period of not less than fifteen (15) days to cure any act constituting Good Reason following Executive’s delivery to the Company of written notice within sixty (60) days of the action or omission constituting Good Reason.

8. Effect of Termination .

(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive With Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to Section 7(c) or by the Executive with Good Reason pursuant to Section 7(d), the Executive shall be entitled to the Base Salary that has accrued and to which the Executive is entitled as of the effective date of such termination. In addition, and subject to the conditions of Section 8(c), the Company shall, for the remainder of the applicable term of this Agreement (except as otherwise set forth in 8(a)(ii) below): (i) continue to pay to the Executive, in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedure, her Base Salary as severance (provided that in no event shall such continuation be for a period of less than twelve (12) months); and (ii) provided the Executive is eligible for and timely elects to continue receiving group medical insurance pursuant to the “COBRA” law,

 

- 4 -


continue to pay (but in no event longer than eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s termination date) the share of the premium for health coverage that is paid by the Company for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage, unless the Company’s provision of such COBRA payments will violate the nondiscrimination requirements of applicable law, in which case this benefit will not apply (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”).

(b) All Other Terminations . If the Executive’s employment is terminated under any circumstances other than a termination by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason (including a termination by the Company for Cause pursuant to Section 7(c), due to the Executive’s death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(b), or by notice of non-renewal pursuant to Section 1 and Section 7(a)), the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall immediately cease and the Executive shall be entitled to only the Base Salary that has accrued and to which the Executive is entitled as of the effective date of such termination, as well as any Early Termination Pay, if applicable. The Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or consideration, including any bonus not yet paid, that the Executive may have received had her Term of Employment not ceased.

(c) Release . As a condition of the Executive’s receipt of the Severance Benefits, the Executive must execute and deliver to the Company a severance and release of claims agreement in substantially the form attached hereto (the “Severance Agreement”), which Severance Agreement must become irrevocable within 60 days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (or such shorter period as may be directed by the Company). Severance Benefits will commence in the first regular payroll beginning after the Severance Agreement becomes effective, provided that if the foregoing 60 day period would end in a calendar year subsequent to the year in which the Executive’s employment ends, the Severance Benefits will not begin before the first payroll of the subsequent calendar year. The Executive must continue to comply with the Proprietary Rights, Non-Disclosure and Developments Agreement in order to be eligible to continue receiving the Severance Benefits.

9. Absence of Restrictions. The Executive represents and warrants that she is not bound by any employment contracts, restrictive covenants or other restrictions that prevent her from entering into employment with, or carrying out her responsibilities for, the Company, or which are in any way inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement.

10. Amendments. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be made in writing and signed by the Parties hereto.

11. Notice. Any notice delivered under this Agreement shall be deemed duly delivered three (3) business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, one (1) business day after it is sent for next-business day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, or immediately upon hand delivery, in each case to the address of the recipient set forth below.

To Executive :

At the address set forth in the Executive’s personnel file

 

- 5 -


To Company :

Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc

1000 Continental Drive

King of Prussia, PA 19406

USA

Attention: Colin Broom

Either Party may change the address to which notices are to be delivered by giving notice of such change to the other Party in the manner set forth in this Section 11.

12. Applicable Law; Jury Trial Waiver. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania), and the Company and the Executive each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Executive each hereby irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

13. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both Parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned by her.

14. Effect of Section 409A of the Code .

(a) Six Month Delay . If and to the extent any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Executive in connection with his employment termination is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code) and the Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determination Executive hereby agrees that she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) the tenth day following the date of his death following such separation from service (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Executive during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to her in a lump sum in the first payroll period beginning after such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

(b) General 409A Principles . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment will mean a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided will be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and any payments that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code or are paid in a manner covered by Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1 (b)(9)(iii) will not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Neither the Company nor the Executive will have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments or benefits except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and this Agreement shall, to the extent practicable, be construed in accordance therewith. Terms defined in this Agreement will have the meanings given such terms under Section 409A of the Code if and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In any event, the Company makes no representations or warranty and will have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of or payments under this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

 

- 6 -


15. Acknowledgment. The Executive states and represents that she has had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Agreement with an attorney. The Executive further states and represents that she has carefully read this Agreement, understands the contents herein, freely and voluntarily assents to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and signs her name of his own free act.

16. No Oral Modification, Waiver, Cancellation or Discharge. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive. No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

17. Captions and Pronouns. The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

18. Interpretation. The Parties agree that this Agreement will be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the drafting Party. References in this Agreement to “include” or “including” should be read as though they said “without limitation” or equivalent forms.

19. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement must be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. Moreover, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines

 

- 7 -


any of the provisions contained in this Agreement to be unenforceable because the provision is excessively broad in scope, whether as to duration, activity, geographic application, subject or otherwise, it will be construed, by limiting or reducing it to the extent legally permitted, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with then applicable law to achieve the intent of the Parties.

20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Offer Letter dated March 27, 2015.

[Signatures on Page Following]

 

- 8 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS US, INC. NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS AG
By:

/s/ Colin Broom

By:

/s/ Denise Pollard-Knight

Name: Colin Broom Name: Denise Pollard-Knight
Title: Chief Executive Officer Title: Chair, Supervisory Board
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Elyse Seltzer, MD

Elyse Seltzer, M.D.

 

- 9 -

Exhibit 10.9

Execution Version

AGREEMENT FOR THE PROVISION OF A LOAN FACILITY

OF UP TO €5,000,000

Dated              2014

Between

KREOS CAPITAL IV (UK) LIMITED a company incorporated in England whose registered office is at 25-28 Old Burlington Street, London W1S 2AN (the “ Lender ”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns);

and

NABRIVA THERAPEUTICS AG, a stock corporation (Aktiengeseilschaft) organised under the laws of the Republic of Austria, which is registered at the Commercial Register of the Commercial Court of Vienna under FN 269261y (the “ Borrower ”).

WHEREAS:

 

1. The Borrower wishes to borrow up to the Total Loan Facility (as defined below) and the Lender wishes to make the Total Loan Facility available to the Borrower on the terms of this Loan Agreement; and

 

2. The Borrower hereby confirms that it intends to grant security over the Borrower’s undertaking and assets to the Lender as security for monies borrowed by the Borrower hereunder as set out herein.

LOAN FACILITY TERMS:

 

Total Loan Facility €5,000,000 to be drawn down in one tranche before the date of Expiry of Loan Facility.
Date of Expiry of Loan Facility Two calendar months from the date of this Loan Agreement.
Advance Payment €191,604.70
Loan Term 36 calendar months from the Drawdown Date.
Monthly Repayment Amount in the first 6 calendar months following the Drawdown Date the Monthly Repayment Amounts shall comprise interest only in the amount calculated at the Applicable Interest Rate. For the remaining 30 calendar months of the Loan Term the Monthly Repayment Amounts shall consist of equal instalments of interest and principal equal to 3.321% of the Loan plus accrued interest as set out in the Repayment Schedule from time to time.
Transaction Fee €75,000 payable upon execution of this Loan Agreement.
End of Loan Payment At the expiration of the Loan Term 0.5% of the Loan drawn down under the Loan Facility

 

1


Execution Version

 

1. DEFINITIONS

In this Loan Agreement, including the recitals set out above, unless otherwise defined:

 

  1.1 Accounts ” means the audited annual profit and loss account and balance sheet of the Borrower for the period ended on 31 December 2013;

 

  1.2 Advance Payment ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.1 and is in the amount set forth above in the Loan Facility Terms;

 

  1.3 Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person or a holding company of that person or any other subsidiary of that holding company;

 

  1.4 Applicable Interest Rate ” has the meaning given in Clause 6.1;

 

  1.5 Assignee ” has the meaning given in Clause 16.5;

 

  1.6 Business Day ” means any day on which banks are generally open for business in London, England and Vienna, Austria other than a Saturday or Sunday;

 

  1.7 Charged Assets ” means the assets and undertaking of the Borrower and any Group Company charged pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

  1.8 Companies Registrar ” means the Commercial Register of the Republic of Austria ( Firmenbuch );

 

  1.9 Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.3;

 

  1.10 Disruption Event ” means either or both of (i) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or (ii) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the
  treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (a) from performing its payment obligations under this Loan Agreement; or

 

  (b) from communicating with the other Party in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

  1.11 Drawdown ” means the drawdown of an amount under the Loan Facility;

 

  1.12 Drawdown Date ” means, unless otherwise provided herein, the date on which the Loan is actually advanced to the Borrower by the Lender;

 

  1.13 Drawdown Notice ” means a drawdown notice served in accordance with Clause 3.2 and substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule A (as may be amended with the prior written consent of the Lender);

 

  1.14 End of Loan Payment ” means the End of Loan Payment set forth above under the Loan Facility Terms;

 

  1.15 Expiry Date ” means the date set forth above under the heading “Loan Facility Terms – Date of Expiry of Loan Facility”;

 

  1.16 FFG ” means Österreichische Forschungsförderungsgesellschaft mbH, a limited liability company organised under the laws of the Republic of Austria, registered in the Commercial Register of the Commercial Court Vienna under FN 252263 a;

 

  1.17 Group ” means the Borrower and its subsidiaries (if any) and “Group Company” means any member of the Group;

 

  1.18

Financial Indebtedness ” means (i) monies borrowed, (ii) the amount of any liability of any finance or capital leases, (iii) receivables sold or discounted (other than on a non-recourse basis), (iv) other transactions having the commercial effect of borrowing, (v) the mark to market value of derivative transactions entered into in connection with

 

 

2


Execution Version

 

  protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price, (vi) counter-indemnity obligations in respect of guarantees or other instruments issued by a bank or financial institution, and (vii) liabilities under guarantees or indemnities for any of the obligations referred to in items (i) to (vi);

 

  1.19 Initial Security Documents ” means the intellectual Property Pledge Agreement, Fixed Asset Pledge Agreement and Accounts Pledge Agreement and Subordination Agreement, each in the agreed form;

 

  1.20 Intellectual Property ” means copyrights and related rights (including, without limitation, rights in computer software), patents, supplementary protection certificates, utility models, trade marks, trade names, service marks, domain name registrations, registered rights in designs, database rights, semiconductor topography rights, plant variety rights, rights protectable by the law of passing off or by laws against unfair competition, rights in undisclosed or confidential information (such as know how, trade secrets and inventions (whether patentable or not), and other similar intellectual property rights (whether registered or not) and applications for such rights as may exist anywhere in the world for all of the above;

 

  1.21 Interim Repayment ” means the payment in respect of the period from the Drawdown Date to the first Business Day of the calendar month following that Drawdown Date calculated by dividing the monthly instalment (as described in the Repayment Schedule) by 30 and multiplying that figure by the number of days between (and including) the Drawdown Date and the first Business Day of the following calendar month;

 

  1.22 Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 9;

 

  1.23 Loan ” means the loan made or to be made in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan;

 

  1.24 Loan Facility ” means the loan facility made available under this Loan Agreement;

 

  1.25 Loan Term ” means 36 months commencing on the Drawdown Date or if
  such day is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter;

 

  1.26 Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to perform and comply with its payment obligations under this Loan Agreement;

 

  1.27 Monthly Repayment Date ” means the first Business Day of a calendar month following the Drawdown Date until expiry of the Loan Term as set out in the Repayment Schedule from time to time, and “ First Monthly Repayment Date ” shall mean the first Monthly Repayment Date following the Drawdown Date;

 

  1.28 Monthly Repayment Amount ” means the respective amount payable by the Borrower to the Lender on each Monthly Repayment Date as set out in the Loan Facility Terms above;

 

  1.29 Option Agreement ” means the Option Agreement in the agreed form between the Borrower and Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited;

 

  1.30 Pledged Intellectual Property ” means the Intellectual Property included in the intellectual Property Pledge Agreement;

 

  1.31 Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund;

 

  1.32 Repayment Schedule ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.2.3;

 

  1.33 Security Documents ” means the Initial Security Documents, and any other applicable document evidencing the security over assets of the Borrower (or Group Company), or (for the avoidance of doubt) any document creating (subject to any applicable perfection requirements) a Security Interest in favour of the Lender, each in relation to any liability of the Borrower under this Loan Agreement;
 

 

3


Execution Version

 

  1.34 Security Interest ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security or otherwise, trust arrangement, title retention or encumbrance or enforceable right of a third party or any other type of security interest;

 

  1.35 Security Period ” means the period commencing on the Drawdown Date and ending on the date on which all amounts due and payable by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents have been repaid in full;

 

  1.36 Subordination Agreement ” means the agreement for the subordination of other indebtedness owing by the Borrower, between the Borrower, Lender and the shareholders of the Borrower in the agreed form;

 

  1.37 Taxes ” means all present and future income, value added and other taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties (including stamp duties) and withholdings in the nature of taxes (other than taxes on the profits of the Lender) whatsoever together with any interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto made on or in respect thereof;

 

  1.38 Total Loan Facility ” means the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms; and

 

  1.39 Transaction Fee” has the meaning given in Clause 10.1 and is the amount set forth above in the Loan Facility Terms.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

In this Loan Agreement (unless the context requires otherwise) any reference to:

 

  2.1 any law or legislative provision includes a reference to any subordinate legislation made under that law or legislative provision before the date of this Loan Agreement, to any modification, re-enactment or extension of that law or legislative provision made before that date and to any former law or legislative provision which it consolidated or re-enacted before that date;

 

  2.2 any gender includes a reference to other genders and the singular includes a reference to the plural and vice versa;
  2.3 a “ Clause or “ Schedule ” is to a Clause or Schedule (as the case may be) of or to this Loan Agreement;

 

  2.4 a person shall be construed as including a reference to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any country (or state thereof or any agency thereof);

 

  2.5 an “ amendment ” includes a supplement, novation or re-enactment in writing and “amended” is to be construed accordingly;

 

  2.6 assets ” includes present and future properties, undertakings, revenues, rights and benefits of every description;

 

  2.7 an “ authorisation ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration and notarisation;

 

  2.8 a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  2.9 control ” means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise and “ controlling interest ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

  2.10 holding company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a subsidiary;

 

  2.11 subsidiary ” means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent, of the voting capital or similar right of ownership and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise; or an entity treated as a subsidiary in the financial statements of any person pursuant to IFRS;

 

  2.12

this Loan Agreement or to any other document shall be construed as a reference to

 

 

4


Execution Version

 

  this Loan Agreement or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the consent of the relevant party or parties and (where such consent is, by the terms of this Loan Agreement or the relevant document, required to be obtained as a condition to such amendment being permitted) the prior written consent of that relevant party or parties;

 

  2.13 other ” and “ otherwise ” are not to be construed eiusdem generis with any foregoing words where a wider construction is possible and “ including ” and “ in particular ” are to be construed as being by way of illustration or emphasis only and are not to be construed as, nor shall they take effect as, limiting the generality of any foregoing or, as the case may be, subsequent words;

 

  2.14 a document being in “ agreed form ” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Lender and the Borrower; and

 

  2.15 any reference to an Event of Default being continuing is a reference to an Event of Default that has not been waived or remedied to the satisfaction of the Lender.

The headings in this Loan Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not form part of this Loan Agreement and do not affect its interpretation.

 

3. LOAN FACILITY

 

  3.1 Lender’s Commitment

 

  3.1.1 Subject to Clause 3.5 below, the Lender shall and agrees hereby to make available to the Borrower the Total Loan Facility under the terms of this Loan Agreement, to be drawn down as set out in the Loan Facility Terms and in accordance with Clause 3.2.

 

  3.1.2 The Lender shall not be under any commitment to advance the Loan or any part thereof after the Expiry Date or upon the earlier termination of the Loan Facility in accordance with Clause 3.4 or on any dates other than those specified in the Loan Facility Terms.
  3.1.3 The unutilised portion (if any) of the Loan Facility shall be cancelled on the next Business Day after the Expiry Date, whereupon the Total Loan Facility shall be reduced accordingly.

 

  3.1.4 In granting the Loan Facility the Lender is relying on the representations and warranties contained in Clause 7.

 

  3.1.5 The Loan Facility shall be secured by the Security Documents.

 

  3.2 Date of Advance(s) of the Loan

Subject to Clause 3.1.2, (and subject to the satisfaction of the relevant conditions set forth in Clause 3.5), the Loan shall be advanced and made available to the Borrower within fifteen days from receipt by the Lender of an executed Drawdown Notice. The Drawdown Notice must be for the full amount of the Loan Facility and be received by the Lender 15 days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date (as set out in the Loan Facility Terms). The Drawdown Notice shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Borrower incorporating the terms of this Loan Agreement, and shall be irrevocable. No more than one Drawdown Notice may be served in respect of the Loan.

 

  3.3 Method of Disbursement

The payment by the Lender of an amount specified in the Drawdown Notice to the account specified in that Drawdown Notice shall constitute the making of the Loan and the Borrower shall thereupon become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to the Lender in respect of the Loan in such an amount.

 

  3.4 Termination or Modification of funding commitment

The Lender’s commitment to advance the Loan in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement is limited in aggregate to the amount of the Total Loan Facility; provided, however, that the Lender, acting in its sole discretion, may terminate or modify its funding commitment pursuant to this Loan Agreement on or before the last condition precedent set out in Clause 3.5 has been

 

 

5


Execution Version

 

satisfied (by 14 days’ prior written notice to the Borrower (such written notice to refer to the relevant provision of this Clause and to specify the reason for such termination or modification) if:

 

  3.4.1 there is, in the Lender’s reasonable opinion, any materially accelerated depreciation in the value of the Charged Assets;

 

  3.4.2 there is any material change from the existing business of the Borrower to another type of business; or

 

  3.4.3 on either the date of the Drawdown Notice or on the Drawdown Date:

 

  (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing to be made pursuant to the Drawdown Notice;

 

  (b) the Borrower’s representations and warranties in Clause 7.1 would not be true if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing.

 

  3.4.4 The Lender is entitled to do so pursuant to Section 991 of the Austrian Genera! Civil Code ( Allgemeines Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch )

 

  3.5 Conditions Precedent requirements relative to the advance of the Loan

The Lender’s obligation to provide the Loan is subject to the prior satisfaction by the Borrower of the following conditions in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (acting reasonably):

 

  3.5.1 the provision of a copy of the resolutions of the Borrower’s supervisory board ( Aufsichtsrat ) authorising the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the execution and delivery to the Lender of this Loan
  Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  3.5.2 Delivery of an up-to date excerpt from the Company Registrar in respect of the Borrower and certified copies of the most recent Articles of Association ( Satzung ) of the Borrower;

 

  3.5.3 a confirmation by one member, or two members with collective representation authority, of the management board ( Vorstand ) of the Borrower confirming that the borrowing of the Loan Facility in full would not cause any borrowing limit binding on the Borrower to be exceeded;

 

  3.5.4 specimen signatures, authenticated by a member of the management board of the Borrower, of the persons authorised in the resolutions of the supervisory board referred to in Clause 3.5.1;

 

  3.5.5 the parties having executed and delivered to the Lender the originals of the Security Documents and this Loan Agreement and all perfection formalities as provided for in the Security Documents (including, without limitation, notifications and book entries) have been completed;

 

  3.5.6 the Borrower’s compliance with Clauses 10.1 and 10.2;

 

  3.5.7 delivery of the most recent financial management forecast for the Borrower as prepared by the Borrower’s management (in form and substance as prepared on a quarterly basis by the Borrower’s management);

 

  3.5.8 delivery of the most recent management accounts of the Borrower;

 

  3.5.9 delivery of certified copies of any policies of insurance maintained by the Borrower in respect of the Charged Assets including such insurances as are required pursuant to and complying in all respects with the requirements of Clause 12;
 

 

6


Execution Version

 

  3.5.10 confirmation from the Borrower that the Charged Assets are free and clear of all Security Interests whatsoever other than those granted under the Security Documents;

 

  3.5.11 Execution and delivery of the Option Agreement by the Borrower and Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited; and

 

  3.5.12 Confirmation by the Borrower that it has received additional funds in the aggregate amount of € 2,000,000 by way of an unsecured convertible loan agreement with its Shareholders;

 

  3.5.13 Confirmation in the agreed form from ERP of receipt of the loan owing to it pursuant to the loan agreement dated 5 May 2010 entered into by and between the Borrower and Raiffeisen Bank International AG on behalf of the ERP-Fonds and Austria Wirtschaftsservice GmbH;

each copy document delivered under this Clause 3.5 shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a member of the management board of the Borrower, or two members with collective representation authority.

 

  3.6 Waiver Possibility

If the Lender advances all or any part of the Loan to the Borrower prior to the satisfaction of all or any of the conditions referred to in Clause 3.5 (which the Lender has no obligation to do) the Borrower shall satisfy or procure the satisfaction of such condition or conditions which are under its sole control and have not been satisfied within fourteen (14) Business Days of the Drawdown Date (or within such longer period as the Lender may agree or specify), provided, that the Lender at its discretion may waive the satisfaction of any condition.

 

  3.7 Purpose of Loan and Charged Assets

 

  3.7.1 Unless the Lender shall otherwise agree in writing, the Borrower shall
  use the Loan solely for the purpose of conducting its business.

 

  3.7.2 The Charged Assets shall form the security for the monies borrowed by the Borrower.

 

4. TERM

 

  4.1 This Loan Agreement is effective upon execution by the Lender and the Borrower and shall continue until the later of (i) Expiry Date or (ii) the date upon which the Borrower shall have performed all its obligations hereunder.

 

  4.2 The Loan Term is 36 calendar months from the Drawdown Date.

 

  4.3 If the conditions set out in Clause 3.5 have not been satisfied on or prior to the Expiry Date (except to the extent waived in writing by the Lender under Clause 3.6), the Lender shall in its sole discretion have the option to either terminate the Loan Agreement or extend the period in which such conditions must be satisfied.

 

5. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

  5.1 Advance Payment

On delivery of the Drawdown Notice with respect to the Loan, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender (by way of deduction by the Lender from the amount of the Loan actually advanced to the Borrower) the advance payment specified above in the Loan Facility Terms (the “Advance Payment”), which shall be held by the Lender and applied in or towards payment of the last repayment instalment in respect of the Loan.

 

  5.2 Repayments

 

  5.2.1 The Borrower shall pay all unpaid and accrued interest in respect of the Loan on each Monthly Repayment Date.

 

  5.2.2 Commencing on the Monthly Repayment Date of the 7 th calendar month following the Drawdown of the Loan until the end of Loan Term the Borrower shall repay principal in respect of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.2.3.
 

 

7


Execution Version

 

  5.2.3 The Borrower shall on each Monthly Repayment Date repay the Loan in instalments by paying the Monthly Repayment Amount to the Lender as specified in a fully-amortising repayment schedule (the “ Repayment Schedule ”) as attached as Schedule B.

 

  5.2.4 All payments that the Borrower makes under this Loan Agreement shall be made in full, without any deduction, setoff or counterclaim and in immediately available cleared funds on the due date to an account which the Lender may specify to the Borrower for the purpose.

 

  5.2.5 The Lender shall have the right to issue a revised Repayment Schedule from time to time (and the Borrower acknowledges that the amount required to be repaid pursuant to Clause 5.2.3 may be increased from time to time in accordance with any revised Repayment Schedule) if any payments due under the relevant Repayment Schedule are not paid when due, so that on the expiry of the Loan Term there will be no amounts owing from the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement.

 

  5.2.6 The Borrower shall repay the principal amount of the Loan outstanding together with all accrued and unpaid interest, the End of Loan Payment, all unpaid fees, costs and expenses and all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Lender under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents on the expiry of the Loan Term.

 

  5.2.7 Subject to clause 5.2.8, each payment received by the Lender in respect of the Loan shall be applied as follows:

 

  (a) firstly, to discharge all outstanding fees, costs and expenses of or due to the Lender in respect of the Loan;

 

  (b) secondly, to discharge all accrued interest in respect of the Loan; and
  (c) thirdly, to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Loan.

 

  5.2.8 For the avoidance of doubt, the Lender may in its discretion apply any payment received or recovered from the Borrower to discharge any unpaid amount in respect of the Loan.

 

  5.2.9 Any amount repaid or prepaid may not be redrawn.

 

  5.2.10 If the Drawdown Date is not a Monthly Repayment Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender on the Drawdown Date (by way of deduction by the Lender of the amount of the Loan actually advanced to the Borrower) the Interim Repayment which shall discharge interest accrued on the Loan for the period from the Drawdown Date to First Monthly Repayment Date.

 

  5.3 Currency of Payments

Repayment of the Loan and payment of all other amounts owed to the Lender will be paid in the currency in which the Loan has been provided (the “Contractual Currency”), i.e. in Euros, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. The Borrower shall bear the cost in the event of and in respect of any payment made by it needs to be converted to the Contractual Currency.

 

  5.4 Prepayments

The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay the Loan in whole or in part in accordance with the following provisions;

 

  5.4.1 The Borrower shall submit to the Lender an irrevocable written request to prepay the Loan (or part of the Loan), at least 30 days in advance of such proposed prepayment, indicating the amount to be prepaid and the date of prepayment, provided that such prepayment shall be made on the last Business Day of a calendar month.
 

 

8


Execution Version

 

  5.4.2 If the prepayment is for the entire Loan, or the balance of the Loan following a partial prepayment, the prepayment sum shall be equal to the aggregate sum of the outstanding principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest plus all future interest payments on outstanding principal amounts as set out in the Repayment Schedule, less an amount equal to 4.5% of the aggregate prepayment sum, plus all other amounts accrued or owing under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents,

 

  5.4.3 If the prepayment is for an amount less than the entire Loan, then:

 

  (a) The prepayment sum will be an amount of principal no less than EUR 1,000,000, plus all accrued but unpaid interest to the prepayment date, plus future interest on the amount of principal being prepaid, less an amount equal to 4.5% of such aggregate prepayment sum ; and

 

  (b) The Lender will notify the Borrower of the amount of the Loan that remains to be paid upon payment by the Borrower of the prepayment sum and provide the Borrower with a new Repayment Schedule.

 

6. INTEREST

 

  6.1 Interest on the Loan shall accrue from day to day at a rate of 11.9% per annum (the “ Applicable Interest Rate ”), from the Drawdown Date until the repayment in full of the Loan, with payment of the interest being made to the Lender after any tax deduction at source including without limitation any withholding tax, if required under applicable law. Interest on the Loan and each part thereof shall be calculated and paid in the Contractual Currency.

 

  6.2 Time of payment of any sum due from the Borrower is of the essence under this Loan Agreement. If the Borrower fails to pay any sum to the Lender on its due date for payment
  the Borrower shall pay to the Lender forthwith on demand interest on such sum (compounded on a monthly basis) from the due date to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at a rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate plus 5% per annum. If the Borrower fails to pay any sum within ten (10) Business Days after such sum is due, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender a one-off late payment charge of 3% of such sum to compensate the Lender for additional administrative expense.

 

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  7.1 The Borrower warrants and represents the following as at the date hereof:

 

  7.1.1 the Borrower is a stock corporation ( Aktiengesellschaft ) duly organised and validly existing under the laws of Austria;

 

  7.1.2 the Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents, including third party consents, necessary for it

 

  (a) to execute this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is or is to be party; and

 

  (b) to borrow under this Loan Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with all its other obligations under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

  (c) to grant the Lender first priority Security Interest under the Security Documents;
 

 

9


Execution Version

 

  7.1.3 this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is or is to be party, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents):

 

  (a) constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms and in relation to enforceability subject to any general principles of law limiting enforceability; and

 

  (b) create legal, valid and binding security interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and any general principles of law limiting enforceability of such security interests;

 

  7.1.4 the execution and (where applicable) registration by the Borrower of this Loan Agreement and each Security Document to which it is or is to be a party, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan and its compliance with this Loan Agreement and each Security Document to which it is or is to be party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

  (a) to the Borrower’s best knowledge, any applicable law or other legal requirement applicable to it; or

 

  (b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

 

  (c) any contractual obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets;

 

  7.1.5 all material consents, licences, approvals and authorisations, including in relation to Intellectual Property, required by the Borrower in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents have been or (upon
  execution thereof) shall have been obtained by the Drawdown Date and are (or upon execution thereof shall be) in full force and effect until the date upon which the Borrower shall have performed all its obligations hereunder;

 

  7.1.6 all material written financial and factual information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the negotiation of this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents was, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower and to the extent such information was not forward-looking, true and accurate in all material respects when given and there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made any statement or information contained therein misleading in any material respect;

 

  7.1.7 the Accounts were prepared in accordance with IFRS accounting principles and to the Borrower’s best knowledge and according to the auditor’s opinion were consistently applied and fairly represent (in conjunction with the notes thereto) the financial condition of it as at the date to which they were drawn up and the results of its operations during the financial year then ended;

 

  7.1.8 since publication of the Accounts, there has been no event which has had a Material Adverse Effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower and/or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  7.1.9 it has its centre of main interest (COMI) in Austria for the purposes of the EU Regulation on Insolvency Proceedings EC 1346/2000;

 

  7.1.10

all payments made or to be made by the Borrower under or pursuant to this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents to which the Borrower is or is to be party shall be made following deduction or

 

 

10


Execution Version

 

  withholding for, or on account of, any taxes for which withholding is required pursuant to applicable law and/or tax ruling of the applicable tax authorities; and

 

  7.1.11 there is no action, proceeding or claim pending or, so far as the Borrower is aware, threatened against the Borrower before any court or administrative agency which are likely to be adversely determined.

 

  7.1.12 the Borrower owns with good and marketable title all the Charged Assets, free from all security interests and other interests and rights of every kind other than Security Interests created pursuant to the Security Documents, and all the Charged Assets are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such Charged Assets are in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost; and the assets charged pursuant to the Fixed Assets Pledge represent all of the Borrower’s fixed assets with a book value exceeding EUR 1,000.00 per item.

 

  7.2 The Borrower’s representations and warranties set out in Clauses 7.1.1 - 7.1.5 and 7.1.9, 7.1.10 and 7.1.12 inclusive shall survive the execution of this Loan Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Drawdown Date and on each Monthly Repayment Date with respect to the facts and circumstances then existing, as if made at such time.

 

8. UNDERTAKINGS

 

  8.1 The Borrower undertakes to the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 8 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit:

 

  8.1.1 the Borrower will obtain, effect and keep effective all material permissions, licences and permits which may from time to time be
  required in connection with the Charged Assets or for the conduct of the business of each Group Company generally;

 

  8.1.2 the Borrower (or each Group Company as appropriate) will own only for its own account the Charged Assets free from all Security Interests except for those created or permitted by the Security Documents;

 

  8.1.3 subject to clause 8.1.22, the Borrower will not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Charged Assets or any interest therein other than as permitted by the Security Documents;

 

  8.1.4 the Borrower will, upon written request of the Lender, promptly provide to the Lender (and will procure that each Group Company will promptly provide to the Lender):

 

  (a) details of any changes to its management board or any Group Company management board;

 

  (b) details of any Group Company incorporated on or after the date of this Loan Agreement;

 

  (c) an update on trading, licensing, funding, cashflow, burn rate (if not included in the management accounts), runway, market and competitive environment and any possible change of control (as defined in Clause 9.1.10); and

 

  (d) details of any legal proceedings issued by or against the Borrower or any Group Company;

 

  (e)

such other information (financial or otherwise) as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time concerning its affairs

 

 

11


Execution Version

 

  (including, without limitation, information concerning the Charged Assets, its assets from time to time and any request for amplification or explanation of any item in the financial statements, budgets or other material provided by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement).

 

  8.1.5 the Borrower will provide to the Lender all documents, confirmations and evidence required by the Lender to satisfy (acting reasonably) its “know your customer” requirements or similar identification checks in order to meet its obligations from time to time under applicable money laundering, or similar, laws and regulations;

 

  8.1.6 the Borrower will provide the Lender (and will procure that each Group Company will provide the Lender) with its monthly consolidated management accounts and any Group management accounts (each certified by a member of the management board) as fairly presenting the data reflected, within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar month, or if sooner, at the same time they are provided to any investor of the Borrower;

 

  8.1.7 the Borrower will provide the Lender (and will procure that each Group Company will provide the Lender) with all information that it provides to all its shareholders in the course of its regular reporting (in particular, if available, quarterly consolidated management accounts and any Group management accounts, certified by a member of the management board) generally at the same time that it provides such information to its shareholders;

 

  8.1.8 the Borrower will provide the Lender with annual audited IFRS financial statements for each Group Company at the same time that such
  statements are provided to the Borrower’s shareholders (but in any event within the first four months of each year), in each case including statement of operations, balance sheet, statement of cash flows and shareholders’ equity, certified by a firm of chartered accountants of recognised national standing;

 

  8.1.9 the Borrower will, no later than before the start of each of its financial years, provide a budget showing a projected consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each financial year, a projected profit and loss account, and a cash flow forecast for the forthcoming financial year together with three separate quarterly updates;

 

  8.1.10 the Borrower will provide the Lender with a summary of the material documents circulated to all members of the Supervisory Board without undue delay after the full documents are delivered to the members of the Supervisory Board;

 

  8.1.11 the Borrower will grant the Lender the right to have a representative to meet with the Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer once each quarter throughout the Security Period to review and discuss the operating performance and financial condition of the Borrower, in addition, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender shall be entitled to have a representative to attend all of the meetings of the Borrower’s supervisory board and management board in a nonvoting observer capacity. In such event, the Borrower agrees to give notice of all board meetings to the Lender at the same time as to its supervisory and management board members;

 

  8.1.12 the Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send copies to the Lender of, all consents required:

 

  (a) for the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Loan Agreement and each Security Document;
 

 

12


Execution Version

 

  (b) for the validity or enforceability of this Loan Agreement and any Security Document; and

 

  (c) for the Borrower to continue to own the Charged Assets,

and the Borrower will, to its best knowledge, comply with the material terms of all such consents;

 

  8.1.13 the Borrower will notify the Lender without undue delay after it becomes aware thereof, of;

 

  (a) any events that may have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been waived; or

 

  (c) any event or circumstances which would (with the expiry of a grace period and/or the giving of notice) be an Event of Default,

and will thereafter keep the Lender fully up to date with all developments;

 

  8.1.14 the Borrower will maintain, within its reasonable business judgement, adequate risk protection through insurances on and in relation to its business and assets to the extent reasonably required on the basis of good business practice taking into account, inter alia, its financial position and nature of operations. All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters;

 

  8.1.15 subject to clause 8.1.16, the Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness, except:

 

  (a) under this Loan Agreement;
  (b) where a Group Company is lending to or borrowing from the Borrower, provided that the benefit of such loan is charged to the Lender on terms satisfactory to it;

 

  (c) non-speculative hedging transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with protection against interest rate or currency fluctuations;

 

  (d) arising in the ordinary course of business or with suppliers of goods with a maximum duration of 90 days; or

 

  (e) grants that do not need to be repaid by the Borrower and subsidised loans from Austrian R&D agencies (such as FFG) that are not secured against any of the assets or the business of the Borrower; or

 

  (f) under the existing convertible loan agreements entered into by the Borrower.

 

  8.1.16 notwithstanding Clause 8.1.15, the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no Group Company will) incur any Financial Indebtedness owing to any shareholder of a Group Company or any persons or companies related to them, (whether or not convertible) unless such Financial Indebtedness is (i) unsecured and on no better terms than apply to the Lender and subordinated to Lender’s claims on terms satisfactory to it, and (ii) otherwise is on terms (including interest, and repayment) reasonably satisfactory to the Lender

 

  8.1.17

the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other Group Company will) create or permit to subsist any Security Interest over any of its assets (with the exception of Security Interests created or permitted to subsist in the ordinary course of business (such as account

 

 

13


Execution Version

 

  pledges under general business conditions of banks or retention of title in respect of equipment) or by operation of law, or the Security Documents;

 

  8.1.18 the Borrower shall not:

 

  (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are leased to or intended to be re-acquired by any Group Company;

 

  (b) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  (c) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (d) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset;

 

  8.1.19 Clauses 8.1.17 and 8.1.18 do not apply to:

 

  (a) Security provided to the Lender under the Loan Agreement or any Security Document;

 

  (b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Group Company in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances; and

 

  (c) any security arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading;
  8.1.20 the Borrower will not make any distribution by way of dividend or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Lender unless the Borrower retains a cash balance for the remainder of the Loan Term sufficient to repay the Loan (including all interest, costs and charges as set out in this Loan Agreement) and is able to demonstrate the retention of the cash balance at any time to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender;

 

  8.1.21 the Borrower shall be responsible for all costs associated with maintaining the registration of all registerable Pledged intellectual Property and the Charged Assets including all tax assessments, insurance premiums, operating costs and repair and maintenance costs as well as any fees associated with registering of any security granted in connection with this Loan; and

 

  8.1.22 the Borrower shall at the written request of the Lender from time to time (and shall procure that each Group Company shall) execute and deliver such further documents creating Security Interests in favour of the Lender over such assets and in such form as the Lender may require in its discretion (acting reasonably) from time to time to: (i) secure all monies, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and/or any Group Company to the Lender or (ii) facilitate the realisation of the Charged Assets or (iii) exercise the powers conferred on the Lender or a receiver appointed under any Security Document, from time to time.

 

9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

  9.1 An Event of Default occurs if:

 

  9.1.1 the conditions set out in Clause 3.5 (except to the extent waived in writing by Lender) are not satisfied by the Expiry Date unless that period is extended in accordance with Clause 4.2; or
 

 

14


Execution Version

 

  9.1.2 the Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable to the Lender under this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents unless its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error, or a Disruption Event and such error is rectified within 3 Business Days and the Disruption Event continues for no longer than 5 Business Days; or

 

  9.1.3 any material breach by the Borrower occurs of any provision of this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents (other than a breach specified in Clause 9.1.2), unless:

 

  (a) the Lender notifies the Borrower in writing that it is satisfied that the breach has not put any of the security for the Loan immediately at risk and that it considers that the breach is capable of remedy; and

 

  (b) within ten (10) Business Days after the Lender serves on the Borrower a notice of default under this Loan Agreement, or such longer period as the Lender may specify in such notice, the Borrower remedies the breach to the satisfaction of the Lender; or

 

  9.1.4 any representation, warranty or statement made to the Lender by, or by an officer of, the Borrower in this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to this Loan Agreement or any other Security Document is untrue or misleading in any material respect when it is made or repeated; or

 

  9.1.5 Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Group Company in an amount above EUR 25,000 is not paid when due or any Security Interest over any assets of the Borrower is lawfully enforced, or the indebtedness owing to FFG is not deferred when due on
  31 December 2014 on the same or better terms as deferred on 6 June 2014, or, if not deferred, is not repaid with new monies (debt or equity) pursuant to clause 8.1.16; or

 

  9.1.6 One of the following events occurs in respect of the Borrower or any Group Company:

 

  (a) It stops payment, or is unable to, or admits inability to, pay its debts as they fall due, or is insolvent or over indebted under applicable Austrian insolvency laws, or shall be adjudicated or found bankrupt or insolvent; or

 

  (b) By reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, it commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (other than FFG or its Shareholders) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or

 

  (c) a petition for the opening of insolvency proceedings ( insolvenzverfahren ) against the Borrower or any Group Company is filed, or any board (and/or any individual member of any such board) is required, under applicable law, to file for the opening of insolvency proceedings; or

 

  (d) any order shall be made by any competent court or any resolution shall be passed by the Borrower or any Group Company for the appointment of a liquidator, administrator or receiver of, or for the winding up of, the Borrower or any Group Company or a moratorium is imposed or declared over any or all of the assets and business of the Borrower or any Group Company, or

 

  9.1.7

an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver is appointed over the whole or, in the reasonable opinion

 

 

15


Execution Version

 

  of the Lender, any material part of, the assets of the Borrower or any Group Company or a distress, execution or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against the whole or, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, a material part of the assets of the Borrower or any Group Company; or

 

  9.1.8 any event shall occur which under the law of any jurisdiction to which the Borrower or any Group Company is subject has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events referred to in Clause 9.1.6 or 9.1.7; or

 

  9.1.9 the Borrower or any Group Company ceases carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, is material in the context of the Borrower’s ability to repay the loan; or

 

  9.1.10 there is a change of control of the Borrower; for the purposes of this Clause 9.1.10, a “change of control” shall include (without limitation) any of the following events (whether in one or in a series of related transactions): statutory merger, consolidation, or reorganisation of the Borrower with or into, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Borrower, or the sale or issue of shares or securities of the Borrower other than in the context of an initial public offering or of an external financing round (whether by the Borrower or by shareholders of the Borrower) representing a majority of the voting power in the Borrower, provided, that the Lender may agree (acting reasonably), by written notice to the Borrower, that a change of control shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld), but that nevertheless the consequences set forth in Clause 9.3.1(a) and 9.3.1(b) shall apply, and in such event, pursuant to Clause 5.4.2, the outstanding principal amount, together with accrued and
  unpaid interest, plus future interest on the amount of principal being repaid less an amount equal to 4.5% of such aggregate sum, and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents, ,[stet] shall be due and payable simultaneously with the closing of the change of control transaction; or

 

  9.1.11 it becomes unlawful or impossible (i) for the Borrower to discharge any liability under this Loan Agreement or to comply with any other obligation which the Lender considers material under this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents, or (ii) for the Lender to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any security interest created by, this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents; or

 

  9.1.12 any provision of this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents which the Lender reasonably considers material proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by the Security Documents proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest (other than any security arising by operation of law in the Borrower’s ordinary course of business) or any other third party claim or interest, provided however that if the Borrower proposes replacement security which the Lender accepts (acting reasonably), and such replacement security is constituted in a manner acceptable to the Lender within such period of time as the Lender may require, such event shall cease to constitute an Event of Default;

 

  9.1.13

the Charged Assets are in any way materially imperilled or in jeopardy (including by way of depreciation in value beyond a normal depreciation) provided however that if the

 

 

16


Execution Version

 

  Borrower proposes replacement security which the Lender accepts (acting reasonably), and such replacement security is constituted in a manner acceptable to the Lender within such period of time as the Lender may require, such event shall cease to constitute an Event of Default; or

 

  9.1.14 any event of default (howsoever described) specified in the Security Documents shall occur.

 

  9.2 No Event of Default (other than pursuant to 9.1.2, to which a maximum period of 5 Business Days, including a potential Disruption Event, shall apply) shall be deemed to exist if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Lender giving written notice to the Borrower.

 

  9.3 Lender’s Rights

 

  9.3.1 On or at any time following the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may:

 

  (a) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all obligations of the Lender to the Borrower under this Loan Agreement including (without limitation) the obligation to advance the Loan are terminated; and/or

 

  (b) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued and future interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Loan Agreement and Security Documents pursuant to clause 9.5 are immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (c) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clauses (a) or (b) above, the Lender is entitled to take under the Security Documents or any applicable law.
  9.3.2 Following the service of a notice pursuant to clause 9.3.1(b) above, to the extent that the Borrower has insufficient funds to repay the amounts due pursuant to that clause and this Agreement the Borrower shall (to the extent permitted to do so by law) immediately call for the repayment of any intra Group loans and shall do all such things necessary to recover the intra Group loan amounts from the relevant Group companies as soon as possible

 

  9.4 End of Lender’s Obligations

On the service of a notice under Clause 9.3.1(a) and/or Clause 9.3.1(b), all the obligations of the Lender to the Borrower under this Loan Agreement shall terminate.

 

  9.5 Acceleration

On the service of a notice under Clauses 9.3.1(a) or 9.3.1(b), the following sums shall become immediately due and payable:

 

  9.5.1 the outstanding principal amount of the Loan;

 

  9.5.2 all accrued and unpaid interest;

 

  9.5.3 in respect of the Loan, the aggregate of the monthly interest payments scheduled to be paid by the Borrower on each Monthly Repayment Date (as is set out in the most recent Repayment Schedule issued by the Lender) for the period from the date of prepayment to the expiry of the Loan Term, in each case discounted from the respective applicable Monthly Repayment Date to the date of prepayment at the rate of 4.5%;

 

  9.5.4 the End of Loan Payment;

 

  9.5.5 all unpaid fees, costs and expenses; and

 

  9.5.6 all other sums accrued or owing by the Borrower to the Lender under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents.
 

 

17


  9.6 Waiver of Event of Default

The Lender, at its sole and absolute discretion, may waive any Event of Default hereunder, prior to or after the event or events giving rise thereto, provided that such waiver may be effected only by written notice provided by the Lender to the Borrower to that effect (and subject further to Clause 16.3 below); and it being understood and acknowledged, that if and so long as no notice of waiver of an Event of Default was so provided, such Event of Default shall be deemed as having occurred and in effect for all purposes hereunder unless it has been remedied in accordance with Clause 9.2 above.

 

10. FEES, EXPENSES AND TAXES

 

  10.1 Transaction Fee

The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that the Transaction Fee shall be paid by the Borrower to the Lender upon the execution of this Loan Agreement.

 

  10.2 Documentary Costs

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender on the Lender’s demand, the reasonable legal expenses plus applicable VAT incurred by the Lender in connection with:

 

  10.2.1 the negotiation and execution of this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby up to a total aggregate of £37,000 plus VAT and 40,000 euros plus VAT;

 

  10.2.2 any amendment or supplement to this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made (save that the cap referred to above (being 84,400 euros exc of VAT for this purpose) shall not apply to such amounts but a cap shall be agreed prior to any costs being incurred);

 

  10.2.3 any consent or waiver by the Lender concerned under or in connection with this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents or any request for such a consent or waiver (save that the said cap shall not apply to
  such amounts but a cap shall be agreed prior to any costs being incurred); and

 

  10.2.4 any reasonable step taken by the Lender required for the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or security interest created by this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents or for any similar purpose, save that the said cap shall not apply to such amounts but a cap shall be agreed prior to any costs being incurred except if such action is taken following any breach of this agreement, in which case no cap shall apply.

 

  10.3 Certain Taxes and Duties

The Borrower shall promptly pay any documentary, stamp or other equivalent tax (in particular stamp duties pursuant to the Austrian Stamp Duty Act) or duty payable on or by reference to this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents, including but not limited to the preparation, execution, amendment, waiver, transfer, assignment, novation, enforcement, release, reference to and bringing into Austria of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents (original or certified copy thereof) or communication referencing thereto or any other act or omission under or in connection with this Agreement or the Security Documents, or any share warrant, convertible bond agreement or local law equivalent, and shall, on the Lender’s demand, fully indemnify the Lender against any liabilities and expenses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

 

  10.4 Recovery of Overdue Fees

Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Loan Agreement, the Lender shall be entitled (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Lender), at any time and from time to time, to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is then entitled on any account with the Lender in satisfaction of the sum or sums from time to time owing by the Borrower to the Lender under and/or pursuant to this Clause 10. The Lender shall give notice to the Borrower of any such application promptly thereafter.

 

 

18


Execution Version

 

  10.5 Liability for Taxes

 

  10.5.1 The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax deduction, unless a Tax deduction is required by law. The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax deduction) notify the Lender.

 

  10.5.2 if a Tax deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax deduction had been required.

 

  10.5.3 If the Borrower is required to make a Tax deduction, the Borrower shall make that Tax deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  10.5.4 Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Tax deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  10.6 Illegality and Increased Costs

 

  10.6.1 If it is or becomes contrary to any law or regulation for the Lender to make available the Loan Facility or to maintain its obligations to do so or fund the Loan, the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower whereupon (a) the Lender’s obligations to make the Loan Facility available shall be terminated and (b) the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan pursuant to Clause 5.4 either (i) forthwith or (ii) on a future specified date, but on or before the latest date permitted by the relevant law or regulation.
  Notwithstanding Clause 5.4, the prepayment amount shall solely constitute the outstanding loan amount plus any accrued, but unpaid interest, but without any future interest, unless such illegality is a result of any change of Austrian laws or regulations in which case the prepayment amount shall also include future interest.

 

  10.6.2 If the result of any change in, or to the generally accepted interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or regulation by any governmental or regulatory authority is to subject the Lender to Taxes or change the basis of the payment of Taxes by the Lender with respect to any payment under this Agreement (other than Taxes on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Lender), then (i) the Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and (ii) the Borrower shall on demand, made at any time whether or not the Loan has been repaid but not later than 12 months after repayment of the Loan, pay to the Lender the amount of the increased costs which the Lender has suffered as a result up to a maximum amount of 10% of the Loan Facility, unless such Taxes or changed basis of the payment of Taxes is a result of any change of Austrian laws or regulations in which case no such maximum amount applies.

 

11. INDEMNITIES

 

  11.1 Indemnity for Non-Scheduled Payments

Without derogating from Clause 10 above, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender fully on its demand in respect of all expenses, liabilities and losses which are suffered or incurred by the Lender, as a result of or in connection with:

 

  11.1.1 the Loan not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender only;
 

 

19


Execution Version

 

  11.1.2 any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents on the due date or, if so payable, on demand; or

 

  11.1.3 the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 9.5, and in respect of any Taxes (other than Taxes on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Lender) for which the Lender is liable or held liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to the Lender (whether for its own account or otherwise) under this Agreement or the Security Documents.

 

  11.2 Third Party Claims Indemnity

Upon an agreement relating thereto or upon a final non appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender fully on its demand in respect of claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind including reasonable attorney’s fees (“liability items”) which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, the Lender, in any country, in relation to:

 

  11.2.1 any action lawfully and reasonably taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents by the Lender or by any receiver appointed under the Security Documents after the occurrence of any Event of Default; and

 

  11.2.2 any material breach of any of the representations and/or warranties contained in Clause 7 hereof or in the Security Documents or any material breach of any covenant, commitment or agreement by the Borrower contained in Clause 8 hereof or elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Security Documents.
12. RISK AND INSURANCE

 

  12.1 All risk of loss, theft and damage of and to the Charged Assets from any cause whatsoever shall be the risk of the Borrower, and no such event shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation under the Drawdown Notice.

 

  12.2 The Borrower shall:

 

  12.2.1 bear all risk of loss of or damage to the Charged Assets whether insured against or not;

 

  12.2.2 maintain with a reputable insurance company, in accordance with good and prudent practices of owners of such Charged Assets, fully comprehensive insurance covering (i) loss of or damage to, the Charged Assets under the Fixed Assets Pledge Agreement and against such other risks as assets of the same type as the Charged Assets under the Fixed Assets Pledge Agreement are normally (or when used in the manner or for the purposes for which the Charged Assets under the Fixed Assets Pledge Agreement are to be used) insured, and (ii) all liability whatsoever (including liability of the Lender) to any third party whomsoever including any employee, agent or sub-contractor of the Lender or of the Borrower who may suffer damage to or loss of property or death or personal injury, whether arising directly or indirectly from the Charged Assets or their use;

 

  12.2.3 upon request produce to the Lender the policy and all premium receipts;

 

  12.2.4 promptly notify the Lender of any event which may give rise to a claim under the policy; and

 

  12.2.5 upon request pledge to the Lender the Borrower’s rights under such policy.

 

13. END OF LOAN PAYMENT

The Borrower shall be required to pay the Lender, at the earlier of (i) the time of the last payment on the Loan, or (ii) the termination of the Loan, the End of

 

 

20


Execution Version

 

Loan Payment. Upon payment of the End of Loan Payment, subject to the terms of this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents (including the making of all payments hereunder and thereunder), the Lender shall take all appropriate action to fully release the Security Interests over the Charged Assets. Failure to pay the End of Loan Payment shall constitute a breach of this Loan Agreement.

 

14. POWER OF ATTORNEY

The Borrower by way of security hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender and separately any receiver appointed under any Security Document severally to be its attorney in its name and to act on its behalf and to execute and complete any deeds or documents which the Lender may require for perfecting its title to or for vesting the Charged Assets both present and any purchaser and otherwise generally to sign seal and deliver and otherwise perfect any such legal or other Security Interest referred to in Clause 8.1.23 and all such deeds and documents and to do all such acts and things as may be required for the full exercise of the powers conferred hereunder or under any Security Document including any sale, lease, disposition, realisation or getting in and this appointment shall operate as a general power of attorney made under s.10 of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971. The Borrower hereby covenants with the Lender and separately with any such receiver to ratify and confirm any deed, document, act and thing and all transactions which any such attorney may lawfully execute or do.

 

15. NOTICES

 

  15.1 Any notice, demand or other communication (“ Notice ”) to be given by any party under, or in connection with, this Loan Agreement shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it. Any Notice shall be served by sending it by fax to the number set out in Clause 15.2, or delivering it by hand to the address set out in Clause 15.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in Clause 15.2 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15). Any Notice so served by fax or hand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows:

 

  15.1.1 if sent by fax, at the time of transmission; or

 

  15.1.2 in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered,

provided that in each case where delivery by fax or by hand occurs after 5pm on a Business Day (local time in the place of receipt) or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at 9am on the next following Business Day (local time in the place of receipt).

References to time in the clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

  15.2 The addresses and fax number of the parties for the purpose of Clause 15 are as follows:

 

  15.2.1 Lender:

Address: Kreos Capital

25-29 Old Burlington Street

London W1S 3AN

Fax: +44 20 7409 1034

For the attention of: Sean Dunne

with a copy to:

Address: Speechly Bircham LLP

6 New Street Square

London EC4A 3LX

Fax: +44 (0)20 7427 6600

For the attention of: Chris Putt

 

  15.2.2 Borrower: Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Address: Leberstraße 20

1110 Vienna

Austria

Fax: +43 0 74093 1900

For the attention of: Ralf Schmid

 

  15.3 A party may notify the other party to the Loan Agreement of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or fax number for the purposes of this Clause 15, provided that such notice shall only be effective on:

 

  15.3.1 the date specified in the notification as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

  15.3.2 if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

  15.4 in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed and delivered to the address shown thereon or that the facsimile transmission was made and a facsimile confirmation report was received, as the case may be.
 

 

21


Execution Version

 

16. GENERAL

 

  16.1 All agreements, covenants, representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in this Loan Agreement or in the Drawdown Notices or other documents delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery, and the expiration, cancellation or other termination of this Loan Agreement and/or the Drawdown Notice.

 

  16.2 if the Borrower shall fail to perform any of its obligations under any Drawdown Notice duly and promptly, the Lender may, at its option and at any time, perform the same without waiving any default on the part of the Borrower, or any of the Lender’s rights. The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender, within five (5) Business Days after notice thereof is given to the Borrower, for all expenses and liabilities incurred by the Lender (acting reasonably) in the performance of the Borrower’s obligations.

 

  16.3 The Lender’s failure at any time to require strict performance by the Borrower shall not constitute waiver of, or diminish, the Lender’s right to demand strict compliance with any provision of the Loan. Waiver by the Lender of any default shall not constitute waiver of any other default. No rights or remedies referred to herein shall be exclusive, but shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy set forth herein or otherwise available to the Borrower at law or in equity.

 

  16.4 During the Loan Term, the Borrower shall ask from the Lender for an offer for additional debt or loan financing at the time that such requests are provided to other financing sources. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties herewith record that neither the Lender nor the Borrower shall be under any obligation to submit and, as the case may be, accept such offer.
  16.5 The Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights, benefits and obligations under this Loan Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lender. The Lender shall have the right, to assign, sell, pledge, grant a security interest in or otherwise encumber its rights, benefits and obligations under this Loan Agreement and/or the Drawdown Notice and/or Security Documents to any Affiliate, any Related Fund or any investor in it, any such Affiliate or Related Fund or to any bank or other financial institution engaged in the holding or management of loans or securities, on notice to the Borrower, or to any third party subject to the Borrower’s consent such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (an “ Assignee ”), or may be acting as an agent for any Assignee in entering into any Drawdown Notice. The Borrower agrees that as from such assignment it shall owe its obligations, under this Loan Agreement and/or any Drawdown Notice and Security Documents to such Assignee rather than to the Lender, or that any of its other obligations under the relevant Drawdown Notice are to be owed to the named Assignee. Subject to the foregoing, this Loan Agreement and each Drawdown Notice inures to the benefit of, and is binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Lender.

 

  16.6 The Lender shall keep confidential all information received by it from the Borrower pursuant to this Loan Agreement except that the Borrower consents to the disclosure of such information by the Lender as may be required by law or regulation and to the following persons;

 

  16.6.1 the portfolio manager of the Lender;

 

  16.6.2 the legal advisers of the Lender;

 

  16.6.3 potential assignees of the Lender;

 

  16.6.4 potential investors of the Lender;

subject to:

 

  (a) such recipients entering into obligations of confidentiality to the Lender; and

 

  (b)

on the occurrence of the disclosure of information to the classes described in

 

 

22


Execution Version

 

  clauses 16.6.3 and 16.6.4, the Borrower being informed of the information being so disclosed.

 

  16.7 Clause titles are solely for convenience and are not an aid in the interpretation of this Loan Agreement.

 

  16.8 If any provision or remedy herein provided is determined invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted; but the remaining provisions, including remaining default remedies, shall be given effect in accordance with their terms.

 

  16.9 This Loan Agreement, together with the Security Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Loan Agreement may not be modified except in writing executed by the Lender and the Borrower. No supplier or agent of the Lender is authorised to bind the Lender or to waive or modify any term of this Loan Agreement.

 

  16.10 A person who is not a party to this Loan Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

 

  16.11 This Loan Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including PDF or facsimile copies), each of which shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  16.12 This Loan Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be governed by English law.

 

  16.13 All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, disputes relating to any noncontractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement, shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.
 

 

23


Execution Version

 

SCHEDULE A

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

Drawdown No. 1

Dated [    ] July 2014

between

 

Kreos Capital IV (UK) Ltd Nabriva Therapeutics AG
the (“Lender”) the (“Borrower”)

This Drawdown Notice forms a Schedule to a Loan Agreement between the Lender and the Borrower dated [    ] July 2014 (the “ Loan Agreement ”)

The Lender has granted the Borrower a loan facility pursuant to the terms and conditions set out in the Loan Agreement and attached Schedules.

Words and expressions in this Drawdown Notice shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement.

 

1


Execution Version

 

Loan Details

 

Total Loan Facility

  EUR      5,000,000.00   

Amount of Loan Facility utilised under previous Drawdown Notice(s)

  EUR      0.00   

Amount of Loan Facility to be drawn down pursuant to this Drawdown Notice

  EUR      5,000,000.00   

Balance Loan Facility available for drawdown under future Drawdown Notices

  EUR      0.00   

Loan Term

  36 months   

 

Bank Account Details for remittance of funds

Bank Name: Raiffeisen Bank International AG

Bank Address: Am Stadtpark 9, 1030 Vienna, Austria

Beneficiary Name: Nabriva Therapeutics AG

Beneficiary Address: Leberstrasse 20, 1110 Vienna, Austria

Account No: 104068862

IBAN: AT463100000104068862

SWIFT/BIC: RZBAATWW

Anticipated Drawdown Date

(a Business Day no later than the Date of Expiry of the Loan Facility)

25th July 2014

The principal will be repaid and interest shall be paid monthly in accordance with the Repayment Schedule included in the Loan Agreement.

We confirm that:

 

(a) the representations and warranties made by us in the Loan Agreement are true and accurate on the date of this Drawdown Notice as if made on such date; and

 

(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the delivery of this Drawdown Notice.

 

for and on behalf of
Nabriva Therapeutics AG

 

Authorised Signatory

 

Name

 

Dated [    ] July 2014

 

2


Execution Version

 

SCHEDULE B

Repayment Schedule

Repayment Schedule (all amounts are in EUR)

 

Payment Due

   Fees      Advance
Payment
    Capital      Interest      Total  

25-Jul-14

     75,000.00         191,604.70           11,410.96         278,015.66   

01-Aug-14

     0.00         0.00        0.00         49,583.33         49,583.33   

01-Sep-14

     0.00         0.00        0.00         49,583.33         49,583.33   

01-Oct-14

     0.00         0.00        0.00         49,583.33         49,583.33   

01-Nov-14

     0.00         0.00        0.00         49,583.33         49,583.33   

01-Dec-14

     0.00         0.00        0.00         49,583.33         49,583.33   

01-Jan-15

     0.00         0.00        0.00         49,583.33         49,583.33   

01-Feb-15

     0.00         0.00        191,604.70         0.00         191,604.70   

01-Mar-15

     0.00         0.00        143,921.45         47,683.25         191,604.70   

01-Apr-15

     0.00         0.00        145,348.67         46,256.03         191,604.70   

01-May-15

     0.00         0.00        146,790.04         44,814.66         191,604.70   

01-Jun-15

     0.00         0.00        148,245.71         43,358.99         191,604.70   

01-Jul-15

     0.00         0.00        149,715.81         41,888.89         191,604.70   

01-Aug-15

     0.00         0.00        151,200.49         40,404.21         191,604.70   

01-Sep-15

     0.00         0.00        152,699.90         38,904.80         191,604.70   

01-Oct-15

     0.00         0.00        154,214.17         37,390.53         191,604.70   

01-Nov-15

     0.00         0.00        155,743.46         35,861.24         191,604.70   

01-Dec-15

     0.00         0.00        157,287.92         34,316.78         191,604.70   

01-Jan-16

     0.00         0.00        158,847.69         32,757.01         191,604.70   

01-Feb-16

     0.00         0.00        160,422.93         31,181.77         191,604.70   

01-Mar-16

     0.00         0.00        162,013.79         29,590.91         191,604.70   

01-Apr-16

     0.00         0.00        163,620.43         27,984.27         191,604.70   

01-May-16

     0.00         0.00        165,243.00         26,361.70         191,604.70   

01-Jun-16

     0.00         0.00        166,881.66         24,723.04         191,604.70   

01-Jul-16

     0.00         0.00        168,536.57         23,068.13         191,604.70   

01-Aug-16

     0.00         0.00        170,207.89         21,396.81         191,604.70   

01-Sep-16

     0.00         0.00        171,895.78         19,708.92         191,604.70   

01-Oct-16

     0.00         0.00        173,600.42         18,004.28         191,604.70   

01-Nov-16

     0.00         0.00        175,321.95         16,282.75         191,604.70   

01-Dec-16

     0.00         0.00        177,060.56         14,544.14         191,604.70   

01-Jan-17

     0.00         0.00        178,816.41         12,788.29         191,604.70   

01-Feb-17

     0.00         0.00        180,589.68         11,015.02         191,604.70   

01-Mar-17

     0.00         0.00        182,380.52         9,224.18         191,604.70   

01-Apr-17

     0.00         0.00        184,189.13         7,415.57         191,604.70   

01-May-17

     0.00         0.00        186,015.67         5,589.03         191,604.70   

01-Jun-17

     0.00         0.00        187,860.33         3,744.37         191,604.70   

01-Jul-17

     25,000.00         (191,604.70     189,723.28         1,881.42         25,000.00   

 

Instalments Payable to:
Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
Bank Address:    41 Lotbbury, London, EC2R 7HF
Beneficiary Name:    Kreos Capital IV (UK) Limited
Beneficiary Address:    25 Old Burlington Street, London, W1S 3AN, UK
IBAN:    GB76SVBK62100020111568
SWIFT:    SVBKGB2L

 

3


Execution Version

 

Duly executed by the parties on the date first set out on the first page of this Loan Agreement.

 

BORROWER
Signed /s/ Ralf Schmid
For and on behalf of
Nabriva Therapeutics AG
Authorised signatory (member of management board)
Name:

Ralf Schmid

Title:

CEO

Location:

Vienna

 

LENDER
Signed /s/ Luca Colciago
For and on behalf of
KREOS CAPITAL IV (UK) LIMITED
Authorised signatory
Name:

Luca Colciago

Title:

Director

Location:

London

 

4

Exhibit 10.10

By and Between

NABRIVA Therapeutics AG

Leberstrasse 20

A-1110 Vienna, Austria

and

Talbot Advisors, LLC

POB2121

Anna Maria, FL 34216 USA

Table of Contents:

 

1.

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

  1   
2.

PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT

  1   
3.

REMUNERATION

  2   
4.

AGREEMENT CONDITIONS

  2   
5.

TERM OF AGREEMENT

  3   
6.

PREMATURE TERMINATION

  3   
7.

OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION

  4   
8.

INDEMNIFICATION

  4   
9.

LIABILITY

  4   
10.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

  4   
11.

CONFIDENTIALITY

  5   
12.

MISCELLANEOUS

  6   
13.

APPLICABLE LAW

  6   


CONSULTANCY SERVICE AGREEMENT

On this 1st day of January 2014 (the “Effective Date”), this Consultancy Service Agreement (referred to hereinafter as the “Agreement”) is made by and between:

 

1 NABRIVA Therapeutics AG, a stock corporation, registered in accordance with laws of Austria and headquartered at Leberstrasse 20, A-1110 Vienna, Austria, represented herein by its executive board director, Ralf Schmid (referred to hereinafter as “NABRIVA”)

and

 

2 Talbot Advisors, LLC, POB 2121, Anna Maria, FL 34216 USA (referred to hereinafter as “Consultant”) and the Parties hereto (jointly referred to hereinafter as “Parties”, singly referred to as “Party”), covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

 

1.1. NABRIVA hereby appoints Consultant as its non-exclusive and independent Consultant to provide NABRIVA with consulting services to perform various tasks as specified in Section 2 (the “Services”). Consultant hereby accepts such engagement upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1.2. NABRIVA may at its sole discretion appoint further consultants without affecting this Agreement.

 

1.3. NABRIVA at its sole discretion may use the information provided by Consultant, but shall in no way be obliged to follow any given service.

 

1.4. The appointment of Consultant shall in no way be considered to be an employment, a partnership, a joint venture or any other similar direct relationship between NABRIVA and Consultant.

 

1.5. For the avoidance of doubt, NABRIVA has no obligation whatsoever to consummate any minimum time of consultancy under this Agreement. Any Services under this Agreement are subject to the prior authorization of NABRIVA.

 

2. PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT

 

2.1. Consultant undertakes to render consulting services related but not limited to the development programs of Nabrivas products, focusing on clinical strategy and studies that meet regulatory authority, in particular FDA, requirements.

 

2.2. Consultant undertakes to cooperate with and assist NABRIVA’s employees or any third party in any way as reasonably requested by NABRIVA, with the exception that Consultant will attend NABRIVA’s meetings with regulatory agencies at its sole discretion.

 

2.3. NABRIVA shall provide such documentation to Consultant as may at the discretion of NABRIVA be reasonably sufficient for the Consultant to deliver the Services. However. Consultant may request additional information if Consultant determines that the documentation provided is insufficient for it to appropriately render the Services; if such information is not forthcoming, Consultant may decline at its sole discretion to provide the Services requested by NABRIVA.


3. REMUNERATION

 

3.1. For the remuneration of the Services rendered by Consultant under this Agreement, NABRIVA shall pay Consultant a rate of 4.000 € (four thousand EURO) per day (a “day” being defined as > 7 hours) or 500 € (five hundred EURO) per hour, respectively. Travel is reimbursed at 250 EURO (two hundred and fifty EURO) per hour, except that Consultant agrees to waive such remuneration for transatlantic travel. This waiver shall not constitute a waiver for any other provision in this Agreement. This remuneration includes all side costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, photocopy, telephone or facsimile charges,

 

3.2. Travel expenses, including travel, accommodation and meals, will be reimbursed at cost against receipt, subject to the prior authorization of traveling by NABRIVA. It is agreed that Consultant’s short-range domestic air travel shall be in economy class, long-range domestic air travel (flights exceeding two hours) shall be in first class, and international travel shall be in business class.

 

3.3. The remuneration shall be payable monthly in arrears and become due against invoice within 2 (two) weeks after receipt of invoice. The Consultant shall furnish in a reasonable manner time sheets and attendance records, along with vouchers and receipts with respect to any claims of travel expenses, as far as applicable.

 

3.4. Consultant shall submit the details of the account the remuneration shall be transferred to with the signature under this Agreement.

 

3.5. All such compensation shall be payable without deduction, including no deduction for federal income, social security, or state income taxes.

 

3.6. Any taxes, fees or other contributions imposed shall be paid by and shall be under Consultant’s liability.

 

3.7. The remuneration set forth in this Article shall be the only payment made by NABRIVA for rendering the Services.

 

4. AGREEMENT CONDITIONS

In consideration of this Agreement, Consultant undertakes;

 

4.1. To dedicate all its reasonable efforts to the performance of the Services (i) in accordance with sound business and business consulting techniques; (ii) take into account new technologies in technique where applicable, (iii) in a cost effective manner;

 

- 2 -


4.2. Unless agreed otherwise in writing and to the extent permissible by law, to grant and assign to NABRIVA the entire right, title and interest in and to all work product created by Consultant hereunder;

 

4.3. To be cognizant of NABRIVA’s corporate purpose; notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed by NABRIVA that Consulant currently maintains consulting agreements with other companies involved directly and/or indirectly in the area of pharmaceutical drug research, development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution. NABRIVA acknowledges and accepts that Consultant may have to excuse itself from certain discussions that might unintentionally or unavoidably compromise other consulting agreements, Further, NABRIVA agrees that Consultant’s consulting and/or employment agreements and related activities shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or warrant any reduction in the Fees paid to Consultant hereunder.

 

4.4. Not to enter into any legally binding commitment on behalf of NABRIVA or any of its affiliates unless Consultant is expressly and in writing authorized to do so.

 

5. TERM OF AGREEMENT

 

5.1. This Agreement is entered into on the Effective Date and shall remain in force for 1 year, unless terminated in writing for convenience by either Party with 1 (one) month notice to the other Party.

 

6. PREMATURE TERMINATION

 

6.1. Notwithstanding Section 5 above this Agreement may be terminated in writing without giving notice;

 

  (i) forthwith by either Party in the event, that the other Party is declared insolvent or bankrupt or it has filed a petition in bankruptcy or makes any arrangement or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, liquidator, guardian, conservator, trustee in bankruptcy or a similar body has officially or semi-officially been appointed by a competent court to take charge of all or part of that Party’s property or business;

 

  (ii) forthwith by NABRIVA in the event, that the Consultant has committed a material breach of its duties as set forth in this Agreement and Consultant failed to rectify such breach within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of having been duly notified by or on behalf of NABRIVA;

 

  (iii) forthwith by Consultant in the event, that consultancy time is less than 4 days a year; in addition, that NABRIVA has committed a material breach of its duties as set forth in this Agreement and NABRIVA failed to rectify such breach within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of having been duly notified by Consultant,

 

  (iv) by mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

6.2. Any termination as per the provisions of this Agreement does not prejudice or deprive either Party from any other right it may have by the applicable law or under this Agreement.

 

- 3 -


7. OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION

 

7.1. Upon termination of this Agreement for whatsoever reason, Consultant shall return forthwith to NABRIVA all written records and other data or information of NABRIVA in possession of Consultant, including any papers and copies prepared by Consultant or third parties, whether confidential or not, and as from the end of the relationship those records and papers shall no longer be used by Consultant in whatsoever manner.

 

7.2. Upon termination of this Agreement NABRIVA is under no circumstances obliged to pay any kind of compensation with regard to the termination of this Agreement, regardless whether NABRIVA will continue its business activities with one or more Consultants or NABRIVA terminated this Agreement Notwithstanding the foregoing, NABRIVA shall be obliged to remunerate Consultant in full for any Services provided prior to termination of the Agreement.

 

8. INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1. NABRIVA shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Consultant, its officers, directors, and employees from and against any and all liabilities, claims, suits, losses, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses), and costs (collectively “Claims”) resulting from or arising out of Consultant’s performance of the Services hereunder. Termination of Consultant’s engagement shall not affect Consultant’s right to indemnification for any Claims that arise out of any acts or omissions that occurred prior to the date of termination.

 

9. LIABILITY

 

9.1. The Consultant shall not be liable for any damage to NABRIVA caused by the advice or recommendations provided by the Consultant.

 

10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

10.1. The intellectual property, including, but not limited to, patents, application processes, copyrights, trademarks, logos, trade names, licenses, exemptions (hereinafter referred to as “Intellectual Property”) of NABRIVA shall remain the exclusive property of NABRIVA. Consultant shall recognize and honour at all times the validity and the ownership of the Intellectual Property of the other Party and may at no time during the life of this Agreement nor after its termination contest such Intellectual Property.

 

10.2. The owner of the Intellectual Property may at its sole discretion decide, whether and when to apply for the registration(s) of any trademark(s) and/or patent(s) or other Intellectual Property.

 

- 4 -


10.3. It is expressly understood that all discoveries or inventions arising from the result of the Services, which may include inventions, whether patentable or not. shall be the sole and absolute property of NABRIVA.

 

10.4. NABRIVA shall have the sole prerogative to seek or not seek at its own expense patent protection for any inventions or discoveries relating to the results of the Services. The Consultant undertakes to sign and execute and do at NABRIVA’s expense all such deeds, documents and things which in NABRIVA’s opinion may be necessary and desirable to vest the Intellectual Property and any patents or patent application relating thereto in NABRIVA together with all other rights which may belong or accrue thereto. Consultant shall be reimbursed for its time spent in such activities at the rates defined in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

11. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.1. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that its relationship with NABRIVA is based on a relationship of confidence and trust between the Parties with respect to any and all confidential information obtained by Consultant when performing its activities under this Agreement, which include, but are not limited to. technical, administrative or commercial knowledge regarding the internal organization of NABRIVA, as well as reports, services previously performed, inventions, designs, improvements, and other intellectual property, trade secrets, manufacturing and research processes, formulae, technology, marketing and business strategies, and any other information (hereinafter referred to as “Confidential Information”).

 

11.2. In view of the relationship of confidence and trust established between the Parties under this Agreement, Consultant undertakes not to disclose, directly or indirectly, to any third person, during the term of this Agreement and any time after its termination, the Confidential Information or any other written documents and copies thereof developed or made by Consultant when performing its activities under this Agreement, or any and all other materials related to the Confidential Information of NABRIVA which Consultant may obtain under this Agreement and which in any manner are related thereto, and to keep such knowledge and information strictly confidential. For the purpose of this Agreement, Confidential Information shall not include, a) Information known or developed by either Party or rightfully in its possession prior to this Agreement; b) Information in the public domain prior to its disclosure by one Party to the other, or which comes within the public domain by publication or other means at no fault of either Party; c) Information disclosed to either Party by third parties under no obligation to maintain such information in confidence and having the rights to disclose same; d) Information developed for or known by either Party independently of the disclosures made under this Agreement; e) Information that is required to be disclosed by law, government regulation, or court order.

 

11.3. In the event that the Consultant becomes compelled (pursuant to any law or regulation, court order or other regulatory requirement) to disclose any part of the Confidential Information, the Consultant shall promptly (and, in any event, before complying with any such requirement) notify NABRIVA in writing of the same and of the action which is proposed to be taken in response.

 

11.4. It is understood and agreed by NABRIVA that Consultant will not, during its provision of Services, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer, or other person or entity with whom Consultant has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired in confidence, if any.

 

- 5 -


12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1. Any waiver, modification, alteration, and/or addition to this Agreement or any of its provisions shall not be binding on either Party unless it has been made in writing and was duly signed by authorized representatives of the concerned Parties.

 

12.2. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof except expressly provided otherwise herein. It cancels, replaces and supersedes all previous verbal or written agreement between the Parties.

 

12.3. The invalidity of any term, condition or stipulation of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of the remaining terms, conditions or stipulations of this Agreement nor shall it cause the invalidity of the Agreement in its totality.

 

12.4. This Agreement may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed, in whole or in part, without the prior written approval of the other Party.

 

12.5. Section 8, 9, 10 and 11 shall survive the term of this Agreement.

 

12.6. NABRIVA shall not use Consultant’s name or that of any of its personnel without Consultant’s prior written approval.

 

13. APPLICABLE LAW

 

13.1. This Agreement shall be governed by the Laws of Austria. Any law suit shall be referred to the Commercial Court competent for the 11 th district in Vienna.

 

13.2. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a way contradicting to the law agreed upon, which shall be applied complementary and which shall be given preponderance over any incompatibility with this Agreement.

The Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate.

 

Signatures :
Date: 29 Jan. 2014 Date: 29 Jan 2014

/s/ Ralf Schmid

/s/ George H. Talbot, MD

AMBRIVA Therapeutics AG Talbot Advisors. LLC
Ralf Schmid Dr. George H. Talbot

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Nabriva Therapeutics AG of our report dated May 14, 2015 relating to the financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

PwC Wirtschaftsprüfung GmbH

/s/ Aslan Milla

Vienna, Austria

June 18, 2015